•SECOND  LATIN  BOOK-; 


COMPBISINtr 

A 


HISTORICAL   LATIN   READER, 

Wify  Mm  jntit  JUte  fur  * 


AND   AN 

EXEECISE-BOOK, 

DEVELOPING  A 

COMPLETE   ANALYTICAL   SYNTAX, 

IN   A   SERIES   OF 

LESSONS  AND  EXERCISES, 

INVOLVING   THE 

CONSTRUCTION,   ANALYSIS   AND   RECONSTRUCTION 
OF   LATIN   SENTENCES. 


BY 

ALBERT  HARKNESS,  P.D., 

^OFESSOR  OP  THE  aEEBK  LANGUAQK  AND  LITBKATUEK  IN  BBOWN  ITNITBWITT 


NEW-YORK: 

D.  APPLETON  &  CO.,  443  &  445  BROADWA\. 
M.DCCC.LJE. 


no 


6 


ENTERED,  according  to  Act  of  Congress,  in  the  year  1853,  by 

D.  APPLETON  AND  COMPANY, 
In  the  Clerk's  Office  of  the  District  Court  for  the  Southern  District  of  New- York 


PREFACE 


THE  volume  now  offered  to  the  public  is  designed  to  be  at 
once  a  Reader  and  an  Exercise  Book.  It  is  in  its  plan  and 
arrangement  especially  adapted  to  follow,  in  the  course  of  clas- 
sical study,  the  author's  edition  of  Arnold's  First  Latin  Book, 
and  accordingly  presupposes  that  the  pupil  has,  by  the  use 
of  that  or  some  similar  work,  or  at  least  by  the  study  of  Latin 
grammar,  become  familiar  with  the  common  forms  and  inflec- 
tions of  the  language.  Starting  from  this  point,  it  aims  to 
introduce  the  learner  to  a  true  knowledge  and  appreciation  of 
the  structure  and  spirit  of  the  Latin  tongue ;  and  thus  to 
prepare  him  to  enter  with  success  and  pleasure  upon  the 
consecutive  study  of  some  Latin  author. 

It  is  a  matter  of  regret  that  classes  are  often  put  upon  the 
study  of  Caesar  or  Virgil,  before  they  have  acquired  sufficient 
knowledge  of  the  structure  and  idioms  of  the  language  to 
prepare  them  for  any  just  appreciation  of  those  authors.  No- 
thing tends  more  to  lower  the  standard  of  true  and  accurate 
classical  scholarship. 

To  explain  more  fully  the  plan  of  the  present  work,  the 
author  begs  leave  to  specify  the  following  points  which  are 
believed  to  be  among  its  leading  characteristics : 

1.  The  Latin,  which  comprises  the  reading  lessons,  pre- 
sents a  brief  epitome  of  Roman  and  Grecian  history,  and  will 
furnish  the  pupil  with  a  multitude  of  facts  and  incidents  at 
once  interesting  and  instructive.  m 


IV  PKEFACE. 

2.  The  lessons  and  exercises,  which  are  carefully  adapted 
to  the  Latin  text  and  are  designed  to  be  studied  in  connection 
with  it,  aim  both  to  develop  a  complete  analytical  Syntax  and 
to  present  a  distinct  picture  of  the  Latin  sentence  in  all  the 
marked  varieties  of  its  form. 

3.  The  analysis  of  the  structure  of  the  Latin  sentence,  is 
designed  to  be  at  once  simple  and  symmetrical.    While  it 
aims  to  follow  closely  the  growth  of  the  simple  sentence  from 
its  essential  elements  to  its  more  expanded  forms,  while  it 
marks  the  various  ways  in  which  these  forms  combine  with 
each  other,  giving  rise  to  a  variety  of  complex  and  compound 
sentences,  and  yet  further  as  it  traces  the  combinations  of  these 
again  with  still  others  of  any  of  the  varieties  just  mentioned,  it 
recognizes  only  a  few  well-defined  and  leading  principles  per- 
vading and  controlling  all  these  changes — principles  which  the 
youngest  pupil  will  readily  understand  and  successfully  apply. 

4.  The  exercises  consist  of  three  distinct  parts ;  viz., 

1st.  A  selection  of  Latin  sentences,  illustrative  of  the  par- 
ticular subject  of  the  lesson.  These  are  taken  principally  from 
the  Latin  text,  and  are  designed  to  be  carefully  analyzed. 

2d.  An  exercise  in  changing  and  reconstructing  Latin 
sentences;  in  answering  historical  questions  in  Latin;  or  in 
forming  new  sentences  on  given  models, — an  exercise  which 
the  author  has  found  eminently  successful  both  in  awakening 
interest  and  in  giving  the  learner  power  and  facility  in  the  use 
of  the  language. 

3d.  Translations  of  English  into  Latin.  The  sentences  here 
used  are,  as  far  as  practicable,  conversational,  and  relate  to  the 
historical  facts  and  incidents  learned  from  the  reading  lessons, 
thus  securing  to  the  pupil  a  degree  of  interest  and  profit  which 
could  scarcely  be  expected  from  any  set  exercises  on  miscella- 
neous subjects. 

5.  Rules  designed  to  aid  the  pupil  in  recognizing  the  idi- 
oms of  the  language  and  in  rendering  them  into  good  English 


are  inserted  in  the  volume,  and  constantly  used  by  means  of 
reference  in  the  notes.  This,  it  is  hoped,  will  not  only*sav  e  the 
teacher  much  labor,  but  will  afford  him  the  pleasure  of  listening 
to  translations  comparatively  free  from  those  foreign  idioms 
which  too  often  mar  the  beauty  and  correctness  even  of  the 
early  efforts  of  the  young  student  in  translating  Latin  and 
Greek. 

In  the  preparation  of  the  present  work,  the  author  has 
resorted  freely  to  whatever  sources  of  information  were  within 
his  reach.  He  has  had  before  him  numerous  Grammars  of  the 
Latin,  Greek,  and  English  languages,  editions  of  Latin  authors, 
works  on  the  structure  of  language,  and  on  the  general  subject 
of  Philology.  Among  the  Latin  Grammars  which  have  come 
under  his  notice,  the  German  of  Kritz  and  Berger  deserves 
special  mention,  as  having  furnished  important  aid  in  the  de- 
velopment of  the  structure  and  analysis  of  the  Latin  sentence. 

The  Latin  has  been  selected  from  Arnold's  Historiae  Anti- 
quae  Epitome,  founded  on  the  Lateinisches  Elementarbuch  of 
Professors  Jacobs  and  Doring.  It  consists,  with  a  few  unim- 
portant exceptions,  of  selections  from  the  Latin  historians, 
Eutropius,  Justin,  and  Cornelius  Nepos.  The  work  of  Eutropius 
was  really  an  abridgment,  founded  on  "the  best  authorities, 
and  is,  in  style,  plain,  concise,  and  simple :"  Justin's  history 
^is  made  up  mainly  of  selections  from  Trogus  Pompeius,  who 
lived  and  wrote  in  the  Augustan  age ;  while  Nepos  belongs  to 
the  same  period,  and  was  at  once  the  contemporary  and  friend 
of  Cicero* 

In  the  arrangement  of  the  volume,  the  Roman  history  is 
placed  before  the  Grecian,  not  only  because  the  former  is  more 
simple  in  style,  but  also  because,  in  the  study  of  Latin,  the 
history  of  Rome  justly  claims  an  earlier  attention  than  that  of 
Greece. 

The  present  volume  is  designed  to  be  used  in  connection 
with  some  Latin  grammar ;  for  the  purposes  of  those,  however. 


VI  PREFACE. 

who  do  not  intend  to  pursue  the  study  to  any  considerable 
extent,  the  summary  of  Grammar  contained  in  the  author's 
edition  of  Arnold's  First  Latin  Book  may  be  found  sufficient. 
Accordingly  in  the  preparation  of  the  notes,  such  grammatical 
points  as  seemed  to  require  notice  have  been  explained  mainly 
by  appropriate  references  to  the  First  Latin  Book,  to  the  Latin 
Grammar  of  Andrews  and  Stoddard,  and  to  that  of  Zumpt; 
thus  adapting  the  notes  to  the  convenience  of  all  who  use 
either  of  the  above  works. 

The  author  is  happy  in  this  connection  to  acknowledge  his 
obligations  to  his  friends  who  have  aided  him  in  this  work ; 
especially  to  Professors  J.  L.  LINCOLN  and  S.  S.  GREENE  of 
Brown  University,  for  their  generous  interest  in  his  efforts,  and 
for  the  valuable  suggestions  with  which  they  have  kindly 
favored  him. 

With  the  above  statement  of  the  design  and  plan  of  the 
work,  the  author  now  commits  it  to  classical  teachers,  and  to 
the  public  generally,  in  the  hope  that  it  may  not  be  found 
unworthy  of  a  share,  at  least,  of  the  marked  favor  with  which 
they  have  been  pleased  to  reae?vo  b*s  former  work. 

A.  HARKNESS. 


CONTENTS. 


READING  LESSONS. 


HISTORY. 

Period.  Page 
I.  Italian  and  Roman  Kings                    .                        .1 

n.  Roman  Struggles  and  Conquests             ...  7 

III.  Roman  Triumphs                                           ..            .  14 

IV.  Civil  Dissensions  .            .            .            .            .            ,22 
V.  Roman  Empire           .            .            .            .            .  .32 

GRECIAN   HISTORY. 

L  Traditionary  Greece         ....            r  37 

IL  Grecian  Triumphs      .            .            .            .            .  .40 

DJ.  Civil  Wars  in  Greece       .....  45 

IY.  Graeco-Macedonian  Empire    .            .            .            .  .54 

V.  Decline  of  Grecian  Power           .            .            .            .  65 

LESSONS  AND  EXERCISES  IN  SYNTAX. 

INTRODUCTION          .            .            .            .            .            .  .75 

CHAPTER  I. 

SIMPLE   SENTENCES. 
Lesson. 

L  Principal  Elements  of  Sentences  ;  Subject  and  Predicate.  — 

Declarative  Sentences       .            .            .            .  .78 

II.  Subordinate  Elements  ;  Modifiers           ...  80 


Till  CONTENTS. 

Lesson.  Page, 

HI.  Elements  of  Sentences,  continued. — Interrogative  and 

Imperative  Sentences  .  .  .  .83 

IV.  Simple  Subject  .  .  .  .  .85 

V   Complex  Subject. — Modifier;  Simple     .  »  .     87 

VI.  Complex  Subject. — Modifier ;  Complex        .  .          91 

VII.  Simple  Predicate  .  .  .          V.  "         .93 

VIII.  Complex  Predicate. — Direct  Object;  Simple       .-,-»*•      95 
IX.  Complex  Predicate. — Direct  Object;  Complex  .     97 

X.  Complex  Predicate.— Indirect  Object;  Simple  or  Com- 
plex ......  99 

XL  Complex  Predicate. — Remote  Object ;  Genitive  4  101 

XIL  Complex  Predicate.— Remote  Object ;  Ablative  104 

XIII.  Complex  Predicate. — Direct  Object  with  Attributive 

Accusative       .  .  .  .  .  .106 

XIV,  Complex  Predicate. — Combined  Objects;   two  Accu- 

satives      ......          109 

XV.  Complex  Predicate. — Combined  Objects;  Accusative 

and  Dative      ......  Ill 

XVI.  Complex  Predicate. — Combined  Objects  ;   Accusative 

and  two  Datives  .  .  .  .  .113 

XVIL  Complex  Predicate. — Combined  Objects;  Accusative 

and  Genitive   .  .  .  .  .  .  115 

XVIIL  Complex  Predicate. — Combined  Objects;  Accusative 

and  Ablative        ..  .  .  .  .117 

XIX.  Complex  Predicate. — Combined  Objects  ;  two  Datives  119 
XX.  Complex  Predicate. — Combined  Objects ;  Dative  and 

Ablative    .  .  .  .  .  .121 

XXI.  Complex  Predicate.— Adverbial  Attribute ;  Adverbs  .  122 
XXII.  Complex  Predicate, —  Adverbial  Expressions  of  Man- 
ner, Means,  <fcc.     .  .  .  .  .126 

XXIIL  Complex  Predicate.— Adverbial  Expressions  of  Time    .  129 
XXIV.  Complex  Predicate. — Adverbial  Expressions  of  Place      131 
XXV.  Complex  Predicate. — Oblique  Cases  with  Propositions 

as  Adverbial  Expressions       .  .  .134 


CONTENTS.  IX 

Lesson.  Page. 

XXVI.  Complex  Substantive-Predicate. — Modifier;  Objective 

or  Attributive      .  .  .  .  .137 

XXVII.  Complex  Adjective-Predicate. — Modifier;  Objective 

or  Attributive          .  .  .  .  .139 

XXVIIL  Complex  Adjective-Predicate.— Modifier;  Complex     142 

XXIX.  Elements  of  Sentences. — Recapitulation  .          144 


CHAPTER  II 

COMPLEX   SENTENCES. 
§  1. — COMPLEX  SENTENCES  ;  UNABRIDGED. 

XXX.  Sentence  as  Subject     .  .  .  .  162 

XXXL  Sentence  as  Predicate        .  .  .  .157 

XXXII.  Sentence  as  Modifier  of  Subject  or  other  Noun         .  160 

XXXIII.  Accusative  with  Infinitive,  or  Sentence  with  Quod  as 

Object     .....  165 

XXXIV.  Dependent  Question  as  Object  .  .  168 
XXXV.  Sentence  with  ut  or  ne  as  Object— Indirect  Object      170 

XXXVI.  Adverbial  Attributive-Sentences.— Place  .         174 

XXXVII  Adverbial  Attributive-Sentences.— Time         .  .  177 

XXXVIII.  Adverbial  Attributive-Sentences.— Cause  .         182 

XXXIX.  Adverbial  Attributive-Sentences. — Cause;  Condition 

and  Concession          .  .  .  .  .185 

XL.  Adverbial  Attributive-Sentences. — Manner  ;    Conse- 
quence and  Comparison  .  .  .          191 
XLI.  Complex  and  Compound  Sentences  as  Elements  of 

other  Sentences         .  .  .  .  .194 

§  2. — COMPLEX  SENTENCES  ;  ABRIDGED. 

XLIE.  Principal  Elements,  Abridged  .            .            .  .198 

XLIIL  Modifier  of  Subject  or  other  Noun,  Abridged  .          202 

XLIV.  Object  of  Predicate,  Abridged              „            .  .206 

XLV.  Attribute  of  Predicate,  Abridged. — Comparison  and 

Participles          .  .  .  .  .210 


£  CONTENTS. 

Lesson.  Paga, 

XLYI.  Attribute  of  Predicate,  Abridged;    Gerunds  and  Sit- 

pines          *"'•,.'        •  «•*.;'       •        •'£.:••»  .  214 


CHAPTER  III. 
COMPOUND   SENTENCES. 
§  1.  —  COMPOUND  SENTENCES  ;  UNABRIDGED. 
XLVII.  Classes  of  Compound  Sentences  -v          .  .218 


Formation  of  Compound  Sentences              .            .  221 

§  2.  COMPOUND  SENTENCES  ;  ABRIDGED. 

XLIX.  Compound  Elements.—  Subjects,  United             .  .  224 

L.  Compound  Elements.  —  Predicates,  United  .            .  228 

LI.  Compound  Elements.  —  Modifiers  of  Subject,  United  .  231 

LIL  Compound  Elements.  —  Objects  of  Predicate,  United  233 

LITE.  Compound  Elements.  —  Attributives  of  Predicate,  United  235 

LTV.  Elements  Common  to  Different  Members            .  .237 

LV.  Classification  of  Sentences.  —  Recapitulation             .  239 

RULES  FOR  TRANSLATING                                          »  245 

NOTES              .            .            .            .            »            >  267 

LATIN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY          .            .            ,  .  287 

ENGLISH-LATIN  VOCABULARY    .            .            ,            .  827 

HISTORICAL  AND  GEOGRAPHICAL  INDEX       ,            r  ,  348 


EXPLANATIONS, 


A,  &  S.     .    .    «  Andrews  &  Stoddard's  Latin  Grammar. 

Z.     .    .     .    .    =  Zumpt's  Latin  Grammar,  American  edition, 

F.  B.    .     .     .     =  Harkness'  Arnold's  First  Latin  Book. 

^  C.    .     .     .    =  Arnold's  Latin  Prose  Composition,  American  edit. 

Smith's  Diet.     =  Smith's  Dictionary  of  Greek  and  Roman  Antiqui 

ties. 
Schmitz's  Hist.  =  Schmitz's  History  of  Rome,  Andover  edition. 

Numerals  not  preceded  by  any  initials  refer  to  articles  in  this 
work  ;  and,  in  the  Notes,  those  enclosed  in  parentheses  refer  to  the 
Rules  for  Translating. 

The  enclosed  numerals  standing  at  the  beginning  of  each  lesson 
refer  to  the  paragraphs  in  the  Latin  which  this  lesson  is  designed  to 
accompany  ;  thus,  [1  &  2]  at  the  beginning  of  the  1st  and  2d  lessons 
denotes  that  those  lessons  are  designed  .to  be  learned  in  connection 
with  the  1st  and  2d  paragraphs  of  the  Latin. 


SECOND  LATIN  BOOK, 


\ 


ROMAN  HISTORY. 
PERIOD  I. — Italian  and  Roman  Kings. 

FROM  THE  EARLIEST  TIMES  TO  THE  BANISHMENT  OF  TARQUIH, 
510  B.  C. 

Early  Italian  Kings. — Aeneas  in  Italy. 

1.  ANTIQUISSIMIS  temporibus  Saturnus  in  Italiairi 
venisse  dicitur.      Ibi  baud  procul  a  Janiciilo   arcem 
condidit,  eamque  Saturniam  appellavit.     Hie  Italos  pri- 
mus agricuUuram  docuit. 

2.  PosteMLatlnus  in  illis  regidnibus  imperavit.    Sub 
hoc  rege  Tr*a  in  Asia  eversa  est.     Hinc  Aeneas,  An- 
eliisae  filius,  cum  multis  Trojanis,  quibus  ferrum  Grae- 
corum  pepercerat,  aufugit,  et  in  Italiam  pervenit.     Ibi 
Latinus   rex   ei  benigne  recepto  filiam  Laviniam  in 
matrimoniurn  dedit.     Aeneas  urbem  condidit,  quam  m 
honorem  conjiigis  Lavinium  appellavit. 

Ascanim  and  the  Kings  of  Alba. 

3.  Post  Aeneae  mortem  Ascanius,  Aeneae  fflius, 
regimm   accepit.     Hie   sedem   regni   in   alium  locum 
transtulit,  urbemque  condidit  in  monte  Albano,  ean> 
que  Albcirn  Longam  nuncupavit.      Eum  secutus  est 
Sil  vi  us,  qui  post  Aeneae  mortem  a  Lavinia  genitus  erat. 

1 


2  ROMAN  HISTORY. — PERIOD  I. 

Ejus  poster!  omnes,  usque  ad  Eomam  conditam,  Albae 
regnaverunt. 

4.  Unus  horum  regum,  Eomulus  Silvius,  se  Jove 
majorem  esse  dicebat,  et,  quum  tonaret,  militibus  impe- 
ravit,  ut  clypeos  hastis  percuterent,  dicebatque  hunc 
sonum  multo  clariorem  esse  quam  tonitru.     Fulmine 
ictus,  et  in  Albanum  lacum  praecipitatus  est. 

5.  Silvius  Procas,  rex  Albanorum,  duos  filios  rell- 
quit,  JSTumitorem  et  Amulium.     Horum  minor  natu, 
Amulius,  fratri  optionem  dedit,  utrum  regnum  habere 
vellet,  an  bona,  quae  pater  reliquisset.    Numitor  paterna 
bona  praetiilit ;  Amulius  regnum  obtinuit. 

Birth  of  Romulus  and  Remus. 

6.  Amulius,  ut  regnum  firmissime  possideret,  Nu- 
mitoris  filium  per  insidias  interemit,  et  filiam  fratris, 
Eheam  Silviam,  Vestalem  virgmem  fecit.     Narn  his 
Vestae  sacerdotibus  non  licet  viro  nubere.     Sed  haec  a 
Marte  geminos  filios,  Eomiilum  et  Eemum,  peperit. 
Hoc  quum  Amulius  comperisset,  matrem  in  vinciila 
conjecit,  pueros  autem  in  Tiberim  abjici  jussit. 

7.  Forte  Tiberis  aqua  ultra  ripam  se  effuderat,  et, 
quum  pueri  in  vado  essent  positi,  aqua  refluens  eos  in 
skco  reliquit.     Ad  eorum  vagltum  lupa  accurrit,  eosque 
uberibus  suis  aluit.     Quod  videns  Faustulus  quidam, 
pastor  illius  regionis,  pueros  sustiilit,  et  uxori  Accsa 
Laurentiae  nutriendos  dedit. 

Rome  founded,  753  B.  C. 

8.  Sic  Eomiilus  et  Eemus  pueritiam  inter  pastores 
transegerunt.   Quum  adolevissent,  et  forte  comperissent, 

is  ipsorum  avus,  quae  mater  fuisset,  Amulium  inter- 


ITALIAN  AND  ROMAN  KINGS.  3 

fecerunt,  et  Numitori  avo  regnum  restituerunt.  Turn 
arbem  condiderunt  in  monte  Aventino,  quam  Romulus 
a  suo  nomine  Eomam  vocavit.  Haec  quum  moenibus 
circumdaretur,  Remus  occisus  est,  dum  fratrem  irridens 
moenia  transiliebat. 

Seizure  of  the  Sabine  Women. 

9.  Romulus,  ut  civium  numerum  augeret,  asylum 
patefecit,  ad  quod  multi  ex  civitatibus  suis  pulsi  accur- 
rerunt.      Sed  novae  urbis  civibus  conjuges  deerant. 
F«tum  itaque  Neptuni  et  ludos  instituit.      Ad  hos 
quum  multi  ex  finitimis  populis  cum  mulieribus  et 
li Deris  venissent,  Romani  inter  ipsos  ludos  spectantes 
virgines  rapuerunt. 

10.  Populi  illi,  quorum  virgines  raptae  erant,  bel- 
lum  adversus  raptores  susceperunt.      Quum  Romae 
appropinquarent,  forte  in  Tarpeiam  virginem  incide- 
runt,  quae  in  arce  sacra  procurabat.     Hanc  rogabant, 
ut  viam  in*  arcem  monstraret,  eique  perrniserunt,  ut 
munus  sibi  posceret.     Ilia  petiit,  ut  sibi  darent,  quod 
in  sinistris  manibus  gererent,  anniilos  aureos  et  armillas 
signif  leans.     At  hostes  in  arcem  ab  ea  perducti  scutis 
Tarpeiam  obruerunt ;  nam  et  ea  in  sinistris  manibus 
gerebant. 

The  Salines  are  received  into  the  City. — Death  of  Romulus. 

11.  Turn  Romulus  cum  hoste,  qui  montem  Tarpe- 
ium  tenebat,  pugnam  conseruit  in  eo  loco,  ubi  nunc 
forum  Romanum  est.     In  media  caede  raptae  processe- 
runt,  et  hinc  patres,  hinc  conjuges  et  soceros  complec- 
tebantur,  et  rogabant,  ut  caedis  finem  facerent.     Utrl- 
que  his  precibus  commoti  sunt.     Romulus  foedus  icit, 
et  Sabinos  in  urbem  recepit 


4  .      ROMAN  HISTORY. — PERIOD  I. 

12.  Postea  civitatem  descripsit.     Centum  senatores 
legit,  eosque  cum  ob  aetatem,  turn  ob  reverentiam  iis 
debitam,  Patres  appellavit.     Plebem  in  triginta  curias 
distribuit,  casque  raptarum  nominibus  nuncupavit.  An- 
no regni  tricesimo  septimo,  quum  exerciturn  lustraret, 
inter  tempestatem  ortam  repente  oculis  hominum  sub- 
ductus  est.     Hinc  alii  eum  a  senatoribus  interfectum, 
alii  ad  deos  sublatum  esse  existimaverunt. 

Numa  Pompilius. 

13.  Post  Koimili  mortem  unius  anni  interregnum 
fuit.     Quo  exacto,  Numa  Pompilius  Curibus,  urbe  in 
agro  Sabinorum,  natus  rex  creatus  est.     Hie  vir  bellum 
quidem  nullum  gessit ;  sed  non  minus  civitati  profuit. 
ISTam  et  leges  dedit,  et  sacra  plurima  instituit,  ut  popiili 
barbari  et  bellicosi  mores  molllret.      Omnia  autem, 
quae  faciebat,  se  nymphae  Egeriae,  conjiigis  suae,  mo- 
nitu  facere   dicebat.     Morbo  decessit,  quadragesimo 
tertio  imperii  anno. 

Tullus  Hostilius. 

14.  Numae  successit  Tullus  Hostilius,  cujus  avus 
$e  in  bello  ad  versus  Sabinos  fortem  et  strenuum  virum 
praestiterat.     Eex  creatus  bellum  Albanis  indixit,  id- 
que  trigeminorum,  Horatiorum  et  Curiatiorum,  certa- 
mine  finlvit.     Albam  propter  perfidiam  Metii  Suffetii 
diruit.     Quum  triginta  duobus  annis  regnasset,  fulmine 
ictus  cum  domo  sua  arsit. 

Ancus  Marcius. 

15.  Post  hunc  Ancus  Marcius,  Nurnae  ex  filia  ne- 
pos,  suscepit  imperium.     Hie  vir  aequitate  et  religione 


•  Sz 

ff  AND   ROMAN   ] 


^r 

ITALIAN  AND   ROMAN   KINGS.  5 

avo  similis,  Latinos  bello  domuit,  urbem  ampliavit,  et 
nova  ei  moenia  circumdedit.  Carcerem  primus  aedifi- 
cavit.  Ad  Tiberis  ostia  urbem  condidit,  Ostiamque 
vocavit.  Vicesimo  quarto  anno  imperii  morbo  obiit. 

Lucius  Tarquinius  Priscus 

16.  Deinde  regnum  Lucius  Tarquinius  Priscus  ac- 
cepit, Demarati  filius,  qui  tyiannos  patriae  Corinthi  fu- 
giens  in  Etruriam  venerat.    Ipse  Tarquinius,  qui  nomen 
ab  urbe  Tarquiniis  accepit,  aliquando  Eomam  profectus 
erat.     Advenienti  aquila  pileum  abstulit,  et,  postquam 
alte  evolaverat,  reposuit.     Hinc  Tanaquil  conjux,  mu- 
lier  auguriorum  perita,  regnum  ei  portendi  intellexit. 

17.  Quum  Eomae  commoraretur,  Anci  regis  fami- 
liaritatem  consecutus  est,  qui  eum  filiorum  suorum  tuto- 
rem  reliquit.     Sed  is  pupiilis  regnum  intercepit.    Sena- 
toribus,  quos  Eomiilus  creaverat,  centum  alios  addidit, 
qui  minorum  gentium  sunt  appellati.     Plura  bella  feli- 
citer  gessit,  nee  paucos  agros,  hostibus  ademptos,  urbis 
territorio  adjunxit.     Primus  triumphans  urbem  intra- 
vit.     Cloacas  fecit ;  Capitolium  inchoavit.     Tricesimo 
octavo  imperii  anno  per  Anci  filios,  quibus  regnum 
eripuerat,  occisus  est. 

Servius  Tullius. 

18.  Post  hunc  Servius  Tullius  suscepit  imperium, 
genitus  ex  n'bbili  femina,  captiva  tamen  et  famula. 
Quum  in  domo  Tarquinii  Prisci  educaretur,  flamrna  in 
ejus  capite  visa  est.    Hoc  prodigio  Tanaquil  ei  summam 
dignitatem  portendi  intellexit,  et  conjugi  persuasit,  ut 
eum  sicuti  liberos  suos  educaret.     Quura  adolevisset, 
rex  ei  filiam  in  matrimonium  dedit. 


6  ROMAN  HISTOKY. — PERIOD  I. 

19.  Quum  Priscus  Tarquinius  occisus  esset,  Tana- 
quil  de  superiore  parte  domus  popiilurri  allocuta  est, 
dicens :  regem  grave  quidem,  sed  non  letale  vulnus 
accepisse ;  eum  petere,  ut  populus,  dum  convaluisset, 
Servio  Tullio  obediret.     Sic  Servius  regnare  coepit, 
sed  bene  imperium  administravit.     Montes  tres  urbi 
adj  unxit.     Primus  omnium  censum  ordinavit.     Sub  eo 
Roma  habuit  capitum  octoginta  tria  millia  civium  Eo- 
manorum  cum  his,  qui  in  agris  erant. 

20.  Hie  rex  interfectus  est  scelere  filiae  Tulliae  et 
Tarquinii  Superbi,  filii  ejus  regis,  cui  Servius  successe- 
rat.     Nam  ab  ipso  Tarquinio  de  gradibus  curiae  dejec- 
tus,  quum  domum  fugeret,  interfectus  est.     Tullia  in 
forum  properavit,  et  prima  conjiigem  regem  salutavit. 
Quum  domum  rediret,  aurigam  super  patris  corpus,  in 
viajacens,  carpentum  agere  jussit. 

Banishment  of  Tarquinius  Superbw,  510  B.  0. 

21.  Tarquinius  Superbus  cognomen  moribus  me- 
ruit.     Bello  tamen  strenuus  plures  finitimorum  populo- 
rum  vicit.     Templum  Jovis  in  Capitolio  aedificavit. 
Postea,  dum  Ardeam  oppugnabat,  urbem  Latii,  impe- 
rium perdidit.     Nam  quum  filius  ejus  Lucre tiae,  nobi- 
lissimae  feminae,  conjugi  Tarquinii  Collatini,  vim  fecis- 
set,  haec  se  ipsa  occidit  in  conspectu  mariti,  patris  et 
amicorum,  postquam  eos  obtestata  fuerat,  ut  hanc  inju- 
riam  ulciscerentur. 

22.  Hanc  ob  causam  L.  Brutus,  Colldtinus,  aliique 
nonnulli  in  exitium  regis  conjurarunt,  populoque  per- 
suaserunt,  ut  ei  portas  urbis  clauderet.     Exercitus  quo- 
que,  qui  civitatem  Ardeam  cum  rege  oppugnabat,  eum 
rellquit.     Fugit  itaque  cum  uxore  et  liberis  suis.     Ita 


ROMAN   STRUGGLES  AND   CONQUESTS.  7 

Komae  regnatum  est  per  septem  reges  annos  ducentos 
quadraginta  ties. 


PERIOD  II. — Roman  Struggles  and  Conquests. 

FKOM   THE   ESTABLISHMENT   OP   THE   COMMONWEALTH   TO   THE 
FIRST  PUNIC  WAR,  264  B.  C. 

Consuls  at  Rome,  509  B.  G. —  War  with  Tarquin. 

23.  Tarquinio  expulso,  consules  coepere  pro  uno 
rege  duo  creari,  ut,  si  unus  malus  esset,  alter  eum  coer- 
ceret.     Annuum  iis  imperium  tributum  est,  ne  per  diu- 
turnitatem  potestatis  insolentiores  redderentur.     Fue- 
runt  igitur  anno  primo,  expulsis  regibus,  consjiles  L. 
Junius  Brutus,  acerrimus  libertatis  vindex,  et  Tarqui- 
nius  Collatinus,  marltus  Lucretiae.     Sed  Collatino  pau- 
lo  post  dignitas  subl^ta  est.     Placuerat  enim,  ne  quis 
ex  Tarquiniorum  familia  Eomae  maneret.     Ergo  cum 
omni  patrimonio  suo  ex  urbe  migravit,  et  in  ejus  locum 
Valerius  Publicola  consul  factus  est. 

24.  Commovit  bellum  urbi  rex  Tarquinius.      In 
prima  pugna  Brutus  consul,  et  Aruns,  Tarquinii  nlius, 
sese  invicem  occiderunt.     Eomani  tamen  ex  ea  pugna 
victores  recesserunt.   Brutum  Eomanae  matronae,  quasi 
communem  patrem,  per  annum  luxerunt.     Valerius 
Publicola  Sp.  Lucretium,  Lucretiae  patrem,  collegam 
sibi  fecit ;  qui  quum  morbo  exstinctus  esset,  Horatium 
Pulvillum  sibi  collegam  sumpsit.     Ita  primus  annus 
quinque  consules  habuit. 

War  with  Porsena,  508  B.  C. 

25.  Secundo  quoque  anno  iterum  Tarquinius  bel- 
mm  'Romanis  intulit,  Porsena,  rege  Etruscorum,  auxi- 


8  EOMAN   HISTOKY. — PERIOD   II. 

Hum  ei  ferente.  In  illo  bello  Horatius  Codes  solus 
pontem  ligneum  defendit,  et  hostes  colribuit,  donee 
pons  a  tergo  ruptus  esset.  Turn  se  cum  armis  in  Tibe- 
rim  conjecit,  et  ad  suos  transnavit. 

26.  Dum   Porsena  urbem  obsidebat,   Qu.  Mucius 
Scaevola,  juvenis  fortis   ammi,  in  castra  hostium  se 
contiilit  eo  eonsilio,  ut  regem  occideret.     At  ibi  scribam 
regis  pro  i.pso  rege  interfecit.     Turn  a  regiis  satellitibus 
comprehensus  et  ad  regem  deductus,  quum  Porsena 
eum  ignibus  allatis  terreret,  dextram  arae  accensae  im- 
posuit,  donee  flammis  consumpta  esset.     Hoc  facinus 
rex  miratus  juvenem  dimisit  incolumem.     Turn  hie, 
quasi  beneficium  referens,  ait,  trecentos  alios  juvenes  in 
eum  conjurasse.     Hac  re  territus  Porsena  pacem  cum 
Komanis  fecit,  Tarquinius  autem  Tusculum  se  contiilit, 
iblque  privatus  cum  uxore  consenuit. 

Secession  to  the  Mons  Sacer,  494  B.  G. 

27.  Sexto  decimo  anno  post  reges  exactos,  populus 
Romae  seditionem  fecit,  quest  us  quod  tributis  et  militia 
a  senatu  exhauriretur.     Magna  pars  plebis  urbem  reli- 
quit,   et  in  montem  trans  Anienem  amnem  secessit. 
Turn  patres  turbati  Menenium  Agrippam  miserunt  ad 
plebem,  qui  earn  senatui  conciliaret.     Hie  iis  inter  alia 
fabulam  narravit  de  ventre  et  membris  humani  corpo- 
ris ;  qua  popiilus  commotus  est,  ut  in  urbem  rediret. 
Turn  primum  tribuni  plebis  creati  sunt,  qui  plebem 
adversum  nobilitatis  superbiam  defenderent. 

Banishment  of  Coriolanm,  491  B.  C. 

28.  Octavo  decimo  anno  post  exactos  reges,  Qu. 
Marcius,  Coriolanus  dictus  ab  urbe  Volscorum  Coriolis, 


ROMAN  STRUGGLES  AND  CONQUESTS.  9 

quam  bello  ceperat,  plebi  invisus  fieri  coepit.  Quare 
urbe  expulsus  ad  Volscos,  acerrimos  Komanorum  hos- 
tes,  contendit,  et  ab  iis  dux  exercitus  factus  Komanos 
saepe  vicit.  Jam  usque  ad  quintum  milliarium  urbis 
accesserat,  nee  ullis  civium  suorum  legationibus  flecti 
poterat,  ut  patriae  parceret.  Denique  Veturia  mater  et 
Volumnia  uxor  ex  urbe  ad  eum  venerunt ;  quarum 
fletu  et  precibus  commotus  est,  ut  exercitum  remove- 
ret.  Quo  facto  a  Volscis  ut  proditor  occisus  esse  dici- 
tur. 

The  Fabii  cut  off  at  the  Cremtra,  477  R  C. 

29.  Komani  quum  adversum  Veientes  bellum  gere- 
rent,  familia  Fabiorum  sola  hoc  bellum  suscepit.     Pro- 
fecti  sunt  trecenti  sex  riobilissimi  homines,  duce  Fabio 
consule,     Quum  saepe  hostes  vicissent,  apud  Cremeram 
fluvium  castra  posuerunt.     Ibi  VeientCs  dolo  usi  eos  in 
insidias  pellexerunt.     In  proelio  ibi  exorto  omnes  peri- 
erunt.     Unus  superfuit  ex  tanta  familia,  qui  propter 
aetatem  puerilem  duci  non  potuerat  ad  pugnam.     Hie 
genus  propagavit  ad  Qu.  Fabium  Maximum  ilium,  qui 
Hannibalem  prudenti  cunctatione  debilitavit. 

The  Decemviri.-— Laws  of  the  Twelve  Tables,  451  B.  C. 

30.  Anno  trecentesimo  et  altero  ab  urbe  condita 
decemviri  creati  sunt,  qui  civitati  leges  scriberent.     Hi 
primo  anno  bene  egerunt ;  secundo  autem  dominatio- 
nem  exercere  coeperunt.     Sed  quum  unus  eorum  Ap- 
pius  Claudius  virginem  ingenuam,  Virginiam,  Virginii 
centurionis  filiam,  corrumpere  vellet,  pater  earn  occidit. 
Turn  ad  mil! tes  profugit,  eosque  ad  seditionem  commo- 
vit.     Sublata  est  decemviris  potestas,  ipsique  omnes 
aut  morte  aut  exilio  puniti  sunt. 


10  ROMAN  HISTORY. — PERIOD  II 

Election  of  Military  Tribunes,  444  B.  C. 

31.  Anno  trecentesimo  decimo  ab  urbe  condita  dig- 
nitates  mutatae  sunt,  et  pro  duobus  consulibus  facti 
tribuni  militares  consul  ari  potestate.     Hinc  jam  coepit 
Romana  res  crescere.     Nam  Camillas  eo  anno  Yolsco- 
rum  civitatem,  quae  per  septuaginta  annos  bellurn  ges- 
serat,  vicit ;  et  Aequoruin  urbem  et  Sutrinorum,  omni- 
bus deletis  exercitibus,  occupavit,  et  tres  simul  trium- 
phos  egit. 

Camillus  and  the  Schoolmaster  of  Falerii. 

32.  In  bello  contra  Veientanos  Furius  Camillus  ur- 
bem Falerios  obsidebat.     In  qua  obsidione  quum  ludi 
literarii  magister  principum  filios  ex  urbe  in  castra  hos- 
tium  duxisset,  Camillus  scelestum  munus  non  accepit, 
sed  hominem  denudatum,  manibus  post  tergum  illiga- 
tis,  reducendum  Falerios  pueris  tradidit ;  virgasque  iis 
dedit,  quibus  proditorem  in  urbem  agerent. 

Veii  taken,  396  -B.  (7. — Rome  taken  and  "burnt  ~by  the  Gauls,  390 
B.C. 

33.  Hac  tanta  animi  nobilitate  commoti  Falisci  ur- 
bem Eomanis  tradiderunt.     Camillo  autem  apud  lioma- 
nos  crimini  datum  est,  quod  albis  equis  triumphasset, 
et  praedam  inlque  divisisset;  damnatusque  ob  earn 
causam,  et  civitate  expulsus  est.     Paulo  post  Galli  Se- 
nones  ad  urbem  venerunt,  Eomanos  apud  flumen  Alli- 
am  vicerunt,  et  urbem  etiam  occuparunt.     Jam  nihil 
praeter  Capitolium  defend!  potuit.     Et  jam  praesidium 
fame  laborabat,  et  in  eo  erant,  ut  pacem  a  Grallis  auro 
emerent,  quum  Camillus  cum  manu  militum  superve* 
aiens  hostes  magno  proelio  superaret. 


ROMAN  STRUGGLES  AND  CONQUESTS.  11 

Valor  of  Titus  Manlius  Torquatu^SQl  R  0. 

34.  Anno  trecentesimo  nonagesimo  quarto  post  TIT* 
bem  conditam  Galli  iterum  ad  urbem  accesserant,  et 
quarto  milliario  trans  Anienem  fluvium  consederant. 
Contra  eos  missus  est  T.  Quinctius.     Ibi  Gallus  quidam 
eximia  corporis  magnitudine  fortissimum  Komanorum 
ad  certamen  singulare  provocavit.     T.  Manlius,  nobilis- 
simus  juvenis,  pro  vocation  em  accepit,  Gallum  occidit, 
eumque  torque  aureo  spoliavit,  quo  ornatus  erat.    Hinc 
et  ipse  et  poster!  ejus  Torquati  appellati  sunt.     Galli 

fugam  capessiverunt. 

* 

Valor  of  Valerius  Corvus,  348  B.  C. — The  Gauls  cease  to  trouble 
Rome. 

35.  ISTovo  bello  cum  Gallis  exorto,  anno  urbis  quad- 
ringentesimo  'sexto,  iterum  Gallus  processit  robore  at- 
que  armis  insignis,  et  pffevocavit  unum  ex  Komanis,  ut 
secum  armis  decerneret.     Turn  se  M.  Valerius,  tribunus 
militum,  obtiilit ;  et,  quum  processisset  armatus,  corvus 
ei  supra  dextrum  brachium  sedit.      Mox,  commissa 
pugna,  hie  corvus  alis  et  unguibus  Galli  oculos  verbe- 
ravit.     Ita  factum  est,  ut  Gallus  facili  negotio  a  Valerio 
interficeretur,  qui  hinc  Corvini  nomen  accepit. 

Beginning  of  Samnite  Wars,  343  B.  C. 

36.  Postea  Komani  bellum  gesserunt  cum  Samniti- 
bus,  ad  quod  L.  Papirius  Cursor  cum  honore  dictatoris 
profectus  est.     Qui  quum  negotii  cujusdam  causa  Eo- 
mam  rediret,  praecepit  Q.  Fabio  Kulliano,  magistro 
equitum,  quern  apud  exercitum  reliquk,  ne  pugnam 
cum  hoste  committeret.     Sed  ille  occasionem  nactus 
felicissime  dimicavit,  Samnites  delevit.     Ob  hanc  rem 


12  ROMAN  HISTORY. — PERIOD  II. 

a  dictatore  capit^damnatus  est.  At  ille  in  urbem  con 
fugit,  et  ingenti  favore  militum  et  populi  liberates  est ; 
in  Papirium  autem  tanta  exorta  est  seditio,  ut  paene 
ipse  interficeretur. 

The  Roman  Army  is  made  to  pass  under  the  yolce,  321  B.  G. — 
The  Samnites  are  conquered,  290  B.  G. 

37.  Duobus  annis  post  T.  Veturius  et  Spurius  Pos- 
tumius  consiiles  bellum  adversum  Samnites  gerebant. 
Hi  a  Pontio  Thelesino,  duce  hostium,  in  insidias  indue- 
ti  sunt.     Nam  ad  Furciilas  Caudlnas  Romanos  pellexit 
in  angustias,  unde  sese  eKpedlre  non  poterant.    Ibi 
Pontius  patrem  suum  Herennium  rogavit,  quid  facien- 
dum  putaret.     Ille  respondit,  aut  omnes  occidendos 
esse,  ut  Romanorum  vires  frangerentur,  aut  omnes  di- 
mittendos,  ut  beneficio  obligarentur.     Pontius  utrum- 
que  consilium  improbavit,  omfiesque  sub  jugum  misit. 
Samnites  denique  post  bellum  undequinquaginta  anno- 
runi  superati  sunt. 

War  with  Pyrrhus,  281  B.  G. 

38.  Devictis  Samnitibus,  TarentTnis  bellum  indie- 
turn  est,  quia  legatis  Romanorum  injuriam  fecissent. 
Hi  Pyrrhum,  Epiri  regem,  contra  Romanes  auxilium 
poposcerunt.     Is  mox  in  Italiam  venit,  tumque  primum 
Romani  cum  transmarino  hoste  pugnaverunt.     Missus 
est  contra  eum  consul  P.  Valerius  Laevinus.      Hic; 
quum  exploratores  Pyrrhi  cepisset,  jussit  eos  per  castra 
duci,  tumque  dimitti,  ut  renuntiarent  Pyrrho,  quaecun- 
que  a  Romanis  agerentur. 

39.  Pugna  commissa,  Pyrrhus  auxilio  elephantorum 
vicit.     Nbx  proelio  finem  dedit.     Laevinus  tamen  pel 


KOMAK  STRUGGLES  Afc  -     CONQUESTS.  13 

noctem  fugit.  Pyrrhus  Eomanos  n^Jle  octingentos  ce- 
pit,  eosque  summo  honore  tractavit.  Quum  eos,  qui  in 
proelio  interfecti  ftierant,  omnes  adversis  vulneribus  et 
truci  vultu  etiam  mortuos  jacere  videret,  tulisse  ad  coe- 
lum  manus  dicitur  cum  hac  voce :  "  Ego  cum  talibua 
viris  brevi  orbem  terrarum  subigerem." 

40.  Postea  Pyrrhus  Eomam  perrexit ;  omnia  ferro 
igneque  vastavit ;  Campaniam  depopulates  est,  atque 
ad  Praeneste  venit  milliario  ab  urbe  octavo  decimo, 
Mox  terrore  exercitus,  qui  cum  consule  sequebatur,  in 
Campaniam  se  recepit.     Legati  ad  Pyrrhum  de  captivis 
redimendis  missi  honorif Ice  ab  eo  suscepti  sunt ;  capti- 
vos  sine  pretio  reddidit.     Unum  ex  legatis,  Fabricium, 
sic  admiratus  est,  ut  ei  quartam  partem  regni  sui  pro- 
mitteret,  si  ad  se  translret ;  sed  a  Fabricio  contemptus 
est. 

41.  Quum  jam  Pyrrhus  ingenti  Eomanorum  admi- 
ratione  teneretur,  legaturn  misit  Cineam,  praestantissi- 
mum  virum,  qui  pacem  peteret  ea  conditione,  ut  Pyr- 
rhus earn  partem  Italiae,  quam  armis  occupaverat,  obti- 
neret.    Eomani  responderunt,  eum  cum  Eomanis  pacem 
habere  non  posse,  nisi  ex  Italia  recessisset.     Cineas 
quum  rediisset,  Pyrrho  eum  interroganti,  qualis  ipsi 
Eoma  visa  esset ;  respondit,  se  regum  patriam  vidisse. 

42.  In  altero  proelio  cum  rege  Epiri  commisso  Pyr- 
rhus vulneratus  est,  elephanti  interfecti,  viginti  millia 
hostium  caesa  sunt.     Pyrrhus  Tarentum  fugit.     Inter- 
jecto  anno,  Fabricius  contra  eum  missus  est.     Ad  hunc 
medicus  Pyrrhi  nocte  venit  promittens,  se  Pyrrhum 
veneno  occisurum,  si  munus  sibi  daretur.     Hunc  Fa- 
bricius vinctum  reduci  jussit  ad  dominum.     Tune  rex 
almiratus  ilium  dixisse  fertur :  "Ille  est  Fabricius,  qui 


14  ROMAN  HISTORY. — PERIOD   III. 

difficilius  ab  honestate,  quam  sol  a  cursu  suo  avert!  pot- 
est. "  Paulo  post  Pyrrhus,  tertio  etiam  proeiio  fusus, 
a  Tarento  recessit,  et,  quum  in  Graeciam  rediisset,  apud 
Argos,  Peloponnesi  urbem,  interfectus  est. 


PERIOD  III. — Roman  Triumphs. 

FROM  THE  FIRST   PUNIC  WAR  TO  THE  CONQUEST  OF   GREECE, 
146  B.  C. 

First  Punic  (Carthaginian)  War,  264  B.  0. 

43.  Anno  quadringentesimo  nonagesimo  post  ur- 
bem  conditam  Komanorum  exercrtus  primum  in  Sici- 
liam   trajecerunt,  regemque  Syracusarum  Hieronem, 
Poenosque,  qui  multas  civitates  in  ea  insiila  occupave- 
rant,  superaverunt.     Quinto  anno  hujus  belli,   quod 
contra  Poenos  gerebatur,  primum  Eomani,  C.  Duillio 
et  On.  Cornelio  Asina  consulibus,  in  mari  dimicave- 
runt       Duillius  Carthaginienses  vicit,  triginta^  naves 
occupavit,  quatuordecim  mersit,  septem  millia  hostium 
cepit,  tria  millia  occidit.     Nulla  victoria  Romanis  gra- 
tior  fuit.     Duillio  concessum  est,  ut,  quum  a  coena  re- 
diret,  pueri  funalia  gestantes  et  tibicen  eum  comitaren- 
tur. 

First  Punic  War,  continued. — Invasion  of  Africa,  256  B.  G. 

44.  Paucis   annis  interjectis,    bellum   in   Africam 
translatum  est.     Hamilcar,  Carthaginiensium  dux,  pug- 
na  navali  superatur ;  nam  perditis  sexaginta  quatuor 
navibus  se  recepit ;  Eomani  viginti  duas  amiserunt. 
Quum  in  Africam  venissent,  Poenos  in  pluribus  proe- 
liis  vicerunt,  magnam  vim  hominum  ceperunt,  septua* 


ROMAN  TRIITMPHS,  15 

ginta  quatuor  civitates  in  fidein  acceperunt  Turn  victi 
Garthaginienses  pacem  a  Eomanis  petierunt.  Quam 
quum  M.  Atilius  Eegiilus,  Eomanorum  dux,  dare  noi- 
let  nisi  durissimis  conditiombus,  Carthaginienses  auxi- 
Hum  petierunt  a  Lacedaemoniis.  Hi  Xanthippum  mise- 
runt,  qui  Bomanum  exercitum  magno  proelio  vicit. 
Kegiilus  ipse  captus  et  in  vincula  conjectus  est. 

45.  Non  tamen  ubique  fortuna  Carthaginiensibus 
favit.     Quum  aliquot  proeliis  victi  essent,  Eegulum  ro- 
gaverunt,  ut  Eomam  proficisceretur,  et  pacem  capti- 
vorumque  permutationem  a  Eomanis  obtineret.     Ille 
quum  Eomam  venisset,  inductus  in  senatum  dixit,  se 
desiisse  Eomanum  esse  ex  ilia  die,  qua  in  potestatem 
Poenorum  venisset.     Turn  Eomanis  suasit,  ne  pacem 
cum  Carthaginiensibus  facerent :  illos  enim  tot  casibus 
fractos  spem  nullam  nisi  in  pace  habere :  tanti  non 
esse,  ut  tot  millia  captivorum  propter  se  uoum  et  pau- 
cos,  qui  ex  Eomanis  capti  essent,  redderentur.     Haec 
sententia  obtinuit.     Eegressus  igitur  in  Africam  crude- 
lissimis  suppliciis  exstinctus  est. 

End  of  the  First  Punic  War,  241  B.  0. 

46.  Tandem,  C.  Lutatio  Catulo,  A.  Postumio  con- 
sulibus,  anno  belli  Punbi  vicesimo  tertio  magnum  proe- 
lium  navale  commissum  est  contra  Lilybaeum,  promon- 
torium  Siciliae.     In  eo  proelio  septuaginta  tres  Cartha- 
giniensium  naves  captae,  centum  viginti  quinque  de- 
mersae,   triginta  duo  millia  hostium  capta,    tredecim 
millia  occisa  sunt.     Statim  Carthaginienses  pacem  peti- 
erunt, eisque  pax  tributa  est.     Captivi  Eomanorum, 
qui  tenebantur  a  Cartbaginiensibus,  redditi  sunt.     Poe- 
ni  Sicilia,  Sardinia,  et  ceteris  insiHis,  quae  inter  Italiara 


16  ROMAN  HISTORY.— PERIOD  ill. 

Africamque  jacent,  decesserunt,  omnemque  Hispaniam, 
quae  citra  Iberum  est,  Romania  permiserunt. 

Siege  of  Saguntumt—The  Second  Punic  War,  218  B  C. 

47.  Paulo  post  Punfcum  bellum  renovatum  est  per 
Hannibalem,    Carthaginiensium    ducem,    quern    pater 
Hamilcar  novem  annos  natum  aris  admoverat,  ut  odium 
perenne  in  Eomanos  juraret.     Hie  annum  agens  vices!- 
mum  aetatis  Saguntum,  Hispaniae  civitatem,  Eomanis 
amicam,  oppugnare  aggressus  est.     Huic  Eomani  per 
legatos  denuntiaverunt,  ut  bello  abstineret.     Qui  quum 
legatos  admitt^re  nollet,  Eomani  Carthaginem  mise- 
runt,  ut  mandaretur  Hannibali,  ne  bellum  contra  socios 
populi  Eomani  gereret.     Dura  responsa  a  Carthagini- 
ensibus  reddita.     Saguntinis  interea  fame  victis,  Eoma- 
ni Carthaginiensibus  bellum  indixerunt. 

Hannibal  crosses  the  Alps,  218  R  0. — Battles  of  the  Ticlnus,  Tre- 
Ua,  and  Lake  Trasimenus. — Battle  of  Cannae^  216  B.  0. 

48.  Hannibal,  fratre  Hasdrubale  in  Hispania  relicto, 
Pyrenaeum  et  Alpes  transiit.     Traditur  in  Italiam  oc- 
toginta  millia  peditum,  et  viginti  millia  equitum,  septem 
et  triginta  elephantos  abduxisse.     Interea  multi  Ligu- 
res  et  Galli  Hannibali  se  conjunxerunt.     Primus  ei  oc- 
currit  P.  Cornelius  Scipio,   qui,  proelio  ad  Ticinum 
commisso,  superatus  est,  et,  vulnere  accepto,  in  castra 
rediit.     Turn  Sempronius  Gracchus  conflixit  ad  Trebi- 
arn  amnem.      Is  quoque  vincitur.      Multi  populi  se 
Hannibali  dediderunt.      Inde  in  Tusciarn  progressus 
Flaminium  consulem  ad  Trasimenum  lacum  superat. 
Ipse  Flaminius  interemptus,  Eomanorum  viginti  quin 
que  millia  caesa  sunt. 


EOMAN  TRIUMPHS.  17 

49.  Quingentesimo  et  quadragesimo  anno  post  ur- 
bem  conditam  L.  Aemilius  Paullus  et  P.  Terentius 
Varro  contra  Hannibalem  mittuntur.     Quamquam  in- 
tellectum  erat,  Hannibalem  non  aliter  vinci  posse  quam 
mora,  Varro  tamen,  morae  impatiens,  apud  vicum,  qui 
Cannae  appellatur,  in  Apulia  pugnavit ;  ambo  consoles 
victi,  Paullus  interemptus  est.     In  ea  pugna  consulates 
aut  praetorii  viginti,  senatores  triginta  capti  aut  occisi ; 
militum  quadraginta  millia,  equitum  tria  millia  et  quin- 
genti  perierunt.     In  his  tantis  malis  nemo  tamen  pacis 
mentionem  facere  dignatus  est.     Servi,  quod  nunquam 
ante  facturn,  manumissi  et  milrtes  facti  sunt. 

50.  Post  earn  pugnam  multae  Italiae  civitates,  quae 
Eomanis  paruerant,  se  ad  Hannibalem  transtulerunt. 
Hannibal  Eomanis  obtulit,  ut  captivos  redimerent ;  re- 
sponsumque  est  a  senatu,  eos  cives  non  esse  necessarios, 
qui  armati  capi  potuissent.     Hos  omnes  ille  postea  va- 
riis  suppliciis  interfecit,  et  tres  modios  aureorum  annu- 
lorum  Carthaginem  misit,  quos  manibus  equitum  Ko- 
manorum,  senatorum,  et  militum  detraxerat.     Interea 
in  Hispania  frater  Hannibalis,  Hasdriibal,  qui  ibi  re- 
manserat  cum  magno  exercitu,  a  duobus  Scipiombus 
vincitur,  perditque  in  "pugna  triginta  quinque  millia 
liominum. 

51.  Anno  quarto  postquam  Hannibal  in  Italian* 
venerat,  M.  Claudius  Marcellus  consul  apud  Nolam, 
civitatem  Campaniae,  contra  Hannibalem  bene  pugna* 
vit.     Illo  tempore  Philippus,  Demetrii  iilius,  rex  Hace- 
doniae,   ad  Hannibalem  legatos  mittit,   eique  auxilia 
contra  Komanos  pollicetur.     Qui  legati  quum  a  Koma- 
nis  capti  essent,  M.  Valerius  Laevlnus  cum  navibus 
missus  est,  qui  regem  impediret,  quo  minus  copias  in 


18  ROMAN  HISTORY. — PERIOD  III. 

Italiam  trajiceret.     Idem  in  Macedonian!  penetrans  re- 
gem  Philippum  vicit. 

52.  In  Sieilia  quoque  res  prospere  gesta  est.     Mar- 
cellus  magnam  hujus  insiilae  partem  cepit,  quam  Poeni 
occupaverant ;  Syracusas,  nobilissimam  urbem,  expug- 
navit,  et  ingentem  inde  praedam  Eomam  misit.     Lae- 
vinus  in  Macedonia  cum  Philippo  et  multis  Graeciae 
populis  amicitiam  fecit »  et  in  Sicilian!  profectus  Han- 
nonem,  Poenorum   ducem,   apud  Agrigentum  cepit ; 
quadraginta  civitates  in  deditionem  accepit,  viginti  sex 
expugnavit.     Ita  omni  Sieilia  recepta,  cum  ingenti  glo- 
ria Eomam  regressus  est. 

53.  Interea  in  Hispaniam,  ubi  duo  Scipiones  ab 
Hasdrubale  interfecti  erant,   missus  est  P.  Cornelius 
Scipio,  vir  Eomanorum  omnium  fere  primus.     Hie, 
puer  duodeviginti  annorum,  in  pugna  ad  Ticinum,  pa- 
trem  singulari  virtute  servavit.     Deinde  post  cladem 
Cannensem   multos  nobilissimorum  juvenum  Italiam 
deser«5re  cupientium,  auctoritate  sua  ab  hoc  consilio 
detemdt.     Viginti  quatuor  annorum  juvenis  in  Hispa- 
niam missus,  die,  qua  venit,  Carthaginem  Novam  ce- 
pit, ID  qua  omne  aurum  et  argentum  et  belli  apparatum 
Poeni  habebant,  nobilissimos  quoque  obsides,  quos  ab 
Hispaais  acceperant.     Hos  obsides  parentibus  suis  red- 
didit.     Quare  omnes  fere  Hispaniae  civitates  ad  eum 
uno  animo  transierunt. 

54.  Ab  eo  inde  tempore  res  Eomanorum  in  dies 
laetiores  factae  sunt.    Hasdriibal  a  fratre  ex  Hispania  in 
Italipm  evocatus,  apud  Senam,  Piceni  civitatem,  in  in- 
sidia-s  incidit,  et  strenue  pugnans  occisus  est.     Plurimae 
autem  civitates,  quae  in  Bruttiis  ab  Hannibale  teneban- 
tur,  Eomanis  se  tradiderunt. 


ROMAN   TRIUMPHS.  19 


55.  Anno  decimo  quarto  postquam  in  Italian!  Han- 
nibal venerat,  Scipio  consul  creatus,  et  in  Africam  mis- 
sus est.     Ibi  contra  Hannonem,  ducem  Carthaginien- 
sium,  prospere  pugnat,  totumque  ejus  exercitum  delet. 
Secundo  proelio  undecim  millia  hominum  occidit,  et 
castra  cepit  cum  quatuor  millibus  et  quingentis  militi- 
bus.     Syphacem,  Numidiae  regem,  qui  se  cum  Poenis 
conjunxerat,  cepit,  eumque  cum  nobilissimis  Numidis 
et  infhritis  spoliis  Komam  misit.  ^Qua  re  audita,  omnis 
fere  Italia  Hannibalem  deserit.     Ipse  a  Carthaginiensi- 
bus  in  Africam  re  dire  jubetur.     Ita  anno  decimo  septi- 
mo  Italia  ab  Hannibale  liberata  est. 

Battle  ofZama,  202  B.  0. 

56.  Post  plures  pugnas  et  pacem  plus  semel  frustra 
tentatam,  pugna  ad  Zamam  committitur,  in  qua  peri- 
tissimi  duces  copias  suas  ad  bellum  educebant.     Scipio 
victor  recedit ;  Hannibal  cum  paucis  equitibus  evadit. 
Post  hoc  proelium  pax  cum  Carthaginiensibus  facta 
est.     Scipio,  quum  Komam  rediisset,  ingenti  gloria  tri- 
umphavit,  atque  Africanus  appellatus  est.     Sic  finem 
accepit  secundum  Punicum  bellum  post  annum  unde- 
vicesimum  quam  coeperat. 

War  with  Philip. — CynoscepJialae,  197  B.  0. 

57.  Finito  Punico  bello,  secutum  est  Macedonicum 
contra  Philippum  regem.      Superatus  est  rex  a  T. 
Quinctio  Flaminio  apud  Cynoscephalas,  paxque  ei  data 
est  his  legibus :  ne  Graeciae  civitatibus,  quas  Komani 
contra  eum  defenderant,  bellum  inferret ;  ut  captlvos 
et  transfugas  redderet ;  quinquaginta  solum  naves  ha* 
beret ;  reliquas  Eomanis  daret ;  mille  talenta  praesta- 


20  ROMAN"  HISTORY. — PERIOD   III. 

ret,  et  obsidem  daret  filium  Demetrium.  T.  Quinctius 
etiam  Lacedaemoniis  intulit  bellum,  et  dncem  eorum 
Nabidem  vicit. 

War  with  Antiochus,  192  B.  0. 

58.  Finite  bello  Macedonico,  secfiturn  est  bellum 
Sjriacum  contra  Antiochum  regem,  cum  quo  Hanni- 
bal se  junxerat.     Missus  est  contra  eum  L.  Cornelius 
Scipio  consul,  cui  frater  ejus  Scipio  Africanus  legatus 
est  additus.     Hannibal  navali  proelio  victus,  Antiochus 
autem  ad  Magnesiam,  Asiae  civitatem,  a  Cornelio  Sci- 
pione  consiile  ingenti  proelio  fusus  est.     Turn  rex  An- 
tiochus pacem  petit.     Data  est  ei  hac  lege,  ut  ex  Euro- 
pa  et  Asia  recederet,  atque  intra  Taurum  se  contineret, 
decem  millia  talentorum  et  viginti  obsides  praeberet, 
Hannibalem,  concitorem  belli,  dederet.     Scipio  Eomam 
rediit,  et  ingenti  gloria  triumphavit.     Nomen  et  ipse, 
ad  imitationem  fratris,  Asiatici  accepit. 

War  with  Perseus.— Pydna,  168  B.  G. 

59.  Philippo,  rege  Macedoniae,  mortuo,  films  ejus 
Perseus  rebellavit,  ingentibus  copiis  paratis.     Dux  Ro- 
manorum,  P.  Licinius  consul,  contra  eum  missus,  gravi 
proelio  a  rege  victus  est.     Rex  tamen  pacem  petebat. 
Cui  Romani  earn  praestare  noluerunt,  nisi  his  conditio- 
nibus,  ut  se  et  suos  Romanis  dederet.     Mox  Aemilius 
Paullus  consul  regem  ad  Pydnam  superavit,  et  viginti 
millia  peditum  ejus  occidit.     Equitatus  curn  rege  fugit. 
Urbes  Macedoniae  omnes,  quas  rex  tenuerat,  Romanis 
se  dediderunt.     Ipse  Perseus   ab  amicis  desertus   in 
Paulli  potestatem  venit.     Hie,  multis  etiam  aliis  rebus 
gestis,  cum  ingenti  pompa  Romam  rediit  in  nave  Per- 


ROMAN   TRIUMPHS.  21 

sei,  imisitatae  magnitudinis ;  nam  sedecim  remorum 
ordines  habuisse  dicitur.  Triumphavit  magnificentis- 
sime  in  curru  aureo,  duobus  filiis  utroque  latere  adstan- 
tibus.  Ante  currum  inter  captivos  duo  regis  filii  et 
ipse  Perseus  ducti  sunt. 

Third  Punic  War,  149-6  B.  C. 

60.  Tertium   deinde   bellum  contra   Carthaginem 
susceptum  est  sexcentesimo  et  altero  anno  ab  urbe  con- 
dita,  anno  quinquagesimo  primo  postquam  secundum 
bellum  Pumcum  transactum  erat.     L.  Marcius  Censo- 
rlnus  et  M.  Manlius  consules  in  Africam  trajecerunt, 
et  oppugn  aver  unt  Carthaginem.     Multa  ibi  praeclare 
gesta  sunt  per  Scipionem,  Scipionis  Africani  nepotem, 
qui  tribunus  in  Africa  militabat.     Hujus  apud  omnes 
ingens  metus  et  reverentia  erat,  neque  quidquam  magis 
Carthaginiensium  duces  vitabant,   quam  contra  eum 
proelium  committere. 

61.  Quum  jam  magnum  esset  Scipionis  nomen,  ter- 
tio^inno  postquam  Eomani  in  Africam  trajecerant,  con- 
sul est  creatus,  et  contra  Carthaginem  missus.     Is  hanc 
urbem  a  civibus  acernme  defensam  cepit  ac  diruit. 
Ingens  ibi  praeda  facta,  plurimaque  inventa  sunt,  quae 
rnultarum  civitatum  excidiis  Carthago  collegerat.    Haec 
omnia  Scipio  civitatibus  Italiae,  Siciliae,  Africae  red- 
didit,  quae  sua  recognoscebant.     Ita  Carthago  septin- 
gentesimo  anno,   postquam  condita   erat,   deleta  est. 
Scipio  nomen  Africani  j unions  accepit. 

Corinth  taken,  146  B.  0. 

62.  Interim  in  Macedonia  quidam  Pseudophilippus 
arma  movit,  et  P.  Juvencium,  Romanorum  ducem,  ad 


n 


22  ROMAN  HISTORY. — PERIOD  IV. 

internecionem  vicit.  Post  eum  Q.  Caecilius  Metellus 
dux  a  Romanfe  contra  Pseudophilippum  missus  est,  et, 
viginti  quinque  millibus  ex  militibus  ejus  occisis,  Ma- 
cedoniam  recepit;  ipsum  etiam  Pseudophilippum  in 
potestatem  suam  redegit.  Corinthiis<quoque  bellum 
indictum  est,  nobilissimae  Graeciae  civitati,  propter  in- 
••uriani  Romanis  legatis  illatam.  Hanc  Mummius  con- 
sul cepit  ac  diruit.  Tres  igitur  Romae  simul  celeberri- 
mi  triumphi  fuerunt ;  Scipionis  ex  Africa,  ante  cujus 
currum  ductus  est  Hasdrubal ;  Metelli  ex  Macedonia, 
cujus  currum  praecessit  Andriscus,  qui  et  Pseudopiii- 
lippus  dicitur ;  Mummii  ex  Corintho,  ante  quern  signa 
aenea  et  pictae  tabulae  et  alia  urbis  clarissimae  orna 
menta  praelata  sunt 


PERIOD  IV. — Civil  Dissensions. 

FROM  THE  CONQUEST  OF  GEEECE  TO  THE  DISSOLUTION  OF  THE 
KOMAN  COMMONWEALTH,  31  B.  C. 

War  with  the  Lvsitanians. —  Viriathus,  149  B.  C. 

63.  Anno  sexcentesimo  decimo  post  urbem  condi- 
tam  Viriathus  in  Lusitania  bellum  contra  Romanos  ex- 
citavit.  Pastor  primo  fuit,  mox  latronum  dux ;  pos- 
tremo  tantos  ad  bellum  popiilos  concitavit,  ut  vindex 
libertatis  Hispaniae  existimaretur.  Denique  a  suis 
interfectus  est.  Quum  interfectores  ejus  praemium  a 
Caepione  consiile  peterent,  responsum  est,  nunquam 
Romanis  placuisse,  imperatorem  a  militibus  .suis  inter- 
fici. 


CIVIL  DISSENSIO: 


Numantia  taken,  133  B.  C. 

64.  Deinde  bellum  exortum  est  cum  Numantinis, 
civitate  Hispaniae.     Yictus  ab  his  Qu.  Pornpeius,  et 
post  eum  C.  Hostilius  Mancinus  consul,  qui  pacem  cum 
iis  fecit  infamem,  quam  populus  et  senatus  jussit  infrin 
gi,  atque  ipsum  Mancinum  hostibus  tradi.     Turn  P. 
Scipio  Africanus  in  Hispaniam  missus  est.     Is  prirnum 
militem  ignavum  et  corruptum  correxit ;  turn  multas 
Hispaniae  civitates  partim  bello  cepit,  partim  in  dedi- 
tionem accepit.     Postremo  ipsam  Numantiam  fame  ad 
deditionem  coegit,  urbemque  evertit ;  reliquam  provin- 
ciam  in  fidem  accepit. 

War  with  Juguviha,  112  B.  0. 

65.  P.  Scipione  Nasica  et  L.  Calpurnio  Bestia  con- 
sulibus,  Jugurthae,  Numidarum  regi,  bellum  illatum 
est,  quod  Adherbalem  et  Hiempsalem,  Micipsae  filios, 
patrueles  suos,  interemisset.     Missus  adversus  eum  con- 
sul Calpurnius  Bestia  corruptus  regis  pecunia  pacem 
cum  eo  flagitiosissimam  fecit,  quae  a  senatu  improbata 
est.     Denique  Qu.  Caecilius  Metellus  consul  Jugurtham 
variis  proeliis  vicit,  elephantos  ejus  occidit  vel  cepit, 
multas  civitates  ipsius  in  deditionem  accepit.     Ei  sue- 
cessit  0.  Marius,  qui  bello  terminum  posuit,  ipsumque 
Jugurtham  cepit.     Ante  currum  triumphantis  Marii 
Jugurtha  cum  duobus  filiis  ductus  est  vinctus,  et  mox 
iussu  consulis  in  carcere  strangulatus. 

/Social  or  Marsian  War,  91  B.  C. 

66.  Sexcentesimo  quinquagesimo  nono  anno  ab  ur- 
be  condita  in  Italia  gravissimum  bellum  exarsit.     Nam 


24  ROMAN   HISTORY. — PERIOD   IV. 

Picentes,  Marsi,  Pelignique,  qui  multos  annos  popiilc 
Romano  obedierant,  aequa  cum  illis  jura  sibi  dari  pos- 
tulabant.  Perniciosum  admodum  hoc  bellum  fuit.  P. 
Rutilius  consul  in  eo  occisus  est ;  plures  exercitus  fusi 
fugatique.  Tandem  L.  Cornelius  Sulla  cum  alia  egre- 
.gie  gessit,  turn  Cluentium,  hostium  ducem,  cum  magnis 
copiis,  fudit.  Per  quadriennium  cum  gravi  utriusque 
partis  calamitate  hoc  bellum  tractum  est.  Quinto  de- 
mum  anno  L.  Cornelius  Sulla  ei  imposuit  finem.  Ro- 
mani  tamen,  id  quod  prius  negaverant,  jus  civitatis, 
bello  finito,  sociis  tribuerunt. 

MitUridatic  War. — First  Civil  War. — Harius,  Sulla,  88  B.  0. 

67.  Anno  urbis  conditae  sexcentesimo  sexagesimo 
sexto  primum  Romae  bellum  civile  exortum  est ;  eo- 
dem  anno  etiam  Mithridaticum.     Causam  bello  civili 
C.  Marius  dedit.     Nam  quum  Sullae  bellum  adversus 
Mithridatem,  regem  Ponti,  decretum  esset,  Marius  ei 
hunc  honorem  eripere  cojiatus  est.     Sed  Sulla,  qui  ad- 
huc  cum  legionibus  suis  in  Italia  morabatur,  cum  exer- 
citu  Romam  venit,  et  adversaries  cum  interfecit,  turn 
fugavit.     Turn  rebus  Romae  utcunque  compositis,  in 
Asiam  profectus  est,  pluribusque  proeliis  Mithridatem 
coegit,  ut  pacem  a  Romanis  peteret,  et  Asia,  quam  in- 
vaserat,  relicta,  regni  sui  finibus  contentus  esset. 

Civil  War,  continued. 

68.  Sed  dum  Sulla  in  Graecia  et  Asia  Mithridatem 
vancit,  Marius,  qui  fugatus  fuerat,  et  Cornelius  Cinna, 
unus  ex  consulibus,  bellum  in  Italia  repararunt,  et  in- 
gressi  Romam  nobilissimos  ex  senatu  et  consulates  vi- 
ros  interfecerunt ;  multos  proscripserunt ;  ipslus  Sullae 


CIVIL  DISSENSIONS.  25 

domo  eversa,  filios  et  uxorem  ad  fugam  compulerunt. 
Universus  reliquus  senatus  ex  urbe  fugiens  ad  Sullarn 
in  Graeciam  venit,  orans  ut  patriae  subveniret.  Sulla 
in  Italiam  trajecit,  hostium  exercitus  vicit,  mox  etiam 
urbem  ingressus  est,  quam  caede  et  sanguine  civium 
replevit.  Quatuor  millia  inermium,  qui  se  dediderant. 
interf ici  jussit ;  duo  millia  equitum  et  senatorum  pro- 
scripsit.  Turn  de  Mithridate  triumphavit.  Duo  haec 
bella  funestissima,  Italicum,  quod  et  sociale  dictum  est, 
et  civile,  consumpserunt  ultra  centum  et  quinquaginta 
inillia  hominum,  viros  consulares  viginti  quatuor,  prae- 
torios  septem,  aedilitios  sexaginta,  senatores  fere  du- 
centos. 

Mithridatic  War,  continued. — Lucullus. 

69.  Anno  urbis  conditae  sexcentesimo  septuagesi- 
mo  sexto,  L.  Licinio  Lucullo  et  M.  Aurelio  Cotta  con- 
sulibus,  mortuus  est  Nicomedes,  rex  Bithyniae,  et  testa- 
mento  populum  Eomanum  fecit  heredem.  Mithridates, 
pace  rupta,  Asiam  rursus  voluit  invadere.  Adversus 
euni.  ambo  consoles  missi  variam  habuere  fortunam. 
Cotta  apud  Chalcedonem  victus  proelio,  a  rege  etiam 
intra  oppidum  obsessus  est.  Sed  quum  se  inde  Mithri- 
dates Cyzicum  transtulisset,  ut,  hac  urbe  capta,  totam 
Asiam  invaderet,  Lucullus  ei,  alter  consul,  occurrit,  ac 
dum  Mithridates  in  obsidione  Cyzici  commoratur,  ipse 
eum  a  tergo  obsedit,  fameque  consumptum  multis  proe- 
liis  vicit.  Postremo  Byzantium  fugavit ;  navali  quo 
que  proelio  ejus  duces  oppressit.  Ita  una  hieme  et 
aestate  a  Lucullo  centum  fere  millia  militum  re^s  ex- 
gtincta  sunt. 

2 


26  ROMAN  HISTORY. — PERIOD  IV. 

War  of  the  Gladiators.— Spar  tacus,  73  B.  0.  JT 

70.  Anno  urbis  sexcentesimo  septuagesimo  octavo 
novum  in  Italia  bellum  commotum  est.     Septuaginta 
enim  quatuor  gladiatores,  ducibus  Spartaco,  Crixo,  et 
Oenomao,  e  ludo  gladiatorio,  qui  Capuae  erat,  effuge- 
runt,  et  per  Italiam  vagantes  paene  non  levins  bellum, 
qnam  Hannibal,  moverunt.     Nam  contraxerunt  exer- 
citum  fere  sexaginta  millium  armatorum,  multosque 
dnces  et  duos  Eomanos  consules  vicerunt.     Ipsi  victi 
sunt  in  Apulia  a  M.  Licinio  Crasso  proconsule,  et,  post 
multas  calamities  Italiae,  tertio  anno  huic  bello  finis 
est  impositus. 

Successes  of  Lucullus  against  Mithridates. 

71.  Interim  L.  Lucullus  bellum  Mitkridaticum  per- 
secutus  regnum  Mithridatis  invasit,  ipsumque  regeni 
apud  Cabira  civitatem,  quo  ingentes  copias  ex  omni 
regno  adduxerat  Mithridates,  ingenti  proelio  superatum 
fugavit,  et  castra  ejus  diripuit.     Armenia  quoque  Mi- 
nor, quam  tenebat,  eidem  erepta  est.     Susceptus  est 
Mithridates  a  Tigrane,  Armeniae  rege,  qui  turn  ingenti 
gloria  imperabat ;  sed  hujus  quoque  regnum  Lucullus 
est  ingressus.     Tigranocerta,  nobilissimam  Armeniae 
civitatem,  cepit ;  ipsum  regem,  cum  magno  exercitu 
venientem,  ita  vicit,  ut  robur  militum  Armeniorum 
deleret.     Sed  quum  Lucullus  finem  bello  imponere  pa- 
raretr  successor  ei  missus  est. 

Pompey  puts  down  the  Pirates,  67  B.  C. — Is  appointed  successor 
to  Lucullus. — Death  of  Mithridates,  63  B.  C. 

72.  Per  ilia  tempora  piratae  omnia  maria  infestabant 
ita,  ut  Eomanis,  toto  orbe  terrarum  victoribus,  sola 


CIVIL  DISSENSIONS.  27 

navigatio  tuta  non  esset.  Quare  id  bellum  On.  Pom- 
peio  decretum  est,  quod  intra  paucos  menses  incredibili 
felicitate  etceleritate  confecit.  Mox  ei  delatum  bellum 
contra  regem  Mithridatem  et  Tigranem.  Quo  suscepto, 
Mithridatem  in  Armenia  Minore  nocturno  proelio  vicit, 
castra  diripuit,  et  quadraginta  millibus  ejus  occlsis,  vi- 
ginti  tantum  de  exercitu  suo  perdidit  et  duos  centurio- 
nes.  Mithridates  fugit  cum  uxore  et  duobus  comitibus, 
neque  multo  post,  Pharnacis  filii  sui  seditione  coactus, 
venenum  hausit.  Hunc  vitae  finem  habuit  Mithrida- 
tes, vir  ingentis  industriae  atque  consilii.  Kegnavi 
annis  sexaginta,  vixit  septuaginta  duobus :  contra  Ko 
manos  bellum  habuit  annis  quadraginta. 

Victories  of  Pompey  over  Tigranes:  he  talces  Jerusalem,  63  B.  G. 

73.  Tigrani  deinde  Pompeius  bellum  intulit.  Ille 
se  ei  dedidit,  et  in  castra  Pompeii  venit,  ac  diadema 
suum  in  ejus  manibus  collocavit,  quod  ei  Pompeius  re- 
posuit.  Parte  regni  eum  multavit  et  grandi  pecunia. 
Turn  alios  etiam  reges  et  popiilos  superavit.  Armeni- 
am  Minorem  Deiotaro,  Galatiae  regi,  donavit,  quia  auxi- 
lium  contra  Mithridatem  tulerat.  Seleuciam,  vicinam 
Antiochiae  civitatem,  libertate  donavit,  quod  regem 
Tigranem  non  recepisset.  Inde  in  Judaeam  transgres- 
sus,  Hierosolymam,  caput  gentis,  tertio  mense  cepit, 
duodecim  millibus  Judaeorum  occlsis,  ceteris  in  fidem 
receptis.  His  gestis  finem  antiquissimo  bello  imposuit. 
Ante  triumphantis  currum  ducti  sunt  filii  Mithridatis, 
films  Tigranis,  et  Aristobulus,  rex  Judaeorum.  Prae- 
lata  ingens  pecunia,  auri  atque  argenti  infinitum.  Hoo 
tempore  nullum  per  orbem  terrarum  grave  bellum  erat. 


28  ROMAN  HISTORY. — PERIOD  IV. 

Catiline's  Conspiracy,  63  B.  C. 

74.  M.  Tullio  Cicerone  oratore  et  C.  Antonio  con- 
Bulibus,  anno  ab  urbe  condita  sexcentesimo  undenona- 
gesimo  L.  Sergius  Catilina,  nobilissimi  generis  vir,  sed 
ingenii  pravissimi,  ad  delendam  patriam  eonjuravit  cum 
quibusdam  claris  quidem  sed  audacibus  viris.     A  Cice- 
rone urbe  expulsus  est,  socii  ejus  deprehensi  et  in  car- 
cere  strangulati  sunt.     Ab  Antonio,  altero  consule, 
Catilina  ipse  proelio  victus  est  et  interfectus. 

Caesar  Consul,  59  B.  C. :  in  Gaul,  58  B.  C. 

75.  Anno  urbis  conditae  sexcentesimo  nonagesimo 
tertio  C.  Julias  Caesar  cum  L.  Bibulo  consul  est  factus. 
Quum  ei  Gallia  decreta  esset,  semper  vincendo  usque 
ad  Oeeanum  Britannicum  processit.     Domuit  autem 
annis  novem  fere  omnem  Galliam,  quae  inter  Alpes, 
flumen  Rhodanum,  Khenum  et  Oeeanum  est.     Britan- 
nis  mox  bellum  intiilit,  quibus  ante  eum  ne  nomen  qui- 
dem  Romanorum  cognitum  erat ;  Germanos  quoque 
trans  Rhenum  aggressus,  ingentibus  proeliis  vicit. 

Crassus  stain  ly  the  Parthians,  53  B.  C. 

76.  Circa  eadem  tempora  M.  Licinius  Crassus  con- 
tra Parthos  missus  est.     Et  quum  circa  Carras  contra 
omina  et  auspicia  proelium  commisisset,  a  Surena,  Oro- 
dis  regis  duce,  victus  et  interfectus  est  cum  filio,  claris- 
gimo  et  praestantissimo  juvene.     Reliquiae  exercitus 
per  C.  Cassium  quaestorem  servatae  sunt. 

Civil  War  ofPompey  and  Caesar,  49  B.  C. 

77.  Hinc  jam  bellum  civile  successit,  quo  Romani 
D.ominis  fortuna  mutata  est.     Caesar  enim  victor  e  Gal- 


CIVIL  DISSENSIONS.  29 

ia  rediens,  absens  coepit  poscere  alterum  consulatum ; 
quern  quum  aliqui  sine  dubitatione  deferrent,  contra- 
dictum  est  a  Pompeio  et  aliis,  jussusque  est,  dimissis 
exercitibus,  in  urbem  redire.  Propter  hanc  injuriam 
ab  Arimino,  ubi  milites  congregates  habebat,  infesto 
exereitu  Eomam  contendit.  Consules  cum  Pompeio, 
senatusque  omnis  atque  universa  nobilitas  ex  urbe  fu- 
git,  et  in  Graeciam  transiit ;  etj  dum  senatus  bellum 
contra  Caesarem  parabat,  hie  vactiam  urbem  ingressus 
dictatorem  se  fecit, 

Defeat  of  Pompey^s  party  in  Spain. — Battle  of  Pharsalia.  48 
B.  0. — Death  of  Pompey. 

78.  Inde  Hispanias  petit,  ibique  Pompeii  legiones 
superavit ;  turn  in  Graecia  adversum  Pompeium  ipsum 
dimicavit.  Primo  proelio  victus  est  et  fugatus ;  evasit 
tamen,  quia  nocte  interveniente  Pompeius  sequi  noluit ; 
dixitque  Caesar,  nee  Pompeium  scire  vincere,  et  illo 
tantum  die  se  potuisse  superari.  Deinde  in  Thessalia 
apud  Pharsalum  ingentibus  utrinque  copiis  commissis 
dimicaverunt.  Kunquam  adhuc  Eomanae  copiae  ma- 
jores  neque  melioribus  ducibus  convenerant.  Pugna- 
tum  est  ingenti  contentione,  victusque  ad  postremum 
Pompeius,  et  castra  ejus  direpta  sunt.  Ipse  fugatus 
Alexandrian!  petiit,  ut  a  rege  Aegypti,  cui  tutor  a  se- 
natu  dafcus  fuerat,  acciperet  auxilia.  At  hie  fortunam 
magis  quam  amicitiam  secutus,  occidit  Pompeium,  ca- 
put  ejus  et  annulum  Caesari  misit.  Quo  conspecto, 
Caesar  lacrymas  fudisse  dicitur,  tanti  viri  intuens  caput, 
et  generi  quondam  sui. 


30  KOMAN  HISTORY. — PERIOD  IV. 

Caesar  assassinated  in  the  Senate-House,  44  B.  0. 

79.  Quum  ad  Alexandriam  venisset  Caesar,  Ptole- 
maeus  ei  insidias  parare  voluit,  qua  de  causa -regi  bel- 
lum  illatum  est.    Eex  victus  in  Nilo  periit,  inventum- 
$ue  est  corpus  ejus  cum  lorica  aurea.     Caesar,  Alexan- 
dria potitus,  regnum  Cleopatrae  dedit.  /'Turn  inde  pro- 
fectus  Pompeianarum  partium  reliquias  est  persecutus, 
bellisque  civilibus  toto  terrarum  orbe  compositis,  Eo- 
mam  rediit.     Ubi  quum  insolentius  agere  coepisset, 
conjuratum  est  in  eum  a  sexaginta  vel  amplius  senato- 
ribus,  equitibusque  Eomanis.     Praecipui  fuerunt  inter 
conjuratos  Bruti  duo  ex  genere  illius  Bruti,  qui,  regibus 
expulsis,  primus  Eomae  consul  fuerat,  C.  Cassius  et 
Servilius  Casea.    Ergo  Caesar,  quum  in  curiam  venis- 
set, viginti  tribus  vulneribus  confossus  est. 

The  Second  Triumvirate,  Octavius,  Antony,  and  Lepidus,  43  B.  0. 
— Death  of  Cicero. 

80.  Interfecto  Caesare,  anno  urbis  septingentesimo 
nono  bella  civilia  reparata  sunt.     Senatus  favebat  Cae- 
saris  percussoribus,  Antonius  consul  a  Caesaris  partibus 
stabat.     Ergo  turbata  republica,  Antonius,  multis  sce- 
leribus  commissis,  a  senatu  hostis  judicatus  est.     Fusus 
fugatusque  Antonius,  amisso  exercitu,  confugit  ad  Le- 
pidum,  qui  Caesari  magister  equitum  fuerat,  et  turn 
grandes  copias  militum  habebat ;  a  quo  susceptus  est. 
Mox  Octavianus  cum  Antonio  pacem  fecit,  et  quasi 
vindicatufus  patris  sui  mortem,  a  quo  per  testamentum 
fuerat  adoptatus,  Eomam  cum  exercitu  profectus  extor- 
Bit,  ut  sibi  juveni  viginti  annorum  consulatus  daretur. 
Turn  junctus  cum  Antonio  et  Lepido  rempublicam  ar- 


CIVIL  DISSENSIONS.  31 

mis  tenere  coepit,  senatumque  proscripsit.    Per  hos 
etiain  Cicero  orator  occisus  est,  multique  alii  nobfles. 

Battle  of  Philippi^  42  B.  0. 

81.  Interea  Brutus  et  Cassius,  interfectores  Caesaris, 
ingens  bellum  moverunt.     Profecti  contra  eos  Caesar 
Octavianus,  qui  postea  Augustus  est  appellatus,  et  M. 
Antonius,  apud  Philippos,  Macedoniae  urbem,  contra 
eos  pugnaverunt.    Primo  proelio  victi  sunt  Antonius 
et  Caesar ;  periit  tamen  dux  nobilitatis  Cassius ;  secun- 
do  Brutum  et  infinitam  nobilitatem,  quae  cum  illis  bel- 
lum susceperat,  victam  interfecerunt.     Turn  victores 
rempublicam  ita  inter  se  diviserunt,  ut  Octavianus 
Caesar  Hispanias,  Gallias,  Italiam  teneret;  Antonius 
Orientern,  Lepidus  Africam  acciperet. 

Battle  ofActium,  31  B.  C. 

82.  Paulo  post*  Antonius,  repudiata  sorore  Caesaris 
Octaviani,  Cleopatram,  reginam  Aegypti,  uxorem  duxit. 
Ab  hac  incitatus  ingens  bellum  commovit,  dum  Cleo- 
patra cupiditate  muli^bri  optat  Eomae  regnare.     Victus 
est  ab  Augusto  navali  pugna  clara  et  illustri  apud  Ac- 
tium,  qui  locus  in  Bpiro  est.     Hinc  fugit  in  Aegyptum, 
et,  desperatis  rebus,  quum  omnes  ad  Augustum  transi- 
rent,  se  ipse  interemit.     Cleopatra  quoque  aspidem  sibi 
admisit,  et  veneno  ejus  exstincta  est.     Ita  bellis  toto 
orbe  confectis,  Octavianus  Augustus  Eomam  rediit  an- 
no duodecimo  quam  consul  fuerat.     Ex  eo  inde  tern- 
pore  rempublicam  per  quadraginta  et  quatuor  annos 
solus  obtinuit.     Ante  enim  duodecim  annis  cum  Anto- 
nio et  Lepido  tenuerat.     Ita  ab  initio  principatus  ejus 
usque  ad  finem  quinquaginta  sex  anni  fuere. 


32  KOMAN  HISTOKY. — PEEIOD  T. 

PERIOD  V. — Roman  Empire. 

FROM  THE  DISSOLUTION  OF  THE  COMMONWEALTH  TO  THE  DEATH 
OF  DOMITLAN,  THE  LAST  OF  THE  CAESAKS,  96  A.  D. 

Tiberius,  14  A.  D. 

83.  Tiberius  Nero,  privignus  idem  ac  gener  heres 
que  Augusti,  totus  ab  illo  diversus  fuit;  ingenio  non 
solum  arroganti  trucique,  sed  etiam  occulto,  fingendis 
que  virtutibus  subdolo.     Principia  ejus  imperil  mode- 
rata,  Germanici  Caesaris  metu.     Quo  exstincto,  metu 
solutus,  mores  solvit.     Sed  ejus  petulantiae  a  Li  via 
matre,  quam  reverebatur,  non  nihil  obstitum.     Eege 
Cappadociae,  per  speciem  amicitiae,  evocato  retentoque, 
ejus  regnum  in  provinciam  redegit.     Herodem  Agrip- 
pam,  in  custodiam  tradidit,  quia  publice  precatus  erat, 
ut  Caium,  Germanici  filium,  videret  Augustum.     Inter 
haec,  Livia  matre  demortua,  in  omne  ruit  crudelitatis- 
genus.    Drusum  Caesarem,  ex  se  genitum,  affectati 
regni  suspectum,  veneno  sustulit.     Neronem  ac  Dru- 
sum, Germanici  filios,  nepotes  suos,  fame  necavit.    Se- 
jani  praefecti  praetorii  instinctu,  Komam  primorum 
civitatis  caedibus  polluit.     Sed  tandem  ira  Principis  in 
ipsum  vertit  crudelitatis  auctorem.     In  Capream  insii- 
lam  quum  secessisset,  earn  infamem  reddidit  sua  nequi- 
tia  luxuque.     Ad  ultimum,  deliciis  confectus,  ad  Mise- 
num  exstinguitur,  principatus  sui  anno  vicesimo  tertio. 

Caligula,  37  A.  D. 

84.  Caius  Caligula,  Germanico  et  Agrippina  geni- 
tus,  in  castris  militari  habitu  educatus,  ex  eoque  Cali- 
gula dictus  est.    Is  primo  quidem  baud  indignum  se 


ROMAN  EMPIRE.  33 


Germanico  patre,  ac  popiili  Eomani  favore,  praebuit. 
Sed  brevi  tjrannus  exstitit,  Tiberio  immanior.  Quum 
plurima  vesanae  mentis  deliria  edidisset,  et  adversum 
cunctos  ingenti  araritia,  libidine,  crudelitate  saeviret, 
interfectus  in  palatio  est  anno  imperil  tertio. 

Claudius,  41  A.  D. 

85.  Claudius  Nero,  Caligulae  patruus,  ab  eo  ad  lu 
dibrium  reservatus,  imperil  successor  fuit ;  bonus  prin- 
ceps  magis,  quam  sapiens.     Britanniam  et  Orcadas  in- 
siilas,  sine  proelio  ac  sanguine,  subegit.    In  amicos 
adeo  effusus,  ut  A.  Plautium,  ob  res  in  Britannia  pros- 
pere  gestas  triumphantem,  Caesar  ipse  prosequeretur, 
elque  Capitolium  conscendenti  laevum  tegeret  latus. 
Illud  dementer,  quod,  praeterito  Britannico  filio,  Nero- 
nem  privignum  heredem  imperii  fecit.     Itaque  privigni 
fraude  pater  cum  filio  exstinguitur.     Tenet  fama,  vene- 
num  Claudio  ab  Agrippina  conjiige  in  boleto  datum. 
Annos  imperavit  quatuordecim. 

Nero,  54  A.  D. 

86.  Nero,  Germanici  ex  filia  nepos,  Caligulae  avun- 
ciilo  magis;  quam  avo,  se  similem  praebuit.     Agrippi- 
nam  matrem,  Octaviam  conjugem,  Antoniam  amitam, 
aliosque  cognatione  proximos,  Senecam  quoque  prae- 
ceptorem,  Lucani  poetae  patruum,  ipsumque  Lucanum, 
necavit.     Ad  haec  magnam  urbis  partem,  obscuris 
aedibus  informem,  per  ludum  incendit,  ut  Trojae  re- 
praesentaret  incendium :  culpam  poenamque  in  Chris 
tianos  transtulit.     In  re  militari  nihil  omnino  ausus, 
Britanniam  paene  amisit.     A  senatu  hostis  judicatus,  e 
palatio  fugit,  et  in  suburbano  se  liberti  sui  inte"rfecit, 

2* 


34  ROMAN  HISTORY. — PERIOD  V. 

trigesimo  et  altero  aetatis  anno,  imperil  quarto  decimo ; 
atque  in  eo  omnis  familia  Augusti  consumpta  est. 

Galba,  68  A.  D.,  Otho  and  Vitellius,  69  A.  D. 

87.  Sergius  Galba,  Caesar  ab  exercitu  creatus,  Ne- 
roni  successit.    Sed  nimia  severitas  breve  ejus  imperi- 
um  fecit.     Othonis  insidiis  mense  septimo  jugulatur. 

88.  Otho  SilviuSj  invaso  imperio,  baud  diuturnior 
eo,  quern  sustulerat,  Caesar  fuit.     Quippe,  a  Vitellio, 
qui  a  Germanicis  legionibus  imperium  acceperat,  ad 
Cremonam  levi  proelio  victus,  voluntariam  mortem  op- 
petiit  mense  imperii  quarto. 

89.  Vitellius,  a  Yespasiani  ducibus  multo  cum  dede- 
core  captus,  per  urbem  raptatur  nudus.     Tandem  jugu- 
latus,  praecipitatur  in  Tiberim  mense  imperii  octavo. 

Vespasian,  70  A.  D. 

90.  Vespasianus  huic  successit,  factus  apud  Palaes- 
tinam  imperator ;  princeps  obscure  quidem  natus,  sed 
optimis  comparandus.     A  Claudio  in  Germaniam,  dein- 
de  in  Britanniam  missus,  tricies  et  bis  cum  hoste  con- 
flixit,  duas  validissimas  gentes,  viginti  oppida,  insiilam 
Vectam,  Britanniae  proximam,  imperio  Eomano  adje- 
cit.    Eomae  se  in  imperio  moderatissime  gessit :  pecu- 
niae  tantum  avidior  fuit,  ita  ut  earn  nulli  injuste  aufer- 
ret ;  quam  quum  omni  diligentia  colligeret,  tamen  stu- 
diosissime  largiebatur,  praecipue  indigentibus.     Placi- 
dissimae  lenitatis,  ut  qui  majestatis  quoque  contra  se 
reos  non  facile  pumret  ultra  exsilii  poenam.     Sub  hoc 
Judaea  Romano  accessit  imperio,  et  Hierosolyma,  quae 
fuit  urbs  nobilissima  Palaestinae.    Achaiam,  Lyciam, 
Rhodum,  Byzantium,  Samum,  quae  liberae  ante  hoo 


ROMAN   EM 

tempus  fuerant,  item  Thraciam,  Ciliciam,  Commagenen, 
quae  sub  regibus  amicis  egerant,  in  provinciarum  for- 
mam  redegit. 

91.  Offensarum   et   inimicitiarum  immemor  fuit : 
convicia,  a  causidicis  et  philosophis  in  se  dicta,  leniter 
tulit :  diligens  tamen  coercitor   disciplinae  militaris. 
Hie  cum  Tito  filio  de  Hierosolymis  triumphavit.     Per 
haec  quum  senatui  et  populo,  postremo  cunctis  amabi- 
lis  ac  jucundus  esset,  exstinctus  est  in  villa  propria, 
circa  Sabinos,  annum  aetatis  agens  sexagesimum  no- 
num,  imperii  nonum  et  diem  septimum:  atque  inter 
Divos  relatus  est. 

Titus,  T9  A.  D. 

92.  Huic  Titus  films  successit,  qui  et  ipse  Vespasia- 
nus  est  dictus  ;  vir  omnium  virtutum  gen  ere  mirabilis 
adeo,  ut  amor  et  deliciae  humani  generis  diceretur. 
Eomae  tantae  civilitatis  in  imperio  fuit,  ut  nullum  om- 
nino  puniret,   convictos  adversum  sese  conjurationis 
ita  dimiserit,  ut  in  eadem  familiaritate,  qua  antea,  ha- 
buerit.     Facilitatis  et  liberalitatis  tantae  fuit,  ut  negaret 
quemquam  oportere  tristem  a  principe  discedere  ;  prae- 
terea  quum  quodam  die  in  coena  recordatus  fuisset, 
nihil  se  illo  die  cuiquam  praestitisse,  dixerit :  "  Amici, 
hodie  diem  perdidi."     Hie  Eomae  amphitheatrum  ae- 
dificavit,  et  quinque  millia  ferarum  in  dedicatione  ejus 
occidit. 

93.  Per  haec  inusitato  favore  dilectus,  morbo  periit 
in  ea,  qua  pater,  villa,  post  biennium,  menses  octo,  dies 
viginti,  quam  imperator  erat  factus,  aetatis  anno  altero 
et  quadragesimo.     Tantus  luctus  eo  mortuo  publicus 
fait,  ut  omnes  tanquam  in  propria  doluerint  orbitate 


36  ROMAN  HISTORY. — PERIOD  V. 

Senatus,  obitu  ipslus  circa  vesperam  nunciato,  nocte 
irrupit  in  curiam,  et  tantas  ei  mortuo  laudes  gratiasque 
congessit,  quantas  nee  vivo  unquam  egerat,  nee  prae 
senti.  Inter  Divos  relatus  est. 

Domitian,  81  A.  D. 

94  Domitianus  mox  accepit  imperium,  frater  ipsius 
junior;  Neroni,  aut  Caligulae,  aut  Tiberio  similior, 
quam  patri,  vel  fratri  suo.  Primis  tamen  annis  mode- 
ratus  in  imperio  fuit,  mox  ad  ingentia  vitia  progressus, 
libidinis,  iracundiae,  crudelitatis,  avaritiae,  tantum  in 
se  odii  concitavit,  ut  merita  et  patris  et  fratris  aboleret 
Interfecit  nobilissimos  ex  senatu :  dominum  se  et  deum 
primus  appellari  jussit :  nullam  sibi  nisi  auream  et  ar- 
genteam  statuam  in  Capitolio  poni  passus  est :  conso- 
brinos  suos  interfecit :  superbia  quoque  in  eo  exsecra- 
bilis  fuit.  Expeditiones  quatuor  habuit :  unam  adver- 
sum  Sarmatas ;  alteram  adversum  Cattos ;  duas  adver- 
sum  Dacos.  De  Dacis  Cattisque  duplicem  triumphum 
egit :  de  Sarmatis  solam  lauream  usurpavit.  Multas 
tamen  calamitates  iisdem  bellis  passus  est.  Quum  ob 
scelera  universis  exosus  esse  coepisset,  interfectus  est 
suorum  conjuratione  in  palatio,  anno  aetatis  quadrage- 
simo  quinto,  imperii  quinto  decimo.  Funus  ejus  cum 
ingenti  dedecore  per  vespillones  exportatum,  et  ignobi» 
liter  est  sepultum. 


TRADITIONARY  GREECE,  37 


GKECIAN  HISTORY. 

PERIOD  I. — Traditionary  Greece. 

FKOM  THE  FOUNDING  OF  ATHENS  BY  CECROPS,  1556  B.  C.,  TO  THB 
PEKSIAN  INVASION,  490  B.  C. 

The  Early  Kings  of  Attica. 

95.  Ante  Deucalionis  tempora  Athenienses  regem 
habuere  Cecropem  Aegyptium ;  quern,  ut  omnis  anli- 
quitas  fabulosa  est,  biformem  tradidere,  quia  primus 
marem   fenrfnae   matrimonio  junxit.      Huic   successit 
Cranaus,  cujus  filia  Atthis  region!  nomen  dedit.     Post 
hunc  Amphictyon  regnavit,  qui  primus  Minervae  ur- 
bem  sacravit;  et  nomen  eivitati  Athenas  dedit.     Hujus 
temporibus  aquarum  illuvies  majorem  partem  populo- 
rum  Graeciae  absumpsit.     Superfuerunt,  qui  in  montes 
se  receperunt,  aut  ad  regem  Thessaliae  Deucalionem 
ratibus  evecti  sunt ;  a  quo  propterea  genus  humanum 
conditum   dicitur.     Per  ordinem   deinde   successionis 
regnum  ad  Erectheum  descendit,  sub  quo  frumenti  sa- 
tio  apud  Eleusin  a  Triptolemo  reperta  est.     In  hujus 
muneris  honorem  noctes  initiorum  sacratae.     Tenuit  et 
Aegeus,   Thesei  pater,   Athenis  regnum:  cui  quum 
Theseus  successisset,  Atticos  demigrare  ex  agris,  et  in 
astu,  quod  appellatur,  omnes  se  conferre  jussit. 

The  Founders  and  first  Princes  of  other  Cities. 

96.  Argivorum  rex  primus  Inaehus  exstitit ;  cujus 
filius  Phoroneus  vagos  homines  ac  disperses  in  unum 
coegisse  locum,  et  moenibus  legibusque  sepsisse  memo- 
ratur.    Danaus,  quinquaginta  generis  per  totidem  filial 


38  GRECIAN  HISTORY. — PERIOD  I. 

contrucidatis,  Argos  occiipat.  Cadmus,  Europae  frater, 
literas  e  Phoenicia  deportavit  in  Graeciam ;  Thebas  in 
Boeotia  condidit.  Rhadamanthus  in  Lycia,  Minos  in 
Greta,  summa  cum  severitatis  laude  regnarunt.  Pelops 
quoque,  Tantali  filius,  Pisae  rex,  deductis  colonis,  Pelo- 
ponneso  nomen  fecit. 

Greoian  Colonies. 

97.  Turn  Graecia  maximis  concussa  est  motibus. 
Achaei,  ex  Laconica  pulsi,  eas  occupavere  sedes,  quas 
mine  obtment :  Pelasgi  Athenas  commigravere ;  acer- 
que  belli  juvenis,  nomine  Thessalus,  natione  Thesprotius 
cum  magna  civium  manu  earn  regionem  armis  occupa- 
vit,  quae  nunc  ab  ejus  nomine  Thessalia  appellatur. 

Lycurgus,  884  JB.  0. :  Some  of  his  Laws. 

98.  Ea  tempestate  clarissimus  Graii  nominis  Lycur- 
gus  Lacedaemonius,  vir  generis  regii,  fuit  severissima- 
rum  justissimarumque  legum  auctor,  et  disciplinae  con- 
venientissimae  viris :  cujus  quamdiu  Sparta  diligens 
fuit,  excelsissime  floruit.     Ac  primum  quidem  populum 
in  obsequia  principum,  principes  ad  justitiam  imperio- 
rum  formavit.      Parsimoniam  omnibus  suasit.     Emi 
singula  non  pecunia,  sed  compensatione  mercium  jussit. 
Auri  argentique  usum,  velut  omnium  scelerum  mate- 
riam,  sustiilit.     Fundos  omnium  aequaliter  inter  omnes 
di visit.     Convivari  omnes  publice  jussit,  ne  cujus  di- 
vitiae  vel  luxuria  in  occulto  essent.     Pueros  puberes  in 
agrum  deduci  praecepit,  ut  primos  annos  non  in  luxu- 
ria, sed  in  opere  et  laboribus  agerent.     Virgines  sine 
dote  nubere  jussit,  ut  uxores  eligerentur  non  pecuniae. 
Maximum  honorem  senum  esse  voluit.  5  Haec  quoniam 


TRADITIONARY   GREECE.  39 

prime,  solutis  antea  moribus,  dura  videbat  esse,  aucto- 
rem  eorum  Apollinem  Delphicum  fingit.  Dein,  ut 
aeternitatem  legibus  suis  daret,  jurejurando  obligat 
civitatem,  nihil  eos  de  ejus  legibus  mutaturos,  prius- 
quam  reverteretur,  et  simulat,  se  ad  oraculum  Delphi- 
cum proficisci,  consulturum,  quid  addendum  mutan- 
dumque  legibus  videretur  Deo.  Proficiscitur  autem 
Ore  tarn,  ibique  perpetuum  exsilium  egit,  abjicique  in 
mare  ossa  sua  moriens  jussit,  ne,  reliquiis  suis  Lacedae- 
monem  relatis,  Spartani  se  religione  jurisjurandi  solutes 
arbitrarentur. 

Institution  of  the  Olympic  Games.— Decennial  Archona  at  Athens. 
— Annual  Archons. 

99.  Clarissimum  deinde  omnium  ludicrum  certa- 
men,  et  ad  excitandam  eorporis  animique  virtutem  effi- 
caeissimum,  Olympiorum  initium  habuit,  auctore  Iphi- 
toElio.     Is  eos  ludos  mercatumque  instituit  ante  annos 
quam  Eoma  conderetur  septuaginta.     Hoc  sacrum  eo- 
dem  loco  instituisse  fertur.  Atreus,  quum  Pelopi  patri 
funebres  ludos  faceret.     Quo  quidem  in  ludicro,  omnis- 
que  generis  certaminum  Hercules  victor  exstitit.    Turn 
Athenis  perpetui  Archontes  esse  desierunt,  quum  fuis- 
set  ultimus  Alcmaeon :  coeperuntque  in  denos  annos 
creari ;  quae  consuetudo  in  annos  septuaginta  mansit : 
ac  deinde  annuis  commissa  est  magistratibus  respubli- 
ca.    Ex  iis,  qui  denis  annis  praefuerunt,  primus  fuit 
Charops,  ultimus  Eryxias ;  ex  annuis,  primus  Creon. 

Legislation  of  Solon,  594  B.  0. 

100.  Quum  Draconis  leges  crudeliores  essent,  quam 
ut  possent  observari,  legitur  Solon,  vir  justitia  insignis, 


40  GRECIAN  HISTORY. — PERIOD  II. 

qui  velut  novam  civitatem  novis  legibus  cond^ret. 
Quo  munere  ita  functus  est,  ut  et  apud  plebem  et  opti- 
mates,  diuturnis  antea  dissidiis  agitatos,  parem  iniret 
gratiam.  Hujus  viri,  inter  multa  egregia,  illud  quoque 
memorabile  fuit.  Inter  Athenienses  et  Megarenses  de 
Salamlne  insiila,  quam  sibi  uterque  populus  vindicabat, 
prope  usque  ad  interitum  dimicatum  fuerat.  Post  mul- 
tas  clades  acceptas,  Athenienses  legem  tulerunt,  ne  qui  a 
illud  bellum  reparandum  proponeret.  Solon  igitur 
quurn  opportunitatem  quandam  vidisset  insiilae  vindi- 
candae,  dementiam  simulat ;  habituque  deformis,  more 
vecordium,  in  publicum  evolat ;  factoque  concursu  ho- 
minum,  versibus  suadere  popiilo  eoepit,  quod  vetaba- 
tur ;  omniumque  animos  ita  inflammavit,  ut  extemplo 
bellum  adversus  Megarenses  decerneretur,  et,  devictis 
hostibus,  insiila  Atheniensium  fieret. 


PERIOD  II. — Grecian  Triumphs. 

FEOM  THE  PERSIAN  INVASION  TO  THE  PELOPONNESIAN  WAB, 
481  B.  C. 

Darius  invades  Scythia :  prepares  to  invade  Greece. 

101.  Multis  in  Asia  feliciter  gestis,  Darius  Scythis 
bellum  intulit,  et  armatis  septirxgentis  millibus  homi- 
mini,  Scythiam  ingressus,  quum  liostes  ei  pugnae  potes- 
tatem  non  facerent,  metuens,  ne  interrupto  ponte  Istri, 
reditus  sibi  intercluderetur,  amissis  octoginta  millibus 
hominum,  trepidus  refugit.  Inde  MacedcDiam  domuit : 
£t  quum  ex  Europa  in  Asiam  rediisset,  hortantibus 
amicis  ut  Graeciam  redigeret  in  suaaxi  potestafcem,  clas- 


GRECIAN  TRIU 

sem  quingentarum  navium  comparavit,  eique  Datim 
praefecit  et  Artaphernen  ;  hisque  ducenta  peditum  mil- 
lia,  et  decem  equitum  dedit,  causam  interserens,  se  hos- 
tem  esse  Atheniensibus,  quod  eorum  auxilio  lones  Sar 
des  expugnassent,  suaque  praesidia  interfecissent. 

Battle  of  Marathon,  490  R  0. 

102.  Praefecti  regii,  classe  ad  Euboeam  appulsa, 
celeriter  Eretriam  ceperunt,  omnesque  ejus  gentis  cives 
abreptos  in  Asiam  ad  regem  miserunt.  Inde  ad  Atti- 
cam  accesserunt,  ac  suas  copias  in  Campum  Marathona 
deduxerunt.  Is  abest  ab  oppido  circiter  millia  passuum 
decem.  Hoc  in  tempore  nulla  civitas  Atheniensibus 
auxilio  fuit,  praeter  Plataeenses ;  ea  mille  misit  mili- 
turn.  Itaque  horum  adventu  decem  millia  armatorum 
completa  sunt :  quae  manus  mirabili  flagrabat  pugnan- 
di  cupiditate :  quo  factum  est,  ut  plus,  quam  collegae, 
Miltiades  valuerit,  qui  unus  maxime  nitebatur,  ut  pri- 
mo  quoque  tempore  dimicarent.  Ejus  auctoritate  im- 
pulsi,  Athenienses  copias  ex  urbe  eduxerunt,  locoque 
idoneo  castra  fecerunt ;  deinde  postero-die,  sub  montis 
radicibus,  vi  summa  proelium  commiserunt.  Datis  et- 
si  non  aequum  locum  videbat  suis,  tamen,  fretus  nu- 
mero  copiarum  suarum,  confligere  cupiebat ;  eoque 
magi«L;  quod,  priusquam  Lacedaemonii  subsidio  veni- 
rent,  dimicare  utile  arbitrabatur.  Itaque  in  aciem  pe- 
ditum centum,  equitum  decem  millia  produxit,  proeli- 
umque  commisit.  In  quo  tanto  plus  virtute  valuerunt 
Athenienses,  ut  decemplioem  numerum  hostium  profli- 
garint ;  adeoque  perterruerunt,  ut  Persae  non  castra,  sed 
naves  petierint.  Qua  pugna  nihil  est  nobilius ;  nulla 
enim  unquam  tarn  exigua  manus  tantas  opes  prostravit 


42  GRECIAN  HISTOEY. — PERIOD  II. 

Xerxes  in/cades  Greece,  480  B.  G. 

103.  Quum  Darius,  bellum  instauraturus,  in  ipso 
apparatu  decessisset,  filius  ejus  Xerxes  Europam  cum 
tantis  copiis  invasit,  quantas  neque  antea  neque  postea 
habuit  quisquam :  hujus  enim  classis  mille  et  ducenta- 
rum  navium  longarum  fuit,  quam  duo  millia  oneraria- 
rum  sequebantur :  terrestres  autem  exercitus  septin- 
gentorum  millium  peditum,  equitum  quadringentorum 
millium  fuerunt.     Cujus  de  adventu  quum  fama  in 
Graeciam  esset  perlata,  et  maxime  Athenienses  peti 
dicerentur,   propter  pugnam  Marathoniam,  miserunl 
Delphos  consultum,  quidnam  facerent  de  rebus  suis. 
Deliberantibus  Pythia  respondit,  ut  moenibus  ligneis 
se  munirent.     Id  responsum  quo  valeret,  quum  intelli- 
geret    nemo,   Themistocles  persuasit,   consilium   esse 
Apollinis,  ut  in  naves  se  suaque  conferrent :  eum  enim 
a  deo  significari  murum  ligneuni.     Tali  consilio  proba- 
to,  addunt  ad  superiores  totidem  naves  triremes :  sua- 
que  omnia,  quae  moveri  poterant,  partim  Salamina, 
partim  Troezena,  asportant;  arcem  sacerdotibus  pau- 
cisque  majoribus  natu,  ac  sacra  procuranda  tradunt; 
reliquum  oppidum  relinquunt. 

Actions  at  Thermopylae  and  Artemisium,  480  B.  C. 

104.  Hujus  consilium  plerisque  civitatibus  displice- 
bat,  et  in  terra  dimicari  magis  placebat.     Itaque  missi 
sunt  delecti  cum  Leonida,  Lacedaemoniorum  rege,  qui 
Thermopylas  occuparent,  longiusque  barbaros  progredi 
non  paterentur.     Hi  vim  hostium  non  sustinuerunt, 
eoque  loco  omnes  interierunt.     At  classis  communis 
3raeciae  trecentarum  navium,  in  qua  ducentae  erant 


GRECIAN  TRIUMPHS.  43 

Atheniensium,  primum  apud  Artemisium,  inter  Euboe- 
am  continentemque  terrain,  cum  classiariis  regiis  con- 
flixit :  angustias  enim  Themistocles  quaerebat,  ne  mul- 
titudine  circumiretur.  Hinc  etsi  pari  proelio  discesse- 
rant,  tamen  eodem  loco  non  sunt  ausi  manere,  quod 
erat  periciilum,  ne,  si  pars  navium  adversariorum  Eu- 
boeam  superasset,  ancipiti  premerentur  periciilo.  Quo 
factum  est,  ut  ab  Artemisio  discederent,  et  exadversum 
Athenas,  apud  Salamma,  classem  suam  constituerent. 

Battle  ofSalamis,  480  B.  C. 

105.  At  Xerxes,  Thermopylis  expugnatis,  protinus 
accessit  astu,*  idque,  nullis  defendentibus,  interfectis 
sacerdotibus,  quos  in  arce  invenerat,  incendio  delevit. 
Cujus  fama  perterriti  classiarii  quum  manere  non  aude- 
rent,  et  plurimi  hortarentur,  ut  domos  suas  quisque 
discederent,  moenibusque  se  defenderent;  Themisto- 
cles unus  restitit,  et,  universos  esse  pares  posse  aiebat, 
disperses  testabatur  perituros.  Idque  Eurybiadi,  regi 
Lacedaemoniorum,  qui  turn  summae  imperil  praeerat, 
fore  affirnaabat.  Quern  quum  minus,  quam  vellet,  mo- 
veret,  noctu  de  servis  suis,  quern  habuit  fidelissimum, 
ad  regem  misit,  ut  ei  nuntiaret  suis  verbis :  adversarios 
ejus  in  fuga  esse,  qui  si  discessissent,  majore  cum  labo- 
re,  et  longinquiore  tempore  bellum  confecturum,  quum 
singulos  consectari  cogeretur ;  quos  si  statim  aggrede- 
retur,  brevi  universos  oppressurum.  Hoc  eo  valebat, 
ut  ingratiis  ad  depugnandum  omnes  cogerentur.  Hac 
re  audita,  barbarus,  nihil  doli  subesse  credens,  postridie 
alienissimo  sibi  loco,  contra  opportunissimo  hostibus, 
adeo  angusto  mari  conflixit,  ut  ejus  multitudo  navium 


44  GRECIAN  HISTORY. — PERIOD  II. 

explicari  non  potuerit.     Victus  ergo  est  magis  consilio 
Themistoclis,  quam  armis  Graeciae. 

Xerxes  flies  lack  into  Asia. 

106.  Hie  etsi  male  rem  gesserafc,  tamen  tantas  habe- 
bat  reliquias  copiarum,  ut  etiam  cum  his  opprimere 
posset  hostes.     Iterum  ab  eodem  gradu  depulsus  est. 
Nam  Themistocles,  verens  ne  bellare  perseveraret,  cer- 
tiorem  eum  fecit,  id  agi,  ut  pons,  quern  ille  in  Helles* 
ponto  fecerat,  dissolveretur,  ac  reditu  in  Asiam  exclu- 
deretur ;  idque  ei  persuasit.     Itaque,  qua  sex  mensibus 
iter  fecerat,  eadem  minus  diebus  triginta  in  Asiam  re- 
versus  est,  seque  a  Themistocle  non  superatum,  sed 
conservatum  judicavit.     Sic  unius  viri  prudentia  Grae- 
cia  liberata  est,  Europaeque  succubuit  Asia.     Haec  al- 
t^ra  victoria,  quae  cum  Marathonio  possit  comparari 
tropaeo :  nam  pari  modo  apud  Salamlna,  parvo  numero 
navium,  maxima  post  hominum  memoriam  classis  est 
devicta. 

Battles  ofPlataea  and  My  cole,  479  R  G. 

107.  Postero  anno  quam  Xerxes  in  Asiam  refuge- 
rat,  Graeci,  duce  Pausania,  Mardonium,  regis  generum, 
apud  Plataeas  fuderunt :  quo  proelio  ipse  dux  cecidit, 
Barbarorumque  exercitus  interfectus  est.     Keprehensus 
Pausanias,  quod  ex  praeda  tripodem  aureum  Delphis 
posuit,  epigrammate  scripto,  in  quo  erat  haec  senten- 
tia :  suo  ductu  Barbaros  apud  Plataeas  esse  deletos, 
ej  usque  victoriae  ergo  Apollmi  donum  dedisse.     Hos 
versus  Lacedaemonii  exsculpserunt,  neque  aliud  scrip- 
serunt,  quam  nomina  earum  civitatum,  quarum  auxilio 
Persae  erant  victi.    Eoden^  forte  die,  quo  Mardonii 


CIVIL  WARS  IN  GREECE.  45 

copiae  deletae  sunt,  in  Asia,  ad  montem  Mycalen,  Per- 
sae  a  Graecis  navali  proelio  superati  sunt.  Jamque 
omnibus  pacatis,  Athenienses  belli  damna  reparare 
coeperunt.  Quumque  Phalerico  portu  neque  magno 
neque  bono  uterentur,  Themistoclis  consilio  triplex 
Piraeei  portus  constitutus  est,  isque  moenibus  circum- 
datus,  ut  ipsam  urbem  dignitate  aequipararet,  utilitate 
superaret.  Idem  muros  Athenarum  restituit,  non  sine 
periculo  suo,  quum  Lacedaemonii  legates  Athenas  mi- 
sissent,  qui  id  fieri  vetarent. 


PERIOD  III. — Civil  Wars  in  Greece. 

FROM  THE  PELOPONNESIAN  WAR  TO  THE  ACCESSION  OF  PHILIP 
OF  MACEDON,  360  B.  C. 

The  Peloponnesian  War,  431  B.  C. — Pericles. 

108.  Quum  Athenienses  maris  imperium  non  sine 
superbia  sociorumque  injuria  exercerent,  multique,  gra- 
vi  eorum  jugo  fatigati,  alios,  qui  se  tuerentur,  circum- 
spicerent ;  tota  Graecia,  ducibus  Lacedaemoniis,  aemii- 
lae  urbi  magnitudmem  et  incrementa  invidentibus,  in 
duas  partes  dirisa,  velut  in  viscera  sua  arma  convertit. 
Hoc  bellum,  quo  nullum  aliud  florentes  Graeciae  res 
gravius  afflixit,  saepius  susceptum  et  depositum  est. 
Initio  Spartani  fines  Atticae  populabantur,  hostesque 
ad  proelium  provocabant.  Sed  Athenienses,  Periclis 
consilio,  ultionis  tempus  exspectantes  intra  moenia  se 
continebant.  Deinde,  paucis  diebus  inter] ectis,  naves 
conscendunt,  et,  nihil  sentientibus  Lacedaemoniis,  totam 
Laconiam  depraedantur.  Clara  quidem  haec  Periclis 


46  GRECIAN  HISTORY. — PERIOD  III. 

expeditio  est  habita ;  sed  multo  clarior  privati  patrimo- 
nil  contemptus  fait.  Nam  in  populatione  ceterorum 
agrorum,  Periclis  agros  hostes  intactos  reliquerant,  ut 
aut  invidiam  ei  apud  cives  concitarent,  aut  in  proditio- 
nis  suspicionem  adducerent.  Quod  intelligens,  Peri- 
cles agros  reipublicae  dono  dedit.  Post  haec  aliquot 
diebus  inter]  ectis,  navali  proelio  dimicatum  est.  Victi 
Lacedaemonii  fugerunt.  Post  plures  annos,  fessi  malis, 
pacem  in  annos  quinquaginta  fecere,  quam  non  nisi 
sex  annos  servaverunt.  Nam  inducias,  quas  proprio 
nomine  pepigerant,  ex  sociorum  persona  rumpebant. 
Hinc  bellum  in  Sicilian!  translatum  est. 

Expedition  of  the  Athenians  against  Sicily,  415  B.  0. 

109.  Quum  enim  jam  antea,  bello  inter  Catinienses 
et  Syracusanos  exorto,  Athenienses  Catiniensibus  opem 
tulissent,  tempore  inter]  ecto,  quum  pacis  conditiones  a 
Syracusanis  non  servarentur,  illi  denuo  legates  Athe- 
nas  miserunt,  qui  sordida  veste,  capillo  barbaque  pro- 
missa,  concionem  adeunt,  populumque  lacrymis  mo- 
vent,  ut,  quamvis  Peloponnesiaco  bello  districtus,  aux- 
ilium  illis  mittendum  censeret.     Igitur  classis  ingens 
decernitur ;  creantur  duces  Nicias,  Alcibiades  et  La- 
machus  ;  tantaeque  vires  in  Sicilian!  effusae  sunt,  ut  iis 
ipsis  terrori  essent,  quibus  auxilio  venerant. 

Sicilian  Expedition,  continued. 

110.  Brevi  post,  quum  Alcibfav  es  revocatus  esset, 
Nicias  et   Lamachus   duo  proelia  ^edestria  secundo 
Marte   pugnant;  munitionibusque   uvbi   Syracusarum 
circumdatis,  incolas  etiam  marinis  commeatibus  inter- 
sludunt.     Quibus  rebus  fracti  Syracusani,  auxilium  a 


CIVIL  WARS  IN  GREECE.  47 

Lacedaemoniis  petiverunt.  Ab  his  mittitur  Gylippus, 
qui,  quum  in  itinere  de  belli  jam  inclinato  statu  audi- 
visset,  auxiliis  partim  in  Graecia,  partim  in  Sicilia  con- 
tractis,  opportuna  bello  loca  occiipat.  Duobus  deinde 
proeliis  victus,  tertio  hostes  in  fugam  conjecit,  socios- 
que  obsidione  liberavit.  In  eo  proelio  Lamachus  forti- 
ter  pugnans  occisus  est. 

Fatal  termination  of  the  Expedition,  413  B.  C. 

111.  Sed  quum  Athenienses,  terrestri  bello  supera- 
ti,  portum  Syracusarum  tenerent,  Gylippus  classem 
Lacedaemone  cum  auxiliis  arcessit.  Quo  cognito  et 
ipsi  Athenienses  in  locum  amissi  ducis  Demosthenem 
et  Eurymedonta  cum  supplemento  copiarum  mittunt ; 
et,  quasi  Graeciae  bellum  in  Siciliam  translatum  esset, 
ita  ex  utraque  parte  summis  viribus  dimicabatur.  Pri- 
ma  igitur  congressione  navalis  certaminis  Athenienses 
vincuntur ;  castra  quoque  cum  omni  publica  ac  privata 
pecunia  amittunt.  Inter  haec  mala  quum  etiam  terres- 
tri proelio  victi  essent,  Demosthenes  censere  coepit,  ut 
abirent  Sicilia,  dum  res,  quamvis  afflic!ae,  nondum  ta- 
men  perditae  essent.  Nicias  autem,  seu  pudore  male 
actae  rei,  seu  impellente  fato,  manere  contendit  Ee- 
paratur  igitur  navale  bellum  ;  sed  inscitia  ducum,  qui 
Syracusanos,  inter  angustias  maris  facile  se  tuentes,  te- 
mere  aggressi  fuerant,  Atheniensium  copiae  iterum  vin- 
cuntur. Eurymedon  dux  in  prima  acie  fortissime  di- 
micans,  primus  cadit :  triginta  naves,  quibus  praefue- 
rat,  incenduntur ;  Demosthenes  et  Nicias  autem  cum 
reliquiis  exercitus  terrestri  itinere  fugiunt.  Ab  his  re- 
lictas  centum  triginta  naves  Gylippus  invasit,  ipsos  de 
inde  iasequitur ;  fugientes  partim  capit,  partim  caedit 


4:8  GRECIAN  HISTORY. — PERIOD  III. 

Demosthenes,  amisso  exercitu,  a  captivitate  gladio  et 
voluntaria  morte  se  vindicat :  Nicias  autem  cladem 
suorum  auxit  dedecore  captivitatis. 

Alciliades  negotiates  with  the  Athenians  at  Samos. — The  Four 
Hundred,  411  B.  0. 

112.  Per  idem  tempus  Alcibiades  cum  duce  exer- 
citus  Atheniensium,  qui  apud  Samum  morabatur,  per 
internuntios  colloquitur,  |polliceturque  his  amicitiam,  si 
respublica  a  popiilo  ad  senatum  translata  foret.     Itaque, 
permittente  popiilo,  imperium  ad  senatum  transfertur. 
Qui  quum  crudeliter  in  plebem  consuleret,  ab  exercitu 
Alcibiades  exsul  revocatur,  duxque  classi  constituitur. 
Statim  igitur  Athenas  scripsit,  se  cum  exercitu  ventu- 
rum,  recepturumque  a  quadringentis  jura  popiili,  nisi 
ipsi  redderent.     Hac  denuntiatione  territi  senatores, 
primo  urbem  prodere  Lacedaemoniis  tentavere ;  dein, 
quum  id  nequissent,  in  exsilium  profecti  sunt.     Itaque 
Alcibiades,  patria  ab  intestino  malo  liberata,  summa 
cura  classem  instruit,  atque  ita  in  bellum  adversus  La- 
cedaemonios  perrexit. 

Successes  of  Alcibiades  against  the  Lacedaemonians. 

113.  Hac  expeditione  tanta  subito  rerum  commu- 
tatio  facta  est,  ut  Lacedaemonii,  qui  paulo  ante  victores 
viguerant,  perterriti  pacem  peterent ;  victi  enim  erant 
quinque  terrestribus  proeliis,  tribus  navalibus,  in  qui- 
bus  trecentas  triremes  amiserant,  quae  captae  in  hos- 
tium  venerant  potestatem.     Alcibiades  simul  cum  col- 
legia receperat  loniam,  Hellespontum,  multas  praeterea 
urbes  Graecas,  quae  in  ora  sitae  sunt  Asiae :  quarum 
expugnaverant  quam  plurimas,  in  his  Byzantium ;  ne- 


OIVIL  WARS  IN  GREECE.  49 

minus  multas  consilio  ad  amicitiam  adjunxerant, 
quod  in  captos  benevolentia  fuerant  usi.  Inde  praeda 
onusti,  locupletato  exercitu,  maximis  rebus  gestis, 
Athenas  venerunt. 

Cyrw  (the  Younger)  favors  Lysander  and  the  Lacedaemonians, 
407  B.  G. 

114.  Dum  haec  geruntur,  a  Lacedaemoniis  Lysan- 
der classi  belloque  praeficitur ;  et  in  locum  Tissapher- 
nis  Darius,  rex  Persarum,  filium  suum,  Cyrum,  loniae 
Lydiaeque  praeposuit,  qui  Lacedaemonios  auxiliis  opi- 
busque  ad  spem  fortunae  prioris  erexit.     Aucti  igitur 
viribus  Alcibiadem  cum  centum  navibus   in  Asiam 
profectum,   duni  agros  populatur,   repentino  adventu 
oppressere.     Magnae  et  inopinatae  cladis  nuntius  quum 
Athenas  venisset,  tanta  Atheniensium  desperatio  fuit, 
ut  statim  Cononem  in  Alcibiadis  locum  mitterent,  du- 
els se  fraude  magis  quam  belli  fortuna  victos  arbitran- 
tes.     Alcibiades  autem,  impetum  multitudinis  veritus, 
in  voluntarium  exsilium  proficiscitur. 

Fatal  defeat  of  the  Athenians  at  Aegospotamos,  405  B.  C. 

115.  Itaque   Conon,   Alcibiadi  suiFectus,   classem 
maxima  industria  adornat ;  sed  navibus  exercitus  de- 
erat.     ]S"am,  ut  numerus  militum  expleretur,  senes  et 
pueri  arma  capere  coacti  sunt.     Pluribus  itaque  proe- 
liis  adverso  Marte  pugnatis,  tandem  Lysander,  Sparta- 
norum  dux,  Atheniensium  exercitum,  qui,  navibus  re- 
lictis,  in  terram  praedatum  exierat,  ad  Aegos  flumen 
oppressit,  eoque  impetu  totum  bellum  delevit.     Hac 
enim  clade  res   Atheniensium   penitus   inclinata   est. 
Tributariae  civitates,  quas  metus   in   fide  retinuerat, 

8 


50  GRECIAN  HISTORY. — PERIOD  III. 

Lysandro  se  tradiderunt ;  qui,  ejectis  iis,  qui  Atheni- 
ensium  rebus  studerent,  decem  in  unaquaque  civitate 
delegit  viros,  quibus  summum  imperium  potestatemque 
omnium  rerum  commisit. 

Athens  surrenders  to  Lysander,  404  B.  0. 

116.  Lysander  Athenas  navigavit,  miseramque  civi- 
tatem,  obsidione  circumdatam,  fame  urget.      Sciebat 
enim,  neque  ex  advectis  copiis  multum  superesse,  et, 
ne  novae  advehi  possent,  providebat.     Quibus  malis 
Athenienses  fracti,  multis  fame  et  ferro  amissis,  pacem 
petivere;  quae  an  dari  deberet,  diu  inter  Spartanos 
sociosque  deliberatum  est.      Quum  nonnulli  nomen 
Atheniensium   delendum,  urbemque  meendio  consu- 
mendam  censerent,  Spartani  negarunt,  se  passuros^  ut 
ex  duobus  Graeciae  oculis  alter  erueretur ;  pacemque 
Atheniensibus  sunt  pollieiti,  si  longi  muri  brachia  deji- 
cerent?  navesque,  quae  reliquae  forent,  traderent ;  de- 
nique  si  respublica  triginta  rectores,  ex  civibus  deli- 
gendos,  acciperet. 

Tyranny  of  the  Thirty. 

117.  His  legibus  acceptis,  tota  civitas  subito  mutari 
coepit.      Triginta  rectores  reipublicae  constituuntur, 
Lacedaemoniis  et  Lysandro  dediti,  qui  brevi  tyranni- 
dem  in  cives  exercere  coeperunt.     Quippe  a  principio 
tria  millia  satellitum  sibi  statuunt ;  et,  quasi  hie  nume- 
rus  ad  continendam  civitatem  non  sufficeret,  septingen- 
tos  milites  a  victoribus  accipiunt.     His  copiis  instruct! 
exhaustam  urbem  caedibus  et  rapinis  fatigant :  quum- 
que  hoc  uni  ex  numero  suo  Therameni  displicere  didi- 
cissent,  ipsum  quoque  ad  terrorem  omnium  internciunt. 


CIVIL  WAES  IN  GEEECE.  51 

Quo  factum  est,  ut  multi,  urbe  relicta,  exsilii  miserias, 
quam  domesticum  terrorem  pati  mallent. 

Thrasylulus  occupies  Phyle,  404  B.  0. 

118.  Quum  triginta  tyranni,  praepositi  a  Lacedae- 
moniis,  servitute  oppressas  tenerent  Athenas,  Thrasy- 
bulus  (cui  nemo  fere  praeferendus  fide,  constantia,  mag- 
nitudine  animi,  in  patriam  amore)  Phylen  confugit, 
quod  est  castellum  in  Attica  munitissimum,  quum  non 
plus  secum  haberet,  quam  triginta  de  suis.     Contemp- 
tus  est  primo  a  tyrannis,  ignorantibus,  nmil  in  bello 
debere  contemni.     Hinc,  viribus  panlatim  auctis,  in 
Piraeum  transiit,  Munychiamque  munlvit.     Hanc  bis 
tyranni  oppugnare  sunt  adorti,  ab  eaque  turpiter  re- 
pulsi  protmus  in  urbem,  armis  impedimentisque  amis- 
sis,  refugerunt.     Usus  est  Thrasy  bulus  non  minus  pru- 
dentia,  quam  fortitudme,  nam  cedentes  violari  vetuit : 
cives  enim  civibus  parcere  aequum  censebat;  neque 
quisquam  est  vulneratus,  nisi  qui  prior  impugnare  vo- 
luit ;  nemmem  jacentem  veste  spoliavit ;  nihil  attigit 
praeter  arma,  quorum  indigebat,  et  quae  ad  vietum 
pertinebant.     In  secundo  proelio  cecidit  Critias,  trigin- 
ta tyrannorum  acerrimus. 

The  Expedition  of  Cyrus  the  Younger. — Retreat  of  the   Ten 
Thousand,  401  B.  0. 

119.  Eodem  fere  tempore  Darius,  rex  Persarum, 
moritur,  Artaxerxe  et  Gyro  filiis  relictis.    Eegnum 
Artaxerxi,  Gyro  urbes  Lydiae,  quibus  praefectus  fuit, 
testamento  legavit.     Sed  Gyro  judicium  patris  injuria 
videbatur ;  itaque  occulte  adversus  fratrem  bellum  pa- 
ravit.     Quod  quum  nuntiatum  esset  Artaxerxi,  Cyruua 


62  GRECIAN  HISTORY. — PERIOD  III. 

ad  se  arcessitum  compedibus  aureis  vinxit,  interfecis« 
setque,  nisi  mater  prohibuisset.  Quod  periciilum  quum 
efFugisset,  Cyrus  jam  non  occulte  bellum,  sed  palam 
parare  coepit ;  auxilium  undique  contrahit.  Sed  quum 
in  proelio  commisso  fratrem  imprudentius  aggreditur, 
hunc  quidem  equi  fuga  periculo  subtraxit,  Cyrus  autem 
a  cohorte  regia  circumventus  interficitur.  In  eo  proe- 
lio decem  millia  Graecorum  in  auxilio  Cyri  fuere ; 
quae  et  in  cornu,  in  quo  steterant,  v:-cerunt,.et  post 
mortem  Cyri  neque  armis  a  tanto  exercitu  vinci,  neque 
dolo  capi  potuerunt,  sed  per  indomitas  nationes  et  gen- 
tes  barbaras,  virtute  sua  conf  isi,  in  patriam  revertun- 
tur. 

Peace  of  Antalcidas^  387  B.  0. — PTioelidas  seizes  the  Cadmea, 
382  B.  0. 

120.  Dum  haec  geruntur,  Artaxerxes,  rex  Persa- 
rum,  legatos  in  Graeciam  mittit,  per  quos  jubet  omnes 
ab  armis  discedere ;  qui  aliter  fecisset,  eum  se  pro 
hoste  habiturum :  civitatibus  libertatem  suaque  omnia 
restituit.  Fessi  tot  bellis  Graeci  cupide  paruerunt. 
Faucis  annis  interjectis,  Phoebidas  Lacedaemonius, 
quum  exercitum  Olynthum  duceret,  itaque  per  Thebas 
faceret,  Cadmeam  occupavit  impulsu  perpaucorum  The- 
banorum,  qui,  adversariae  factioni  quo  facilius  resiste- 
rent,  Laconum  rebus  studebant.  Quo  facto,  eum  Lace- 
daemonii  ab  exercitu  removerunt,  pecuniaque  multa- 
runt;  neque  eo  magis  arcem  Thebanis  reddiderunt.. 
Liberandae  patriae  propria  laus  est  Pelopidae,  qui,  ex- 
silio  multatus,  Athenas  se  contulerat.  Ille,  quum  tern- 
pus  est  visum  rei  gerendae,  communiter  cum  his,  qui 
Thebis  idem  sentiebant,  diem  delegit,  ad  inimlcos  op- 


CIVIL  WARS  IN  GREECE.  53 

primendos  civitatemque  liberandam,  eum,  quo  maximi 
magistratus  simul  consueverant  epulari.  Quum,  vespe- 
rascente  coelo,  duodecim  adolescentiili  Thebas  perve- 
nissent,  magistratuum  statim  ad  aures  pervenit,  exsu- 
les  in  urbem  devenisse.  Id  illi,  vino  epulisque  dediti, 
usque  eo  despexerunt,  ut  ne  quaerere  quidem  de  tanta 
re  laborarint :  qui  omnes,  quum  jam  nox  processisset, 
vinolenti  ab  exsulibus,  duce  Pepolida,  sunt  interfecti. 
Quibus  rebus  confectis,  vulgo~ad  arma  libertatemque 
vocato,  non  solum  qui  in  urbe  erant,  sed  etiam  undique 
ex  agris  concurrerunt ;  praesidium  Lacedaemoniorum 
ex  arce  pepulerunt ;  patriam  obsidione  liberaverunt. 

Epaminondas. — Battle  of  Leuctra,  371  B.  0.:  of  Mantinea,  362 
B.C. 

121.  Faucis  post  annis,  Epaminondas,  dux  Theba- 
nus,  apud  Leuctra  superavit  Lacedaemonios,  eoque  res 
utrorumque  perduxit,  ut  Thebani  Spartam  oppugna- 
rent,  Lacedaemonii  satis  haberent,  si  salvi  esse  possent. 
Idem  imperator  apud  Mantineam,  quum  universi  in 
umiKi  hostes  impetum  fecissent,  graviter  vulneratus 
concidit.  Hujus  casu  aliquantum  retardati  sunt  Boeo- 
tii,  neque  tamen  prius  pugna  excesserunt,  quam  repug- 
nantes  profligarunt.  At  Epaminondas  quum  animad- 
verteret,  mortiferum  se  vulnus  accepisse,  simulque,  si 
ferrum,  quod  ex  hastili  in  corpore  remanserat,  extrax 
isset,  animam  statim  emissurum,  usque  eo  retinuit, 
quoad  renuntiatum  est,  vicisse  Boeotios.  Id  postquair 
audlvit,  "Satis,"  inquit,  "vixi;  invictus enim morior.7 
Turn,  ferro  extracto,  confestim  exanimatus  est. 


54  GRECIAN  HISTORY. — PERIOD  IV. 

• 

PERIOD  IV. — Graeco-Macedonian  Empire. 

FEOM  THE  ACCESSION  OF  PHILIP  TO  THE  DEATH  OP  ALEXANDER 
323  B.  C. 

Decline  of  the  Grecian  States. — Rise  of  the  Macedonian  Power. 

122.  Sine  dubio  post  Leuctricam  pugnam  Lacedae- 
monii  se  nunquam  refecerunt ;  et  Thebae,  quod,  quam- 
diu  Epaminondas  praefuit  reipublicae,  caput  fuit  totius 
Graeciae,  et  ante  eum  natum,  et  post  ejus  interitum, 
perpetuo  alieno  paruerunt  imperio.     Athenienses,  non 
ut  olim  in  classem  et  exercitum,  sed  in  dies  festos  appa- 
ratusque  ludorum  reditus  publicos  effundebant,  frequen- 
tiusque  in  theatris  quam  in  castris  versabantur.     Qui- 
bus  rebus  effectum  est,  ut  obscurum  antea  Macedonum 
nomen  emergeret ;  et  Philippus,  obses  triennio  Thebis 
habitus  in  Epaminondae  domo,  hujus  praestantissimi 
viri  et  Pelopidae  virtutibus  eruditus,  Graeciae  servitu- 
tis  jugum  imponeret. 

Philip  taftes  Amphipolis,  358  B.  0. 

123.  Huic  regi  primum  cum  Atheniensibus  certa- 
men  ad  Amphipolin  fuit ;  quibus  per  insidias  victis, 
quum  interficere  omnes  posset,  incolumes  sine  pretio 
dimisit.    Post  haec,  bello  in  Illyrios  translate,  multa 
millia  hostium  caedit.     Urbem  nobilissunam  Larissam 
capit  in  Thessalia,  non  praedae  cupiditate,  sed  quod 
exercitui  suo  robur  Thessalorum  equitum  adjungere 
gestiebat. 

Extension  of  Philip '«  power. 

124.  Philippus,  quum  magnam  gloriam  apud  om- 
ues  nationes  adeptus  esset,  Olynthios  aggreditur.    Ke- 


GRAECO-MACEDONIAN  EMPIRE.  55 

ceperant  enim  per  misericordiam,  post  caedem  unius, 
duos  fratres  ejus,  quos  Philippus  ex  noverca  genftos, 
velut  aemiilos  regni,  interficere  gestiebat.  Ob  hano 
igitur  causam  urbem  antiquam  et  nobilem  exscindit,  et 
fratres  olim  destinato  supplicio  tradit,  simulque  praeda 
ingenti  fruitur.  Inde  auraria  in  Thessalia,  argenti  me- 
talla  in  Thracia  oeciipat.  His  ita  gestis,  forte  evenit, 
ut  eum  fratres  duo,  reges  Thraeiae,  disceptationum  sua- 
rum  judicem  eligerent.  Sed  Philippus  ad  judicium, 
velut  ad  bellum,  instructo  exercitu  supervenit,  et  regno 
utrumque  spoliavit. 


Battle  of  Chceronea,  338  B.  C. 


125.  Quura,  in  Scythiam  praedandi  causa  profectus, 
virtute  et  numero  praestantes  Scy thas  dolo  vicisset,  diu 
dissimulatum  bellum  Atheniensibus  infert,  quorum 
causae  Thebani  se  junxerunt.  Facta  igitur  inter  duas 
an  tea  infestissimas  civitates  societate,  legationibus  Grae- 
ciam  fatigant.  Communem  hostem  putant  communi- 
bus  viribus  summovendum ;  neque  enim  cessaturum 
Philippum,  nisi  omnem  Graeciam  domuerit.  Motae 
quaedam  civitates  Atheniensibus  se  jungunt ;  quasdam 
autem  ad  Philippum  belli  metus  traxit.  Proelio  ad 
Chaeroneam  commisso,  quum  Athenienses  longe  majo- 
re  militum  numero  praestarent,  tamen  assiduis  bellis 
indurata  Macedonum  virtute  vincuntur.  Non  tamen 
immemores  pristinae  virtutis  ceciderunt;  quippe  ad- 
versis  vulneribus  omnes  loca,  quae  tuenda  a  ducibus 
acceperant,  morientes  corporibus  texerunt.  Hie  dies 
universae  Graeciae  et  gloriam  dominationis  et  vetustis- 
simam  libertatem  finivit. 


56  GRECIAN  HISTORY. — PERIOD  IT. 

Philip  prepares  to  invade  Persia. 

126.  Hujus  victoriae  callide  dissimulata  laetitia  est 
Non  solita  sacra  Philippus  ilia  die  fecit ;  non  in  convi- 
vio  risit ;  non  coronas  ant  unguenta  sumpsit ;  et,  quan- 
tum in  illo  fuit,  ita  vicit,  ut  victorem  nemo  sentiret. 
Atheniensibus,  quos  passus  infestissirnos  fuerat,  et  cap- 
tlvos  gratis  remisit,   et  bello  eonsumptorum  corpora 
sepulturae  reddidit.     Compositis  in  Graecia  rebug,  om- 
nium civitatum  legatos  ad  formandum  rerum  praesen* 
tium  statum  evocari  Corinthum  jubet.     Ibi  pacis  leges 
universae  Graeciae  pro  mentis  singulamm  civitatum 
statuit,  conciliumque  omnium,  veluti  unum  senatum,  ex 
omnibus  legit.     Auxilia  deinde  singularum  civitatum 
describuntur ;  nee  dubium  erat,  eum  Persarum  impe- 
•*ium  et  suis  et  Graeciae  viribus  impugnaturum  esse. 

Death  of  Philip,  336  B.  0. 

127.  Interea  dum  auxilia  a  Graecia  coeunt,  nuptias 
Cleopatrae  filiae,  et  Alexandri,  quern  regem  Epiri  fe- 
cerat,  magno  apparatu  celebrat.     Ubi  quum  Philippus 
ad  ludos  spectandos,  medius  inter  duos  Alexandros,  et 
filium  et  generum,  contenderet,  Pausanias,  nobilis  ex 
Macedonibus  adolescens,  occupatis  angustiis,  Philippum 
in  transitu  obtruncat.     Hie  ab  Attalo  indigno  modo 
tractatus,  quum  saepe  querelam  ad  Philippum  frustra 
detulisset,  et  honoraturn  insiiper  adversarium  videret, 
irani  in  ipsuni  Philippum  vertit,  ultionemque,  quam 
ab  adversario  non  poterat,  ab  iniquo  judice  exegit. 

Alexander  the  Great  succeeds  to  the  Macedonian  Throne,  336  B.  0. 

128.  Philippo  Alexander  filius  successit,  et  virtute 
et  vitiis  patre  major.    Vincendi  ratio  utrlque  diversa. 


GRAECO-MACEDONIAN  EMPIRE.  67 

Hie  aperte,  ille  artibus  bella  tractabat.  Deceptis  ille 
gaudere  hostibus,  hie  palam  fusis.  Prudentior  ille  con- 
silio,  hie  animo  magnificentior.  Iram  pater  dissimu- 
lare,  plerumque  etiam  vincere ;  hie  ubi  exarsisset,  nee 
dilatio  ultionis,  nee  modus  erat.  Vini  uterque  nimia 
avidus ;  sed  ebrietatis  diversa  ratio.  Pater  de  convivio 
in  hostem  procurrere,  manum  conserere,  periciilis  se 
temere  offerre ;  Alexander  non  in  hostem,  sed  in  suos 
saevire.  Kegnare  ille  cum  amicis  volebat ;  hie  in  ami 
cos  regna  exercebat.  Amari  pater  malle,  hie  metui. 
Literarum  cultus  utrique  similis.  Solertiae  pater  ma- 
joris,  hie  fidfi.  Verbis  atque  oratione  Philippus,  hie 
rebus  moderatior.  Parcendi  victis  fllio  animus  promp- 
tior ;  ille  nee  sociis  abstinebat.  Frugalitati  pater,  lux- 
uriae  filius  magis  deditus  erat.  Quibus  artibus  orbis 
imperii  fundamenta  pater  jecit,  operis  totius  gloriam 
filius  consummavit. 

Beginning  of  Alexanders  Reign. 

129.  Imperio  suscepto,  prima  Alexandro  cura  pater- 
narum  exsequiarum  fuit ;  in  quibus  ante  omnia  caedis 
conscios  ad  tumulum  patris  occidi  jussit.  Inter  initia 
regni  multas  gentes  rebellantes  compescuit ;  orientes 
nonnullas  seditiones  exstinxit.  Deinde  ad  Persicum 
bellum  proficiscens,  patrimonium  omne  suum,  quod  in 
Macedonia  et  Europa  habebat,  amicis  di visit ;  sibi 
Asiam  sufficere  praefatus.  Nee  exercitui  alius  quam 
regi  animus  fuit.  Quippe  omnes  obliti  conjugum  libe- 
rorumque,  et  longinquae  a  domo  militiae,  nihil  nisi 
Orientis  opes  cogitabant.  Quum  delati  in  Asiam  es- 
sent,  primus  Alexander  jaciilum  velut  in  hostilem  ter- 
ram  jecit ;  armatusque  de  navi  tripudianti  similis  pro- 


58  GRECIAN  HISTORY.— PERIOD  IV. 

siluit,  atque  ita  hostias  caedit,  precatus,  ne  se  regem 
illae  terrae  invitae  accipiant.  In  Ilio  quoque  ad  tumii- 
ios  heroura,  qui  Trojano  bello  ceciderant,  parentavit. 

Battle  of  the  Granicus,  334  B.  0. 

130.  Inde  hostem  petens  milites  a  populatione  Asiae 
prohibuit  parcendum  suis  rebus  praefatus,  nee  perdenda 
ea,  quae  possessuri  venerint.     In  exercitu  ejus  fuere 
peditum  triginta  duo  -millia,  equitum  quatuor  millia 
quingenti,  naves  centum  octoginta  duae.     Hac  tarn 
parva  manu  universum  terrarum  orbem  vincere  est 
aggressus.     Quum  ad  tarn  periculosum  bellum  exerci- 
turn  legeret,  non  juvenes  robustos,  sed  veteranos,  qui 
cum  patre  patruisque  militaverant,  elegit :  ut  non  tarn 
milites,  quam  magistros  militiae  electos  putares.     Pri- 
ma  cum  hoste  congressio  in  campis  Adrastiae  fuit.    In 
acie  Persarum  sexcenta  millia  militum  fuerunt,  quae 
non  minus  arte  quam  virtute  Macedonum  superata,  ter- 
ga  verterunt.      Magna  itaque  caedes  Persarum  fuit. 
De  exercitu  Alexandri  novem  pedites,  centum  viginti 
equites  cecidere ;  quos  rex  magnif  ice  humatos  statuis 
equestribus  donavit ;  cognatis  eorum  autem  immunita- 
tes  a  publicis  muneribus  dedit.     Post  victoriam  major 
pars  Asiae  ad  eum  defecit.    Habuit  et  plura  proelia 
cum  praefectis  Darii,  quos  jam  non  tarn  armis,  quam 
terrore  nominis  sui  vicit. 

Battle  oflssus,  333  B.  G. 

131.  Interea  Darius  cum  quadringentis  millibus 
peditum  ac  centum  millibus  equitum  in  aciem  procedit. 
Commisso  proelio,  Alexander  non  ducis  magis  quam 
militis  munia  exsequebatur,  opimum  decus  caeso  rege 


GRAECO-MACEDONIAN  EMPIRE.  59 

expetens,  Quippe  Darius  curru  subllmis  eminebat,  et 
suis  ad  se  tuendum,  et  hostibus  ad  incessendum,  ingens 
incitamentum.  Macedones  cum  rege  ipso  in  equitum 
agmen  irrumpunt.  Turn  vero  similis  ruinae  strages 
erat.  Circa  currum  Darii  jacebant  nobilissimi  duces, 
ante  ociilos  regis  egregia  morte  defuncti,  Macedonum 
quoque,  non  quidem  multi,  sed  prompti  ssimi  tamen 
caesi  sunt :  inter  quos  Alexandri  dextrum  femur  levi- 
ter  mucrone  perstrictum  est.  Jamque  qui  Darium  ve- 
hebant  equi,  confossi  hastis  et  dolore  efferati,  jugura 
quatere  et  regem  curru  excutere  coeperant :  quum 
ille,  veritus  ne  vivus  veniret  in  hostium  potestatem, 
desilit,  et  in  equum,  qui  ad  hoc  ipsum  sequebatur,  im- 
ponitur,  insignibus  quoque  imperil,  ne  fugam  prode- 
rent,  indecore  abjectis.  Turn  vero  ceteri  dissipantur 
metu,  et,  qua  cuique  patebat  via,  erumpunt.  Inter 
captivos  castrorum  mater  et  uxor  et  filiae  duae  Darii 
fuere :  in  quas  Alexander  ita  se  gessit,  ut  omnes  ante 
eum  reges  et  continentia  et  dementia  vinceret. 

Tyre  besieged  and  taken,  332  B.  C. 

132.  Jam  tota  Syria,  jam  Phoenice  quoque  Mace- 
donum erat,  excepta  Tyro,  cujus  urbis  incolae,  fiducia 
loci,  obsidionem  ferre  decreverant.  Alexander,  quum 
et  classem  procul  haberet,  et  longam  obsidionem  mag- 
no  sibi  ad  cetera  impedimento  videret  fore,  caduceato- 
res,  qui  ad  pacem  eos  compellerent,  misit :  quos  Tyrii' 
contra  jus  gentium  occisos  praecipitaverunt  in  altum. 
Atque  ille,  tarn  indigna  morte  commotus,  urbem  obsi- 
dere  statuit.  Sed  ante  jacienda  moles  erat,  quae  conti- 
nenti  urbem  committeret :  magna  vis  saxorum  ad  ma- 
num  erat,  Tyro  vetere  praebente :  materies  ex  Libano 


60  GRECIAN  HISTORY. — PERIOD  IV. 

monte  ratibus  et  turribus  faciendis  advehebatur.  In- 
cepto  open  et  fretum  ipsum,  Africo  maxime  objectum, 
obstabat ;  et  Tyrii,  quicquid  ad  impediendam  molem 
excogitari  poterat,  non  segniter  exsequebantur.  Septi- 
mo  demum  mense  capta  est  urbs  et  vetustate  originis 
et  crebra  fortunae  varietate  ad  memoriam  posteritatis 
insignis.  Alexander,  exceptis  qui  in  templa  confuge- 
rant,  omnes  interfici,  ignemque  tectis  injici  jubet.  His 
per  praeconem  nuntiatis,  nemo  tamen  armatus  opem  a 
diis  petere  sustinuit :  pueri  virginesque  templa  comple- 
veisant ;  viri  in  vestibule  suarum  quisque  aedium  sta- 
bant,  parata  saevientibus  tnrba :  qnantumque  sanguinis 
fasum  sit,  vel  ex  hoc  aestimari  potest,  quod  intra  muni- 
menta  urbis  sex  millia  armatorum  trucidati  sunt.  Triste 
deinde  spectaculum  victoribus  ira  praebuit  regis.  Duo 
millia,  in  quibus  occidendis  defecerat  rabies,  crucibus 
affixi  per  ingens  litoris  spatium  pependerunt 

^ 

Alexander  in  Egypt,  832  B.  C. — He  visits  the  Temple  of  Jupiter 
Hammon. 

133.  Aegyptii,  olim  Persarum  opibus  infensi,  Alex- 
andrum  laeti  receperunt :  nee  sustinuere  adventum  ejus 
Persae,  defectione  quoque  perterriti.  A  Memphi,  Nilo 
amne  vectus  rex  in  interiora  penetrat ;  compositisque 
rebus  ita,  ut  nihil  ex  patrio  Aegyptiorum  more  muta- 
ret,  adire  Jo  vis  Hammonis  oraciilum  statuit.  Quatri- 
duo  per  vastas  solitudines  absumpto,  tandem  ad  sedem 
consecratam  deo  ventum  est,  undique  ambientibus  ra- 
rnis  contectam.  Eegem  propius  adeuntem  maximus 
natu  e  sacerdotibus  FILIUM  appellat,  hoc  nomen  illi 
parentem  Jovem  reddere  affirmans.  Ille  sji  vero  et 
accipere  ait  et  agnoscere,  humanae  sortis  oblltus.  Con- 


GRAECO-MACEDONIAN  EMPIRE.  61 

sulit  deinde,  an  totius  orbis  imperium  sibi  destinaret 
PATER.  Aeque  in  adulationem  compositus,  terrarum 
omnium  rectorem  fore  ostendit.  Post  haee  institit  quae* 
rere,  an  omnes  parentis  sui  interfectores  poenas  dedis- 
sent.  Sacerdos  PARENTEM  ejus  negat  ullius  scelere 
posse  violari,  PHILIPPI  autem  omnes  luisse  supplicia. 
Sacrificio  deinde  facto,  dona  et  sacerdotibus  et  deo  da- 
ta, permissumque  amicis,  ut  ipsi  quoque  consulerent 
Jovem.  Nihil  amplius  quaesiverunt,  quam  an  auctor 
esset  sibi  divinis  honoribus  colendi  suum  regem.  Hoc 
quoque  acceptum  fore  Jovi  vates  respondit,  Vera  et 
salubri  aestimatione  fides  oraciili  van  a  profecto  ei  videri 
potuisset :  sed  fortuna,  quos  uni  sibi  credere  coegit, 
magna  ex  parte  avidos  gloriae  magis  quam  capaces  fa- 
eit.  Eex  ex  Hammone  rediens  elegit  urbi  locum,  ubi 
nunc  est  Alexandria,  appellationem  trahens  ex  nomine 
auctoris. 

Darius  makes  Ms  last  proposals  of  Peace. 

.  134.  Jam  Darius  pervenerat  Arbela  vicum,  nobflem 
sua  clade  facturus.  Hie,  quum  fides  ei  facta  esset,  regl- 
nam  suam  quae  captlva  in  Alexandri  castris  paulo  ante 
decesserat,  caste  sancteque  habltam  esse,  victus  conti- 
nentia  hostis,  ad  novas  pacis  conditiones  ferendas  decem 
legates,  cognatorum  principes,  misit.  NTeque  jam  im- 
perio  Alexandri  finem  destinat  Halym  amnem,  qui 
Lydiam  terminat :  quicquid  inter  Hellespontum  et  Eu- 
phratem  est,  in  dotem  filiae  offert.  Quum  Parmenio 
ingrata  regi  oratione  suasisset,  ut  opimum  regnum  con- 
ditione  occuparet,  non  bello :  "Et  ego,"  inquit,  "pecu- 
niam  quam  gloriam  mallem,  si  Parmenio  essem."  Di- 
missi  legati  nuntiant,  adesse  certamen. 


62  GRECIAN  HISTORY. — PERIOD  IV. 

Darius  conquered  near  Arbela,  331  B.  G. 

135.  Alexander,  non  alias  magis  territus,  sacrificio 
rite  perpetrato,  reKquum  noctis  acquieturus  in  taberna- 
ciiluni  rediit.     Sed  nee  somnum  capere  nee  quietum 
pati  poterat :  tandem  gravatum  animi  anxietate  corpus 
altior  somnus  oppressit.     Jamque  luce  orta,  quum  du- 
ces  ad  accipienda  imperia  convenissent,  Parmenio,  re- 
gem  saepius  nomine  compellatum,  quum  voce  non  pos- 
set, tactu  excitavit.     Earo  admodum,  admonitu  magis 
amicorum  quam  metu  discriminis  adeundi,  thorace  uti 
solebat :  tune  quoque  munimento  corporis  sumpto  pro- 
cessit  ad  milites.     Haud  alias  tarn  alacrem  viderant  re- 
gem,  et  vultu  ejus  interrito  spem  victoriae  auguraban- 
tur.     Earo  in  ullo  proelio  tantum  sanguinis  fusum  est. 
Tandem  Darii  auriga,  qui  ante  ipsum  sedens  equos  re- 
gebat,  hasta  transfixus  est ;  nee  aut  Persae  aut  Mace- 
dones  dubitavere,  quin  ipse  rex  esset  occisus.     Cedere 
Persae,  et  laxare  ordines ;  jamque  non  pugna  sed  cae- 
des  erat,  quum  Darius  quoque  currum  suum  in  fugam 
vertit ;  victori  Alexandro  Asiae  imperium  obtigit. 

Disturbances  in  Greece. 

136.  Dum  haec  in  Asia  gerebantur,  Graecia  fere 
omnis,  spe  recuperandae  libertatis,  ad  arma  concurre- 
rat,  auctoritatem  Lacedaemoniorum  secuta.    Dux  hujus 
belli  Agis,  rex  Lacedaemoniorum,  fuit*    Quern  motum 
Antipater,  dux  ab  Alexandro  in  Macedonia  relictus, 
in  ipso  ortu  oppressit.     Magna  tamen  utrimque  caedes 
fuit.     Agis  rex,  quum  suos  terga  dantes  videret,  dimis- 
sis  satellitibus  ut  Alexandro  felicitate,  non  virtute  infe- 
rior videretur,  tantam  stragem  hostium  edidit,  ut  agmi- 


GBAECO-MACEDONIAN  EMPIRE.  63 

na  interdum  fugaret.     Ad  postremum,  etsi  a  multitu- 
dine  victus,  gloria  tamen  omnes  vicit. 

Alexander  invades  India. 

137.  Post  haec  Indiam  petit,  ut  Oceano  finiret  im- 
perium.     Cui  gloriae  nt  etiam  exercitus  ornamenta  con- 
venirent,  phaleras  equorum  et  arma  militum  argento 
inducit ;  exercitumque  suum,  ab  argenteis  clypeis,  Ar- 
gyraspidas  appellavit.     Quum  ad  Nysam  urbem  venis- 
set,  oppidanis  non  repugnantibus,  fiducia  Liberi  patris, 
a  quo  condita  urbs  erat,  parci  jussit.     Tune  ad  sacrum 
montem  duxit  exercitum,  vite  hederaque  non  aliter 
vestitum,  quam  si  manu  cultus  exornatusque  esset. 
Ubi  ad  montem  accessit,  exercitus,  repentino  mentis 
impetu  correptus,  ululare  coepit,  et  Bacchantium  more 
discurrit. 

The  limit  of  Alexander's  Conquests. 

138.  Quum  ad  Hyphasim  venisset,  ubi  eum  cum  du- 
centis  millibus  equitum  hostes  opperiebantur,  exercitus 
omnis  laboribus  fessus,  lacrymis  eum  precatur,  finem 
tandem  belli  faceret ;  aliquando  patriae  reditusque  me- 
minisset,  militumque  annos  respiceret.    Ostendere  alius 
canitiem,  alius  vulnera,  alius  aetate  consumptum  corpus 
et  cicatricibus  obductum.     Motus  eorum  precibus,  ve- 
luti  finem  victoriis  facturus,  castra  solito  magnificen- 
tiora  fieri  jussit,  quorum  molitionibus  et  hostis  terrere- 

'tur,  et  posteris  sui  admiratio  relinqueretur.  Nullum 
opus  laetius  milites  fecerunt.  Itaque  caesis  hostibus 
cum  gratulatione  in  haec  castra  reverterunt. 


64:  GRECIAN  HISTORY.— PERIOD  IV. 

Alexander  returns  to  Babylon,  824  B.  C. 

139.  Ab  ultimis  oris  Oceani  Babyloniam  rever 
tenti  nuntiatur,  non  solum  legationes  Carthaginiensium 
ceterarumque  Africae  civitatum,  sed  et  Hispaniarum, 
Siciliae,  Galliae,  Sardiniae,  nonnullas  quoque  ex  Ita- 
lia ejus  adventum  Babyloniae  opperiri.     Hac  igitur  ex 
causa  Babyloniam  festinanti  quidam  ex  Magis  praedix- 
it,  ne  urbem  introiret,  testatus,  hunc  locum  ei  fatalem 
fore.     Sed  ab  Anaxarcho  philosopho  compulsus,  ut 
Magorum  praedicta  contemneret,  Babyloniam  reversus, 
convivium  solemniter  instituit.     Ibi  quum  totus  in  lae- 
titiam  effusus  esset,  recedentem  jam  e  conviyio  Medius 
Thessalus,  instaurata  comissatione  invitat.      Accepto 
poculo,  inter  bibendum  veluti  telo  confixus  ingemuit, 
elatusque  e  convivio  semiammis,  tanto  dolore  cruciatus 
est,  ut  ferrum  in  remedia  posceret. 

Death  of  Alexander,  323  B.  C. 

140.  Quarta  die  Alexander  indubitatam   mortem 
sentiens,  agnoscere  se  fatum  domus  majorum  suorum, 
ait;  namque  plerosque  Aeacidarum  intra  tricesimum 
annum  defdnctos.     Tumultuantes  deinde  milites,  insi- 
diis  periisse  regem  suspicantes,   ipse  sedavit,  eosque 
omnes  ad  eonspectum  suum  admisit,  osculandamque 
dextram  porrexit.     Quum  lacrymarent  omnes,  ipse  non 
sine  lacrymis  tantum,  verum  etiam  sine  ullo  tristioris 
mentis  argumento  fuit.     Ad  postremum  corpus  suum 
in  Hammonis  templo  condi  jubet.     Quum  deficere  eum 
amici  viderent,  quaerunt,  quern  imperii  faciat  heredem ; 
respondit,  dignissimum.     Hac  voce  omnes  amicos  suos 
ud  aemulam  regni  cupiditatem  accendit.    Sexta  die 


DECLINE   OF  GRECIAN  POWER.  65 

praeclusa  voce,  exemptum  digito  anniilum  Perdiccae 
tradidit,  qiiae  res  gliscentem  amicorum  discordiam  se- 
davit.  Nam  etsi  non  voce  nuncupates  heres,  judicio 
tamen  electus  esse  videbatur. 

jRemarJcs  on  the  character  of  Alexander. 

141.  Decessit  Alexander  mensem  unum  tres  et  tri- 
ginta  annos  natus,  vir  supra  humanum  modum  vi  ani- 
mi  praeditus.  Omina  quaedam  magnitudinem  ejus  in 
ipso  ortu  portendisse  existimabantur.  Quo  die  natus 
est,  pater  ejus  nuntium  duarum  victoriarum  accepit ; 
alterius  belli  Illyrici,  alterius  certaminis  Olympiad,  in 
quod  quadrigas  miserat.  Puer  acemmis  literarum  stu- 
diis  eruditus  fait.  Exacta  pueritia,  per  quinquennium 
Aristotele,  philosopho  praestantissimo,  usus  est  magis- 
tro.  Accepto  tandem  imperio  tantam  militibus  suis 
fiduciam  fecit,  ut,  illo  praesente,  nullius  hostis  arma 
timerent.  Itaque  cum  nullo  hoste  unquam  congressus 
est,  quern  non  vicerit ;  nullam  urbem  obsedit,  quam 
non  expugnaverit.  Victus  denique  est  non  virtute 
hostlli,  sed  insidiis  suorum  et  fraude. 


PERIOD  V. — Decline  of  Grecian  Power. 

FKOM  THE  DEATH  OF   ALEXANDER  TO  THE  SUBJUGATION  OF 
GREECE  BY  THE  ROMANS,  146  B.  C. 

Aridaeus,  the  son  of  Philip,  is  proclaimed  King. 

142.  Pedites  Aridaeum,  Alexandri  fratrem,  regem 
appellant,  satellitesque  illi  ex  turba  sua  legunt,  et  no- 
mine Philippi  patris  vocari  jubent.  Magna  hinc  in 


66  GRECIAN  HISTORY. — PERIOD  V. 

castris  seditione  orta,  tandem  ab  eguitibus  quoque  Ari» 
daeus  rex  agnoscitur.  His  ita  compositis,  Macedoniae 
et  Graeciae  Antipater  praeponitur:  regiae  pecuniae 
custodla  Cratero  traditur :  castrorum  et  exercitus  cura 
Meleagro  et  Perdiccae  assignatur ;  jubeturque  Aridaeus 
rex  corpus  Alexandri  in  Hammonis  templum  deducere. 
Tune  Perdicca,  lustratione  castrorum  indicta,  seditiosoa 
supplicio  occulte  tradi  jubet.  Re  versus  inde,  provin^ 
cias  inter  principes  divisit. 

Disputes  "between  Alexanders  Generals. 

143.  Post  haec  bellum  inter  Perdiccam  et  Antigo- 
num  oritur,  quod,  velut  incendium,  mox  latius  serpsit. 
Macedonia,  in  duas  partes  discurrentibus  ducibus,  in 
sua  viscera  armatur,  ferrumque  a  barbaris  in  civilem 
sanguinem  vertit.  In  hoc  bello  Perdicca  occisus  est : 
pluresque  ejusdem  partis  duces  perierunt.  Et  jam  fini- 
tum  certamen  inter  successores  Alexandri  Magni  vide- 
batur,  quum  repente  inter  ipsos  victores  nata  est  discor- 
dia.  Ptolemaeus  et  Cassander,  Antipatri  filius,  imta 
cum  Lysimacho  et  Seleuco  societate,  contra  Antigonum 
bellum  terra  marique  enixe  instruunt.  Tenebat  Ptole- 
maeus Aegyptum  cum  Africae  parte  minore  et  Cypro 
et  Phoenice.  Cassandro  parebat  Macedonia  cum  Grae- 
cia.  Asiam  et  partes  Orientis  occupaverat  Antigonus, 
cujus  filius  Demetrius,  prima  belli  congressione,  a  Pto- 
lemaeo  apud  Gamalam  vincitur.  In  quo  proelio  major 
Ptolemaei  moderationis  gloria,  quam  ipsius  victoriae 
fuit.  Siquidem  et  amicos  Demetrii  non  solum  cum 
Buis  rebus,  verum  etiam  additis  insiiper  muneribus,  di- 
misit ;  et  ipsius  Demetrii  privatum  omne  instrumentum 
ac  familiam  reddidit.  dicens :  non  se  propter  praedam, 


DECLINE   OF   GHECIAN   POWER.  67 


sed  propter  dignitatem  inisse  bellum,  indignatum,  quod 
Antigonus,  devictis  diversae  factionis  ducibus,  solus 
communis  victoriae  praemia  corripuisset. 

The  Generals  assume  the  title  of  Kings. 

144.  Interea  Ptolemaeus  cum  Demetrio  navali  proe- 
lio  iterato  congreditur,  et,  amissa  classe,  in  Aegyptum 
refugit.     Hac  victoria  elatus  Antigonus  regem  se  cum 
Demetrio  filio  appellari  jubet.    Ptolemaeus  quoque,  ne 
minoris  apud  suos  auctoritatis  esset,  rex  ab  exercitu 
cognominatur.     Quibus  auditis,  Cassander  et  Lysima- 
chus  et  ipsi  regiam  sibi  majestatem  vindicarunt. 

War  in  Greece. 

145.  Omnes  ferme  Graeciae  civitates,  ducibus  Spar- 
tanis,  ad  spem  libertatis  erectae,  in  bellum  prorumpunt ; 
et,  ne  cum  Antigono,  sub  cujus  regno  erant,  bellum 
cepisse  viderentur,  socios  ejus  Aetolos  aggrediuntur, — 
causam  belli  praetendentes,  quod  sacratum  Apollini 
campum  Cirrhaeum  per  vim  occupassent.     Conjuncto 
exercitu,   Aetolorumque  finibus  devastatis,   magnam 
cladem  passi  sunt.     Deinde,  Spartanis  bellum  reparan- 
tibus,  auxilium  multae  gentes  negaverunt,  existiman- 
tes,  dominationem  eos,  non  libertatem  Graeciae  quae- 
rere. 

Irruption  of  the  Gauls  into  Greece,  279  B.  G. 

146.  Galli,  abundante  multitudine,  quum  eos  non 
caperent  terrae,  quae  genuerant,  trecenta  millia  homi- 
num  ad  sedes  novas  quaerendas  miserunt.    Ex  his  por- 
tio  in  Italia  consedit,  quae  et  Eomam  incendit;  alia 
portio  in  Illyricos  sinus  penetravit,  et  in  Panuonia  con- 


68  GRECIAN  HISTORY. — PERIOD  V. 

sedifc,  ubi  per  multos  annos  bella  cum  finitimis  gesse^ 
runt.  Hortante  deinde  successu,  divisis  agminibus, 
alii  Graeciam,  alii  Macedonian!  petivere.  Tantusque 
terror  Gallici  nominis  fuit,  ut  etiam  reges  non  lacessiti 
ultro  pacem  ingenti  pecunia  mercarentur. 

147.  Paulo  post  Brennus,  quo  duce  portio  Galloruni 
in  Graeciam  se  effuderat,  cum  centum  et  quinquaginta 
millibus  peditum  et  quindecim  millibus  equitum  in 
Macedonian!  irrumpit.     Victo  exercitu,  totius  regionis 
agros  depraedatur.     Turn  Delphos  iter  vertit  ad  Apol- 
linis  templum  spoliandum.     Hoc  templum  positum  est 
in  monte  Parnasso,  in  rupe  undique  impendente,  cujus 
praecipitiis,  ut  naturali  praesidio,  defenditur.     Multa 
ibi  et  opulenta  regum  populorumque  visuntur  munera, 
quaeque  magnificentia  sua  et  gratam  hominum  volun- 
tatem,  et  Apollinis  responsa  manifestant. 

The  Gauls  are  repulsed. 

148.  Brennus  quum  in  conspectu  haberet  templum, 
ad  acuendos  suorum  animos,  praedae  ubertatem  militi- 
bus  ostendebat,  statuasque  cum  quadrigis,  quarum  in- 
gens  copia  procul  visebatur,  solido  auro  fusas  esse  affir- 
mabat.     Qua  asseveratione  incitati  Galli,  simul  et  mero 
saucii,  sine  respectu  periculorum  in  bellum  ruebant. 
Habebat  Brennus  lecta  ex  omni  exercitu  peditum  sexa- 
ginta  quinque  millia  ;  Delphorum  sociorumque  nonnisi 
quatuor  millia  militum  erant.     Hi  plus  in  Deo,  quam 
in  viribus  spei  pon§ntes,  cum  eontemptu  hostium  resis- 
tebant,  Gallosque  scandentes  e  summo  mentis  vertice, 
partim  saxo,  partim  armis  obruebant.  >  Inter  haec  tem- 
plorum  antistiteSj  sparsis  crinfbus,  cum  insignibus  et 
infulis,  in  primam  pugnantium  aciem  procurrunt,  eoa 


DECLINE   OF   GRECIAN   POWER.  69 

hortantes,  ne  cunctarentur  diis  antesignanis  hostem 
caedere.  Quibus  vocibus  incensi  omnes  certatim  in 
proelium  prosiliunt.  Praesentiam  Dei  statim  sensere. 
Nam  et  terrae  motu  portio  mentis  abrupta  Gallorum 
stravit  exercitum,  et  tempestas  inseciita  grandine  et 
frigore  saucios  absumpsit.  Dux  ipse  Brennus,  quum 
dolorem  vulnerum  ferre  non  posset,  pugione  vitam  finl- 
vit.  Alter  ex  ducibus  cum  decem  millibus  sauciorum 
citato  agmine  Graecia  excedit.  Sed  nee  fugientibus 
fortuna  aequior  fuit;  nullus  sine  labore  et  periciilo 
dies ;  assidui  imbres  et  gelu,  nix,  fames,  lassitudo,  et 
pervigiliae  miseras  infelicis  belli  reliquias  obterebant. 
Quo  pacto  evenit,  ut  brevi  ex  tanto  exercitu  nemo  su- 
peresset. 

Pyrrhus,  King  of  Epirus,  invades  Macedonia,  274  B.  0. 

149.  Interea  Pyrrhus  ex  Sicilia  in  Epirum  reversus 
fines  Macedoniae  invadit ;  cui  Antigonus  cum  exercitu 
occurrit,  victusque  proelio  in  fugam  vertitur.     Atque 
ita  Pyrrhus  Macedonian!  in  deditionem  accipit ;  Anti- 
gonus autem  cum  paucis  equitibus  Thessalonicam  se 
recepit,  ut  inde  cum  conducta  Gallorum  manu  bellum 
repararet.     Eursus  a  Ptolemaeo,  Pyrrhi  filio,  funditus 
yictus,  cum  septem  comitibus  fugiens  salutis  latebras  in 
solitudine  quaerit. 

A  general  change  of  Rulers. 

150.  lisdem  ferme  temporibus  prope  universi  orbis 
imperia  nova  regum  successione  mutata  sunt.     Nam  et 
in  Macedonia  Philippus,   mortuo  Antigono,  regnum 
suscepit ;  et  in  Asia,  interfecto  Seleuco,  impubes  adhuc 
rex  Antiochus  constitutus  est.     Aegyptum,  patre  ac 
matre  interfectis,  occupaverat  Ptolemaeus,  cui  ex  cri 


70  GRECIAN  HISTORY. — PERIOD  V. 

mine  facinoris  cognomen  Philopator  fuit.  Etiam  Spar« 
tani  in  locum  Cleomenis  suffecere  Lycurgum ;  et  apud 
Carthaginienses  aetate  immatura  dux  Hannibal  consti- 
tuitur,  non  penuria  seniorum,  sed  odio  Eomanorum, 
quo  eum  a  pueritia  sciebant  imbutum.  In  his  regibu? 
pueris  magna  indoles  virtutis  enituit.  Solus  Ptolemae- 
us,  sicut  scelestus  in  occupando  regno,  ita  et  segnis  in 
administrando  fuit. 

The  Romans  declare  War  against  Philip,  200  B.  0.:  BattU  of 
Cynoscephalae,  197  B.  0. 

151.  Nec  multo  post  tempore  tota  Graecia,  fiducia 
Eomanorum  ad  spem  pristinae  libertatis  erecta,  bellum 
Philippo  intulit ;  atque  ita  quum  rex  undique  urgere- 
tur,  pacem  petere  compellitur.     Eepudiata  a  Senatu 
pace,  proelium  commissum  est  apud  Cynoscephalas  in 
Thessalia  inter  Philippum  et  Flamininum,  Eomano- 
rum ducem.     Macedonas  Eomana  fortuna  vicit.     Frac- 
tus  itaque  bello  Philippus,  pace  accepta,  nomen  quidem 
regium  retinuit;  sed,  omnibus  Graeciae  urbibus  extra 
terminos  antiquae  possessionis  amissis,  solam  Macedo- 
niam  retinuit. 

Perseus  plots  successfully  against  his  "brother's  life. 

152.  Interim  regis   Macedonum  domus  intestinis 
malis  agitabatur.     Nam  quum  Demetrius,  Philippi  fili- 
us,  a  patre  Eomam  missus,  ob  insignem  pudorem  mul- 
ta  favoris  documenta  a  senatu  accepisset,  patri  invisus 
esse  coepit,  indignanti,  plus  momenti  apud  senatum 
personam  filii,  quam  auctoritatem  patris  habuisse.    Igi- 
tur  Perseus,  major  filiorum  regis,  perspecta  patris  aegri- 
tudine,  quotidie  absentem  Demetrium  apud  eum  crimi- 
nari,  et  primo  invisum,  mox  etiam  suspectum  reddere ; 


DECLINE  OF  GRECIAN  POWER.  71 

nunc  amicitiam  Komanorum,  nunc  proditionem  ei  pa- 
tris  objectare.  Ad  postremum  insidias  sibi  ab  eo  para- 
tas  confingit,  ad  cujus  criminis  probationem  immittit 
indices,  testesque  subornat.  Quibus  rebus  patrem  im- 
pulit,  ut  supplicium  de  innocente  sumeret. 

Death  of  Philip,  179  R  G. 

153.  Occiso  Demetrio  sublatoque  aemiilo,  non  negli- 
gentior  tantum  Perseus  in  patrem,  verum  etiam  contu- 
macior  erat ;  nee  heredem  regni,  sed  regem  se  gerebat. 
His  rebus  offensus  Philippus  impatientius  in  dies  mor- 
tem Demetrii  dolebat,  et,  demque  fraude  cognita,  non 
minus  scelere  Persei,  quam  innoxii  Demetrii  morte  cru- 
ciabatur.     Brevi  post  tempore,  morbo  ex  aegritudine 
animi  contracto  decessit,  relicto  magno  belli  apparatu 
adversus  Eomanos,  quo  postea  Perseus  usus  est 

Perseus  conquered. — Macedonia  a  Roman  Province. 

154.  Jam  Macedonicum  bellum  summa  omnium 
virium  contentione  a  Eomanis  geri  coeptum  est.     Pri- 
ma  equitum  congressio  fuit,  qua  Perseus  victor  suspen- 
sam  omnium  exspectationem  in  sui  favorem  traxit ; 
misit  tamen  legates  ad  consulem,  qui  pacem  peterent, 
quam  patri  suo  Komani  etiam  victo  dedissent,  impensas 
belli  lege  victi  suscepturus.     Sed  consul  Sulpicius  non 
minus  graves,  quam  victo,  leges  dixit.     Dum  haec 
aguntur,  Komani  Aemilium  Paulum  consulem  creant, 
eique  extra  ordinem  Macedonicum  bellum  decernunt ; 
qui  quum  ad  exercitum  venisset,  non  magnam  moram 
pugnae  fecit.     Pridie,    quam  proelium  consereretur, 
luna  nocte   defecit ;    quod  ostentum  Perseo  cladem 
finemque  Macedonici  regni  portendere  vaticinabantur. 


72  GRECIAN  HISTORY. — PERIOD  V. 

Quod  vaticinium  non  fefellit.  Perseus  rex  fuga  cum 
decem  miUIbus  talentum  Samothraciam  defertur ;  quern 
Cnaeus  Octavius  ad  persequendum  missus  a  consule, 
cum  duobus  filiis,  Alexandro  et  Philippo,  cepit,  cap- 
tumque  ad  eonsulem  duxit.  Macedonia  Komanorum 
ditioni  addita.  Aetolorum,  nova  semper  bella  in  Grae- 
cia  excitantium,  principes  Eomam  missi ;  ibique,  ne 
quid  in  patria  novarent,  diu  detenti  sunt.  Tandem  per 
multos  annos  legationibus  civitatium  senatu  fatigato,  in 
suam  quisque  patriam  remissus  est. 

The  Romans  seek  occasion  to  quarrel  with  the  Achaeans. 

155.  Macedombus  subactis,  Aetolorumque  viribus 
debilitatis,  soli  adhuc  ex  universa  Graecia  Achaei  nimis 
potentes  tune  temporis  Romanis  videbantur,  non  prop- 
ter  singularum  civitatium  nimias  opes,  sed  propter  con- 
spirationem  universarum.  Namque  Achaei,  licet  per 
civitates  divisi,  unum  tamen  imperium  habent,  singula- 
rumque  urbium  periciila  mutuis  viribus  propulsant. 
Quaerentibus  igitur  Bomanis  causas  belli,  tempest! ve 
fortuna  querelas  Spartanorum  obtulit,  quorum  agros 
Achaei  propter  mutuum  odium  populabantur.  Spar- 
tarns  a  senatu  responsum  est,  legatos  se  ad  inspiciendas 
res  sociorum  in  Graeciam  missuros.  Legatis  clam  man- 
datum  est,  ut  corpus  Achaeorum  dissolverent.  Hi  ita- 
que,  omnium  civitatum  principibus  Corinthum  evoca- 
tis,  decretum  senatus  recitant,  dicentes,  expedire  omni- 
bus, ut  singulae  civitates  sua  jura  et  suas  leges  habeant. 
Quod  ubi  omnibus  innotuit,  velut  in  furorem  versi  uni- 
versum  peregrmum  popiilum  trucidant:  legatos  quo- 
que  ipsos  Eomanorum  violassent,  nisi  hi,  audlto  tumul- 
tu,  trepidi  fugissent. 


DECLINE   OF   GEECIAN   POWEK.  73 

The  Achaeans  are  conquered. — Corinth  plundered  ty  Mummius, 
146  B.  O. 

156.  Haec  ubi  Eomae  nuntiata  sunt,  statim  senatus 
Mummio  consiili  bellum  Achaicum  decernit,  qui,  omni 
bus  strenue  provisis,  pugnandi  copiam  hostibus  fecit. 
Sed  apud  Achaeos  omnia  neglecta  et  soluta  fuerunt. 
Itaque  praedam,  non  proelium  agitantes,  vehiciila  ad 
spolia  hostium  reportanda,  secum  duxerunt,  et  conjiiges 
liberosque  suos  ad  spectaculum  cortaminis  in  montibus 
posuerunt.  Sed  proelio  commisso  ante  ociilos  suorum 
eaesi  sunt.  Conjiiges  quoque  et  liberi  eorum  praeda 
hostium  fuere,  Urbs  Corinthus  diruitur :  populus  om- 
nis  sulreorona  venditur ;  ut  hoc  exemplo  ceteris  civita- 
tibus  metus  novarura  rerum  imponeretur. 


EXERCISES  IN  SYNTAX. 


INTRODUCTION. 

157.  IN  Latin,  as  in  English,  words  are  divided, 
according  to  their  use,  into  various  classes,  called  Part* 
of  Speech. 

158.  Parts  of  speech,  either  singly  or  combined,  form 
Propositions  ;  e.  g., 


Audis. 
Puer  ludit. 


Thou  hearest. 
The  boy  plays. 


159.  Propositions,  either  singly  or  combined,  form 
Sentences  ;  e.  g., 


Equus  currit  (one  prop.). 
Puer  ludit  et  equus  currit 
(two  propositions'). 


The  horse  runs. 
The  boy  is  playing  and  the 
horse  is  running. 


160.  Sentences,  in  their  various  forms  and  combina- 
tions, of  course,  comprise  the  Language. 

161.  The  object  of  all  language  is  the  expression  of 
thought. 

162.  A  sentence  may  express  thought, 

1)  In  the  form  of  an  assertion,  either  affirmative 
or  negative.  It  is  then  called  a  declarative 
sentence ;  e.  g., 


Puer  legit. 
Puer  non  legit. 


The  boy  is  reading. 
The  boy  is  not  reading. 


76  INTRODUCTION. 

2)  In  the  form  of  a  question.     It  is  then  called  an 

interrogative  sentence  ;  e.  g., 
Quis  legit  ?  Who  is  reading  ? 

3)  In  the  form  of  a  command,  exhortation,  or  en- 
treaty.   It  is  then  called  an  imperative  sen 
tence ;  e.  g., 


Lege. 

Legat. 


Read  ikon. 
Let  him  read. 


163.  In  each  of  the  above  forms,  sentences  some- 
times imply  passion  or  emotion  on  the  part  of  the  speak- 
er, and  may  then  be  called  exclamatory  declarative  if  of 
the  declarative  form,  exclamatory  interrogative  if  of  the 
interrogative  form,  and  exclamatory  imperative  if  of  the 
imperative  form.    The  emotion,  however,  does  not  affect 
the  structure  of  the  sentence,  though  it  often  renders  it 
elliptical. 

164.  A  sentence  may  express, 

1)  A  single  thought ;  i.  e.,  may  make  but  one 
assertion,  ask  but  one  question,  or  give  but 
one  command.     It  may  then  be  called  a  sim- 
ple sentence ;  e.  g., 

Balbus  a  nullo  videbatur.   |  Balbus  was  seen  ly  no  one. 

2)  Two  or  more  thoughts  so  related  to  each 
other  that  one  or  more  of  them  are  made  de- 
pendent upon  the  others.      It  may  then  be 
called  a  complex  sentence  ;  e.  g.,      * 


Quod  ubi  Caesar  comperit, 
se  in  Galliam  recepit. 


When  Caesar  learned  this} 
he  retired  into  Gaul. 


REM. — The  two  simple  sentences,  which  compose  the  above  complex^ 
are,  (1)  Caesar  learned  this,  and  (2)  Caesar  retired  into  Gaul 


INTRODUCTION. 


77 


These  are,  however,  so  combined  that  the  first  does  little  more 
than  specify  the  time  of  the  action  denoted  by  the  second. 
Caesar  retired  into  Gaul  (when  ?)  when  he  learned  this. 

3)  Two  or  more  independent  thoughts.     It  may 
then  be  called  a  compound  sentence ;  e.  g., 


Balbus  a  nullo  videbatur, 
ipse  autem  omnia  vide* 
bat. 


Balbus  was  seen  by  no  one, 
but  h'e  himself  saw  every 
thing. 


78  SIMPLE  SENTENCES. 


CHAPTER  I. 

SIMPLE    SENTENCES. 


LESSON  I. 

Principal  Elements  of  Sentences  ;  Subject  and  Predicate. — 
Declarative  Sentences. 

[14  2.] 

165.  EVERY  sentence,  however  simple,  consists  of 
two  distinct  parts  ;  viz., 

1)  The  Subject,  or  that  of  which  it  speaks,  as 
puer  in  the  sentence,  puer  ludit. 

2)  The  Predicate,  or  that  which  is  said  of  the 
subject,  as  ludit  in  the  above  sentence. 

166.  In  Latin  the  subject  is  often  omitted,  because 
the  form  of  the  predicate  shows  what  subject  is  meant ; 
thus,  the  single  word  rides,  thou  art  laughing,  is  in 
itself  a  complete  proposition,  because  the  ending  es 
shows  that  the  subject  in  English  cannot  be  /,  he,  or 
they,  but  must  be  thou. 

167.  When  a  proposition  is  thus  expressed  by  a  sin- 
gle word,  that  word  is  always  a  verb,  and  the  omitted- 
subject,  implied  in  the  ending  of  the  verb,  is  always  a 
pronoun  of  the  same  number  and  person  as  the  verb 
itself;  as,  Amat,  He  loves. 

168.  The  analysis  of  a  proposition,  or  sentence,  con- 
sists in  separating  it  into  its  elements  or  parts. 

MODELS. 

1.  Proposition :  Puer  ludit,  The  "boy  is  playing. 


PRINCIPAL   ELEMENTS. 


79 


This  is  a  simple  sentence,  because  it  expresses  a  sin- 
gle thought. 

Puer  is  the  subject,  because  it  is  that  of  which  the 
proposition  speaks.  Ludit  is  the  predicate,  because  it 
is  that  which  is  said  of  the  subject  puer. 

2.  Proposition :  Eides,  Thou  art  laughing. 

This  is  a  simple  sentence. 

Ridts  is  the  predicate,  because  it  is  that  which  is  said 
of  the  omitted  subject.  The  subject  is  a  pronoun  of 
the  second  person  singular  (tu,  thou),  implied  in  the 
ending  es  of  the  predicate. 


169.  VOCABULARY. 

Oitadel,  arx,  arcis,  f. 

City,  urls,  urMs,  f. 

Come,  venio,  venire,  veni,  ven- 

tum. 
Destroy,    everto,    evertere,    ti, 

sum. 
Flee,  fugio,  fugere,  fugi,  fugl- 

tum  ;  aufugio,  fugere,  fugi. 
Found,  condo,  dere,  didi,  ditum. 


He,  ille,  a,  ud,  or,  as  subject,  it 

may  be  implied  in  the  ending 

of  the  verb. 
I,  ego,  mei,  &c.,  or,  as  subject, 

it  may  be  omitted. 
You,  tu,  tui,  &c.,  or,  as  subject, 

it  may  be  omitted. 
Teach,  doceo,  ere,  ui,  turn. 
Trojan,  Trojdnus,  a,  urn. 


170.  EXERCISES. 

I.  Translate  and  analyze  the  following  Latin,  explain- 
ing the  omitted  subjects : 

1.  Latinus  imperabat.  2.  Imperavit.  3.  Troja 
eversa  est.  4.  Aeneas  aufugit.  5.  Aufugiebant.  6. 
Hie  docuit.  7.  Docuerunt.  8.  Docuimus. 

II  1.  Construct  one  or  more  Latin  declarative  sentences 
on  each  of  the  following  subjects: 

Puer.  puellae,  patres,  avis,  aves. 

• 


80  SIMPLE  SENTENCES. 

2.  Construct  three  Latin  declarative  sentences,  using  tkt 
following  predicates  : 

Discebant,  legebat,  currant. 

3,  Construct  five  or  more  Latin  declarative  sentences 
with  subjects  omitted,  using  as  predicates  some  parts  of  the 
following  verbs : 

Eidere,  laudare,  docere,  currere,  timere. 

MODELS. 


1.  Eidebatis. 

2.  Laudabitur. 


You  were  laughing. 
He  will  be  praised. 


III.  Translate  into  Latin. 

1.  They  have  come.  2.  A  citadel  will  be  founded. 
8.  Cities  will  be  founded.  4.  Cities  have  been  found- 
ed. 5.  We  have  been*taught.  6.  The  cities  had  been 
destroyed.  7.  The  Trojans  fled.  8.  You  will  flee.  9. 
"We  were  fleeing.  10.  I  shall  come. 


LESSON  II. 
Subordinate  ^Elements  ;  Modifiers. — Declarative  Sentences. 

[1&2.] 

171.  Both  subject  and  predicate  may  have  qualify 
ing  words  and  clauses  connected  with  them,  to  limit  or 
modify  their  meaning ;  e.  g., 

1.  Latinus  rex  regnavit.      |  Latinus  the  Icing  reigned. 

HEM. — In  this  example,  rex  limits  Latinus ;  i.  e.,  it  shows  that  the 
predicate  regnavit  is  not  affirmed  of  every  one  who  may  have 
borne  the  name  Latinus,  but  only  of  Latinus  the  king. 

2.  Milites/or^er  pugnant.  |   The  soldiers  fight  bravely. 

REM.  1. — Here  the  predicate  is  modified  by  fortitev,  showing  hvu 
the  soldiers  fight 


SUBORDINATE  ELEMENTS. 


81 


REM.  2. — Qualifying  words  and  clauses,  whether  belonging  to  the 
subject  or  predicate,  may  be  called  modifiers. 

172.  Any  modifier,  whether  in  the  subject  or  predi 
cate,  may  be  itself  modified ;  e.  g., 


Latinus,  bonus  rex,  regna- 
vit. 


good 


Latinus,    the 
reigned. 

173.  The  subject  (expressed  or  implied)  and  the  pre- 
dicate are  essential  to  the  structure  of  every  sentence, 
and  may,  therefore,  be  called  the  essential  or  principal 
elements  of  sentences. 

174.  All  modifiers  are  subordinate  to  the  subject  and 
predicate,  and  may,  therefore,  be  called  the  subordinate 
dements  of  sentences. 


175.  VOCABULARY. 

Aeneas,  Aeneas,  ae. 

Agriculture,  agricultura,  ae,  f. 

Anchises,  Anchises,  ae. 

Call,  appello,  are,  dm,  dtum. 

Daughter,  j#K#,  ae.    • 

Early,  ancient,  antiquusr,  a,  um. 

First,  primus,  a,  um. 

Give,  do,  dare,  dedi,  datum. 

Italian,  -Italus,  a,  um. 

In,  in  (with  abl. ;   sometimes 

176.  EXERCISES. 

I.  Translate  the  following  sentences,  and  analyze  them 
so  far  as  to  show  their  subjects  and  predicates,  and  the 
separate  modifiers  of  each  : 

1.  Hicdocuit.  2.  Hie  primus  docuit.  3.  Hie  Italos 
primus  docuit.  4.  Hie  Italos  primus  agriculturam  do- 
cuit. 5.  Troja  eversa  est.  6.  Sub  rege  Troja  eversa 


with  accus.,  as  in  matrimo- 

nium). 

King,  rex,  regis. 
Latinus,  Lafonus,  i. 
Marriage,  matrimonium,  i,  n. 
Rome,  Roma,  ae,  f. 
Saturn,  Saturnus,  i. 
Saturnia,  Satumia,  ae,  f. 
Son,  j^Zms,  i. 
Time,  tempus,  oris,  n. 


82  SIMPLE   SENTENCES. 

est.  7.  Sub  hoc  rege  Troja  eversa  est.  8.  Aeneas  an- 
fugit.  9.  Aeneasj^ms  aufugit.  10.  Aeneas,  Anchisae 
filius,  aufugit.  11.  Hinc  Aeneas,  Anchisae  filius,  au- 
fugit. 12.  Hinc  Aeneas,  Anchisae  filius,  cum  Trojanis 
aufugit.  13.  Hinc  Aeneas,  Achisae  filius,  cum  multis 
Trojanis  aufugit. 

II.  First  construct  three  or  more  Latin  declarative  sen- 
tences  without  modifiers  ;  then  add  modifiers,  either  to  the 
subject  or  predicate,  or  to  'loth. 

MODELS. 
Without  modifiers. 


1.  Puer  scribebat. 

2.  Canis  mordebit. 


The  boy  was  writing. 
The  dog  will  bite. 


With  modifiers. 


1.  Bonus    puer    epistolam 
scribebat. 

2.  Pastoris  canis  puerum 
mordebit. 


The  good  boy  was  writing  a 

letter. 
The  shepherd's  dog  ivill  bite 

the  boy. 


III.  Translate  into  Latin. 

1.  Saturn  taught  the  Italians.  2.  Saturn  was  tht 
first  to  teach  (lit.  the  first  taught)  the  Italians.  3.  In 
very  early  times  he  taught  the  Italians  agriculture.  4. 
They  will  call  the  citadel  Saturnia.  5.  The  city  was 
called  Eome.  6.  Latinus  gave  his  daughter  to  Aeneas. 
7.  Latinus  the  king  gave  his  daughter  in  marriage  to 
Aeneas.  8.  Latinus  the  king  gave  his  daughter  in 
marriage  to  Aeneas,  the  son  of  Anchises. 

*RV.      • 


INTERROGATIVE  AND  IMPERATIVE  SENTENCES.    83 


LESSON  III. 

Elements  of  Sentences,  continued. — Interrogative  and  Im- 
perative Sentences. 

[3  &  4.] 

177.  Interrogative  sentences  are  used  in  asking  ques- 
tions, and  may  be  introduced, 

1)  By  an  interrogative  pronoun,  adjective,  or  ad- 
verb; e.g., 


Quis  venit  ? 
Quot  sunt  ? 
Unde  venis  ? 


Who  has  come  ? 
How  many  are  there  ? 
Whence  do  you  come  ? 


2)  By  one  of  the  interrogative  particles,  ne,  raw- 
ne,  num  ;  e.  g., 


Scribitne  Caius  ? 
Nonne  scribit  ? 
Num  scribit  ? 


Is  Caius  writing  ? 
Is  he  not  writing  ? 
Is  he  writing  ? 


REM.  1. — If  ne  is  used,  it  must  follow  some  other  word,  and  be 

joined  to  it,  as  in  the  first  example. 
REM.  2. — A  question  with  ne  asks  for  information  (Ex.  1),  with 

nonne  expects  the  answer  yes  (Ex.  2),  and  with  num  expects  the 

answer  no  (Ex.  8). 
REM.  3. — Ne,  nonne,*  and  num,  are  not  modifiers  of  the  predicate, 

but  mere  particles  showing  the  interrogative  character  of  the 

sentence. 

178.  Imperative  sentences  are  used  in  commands, 
exhortations,  and  entreaties,  and  take  the  verb  either  in 

*  Nonne,  strictly  speaking,  is  compounded  of  the  modal  adverb  non 
and  the  particle  ne  ;  but  we  are  now  regarding  it  merely  as  an  inter* 
rogative  particle. 


SIMPLE  SENTENCES. 


the  imperative  or  in,  the  subjunctive  mood,  and  usually 
in  the  present  tense ;  e.  g., 

Go  into  exile. 

Preserve  yourselves. 

Let  the  slave  come. 

Let  us  come. 


Perge  in  exsilium. 
Conservate  vos. 
Veniat  servus. 
Veniamus. 


179.  VOCABULARY. 


Alba,  Alba,  ae,  f. 

Ascanius,  Ascanius,  i. 

He,  is,  ea,  id;  ille,  ilia,  illud; 
or,  when  subject,  it  may  be 
implied  by  the  ending  of  the 
verb. 


Longa,  Lonya,  ae,  f. 

Reign,  regno,  are,  am,  dtum. 

Silvius,  Silmus,  i. 

Succeed,  sequor,  sequi,  secutus 

sum. 
"Who  ?     Quis,  quae,  quid  ? 

180.  EXERCISES. 

I.  Translate  and  analyze  the  following  sentences,  stat- 
ing whether  declarative,  interrogative,  or  imperative  : 

I.  Ascanius  regnum  accepit.     2.  Quis  regnum  acce- 
pit  ?    3.  Purga  urbem.    4.  Cogitate  de  vobis.     5.  Quis 
Albae  regnavit?     6.  Omnes  Albae  regnaverunt.     7. 
Conservate  fortunas  vestras.      8.    Quis  te  salutavit? 
Num  Albae  regnavit  ?     Nonne  Albae  regnaverunt  ? 

II.  Change  the  declarative  sentences  constructed  in  the 
first  and  second  Lessons,  to  the  interrogative  or  imperative 
form. 

MODELS. 

Interrogative. 

Num  puer  ludebat  ? 


Declarative. 

Puer  ludebat. 

The  boy  was  playing. 

Declarative. 

Ridebatis. 

You  were  laughing. 


Was  the  boy  playing  ? 

Imperative. 

Eidete. 
Laugh  ye. 


SIMPLE  SUBJECT.  85 

HI.  Translate  into  Latin. 

1.  Ascanius  founded  a  city.  2.  Who  founded  the 
city  ?  3,  Let  us  found  cities.  4.  Who  founded  Alba 
Longa?  5.  Did  Ascanius  found  it  ?  6.  He  did  found 
it.  7.  Who  was  reigning  ?  8.  Latinus  was  reigning. 
9.  Let  him  reign.  10.  He  will  reign.  11.  Who  suc- 
ceeded Ascanius  ?  12.  Silvius  succeeded  him. 


LESSON  IV. 

Simple  Subject 
[5  &  6.] 

181.  Every  simple  sentence  must  have  for  its  subject 

either 

1)  A  noun  ;  e.  g.,  Piter  ludit,  or 

2)  A  pronoun  ;  e.  g.,  Ilk  ludit. 

182.  EULE. — Case  of  Subject. 

The  subject  of  a  finite  verb  is  put  in  the  nominative. 
(See  examples  above.) 

[F.  B.  609  ;  A.  &  S.  §  209  ;  Z.  §  379.]* 

183.  In  the  arrangement  of  the  Latin  sentence,  the 
subject  is  put, 

*  These  references  relate  respectively  to  the  First  Latin  Book,  to 
the  Latin  Grammar  of  Andrews  &  Stoddard,  and  to  that  of  Zumpt, 
American  edition. 

KOTE. — The  author  indulges  the  hope  that  all  who  may  use  this 
book  will  constantly  bear  in  mind  that  the  writing  of  Latin  cannot,  in 
any  way,  supersede  the  necessity  of  thorough  grammatical  drills.  Both 
exercises  are  indispensable  to  high  scholarship,  and  should  go,  hand  in 
hand,  throughout  the  entire  course  of  classical  instruction.  For  this 
reason  the  Rules  of  Syntax,  as  we  have  occasion  to  use  them  in  our 
Exercises,  are  inserted  in  this  work,  with  references  to  the  correspond- 
ing rules  in  the  First  Latin  Book,  in  Andrews  &  Stoddard's  Latin 
Grammar,  and  in  that  of  Zumpt, 


86  SIMPLE  SENTENCES. 

1)  When  not  emphatic,  at  or  near  the  begin 
ning ;  e.  g., 

Superbus  cognomen  meruit.  |  Superbus  merited  his  name. 

2)  When  emphatic,  at  or  near  the  end  ;  e.  g., 
Commovit  bellum  rex.         \  The  king  excited  a  war. 

184.  VOCABULARY. 


Boy,  puer,  eri. 

Girl,  puella,  ae. 

Play,  ludo,  ere,  lusi,  lusum. 

Praise,  laudo,  are,  dm,  dtum. 

Pupil,  discipulm,  i,  m. 


Shield,  clypem  or  clipeus,  i,  m 

Spear,  Jiasta,  ae,  f. 

Strike,  percutio,  ere,  cussi,  cus 


sum. 


Walk,  anibulo,  are,  dvi,  dtum. 


Read,  lego,  ere,  legi,  lectum. 

185.  EXERCISES. 

I.   Translate  and  analyze. 

1.  Roma  condita  est.       2.  Urbs  condita  est.      3. 
Quis  veniet?     4.  Venient.     5.  Troja  eversa  est.     6. 
Roma  eversa  est.     7.  Urbes  eversae  sunt.      8.  Aeneas 
aufugit.    9.  Trojani  aufugerunt.    10.  Aufugimus.    11. 
Silvius  regnavit.     12.  Quis  regnabat?     13.  Rex  reg- 
nabat.     14.  Hie  regnavit.     15.  Ille  regnabat. 

II.  1.  Explain  position  of  elements  in  the  above  senten- 
ces.    (See  183.) 

2.  Construct  six  Latin  sentences:  two  declarative,  two 
interrogative,  and  two  imperative;  two  with  substantives 
as  subjects,  two  with  pronouns,  and  two  with  subjects  omit- 
ted. 

III.  Translate  into  Latin. 

1.  The  pupil  was  praised.  2.  The  boys  will  be  prai- 
sed. 3.  Have  not  the  girls  been  praised?  4.  They 
have  been  praised.  5.  The  shields  were  struck.  6 


COMPLEX  SUBJECT.  87 


The  spears  will  be  struck.  7.  Will  you  read  ?  8.  We 
have  been  reading.  9.  Who  will  come?  10.  Will 
not  the  king  come  ?  11.  He  will  come.  12.  Let  us 
walk.  13.  Let  them  play.  14.  They  have  been  play- 
ing. 15.  Were  not  the  boys  playing  ?  16.  They  were 
playing, 

LESSON  V. 

Complex  Subject — Modifier  ;  Simple. 
[7  &  8.] 

186.  The  elements  of  a  sentence  may  be  either  sim- 
ple or  complex  : 

1)  Simple,  when  not  modified  by  other  words ; 
e.g., 

Kex  regnavit.  |   The  king  reigned. 

2)  Complex,  when  thus  modified  ;  e.  g., 
Sonus  re&  bene  regnavit.      |   The  good  king  reigned  well. 

REM. — In  the  first  example  (Rex  regnavit),  both  subject  and  predi- 
cate are  simple,  while,  in  the  second,  they  are  both  complex. 

187.  Modifiers  are  of  two  kinds ;  viz., 

11)  Such  as  limit  other  words  by  completing  their 
meaning.  These  may  be  called  objective  modi- 
fiers ;  e.  g., 


Mater  filiam  amat. 


Amor  auri. 


The  mother  loves  her  daugh- 


ter. 


The  love  of  gold. 


REM. — In  the  first  example,  filiam  not  only  qualifies  amat.  but  also 
completes  its  meaning  by  showing  the  object  loved.  In  the  se- 
cond example,  too,  auri  both  qualifies  and  completes  the  mean- 
ing of  amor,  by  showing  the  object  of  that  love :  the  love  of 
(what?)  gold. 

2)  Such  as  restrict  the  meaning  of  other  words 


88  SIMPLE  SENTENCES. 

by  specifying  some  quality  or  attribute.    These 
may  be  called  attributive  modifiers ;  e.  g., 
Bonus  rex  bene  regnavit.      |   The  good  king  reigned  well. 

REM.  1. — Bonus  expresses  the  attribute  of  rex  (good  king),  and  bent 
of  regnavit  (reigned  well). 

REM.  2. — It  will  be  observed  that  the  advert  bene  sustains  the  same 
relation  to  the  verb  regnavit  as  the  adjective  bonus  does  to  the 
noun  rex;  both  are  attributive,  but,  for  distinction's  sake,  the 
latter  may  be  called  the  Adjective  attribute  ;  and  the  former,  the 
adverbial  attribute. 

188.  The  subject  of  a  sentence  may  be  limited, 

1)  By  an  objective  modifier ;  e.  g.} 

Amor  gloriae  nos  impulit.   |   The  love  of  glory  actuated  us. 

REM. — This  modifier  has  been  very  properly  called  the  objective 
genitive  ;  though  some  grammarians  regard  it  as  merely  attribu- 
tive. It  will  be  readily  seen  that  gloriae,  in  the  above  example, 
expresses  no  attribute  of  amor  (love);  it  says  nothing  of  the 
character  or  qualities  of  that  love  ;  but  simply  specifies  the  object 
on  which  it  is  exercised. 

2)  By  an  attributive  modifier ;  e.  g., 


Sonus  rex  regnat. 
Regis  filius  regnabit. 


A  good  king  reigns. 

The  king's  son  will  reign. 


REM. — It  will  be  observed  from  the  above  examples  that  the  attri- 
bute of  the  subject  is  expressed  sometimes  by  an  adjective,  and 
sometimes  by  a  noun  used  with  the  force  of  an  adjective. 

189.  EULE. — Agreement  of  Adjectives. 

Adjectives  and  adjective  pronouns  (whether  in  the 
subject  or  the  predicate)  agree  in  gender,  number,  and 
case  with  the  nouns  which  they  qualify ;  e.  g,. 


Bonus  rex. 
Bona  regina. 


The  good  king. 
The  good  queen. 


[F.  B.  614 ;  A.  &  S.  §  205.] 

190.  EULE  — Limiting  Nouns. 


COMPLEX  SUBJECT. 


A  noun  limiting  the  meaning  of  another  noun  denot- 
ing a  different*  person  or  thing,  is  put  in  the  genitive, 
unless  it  denotes  character  or  quality  ',  in  which  case  it  is 
accompanied  by  an  adjective,  and  is  put  either  in  the 
genitive  or  ablative  ;  e.  g., 


Kegis  filius. 

Puer  eximiae  pulchritudi- 


The  king's  son. 

A  hoy  of  remarkable  beauty. 


nis,  or  Puer  eximia  pul- 
chritudine. 

[F.  B.  624 ;  A.  &  S.  §  211  and  R.  6 ;  Z.  §426,] 
REM. — Instead  of  the  genitive  of  the  limiting  noun,  we  sometimes 
find  the  dative,  or  the  accusative  or  ablative  with  a  preposition  ; 
e.  g.,  Troja  in  Asia  e  versa  est,  Troy  in  Asia  was  destroyed. — 
Transmissus  ex  Gallia  in  Britanniam,  The  passage  from  Gaul 
into  Britain. 

191.  In  the  arrangement  of  the  parts  of  the  complex    "* 
subject, 

1)  The  adjective  precedes  or  follows  its  substan- 
tive, according  as  it  is  or  is  not  emphatic ; 
e.g., 

§       Sonus  rex  regnat. 
Eex  bonus  regnat. 
2)  The  attributive  genitive  generally  precedes  its 
substantive  when  the  latter  is  not  emphatic ; 
e.g., 

Aeneae  filius  regnavit.          |   The  son  of  Aeneas  reigned. 
3)  The  objective  genitive  generally  follows  its  sub- 
stantive ;  e.  g., 
Amor  gloriae  nos  impulit.  |  The  love  of  glory  actuated  us. 

192.  In  analyzing  a  sentence  which  contains  modifi 


j-  A  good  king  is  reigning. 


*  See  441. 


90  SIMPLE   SENTENCES. 

ers,  the  pupil  is  expected  to  show  both  the  influence  of 
the  several  modifiers  upon  the  thought,  and  their  gram- 
matical relation  to  the  elements  which  they  limit. 

MODELS. 

1.  Eegis  filius  regnabit.       |   The  king's  son  will  reign. 
This  is  a  simple  sentence. 

Filius  is  the  subject,  and  regnabit  the  predicate. 

The  subject  filius  is  modified  by  regis,  showing  whose 
son,  viz.  the  king's.  Eegis  is  in  the  genitive,  according 
to  Eule,  190. 

Regis  filius  is  the  complex  subject. 

2.  Eex  bonus  regnat.          |  A  good  king  is  reigning. 

This  is  a  simple  sentence. 

Rex  is  the  subject,  and  regnat  is  the  predicate. 

The  subject  rex  is  modified  by  the  adjective  bonus, 
showing  the  character  of  the  king  (a  good  king).  Sonus 
agrees  with  the  subject  rex,  according  to  Eule,  189. 

Eex  bonus  is  the  complex  subject. 

193.  VOCABULARY. 


Alban,  Albdnus,  a,  um. 

Bite,  mordeo,  ere,  momordi,  mor- 


sum. 


Brother,  frater,  tris. 
Dog,  canis,  is,  c. 
Five,  quinque,  indec. 


Kill,  occldo,  ere,  cldi,  clsum. 
Queen,  reglna,  ae. 
Romulus,  Romulus,  i. 
Shepherd,  pastor,  oris,  m. 
"What?  qui,  quae,  quod?   (See 
F.  B.  284.) 


Good,  lonm,  a,  um. 

194.  EXERCISES. 

I.  Translate  and  analyze,  parsing  the  complex  subjects. 
1.  Multi  Trojani  aufugerunt.     2.  Anchisae  filius  an- 
fiigit.     3.  Numa  regnavit.     4.  Bonus  Numa  regnabat 


COMPLEX  SUBJECT.  91 

5.  Eemus  occisus  est.     6.  Hie  vir  occisus  est.     7.  Tro 
ja  in  Asia  eversa  est.     8.  Bex  Albanorum  mortuus  est. 

II.  1.  Explain  position  of  elements  in  the  above  senten- 
ces.    (See  183  and  191.) 

2.  Construct  three  or  more  Latin  sentences  with  complex 
subjects. 

III.  Translate  into  Latin. 

1.  What  king  was  reigning  ?  2.  A  good  king  was 
leigning.  3.  Had  not  the  king  of  the  Albans  been 
reigning  ?  4.  Were  the  good  shepherds  killed  ?  5. 
Five  shepherds  had  been  killed.  6.  The  brother  of 
Romulus  was  killed.  7.  The  shepherd's  son  will  be 
praised.  8.  The  shepherd's  dog  will  bite.  9.  The 
good  queen  will  be  praised.  10.  The  daughter  of  the 
queen  has  been  praised. 



LESSON  VI. 

Complex  Subject. — Modifier ;  Complex. 
[9  &  10.] 

195.  Any  modifier  in  the  complex  subject,  whethei 
objective  or  attributive,  may  itself  become  complex. 

196.  Any  substantive  may  be  modified  in  the  vari- 
ous ways  already  specified  for  the  subject.     (See  last 
Lesson.) 

197.  VOCABULARY. 


American,  Americdnus,  a,  um. 

Citizen,  civis,  is,  c. 

Himself,    he   himself,    ipse,  a, 


um. 


Increase    (trans.),    augeo,  ere, 
auxi,  auctum. 


Neighboring,  finitlmus,  a,  um. 
Number,  numerus,  i,  m. 
People,  populm,  i,  m. 
Roman,  Romanus,  a,  um. 
State,  cimtas,  atis,  f. 
United,  foeder&tus,  a,  um. 


92  SIMPLE  SENTENCES. 

198.  EXERCISES. 

I.   Translate  and  analyze,  parsing  the  several  parts  of 
the  complex  subjects. 

1.  Filius  boni  regis  veniebat.     2.  Pastor  illius  regio- 
nis  occisus  est.     3.  Novae  urbis  cives  occisi  sunt.     4. 
Festum  Neptuni  magni  institutum  est.     5.  Populi  illi- 
us  virgines  raptae  erant.     6.  Numerus  civium  Eoma- 
norum  auctus  est. 

II.  1.  In  the  first  three  of  the  above  sentences,  substitute 
other  complex  attributives  in  place  of  those  now  used. 
MODEL. 

Filius  pulchrae  regmae  veniebat. 

2.  Construct  two  or  more  Latin  sentences  with  simple 
subjects  ;  then  make  these  subjects  complex,  by  the  addition 
of  simple  attributives  ;  and  finally  put  these  attributives  in 
the  complex  form. 

MODEL. 


1.  Dux  occisus  est. 

2.  Dux    exercitus   occisus 
est. 

3.  Dux  exercitus  Romani 
occisus  est. 


The  leader  was  killed. 
The  leader  of  the  army  was 

killed. 
The  leader  of  the  Roman 

army  was  killed. 


III.  Translate  into  Latin. 

1.  Has  the  number  of  states  been  increased?  2. 
The  number  of  the  United  States  has  been  increased. 
3.  Will  not  the  number  of  American  citizens  be  in- 
creased ?  4.  The  number  of  Eoman  citizens  had  been 
increased.  5.  The  shepherd  was  killed.  6.  Will  not 
the  good  shepherds  be  killed  ?  7.  The  sons  of  the 
good  shepherds  had  been  killed.  8.  The  neighboring 


SIMPLE   PREDICATE.  93 

people  came.     9.  Did  the  sons  of  the  neighboring  shep 
herds  come  ?     10.  The  shepherds  themselves  came. 



LESSON  VII. 
Simple  Predicate. 

[11—13.] 

199.  The  predicate  of  a  sentence  consists  of  two 
parts,  an  attribute  of  the  subject  and  a  copula,  by  which 
that  attribute  is  predicated  or  asserted  of  the  subject. 

200.  The  attribute  and  copula,  which  form  the  pre- 
dicate, sometimes  appear  separately,  as  when  the  for- 
mer is  expressed  by  a  noun  or  adjective,  and  the  latter 
by  the  verb  esse,  and  sometimes  united  in  one  word,  in 
which  case  they  must  be  expressed  by  a  verb.* 

201.  The  predicate  of  a  simple  sentence  may,  there- 
fore, be, 

1)  A  verb ;  e.  g., 

Puer  ladit.  |       The  loy  is  playing. 

2)  The  verb  esse  (or  sometimes  a  passive  verb) 
with  an  attributivef  noun  or  adjective  ;  e.  g., 


Cicero  fuit  consul. 
Terra  est  rotunda. 


Cicero  was  consul, 
The  earth  is  round. 


REM. — In  the  first  example,  the  predicate  is  not  simply  Juit,  but 
fuit  consul ;  for  the  assertion  is  not  that  Cicero  was  (i.  e.  existed)^ 
but  was  consul ;  so  in  the  second  example,  the  predicate  is  est 
rotunda,  the  assertion  being  that  the  earth  is  round. 

*  Even  in  the  verb,  the  attribute  and  copula  are  sometimes  repre- 
sented by  distinct  words,  as  in  the  compound  tenses ;  e.  g.,  Rex  occisu» 
est.  Here  occlsus  is  the  attribute  and  est  the  copula. 

f  By  an  attributive  noun  is  meant  one  which  is  used  to  qualify  or 
describe  another  noun. 


94  SIMPLE   SENTENCES. 

202.  EULE.— Finite  Verbs. 

A  finite  verb  must  agree  with  its  subject  in  number 
and  person  ;  e.  g., 

Latinus  regnabat.  |  Latinus  was  reigning. 

[F.  B.  612 ;  A.  &  S.  §  209  ;  Z.  §  365.] 

203.  EULE. — Predicate  Nouns. 

An  attributive  noun  in  the  predicate  after  esse  and  a 
few  passive  verbs,  is  put  in  the  same  ca,se  as  the  subject, 
when  it  denotes  the  same*  person  or  thing ;  e.  g., 

Latinus  fuit  rex.  |  Latinus  was  king. 

[F.  B.  613  ;  A.  &  S.  §  210 ;  Z.  §  365.] 
For  agreement  of  attributive  adjective,  see  189. 


Hundred,  centum,  indec. 
Make,  creo,  are,  dm,  dtum, 
Senator,  senator,  ori*. 
Who   (interrog.),    quis, 
quid?  (SeeF.  B.  284.) 


204.  VOCABULARY. 

Amulius,  Amulius,  i. 
Be,  sum,  esse,  fui,  futurus. 
Brave,. fortis^  e. 
Choose,   elect,   lego,  ere,  legi, 
lectum. 


Father,  pater,  tris. 

205.  EXERCISES. 

I.  Translate  and  analyze,  parsing  and  explaining  pre- 
dicates. 

I.  Silvius  Procas  fuit  rex.    2.  Faustulus  fuit  pastor. 
3.  Quis  est  avus  ?    4.  Quae  fuit  mater  ?    5.  Urbs  fuit 
nova.     6.  Urbes  sunt  novae.     7.  Anniili  sunt  aurei, 
8.  Numa  rex  creatus  est.      9.  Senatores  appellati  sunt 
Patres.     10.  Eomani  bellicosi  fuerunt. 

II.  Construct  two  Latin  sentences  with  verbs  as  predi* 

*  See  485, 


COMPLEX  PREDICATE. — DIRECT  OBJECT.     95 


cales  ;  two  with  esse  and  nouns ;  and  two  with  esse  and 
adjectives. 

III.  Translate  into  Latin. 

1.  Who  was  king  ?  2.  Latinus  was  king.  3.  Let 
him-  be  king.  4.  Were  not  the  Komans  brave  ?  5. 
The  Eomans  were  brave.  6.  Let  us  be  good.  7.  We 
will  be  good.  8.  Who  was  made  king  ?  9.  Amulius 
was  made  king.  10.  Was  not  the  city  called  Home  ? 
11.  The  city  was  called  Kome.  12.  A  hundred  sena- 
tors had  been  chosen.  13.  These  senators  were  called 
fathers.  14.  Who  will  be  made  senators  ?  15.  You 
will  be  elected  senators. 


LESSON  VIII. 
Complex  Predicate. — Direct  Object ;  Simple. 

[14  &  15.] 

206.  The  predicate,  like  the  subject,  may  be  limited, 

I.  By  Objective  Modifiers. 
II.  By  Attributive  Modifiers. 

207.  The  objective  modifiers  of  the  verb-predicate 
may  be  divided  into  three  classes ;  viz., 

1)  Direct  Objects. 

2)  Indirect  Objects. 

3)  Kemote  Objects. 

HEM. — These  objects  appear  both  singly  and  combined. 

208.  In  the  arrangement  of  the  Latin  sentence,  the 
object,  of  whatever  kind,  generally  precedes  its  verb  ; 


Eex  bellum  gerit. 
Legibus  paret. 


The  king  is  waging  war. 
He  obeys  the  laws. 


96  SIMPLE   SENTENCES. 

EEM.  —Any  word  is  rendered  emphatic  by  being  placed  in  an  nnu 
Bual  position,  especially  if  that  position  is  near  the  beginning  or 
end  of  the  sentence  or  clause. 

209.  The  direct  object  of  the  predicate  may  repre- 
sent, 

1)  The  person  or  thing  on  which  the  action  of 
the  verb  is  directly  exerted ;  e.  g., 


Caius  puellam  laudat. 


Caius  praises  (what  ?)  the 


girl 

2)  The  direct  effect  of  the  action,  i.  e.  the  object 
produced  by  it ;  e.  g., 


Cains  epistolam  scribit. 


Caius  is  writing  (what  ?)  a 


letter. 

210.  EULE.— Direct  Object. 

Any  transitive  verb  may  take  an  accusative  as  the 
direct  object  of  its  action.     (See  examples  above.) 

[F.  B.  641 ;  A.  &  S.  §  229  ;  Z.  §  382.] 

211.  Any  thought,  which  may  be  expressed  by  a 
transitive  verb  wifch  a  direct  object,  may  also  be  ex- 
pressed by  the  passive  voice  of  the  same  verb,  having 
for  its  subject  the  noun  used  as  the  direct  object  of  the 
active ;  e.  g?, 


(Act.)    Balbum  accusant. 
(Pass.)  Balbus  accusatur. 


They  accuse  Balbus. 
Balbus  is  accused. 


REM. — The  agent  of  the  action  with  passive  verbs,  when  expressed, 
is  generally  put  in  the  ablative  with  a  or  ab,  but  as  it  then  be- 
comes an  attributive  modifier,  showing  by  whom  the  action  is  per- 
formed, we  shall  have  occasion  to  examine  it  in  another  place. 

212.  VOCABULARY. 


Ancus,  Ancus,  i. 
Declare,  indico,  ere,  dixi,  dic- 
tum. 


Enlarge,  amplio,  are,  dvi,  dtum. 
Marcius,  Harcius,  i. 
War,  lellum,  i,  n. 


COMPLEX   PREDICATE. — DIRECT   OBJECT.  97 

213.  EXERCISES. 

I.  Translate  and  analyze,  explaining  position. 

I.  Numa  Pompilius  leges  dedit.     2.  Hie  vir  sacra 
instituit.      3.  Ancus  Mareius  suscepit  imperium.     4. 
Numae  nepos  suscepit  imperium.     5.  Hie  vir  urbem 
ampliavit.      6.  Carcerem  primus  aedificavit.      7.  Eo- 
mulus  foedus  icit.     8.  Quis  Albam  diruit  ?     9.  Tullus 
Hostilius  Albam  diruit.     10.  Eex  bellum  indixit. 

II.  Construct  nine  or  more  sentences  with  objective  modi- 
fiers in  the  accusative — three  declarative,  three  interroga- 
tive, and  three  imperative. 

III.  Translate  into  Latin. 

1.  They  have  declared  war.  2.  Will  he  not  declare 
war?  3.  Who  has  declared  war?  4.  Will  you  de- 
clare war?  5.  Who  founded  Eome?  6.  Eomulus 
founded  Eome.  7.  Who  enlarged  the  city  ?  8.  An- 
cus Mareius  enlarged  the  city.  9.  The  city  was  en- 
larged. 10.  Eome  was  enlarged.  11.  Did  not  Ancus 
Mareius  enlarge  the  city  ?  12.  Was  not  Eome  en- 
larged ?  13.  Who  was  the  first  to  teach  (lit.  who  the 
first  taught)  the  Italians?  14.  *  Saturn  was  the  first  to 
teach  the  Italians. 


LESSON  IX. 

Complex  Predicate. — Direct  Object ;  Complex. 

[16  &  17.] 

214.  The  object,  and,  in  fact,  any  noun,  whether  in 
the  subject  or  predicate,  may  be  modified  in  the  various 
ways  already  specified  for  the  subject.  (See  Lesson 

v.) 

5 


98 


SIMPLE  SENTENCES. 


Neptune,  Neptunus,  i. 

No,  nullus,  a,  urn.    (See  F.  B 

113,  B.) 

Ostia,  Ostia,  ae,  f. 
Prison,  career,  eris,  m. 
Secure,  consegtuor,  sequi,  secutiu 

sum. 

Sewer,  cloaca,  ae,  f. 
This,  Me,  haec,  Tioc. 
"Wage,  gero,  ere,  gessi,  gestum. 


215.  VOCABULARY. 

Build,  aediflco,  are,  am,  dtum. 
Capitol,  Capitolium,  i,  n. 
Commence,  inchoo,  are,  dm,  d- 

tum. 

Festival,  festum,  i,  n. 
Friendship,  intimacy,  familia- 

rltas,  dtis,  f. 
Game,  Indus,  i,  m. 
Institute,  instituo,  ere,  m,  utum. 
Large,  magnus,  a,  umr 
Many,  multus,  a,  um. 

216.  EXERCISES. 

I.  Translate  and  analyze. 

1.  Kegnum  Lucius  Tarquinius  Priscus  accepit.     2. 
Saturnus  primus  Italos  docuit.     3.  Aeneae  filius  reg- 
num  accepit.      4.  Silvius  Procas  filios  reliquit.      5. 
Silvius  Procas  duos  filios  reliquit.     6.  Eex  Albanorum 
duos  filios  reliquit.     7.  Anci  familiaritatem  consecutus 
est.     8.  Eegis  familiaritatem  consecutus  est.     9.  Eom- 
ulus  centum  senatores  legit. 

II.  1.  Arrange  the  elements  in  the  first  of  ike  above  sen- 
tences in  the  usual  order,  and  state  the  effect  of  placing  reg- 
num  first.  (See  208,  K.) 

2.  Construct  five  or  more  Latin  sentences  containing 
modifiers,  either  in  the  subject  or  predicate,  or  in  loth. 

3.  Answer  the  following  questions  in  Latin  in  the  form 
of  declarative  sentences : 

1.  Who  founded  Eome?  2.  Who  founded  Alba 
Longa  ?  3.  Who  was  the  first  to  build  a  prison  ?  4. 
Who  founded  Ostia  ?  5.  What  king  waged  no  war  ? 


COMPLEX  PREDICATE. — INDIRECT  OBJECT.         99 


6.  What  king  waged  many  wars  ?     7.  Who  built  the 
sewers  ?    8.  Who  commenced  the  Capitol  ? 

MODEL. 

.Romulus  Eomam  condidit. 

III.  Translate  into  Latin. 

1.  Who  instituted  the  festival  of  Neptune  ?  2.  Did 
not  Eomulus  institute  these  games  ?  3.  Eomulus  insti- 
tuted the  festival  of  Neptune.  4.  He  founded  Eome. 
5.  Shall  you  found  a  large  city  ?  6.  We  have  found- 
ed a  large  city.  7.  Who  secured  the  friendship  of 
Ancus  ?  8.  Have  you  secured  the  friendship  of  the 
king.?  9.  Let  us  secure  the  friendship  of  the  good 
king. 


LESSON  X. 
Complex  Predicate. — Indirect  Object ;  Simple  or  Complex. 

[18—20.] 

217.  The  verb  of  the  predicate  may  be  modified  by 
a  noun  denoting  the  person  or  thing  to  or  for  which 
any  thing  is,  or  is  done.     This  modifier  is  called  an 
indirect  object. 

218.  EULE. — Indirect  Object. 

The  indirect  object  is  put  in  the  dative,  and  is  used, 

1)  After  esse  in  expressions  denoting  possession  ; 
e.  g., 

Puero  est  liber.  The  loy  has  a  booh     (Lit. 

There  is  a  book  to  the 
boy.) 

2)  After  the  compounds  of  esse,  except  posse, 
e.  g., 


100 


SIMPLE  SENTENCES, 


Mihi  profuit.  |       It  profited  me. 

3)  After  the  compounds  of  bene,  satis,  and  male , 

Officio  suo  satisfecit.  He  has  discharged  his  duty, 

(Lit.  He  has  done  enough 
for,  &c.) 

4)  After  the  compounds  of  the  prepositions  ad, 
ante,  con,  in,  inter,  ob,  post,  prae,  sub,  and  su- 
per, together  with  a  few  others ;  e.  g., 

Yeni  ut  mihi  succurras.         /  have  come  that  you  may 

assist  (succor)  me, 

5)  After  verbs  signifying  to  command  or  obey, 
please  or  displease,  favor  or  injure,  serve  or  re- 
sist, together  with  to  indulge,  spare,  pardon, 
envy,  believe,  persuade,  &c. ;  e.  g., 

LegTbus  paret.  He  obeys  the  laws  (is  obedi- 

ent to). 

[F.  B.  643 ;  A.  &  S.  §  223  and  R.  2,  and  §§  224,  225,  226 ;  Z.  §§406, 

412,  415,  420.] 

REM. — The  indirect  object  is  sometimes  expressed  by  the  accusative 
with  a  preposition,  as  ad  or  in  ;  e.  g.,  Culpam  in  multitudinem 
contulerunt,  They  charged  the  blame  upon  the  multitude. 


219.   YOCABULARY. 

A.  II,  omnis,  c 

Believe,  credo,  ere,  dldi,  dUum. 

Census,  census,  us,  m. 

Country,  native  country,  pa- 
tria,  ae,  f. 

Educate,  educo,  are,  dm,  dtum. 

Kill,  interftcio,  ere,  fed,  fee- 
turn. 

Law,  lex,  legis,  f. 


Obey,  obedio,  Ire,  wi,  Uum. 
Order,  institute,  ordmo,  are,  dm, 

dtum. 

Priscus,  Priscus,  i. 
Servius,  'Servim,  i. 
Succeed,  succedo,  ere,  cessi,  ces 

sum. 

Tarquinius,  Tarquinius,  i. 
Tullius,  Tullius,  i. 


COMPLEX  PKEDICATE.— KEMOTE  OBJECT.     101 

220.  EXERCISES. 

I.  Translate  and  analyze. 

I.  Numae  successit   Tullus  Hostilius.      2.   N"uma 
Pompilius  civitati  profuit.     3.  Tanaquil  conjiigi  per- 
suasit.     4.  Tarquinio  Servius  suecesserat.     5.  Nemo 
tibi  credet.     6.  Priscus  Tarquinius  plura  bella  gessit. 
7.  Agios  urbis  territorio  adjunxit.     8.  Hie  rex  inter- 
fectus  est.     9.  Boni  patriae  legibus  parebunt. 

II.  Construct  six  Latin  sentences :  three  with  direct,  and 
three  with  indirect  objects. 

III.  Translate  into  Latin. 

1.  The  citizens  will  obey  the  laws.  2.  Will  you 
not  obey  the  laws  ?  3.  Let  us  obey  the  laws  of  our 
country.  4.  Who  will  obey  him  ?  5.  Who  will  be- 
lieve him  ?  6.  They  will  believe  you.  7.  Whom  did 
Servius  Tullius  succeed  ?  8.  Servius  succeeded  Tar- 
quinius Priscus.  9.  Tarquinius  Priscus  was  killed. 
10.  Who  killed  him  ?  11.  The  sons  of  Ancus  killed 
him,  12.  Who  educated  Servius  Tullius  ?  13.  Who 
ordered  a  census  of  the  Eoman  people  ?  14.  Servius 
was  the  first  to  order  a  census  of  all  the  Eoman  citi- 
zens. 


LESSON  XI. 

Complex  Predicate.-— Remote  Object ;  Genitive. 
[21  &  22.] 

221.  The  verb  of  the  predicate  may  be  modified  by 
a  genitive  appearing  in  the  English  translation  as  the 
object  of  an  action,  though  in  the  Latin  the  distinction 
between  the  direct  object  and  this  genitive  is  clearly 


102  SIMPLE  SENTENCES. 

marked.     To  indicate  this  distinction,  we  will  call  the 

latter  a  remote  object ;  e.  g., 

Miseremini  sociorum.          |     Pity  the  allies. 

KEM. — The  accusative  as  object  denotes  that  on  which  the  action  is 
directly  exerted,  while  the  genitive  denotes  that  in  regard  to 
which  the  action  or  feeling  is  exercised,  and  sometimes  seems  re- 
ally  to  express  its  cause.  This  genitive  might  perhaps,  there- 
fore, be  not  improperly  treated,  in  some  instances  at  least>  as  an 
adverbial  attributive  ;  but,  as  we  uniformly  render  it  by  the  ob- 
ject,  it  seems  to  present  a  more  simple  classification  of  the  facts 
of  the  language  to  regard  it  as  a  remote  object. 

222.  EULE. — Genitive  of  Eemote  Object. 
The  genitive  is  used, 

1)  After  verbs  of  pitying ;  e.  g., 
Miseretur  sociorum.  |       He  pities  the  allies. 

2)  After  verbs  of  remembering  and  forgetting  ; 
e.  g-, 

Memini  vivorum.  |  I  remember  the  living. 

3)  After  refert  and  interest ;  e.  g., 


Interest  omnium. 


It  interests  all,  or  It  is  the 


interest  of  all. 

[F.  B.  642;  A.  &  S.  §§215,  216,  219;  Z.  §§439,  442,  449.] 
KEM.  1. — Verbs  of  remembering  and  forgetting  sometimes  take  the 

accusative ;  e.  g.,  Memini  Cinnam,  /  remember  Cinna. 
REM.  2. — According  to  Key's  Latin  Grammar,  verbs  of  memory  take 

the  accusative  of  the  object  actually  remembered,  or  the  genitive 

of  that  about  which  the  memory  is  concerned. 


223.  VOCABULARY. 

Add,  addo,  dere,  didi,  dttum. 

Ardea,  Ardea,  ae,  f. 

Besiege,  oppugno,  are,  dm,  a- 

tum. 
Collatinus,  Collatinus,  i. 


Friend,  amlcus,  i,  in. 

His,  her,  its,  sum,  a,  um,  refer- 
ring to  the  subject. 

Jupiter,  Jupiter,  Jovis.  (See 
A.  &S.  §85.) 


COMPLEX  PREDICATE.— REMOTE   OBJECT.         103 


Pity,  misereor,  eri,  miserltus  or 

misertus  sum. 
Remember,  reminiscor,  ci. 
Eemus,  Remus,  i. 
Temple,  templum,  i*  n. 
"Wife,  c,onjux,  ugis. 


Lucretia,  Lucretia,  ae. 
Other,  alius,  a,  ud.    (See  F.  B. 

113,  B.) 

Our,  noster,  tra,  trum. 
Persuade,  persuadeo,  ere,  sudsi, 

sudsum. 
Poor,  pauper,  eris,  adj. 

224.  EXERCISES. 

I.  Translate  and  analyze. 

1.  Vivorum  memini.     2.  Reminiscatur  popiili  Ro*- 
mani.      3.  Reminiscantur  veteris   incommodi  popiili 
Romani.     4.  Reminiscere  veteris  famae  popiili  Roma- 
ni.      5.  Tarquinius  Superbus  cognomen  meruit.      6. 
Templum  Jovis  aedificavit.     7.  Ardeam  oppugnabat. 
8.  Oppugnabat  urbem  Latii.     9.  Brutus  popiilo  per- 
suasit.      10.  Alii  nonnulli  popiilo  persuaserunt.     11. 
Miseremini  sociorum. 

II.  1.   Construct  two  or  more  Latin  sentences,  limiting 
the  verb  predicate  by  a  genitive. 

2.  Construct  Latin  sentences  in  answer  to  flie  following  ' 
questions : 

1.  What  city  did  Romulus  found?  2.  What  be- 
came of  Remus  ?  3.  How  many  senators  did  Romulus 
choose  ?  4.  What  did  he  call  them  ?  5.  What  king 
added  to  these  a  hundred  other  senators?  6.  Who 
built  the  temple  of  Jupiter  ? 

III.  Translate  into  Latin. 

1.  Pity  the  poor.  2.  We  pity  the  poor.  3.  Does 
he  not  pity  us  ?  4.  I  pity  them.  5.  They  remember 
the  king.  6.  Let  them  remember  their  friends.  7. 
Let  us  remember  our  friends.  8.  We  will  persuade 


104  SIMPLp  SENTENCES. 

the  king.  9.  Did  the  king  wage  many  wars?  10. 
Tarquin  besieged  Ardea,  11.  The  wife  of  Collatinus 
slew  herself.  12.  Lucretia  slew  herself.  13.  Who 
was  Lucretia  ?  14.  She  was  the  wife  of  Collatinus. 


. 

LESSON  XIL 

Complex  Predicate. — Remote  Object ;  Ablative. 

[23  &  24.] 

225.  After  a  few  verbs,  the  ablative  is  used  as  a  re- 
mote object,  though  it  could  probably  be  easily  ex- 
plained, at  least  in  most  instances,  as  an  adverbial  attri- 
butive ;  e.  g., 


Lacte  vescuntur. 


They  live  upon  milk,  or  are 
nourished  by  means  of 
milk. 


REM. — The  ablative  lacte  in  this  example  may  be  explained  as  an 

adverbial  attributive  of  means. 

• 

226.  EULE.— Ablative  of  Remote  Object. 
The  ablative  is  used, 

1)  After  the  deponent  verbs  utor,  fruor,  fungor 
potior,  vescor,  and  their  compounds  ;  e.  g., 

Lacte  vescuntur.  |      They  live  upon  milk. 

2)  After  verbs  signifying  to  abound  or  be  destitute 
of;  e.  g., 

Nemo  aliorum  ope  carere 
potest. 


No  one  can  be  (do)  without 
the  assistance  of  others. 


[F.  B.  644;  A.  &  S.  §§245,  25C,  Rem.  1,  (2);  Z.  §§460,  465-] 


COMPLEX  PREDICATE.— DEMOTE  OBJECT.      105 
227.  VOCABULARY. 


Aid,  s.,  auxilium,  i,  n. 

Aid,  bear  aid,  auxilium  fero, 

ferre,  tuli,  latum. 
Appoint,  creo,  are,  dm,  dtum. 
Book,  liber,  Iri,  m. 
Brutus,  Brutus,  i. 
Confer,    tribuo,   ere,   lui,   bu- 

turn. 

Consul,  consul,  ulis,  m. 
Discharge,  fungor,  gi,  functus 

sum. 

Duty,  officium,  i,  n. 
Enjoy,  fruor,  i,  Uus  or  ctus 

sum. 


For  a  year,  lasting  a  year,  an* 

nuus,  a,  urn. 
Junius,  Junius,  i. 
Life,  vita,  ae,  f. 
Make,  facio,  ere,  feci,factum  ; 

be  made,^o,  fieri,  facias  sum. 
Matron,  matrona,  ae. 
Mourn,  lugeo,  ere,  luxi,  luctum. 
Power,  imperium,  i,  n. 
Publicola,  Publicola,  ae,  m. 
Two,duo,ae,o.  (SeeF.B.  317.) 
Use,  utor,  i,  usus  mm. 
Valerius,  Valerius,  i. 
Your,  tester,  tra,  trum. 

228.  EXERCISES. 

I.  Translate  and  analyze,  parsing  objects. 

1.  Lacte  vescuntur.      2.  Barbari  pellibus  utuntur. 
3.  TJtatur  suis  bonis.     4.  Fruantur  suis  bonis.      5. 
Luce  fruimur.     6.  Officiis  fu-ngebatur.     7.  Fuit  consul 
Brutus.     8,  Fuit  consul  acerrimus  libertatis  vindex. 
9.  Valerius  Publicola  consul  factus  est.    10.  Gommovit 
bellum  Tarquinius.     11.  Consul  occisus  est.     12.  Tar- 
quinii  filius  occisus  est.     13.  Primus  annus  quinque 
consiiles  habuit. 

II.  1.  Change  the  moods  of  the  verbs  in  the  first  five  of 
the  above  sentences  ;  the  indicative  to  the  subjunctive  or  im- 
perative, and  the  subjunctive  to  the  indicative  or  impera- 
tive ;  and  then  translate. 

MODEL. 

Lacte  vescantur.  |  Let  them  live  upon  milk. 

2.  Construct  two  Latin  sentences,  limiting  the  predicatt 
ly  an  ablative. 

5* 


106  SIMPUl   SENTENCES. 

3.  Construct  Latin  sentences  in  answer  to  the  following 
questions : 

1.  How  many  consuls  were  appointed  ?  2.  For  how 
long  a  time  was  power  conferred  upon  them  ?  3. 
What  Eoman  king  waged  war  against  the  Eomans  ? 
4.  Who  aided  Tarquin  ? 

MODEL. 
Consules  duo  creati  sunt. 

III.  Translate  into  Latin. 

1.  He  has  discharged  all  his  duties.  2.  Let  us  dis- 
charge our  duties.  3.  Let  them  enjoy  life.  4.  Do  you 
enjoy  life  ?  5.  He  is  using  his  book.  6.  Let  all  use 
these  books.  7.  Will  he  use  this  book  ?  8.  He  will 
use  your  books.  9.  Were  not  two  consuls  appointed  ? 
10.  Junius  Brutus  was  consul.  11.  Who  was  made 
consul  ?  12.  Valerius  Publicola  was  made  consul.  13. 
Did  not  the  Eoman  matrons  mourn  for  the  consul? 
14.  They  did  mourn  for  him. 


LESSON  XIII. 

Complex  Predicate. — Direct  Object  with  Attributive  Accu- 
sative. 
[25— 27.] 

229.  EULE. — Direct  Object  with  Attributive  Accusative. 

Verbs  of  making,  choosing,  electing,  calling,  showing, 
and  the  like,  are  followed  by  two  accusatives  denoting 
the  same  person  or  thing ;  e.  g., 


Saturnus  arcem  Saturniam 


appellavit. 


Saturn  called  the  citadel  So* 
turnia. 


[A.  <fc  S.  §  230 ;  Z.  §  394.] 


COMPLEX  PREDICATE. — OBJECJ?  AND   ATTRIBUTE.    107 

REAL— One  of  these  accusatives  is  the  direct  object :  the  other  is  not 
a  modifier,  but  an  essential  part  of  the  predicate,  and  may  be 
called  the  attributive  accusative :  thus,  Saturniam  is  an  essential 
part  of  the  predicate,  for  the  assertion  is  not  that  Saturn  called 
the  citadel,  but  that  he  called  it  Saturnia.  Sentences  of  this 
class  should  be  analyzed  according  to  the  following 
MODEL. 

Saturnus  arcem  SatTirniam  appellavit. 
Saturn  called  the  citadel  Saturnia. 
This  is  a  simple  sentence. 
Saturnus  is  the  subject,  and  Saturniam  appellavit  is 
the  predicate. 

Saturniam  appellavit,  the  predicate,  is  modified  by 
the  direct  object,  arcem. 

Arcem  Saturniam  appellavit  is  the  complex  predicate. 

REM. — The  attributive  accusative  is  sometimes  a  noun,  and  some- 
times an  adjective. 

230.  When  verbs  of.  this  class  assume  the  passive 
form,  the  direct  object  becomes  the  subject,  and  the 
attributive  accusative  becomes  the  nominative,  and  still 
continues  a  part  of  the  predicate  ;  e.  g., 

(Act.)  Numam  regem  crea- 

verunt 
(Pass.)  Numa  rex  creatus 

est. 

231.  VOCABULARY. 

Bridge,  pom,  pontis,  m. 

Codes,  Codes,  Uis. 

Defend,  defendo,  ere,  di,  sum. 

Horatius,  Horatius,  i. 

Insolent,  insolens,  tis. 

Not,  non  ;  with  imper.  or  subj. 

ne ;  in  questions,  generally 

nonne. 


They  appointed  Numa  king. 
Numa  was  appointed  king. 


Render,  reddo,  ere,  didi,  dUum. 
Scaevola,  Scaewla,  ae. 
Secretary,  scriba,  ae,  m. 
Show  (as  to  show  one's  self)? 

praesto,  are,  stiti. 
Soldier,  miles,  Uis,  c. 
Yourself,  tu  ;  tu  ipse. 


108  SIMPLE  SENTENCES. 

232.  EXERCISES. 

I.  Translate  and  analyze. 

1.  Saturnus   arcem   condidit.      2.  Earn   Saturniam 
appellavit.     3.  Aeneas  urbem  Lavinium  appellavit. 
4.  Ascanius  urbem  condidit.     5.  Earn  Albam  Longam 
nuncupavit.     6.  Eomulus  centum  senatores  legit.     7. 
Eos  patres  appellavit.     8.  Diuturnitas  potestatis  reges 
insolentes  reddidit.       9.    Eeges  insolentiores  redditi 
sunt. 

II.  1.   Change  the  first  six  of  the  above  sentences  to  the 
passive  form,  omitting  the  agent  of  the  action. 

MODELS. 

1.  Arx  condita  est. 

2.  Ea  Saturnia  appellata  est. 

2.  Change  the.  sentences,  thus  reconstructed,  to  the  interro- 
gative form. 

MODEL. 

Nonne  arx  condita  est  ? 

III.  Translate  into  Latin. 

1.  We  will  call  this  soldier  Horatius  Codes.  2. 
This  soldier  was  called  Horatius  Codes.  3.  Did  he 
not  call  the  city  Eome  ?  4.  He  called  it  Eome.  5. 
The  city  was  called  Eome.  6.  Who  defended  the 
bridge  ?  7.  Which  bridge  will  you  defend  ?  8.  Whom 
did  Scaevola  kill?  9.  Did  he  kill  the  king  himself? 
10.  He  killed  the  secretary  of  the  king.  11.  They 
elected  him  king.  12.  He  was  elected  king.  13.  The 
people  will  elect  them  senators.  14.  He  has  been 
elected  senator.  15,  Do  not  render  the  boy  insolent. 
16.  Show  yourself  brave. 


COMPLEX  PREDICATE. — COMBINED  OBJECTS.      109 


LESSON  XIV. 
Complex  Predicate. — Combined  Objects;  two  Accusatives, 

[28—31.] 

233.  The  objects  already  considered  are  not  only 
used  singly  as  modifiers  of  verbs,  but  are  variously 
combined  with  each  other.     These  combinations  we 
will  now  notice  in  order. 

234.  A  few  verbs  take  two  direct  objects,  the  one  of 
a  person  and  the  other  of  a  thing. 

235.  KULE. — Combined  Objects;  two  Accusatives. 
Yerbs  of  asking,  demanding,  teaching,  and  concealing, 

may  take  two  accusatives,  the  one  of  a  person  and  the 
other  of  a  thing  ;  e.  g., 


Caesar  frumentum  Aeduos 
flagitabat. 


Caesar  demanded  corn  of 
the  Aedui. 


[F.  B.  645  ;  A.  &  S.  §  231 ;  Z.  §§  391,  393.] 

236.  When  verbs,  which  in  the  active  voice  take 
two  accusatives,  become  passive,  the  direct  object  of 
the  person  generally  becomes  the  subject,  and  the  ac- 
cusative of  the  thing  is  retained. 

237.  KULE. — Object  after  Passive  Verbs. 

Yerbs  in  the  passive  voice  are  followed  by  the  same 
cases  as  in  the  active,  except  the  direct  object,  which 
becomes  the  subject  of  the  passive  ;  e.  g., 


(Act.}    Caesarern    senten- 

tiam  rogant. 
(Pass.)  Caesar  sententiam 

rogatur. 


They  ask   Caesar  his  opi- 


nion. 


Caesar  is  asked  his  opinion* 


110  SIMPLE  SENTENCES. 

REM. — This  rule,  it  will  be  observed,  applies  to  all  -verbs  wnicl 
take  combined  objects  in  any  of  their  several  forms. 
[F.  B.  658  ;  A.  &  S.  §  234 ;  Z.  §  382.] 


238.  VOCABULARY. 

Army,  exerdtus,  us,  m. 
Ask,  rogo,  are,  dm,  dtum. 
Coriolanus,  Corioldnm,  i. 
Leader,  dux,  duels,  c. 
Letter,  litera,  ae,  f. ;   letters-, 
learning,  literae,  drum. 


Marcius,  Marcius,  i. 
Opinion,  sententia,  ae,  f. 
Quintus,  Quintus,  i. 
Virginia,  Virginia,  ae. 
Virginms,  Virginius,  i. 
Volscians,  Volsci,  drum. 


239.  EXERCISES. 

I.  Translate  and  analyze. 

1.  Hie  Italos  agriculturam  docuit.    2.  Te  sententiam 
rogabunt.      3.  Balbum  sententiam  rogabant.      4.  Te 
literas  doouit.     5.  Quintus  Marcius  Coriolanus  dictus 
est.     6.  Coriolanus  dux  exercitus  factus  est.     7.  De- 
cemviri creati  sunt.     8.  Quis  te  literas  docuit?     9. 
Quern  literas  docuisti?     10.  Familia  Fabiorum  sola 
hoc  bellum  suscepit.     11.  Fabius  Maximus  Hannibal- 
em  debilitavit. 

II.  1.  Change  the  first  four  of  the  above  sentences  to  the 
passive  form. 

2.  Change  the  next  three  of  the  above  sentences  to  the  ac- 
tive form,  using  some  of  the  pronouns  as  subjects. 

3.  Construct  three  Latin  sentences  with  two  direct  objects. 

III.  Translate  into  Latin. 

1.  "Who  taught  the  Italians?  2.  Who  taught  the 
Italians  agriculture  ?  3.  Saturn  taught  them  agricul- 
ture. 4.  Will  you  teach  them  this  ?  5.  I  will  teach 
you  this.  6.  We  asked  him  his  opinion.  7.  He  asked 
us  our  opinion.  8.  We  were  asked  our  opinion.  9. 


COMPLEX  PKEDICATE. — COMBINED   OBJECTS.      Ill 


Who  taught  him  letters  ?  10.  The  king's  son  taught 
him  letters.  11.  Who  was  called  Coriolanus?  12. 
Was  not  Quintus  Marcius  called  Coriolanus?  13. 
Whom  did  the  Volscians  elect  leader  of  the  army? 
14.  A  Eoman  was  made  leader  of  the  army.  15.  Who 
slew  Virginia  ?  16.  Virginius  killed  his  daughter. 


LESSON  XV. 

Complex  Predicate. — Combined  Objects;  Accusative  and 
Dative. 

[32  &  33.] 

240;  KULE. — Combined  Objects ;  Accusative  and  Da- 
tive. 

Any  transitive  verb  may  take  the  accusative  of  the 
direct,  and  the  dative  of  the  indirect  object ;  e.  g., 
Balbus  puero  viam  mon- 

strat. 

[F.  B.  648  ;  A.  &  S.  §  229  and  R.  1 ;  Z.  §  405  (a).] 

241.  In  the  arrangement  of  objects,  the  direct  seems 
to  prefer  the  place  after  the  indirect,  but  this  order  is 
often  reversed ;  e.  g., 


Balbus  shows  the  way  to  the 
boy. 


Fratri  optionem  dedit. 


He  gave  the  choice  to  his 
brother. 

KEM.  1.— For  passive  construction,  see  237. 

REM.  2. — For  accusative  and  dative  after  verbs  of  depriving,  see 
Lesaon  XVIII 

242.  TOCABULARY. 


Camillas,,  Camillus,  i. 
Conquer,  vinco,  $re,  mci,  Dic- 
tum. 


Deliver,  give  up,  trado,  ere,  dl- 

di,  dltum. 
Enemy,  Jiostis,  is,  c. 


112  SIMPLE  SENTENCES. 


Falerii,  Falerii,  drum. 
Gaul,  a  Gaul,  Gallus,  i. 
Golden,  aureus,  a,  um. 
Mother,  mater,  tris. 
My,  meus,  a,  um. 


King,  annulus,  i,  m. 

Take  possession  of,  occupo,  < 

dm,  dtum. 
That,  ille,  a,  ud. 
Three,  tree,  tria. 


243.   EXEKCISES. 

I,  Translate  and  analyze,  parsing  objects. 

1.  Camillus  scelestum  hominem  pueris  tradidit.     2. 
Virgas  iis  dedit.     3.  Falisci  urbem  Komanis*  tradide- 
runt.     4.  Tarquinius  bellum  intiilit.     5.  Amulius  fra- 
tri  optionem  dedit.     6.  Numitori  regnum  restitnerunt. 
7.  Camillus  Volscorum  civitatem  vicit.    8.  Tres  trium- 
phos  egit.     9.  Furius  Camillus  urbem  obsidebat.     10. 
Camillus  expulsus  est. 

II.  1.   Change  the  first  jive  of  the  above  sentences  to  the 
passive  form,  omitting  the  agent. 

2.  Construct  two  or  more  Latin  sentences  with  loth  di- 
rect and  indirect  objects. 

3.  Change  the  sentences  thus  constructed  to  the  passive 
form. 

III.  Translate  into  Latin. 

1.  Will  you  give  me  a  book  ?  2.  We  will  give  you 
three  books.  3.  Who  gave  you  that  book  ?  4.  My 
brother  gave  it  to  me.  5.  What  did  he  give  to  his 
mother  ?  6.  He  gave  her  a  gold  ring.  7.  What  city 
was  Camillus  besieging  ?  8.  Who  was  besieging  Fa 
lerii  ?  9.  Whom  did  Camillus  deliver  to  the  boys  ? 
10.  Who  conquered  the  enemy?  11.  Camillus  con 
quered  them.  12.  Who  had  taken  possession  of  the 
city  ?  13.  The  Gauls  had  taken  possession  of  Borne. 


COMPLEX   PREDICATE. — COMBINED   OBJECTS.      113 


LESSOIST  XVI. 

Complex  Predicate. —  Combined  Objects;  Accusative  and 
two  Datives. 

[34—36.] 

244.  After  a  few  verbs  the  direct  object  is  found  com- 
bined with  two  indirect  objects. 

REM. — One  of  these  indirect  objects  generally  represents  the  person 
to  whom,  and  the  other  the  thing  or  object  for  which  the  action 
is  performed. 

245.  KULE. — Combined  Objects;  Accusative  and  two 
Datives. 

Transitive  verbs  of  giving,  sending,  imputing  (dare, 
mittere,  vertere,  &c.),  sometimes  take  a  direct  object  in 
the  accusative,  together  with  two  indirect  objects  in  the 
dative ;  e.  g., 


Eegnum   suum    Komanis 
dono  dedit. 


He  gave  his  kingdom  to  the 
Romans  as  a  present  (for 


a  present). 

[F.  B.  649 ;  A.  &  S.  §  227  and  K.  1 ;  Z.  §  422.] 

246.  With  the  passive  construction,  the  direct  object, 
of  course,  becomes  the  subject,  and  the  two  indirect 
objects  remain  after  the  passive  verb.  (See  Eule,  237.) 


247.  VOCABULARY. 

Accept,  accipio,  ere,  cepi,  cep- 

tum. 

Balbus,  Balbus,  i. 
Brave,  fortis,  e. 
Certain,  certain  one,  quidam, 

quaedam,  quoddam,  and  subs. 

quiddam. 


Challenge,  s.,  provocatio,  onis,  f. 
Challenge,  v.,  provoco,  are,  dvi, 

dtum. 

Crime,  crimen,  mis,  n. 
Cursor,  Cursor,  oris. 
Descendants,  posterity,  poster*, 
m. 


114  SIMPLE  SENTENCES. 


Papirius,  Papirius,  i. 
Present,  B.,  donum,  i,  n. 
Titus,  Titus,  i. 
Torquati,  Torquati,  drum. 


Dictator,  dictator,  oris,  m. 
Impute,  do,  dare,  dedi,  datum  ; 

tribuo,  ere,  ui,  utum. 
Manlius,  Marilius,  i. 

248.   EXEKCISES.  

I.  Translate  and  analyze,  par-sing  objects. 

1.  Bomani  haec  Camillo  crimini  dederunt.     2.  Hoo 
Camillo  crimini  datum  est.     3.  Decemviri  civitati  leges 
scripserunt.     4.  Eegnum  suum  Eomanis  dono  dedit. 
5.  Librum  mihi  dono  dedit.      6.  Gallus  quidam  fortis- 
simum  Bomanorum  provocavit.      7.  Gallus   quidam 
eximia  corporis  magnitudine  fortissimum  Eomanorum 
provocavit.     8.  Posteri  ejus  Torquati  appellati  sunt. 
9.  Gallus  quidam  provocavit  unum  ex  Eomanis. 

II.  1.   Change  the  third,  fourth,  fifth,  and  sixth  of  the 
above  examples  to  the  passive  form. 

2.  Change  the  declarative  sentences,  thus  formed,  to  in- 
terrogative or  imperative  sentences. 

III.  Translate  into  Latin. 

1.  What  will  you  give  Balbus  ?  2.  We  will  give 
him  these  books  as  a  present.  3.  They  will  impute 
this  to  us  as  a  crime.  4.  Did  not  the  Eomans  impute 
this  to  Camillus  as  a  crime  ?  5.  A  certain  Gaul  chal- 
lenged the  bravest  of  the  Eomans.  6.  Who  accepted 
this  challenge?  7.  Who  were  called  Torquati?  8. 
The  Eomans  called  the  descendants  of  T.  Manlius, 
Torquati.  9.  The  Eomans  appointed  Papirius  Cursor 
dictator. 


COMPLEX  PREDICATE. — COMBINED  OBJECTS.     115 


LESSON  XVH. 

Complex  Predicate. — Combined  Objects  ;  Accusative  and 
Genitive. 

[37—39.] 

249.  EULE. — Combined  Objects  ;  Accusative  and  Gen- 
itive. 

Verbs  of  accusing,  convicting,  acquitting,  warning,  and 
the  like,  take  the  accusative  of  the  person,  and  the 
genitive  of  the  crime,  charge,  &c. ;  e.  g., 


Caium    proditionis    accu- 


sant. 


They  accuse  Caius  of  trea- 
chery. 
[F.  B.  646;  A.  AS. '§§217,  229;  Z.  §446.] 

REM. — The  genitive  is  perhaps  best  explained  by  making  it  depend 
upon  the  ablative  crimine  understood.     See  F.  B.  214,  note. 

250.  EULE. — Combined  Objects  ;  Accusative  and  Gen- 
itive. 

The  impersonal  verbs  of  feeling,  miseret,  poenitet,  pu- 
det,  taedet,  and  piget,  take  the  accusative  of  the  person 
and  the  genitive  of  the  object  which  produces  the  feel- 
ing ;  e.  g., 


Taedet  me  vitae. 


lam  weary  of  life.    (Lit.  It 


wearies  me  of  life.) 

[F.  B.  647  ;  A.  &  S.  g§  215,  229 ;  Z.  §441.] 

251.  In  the  arrangement  of  objects,  the  direct  gene- 
rally precedes  the  remote  ;  e.  g., 

Caium  furti  accusant.          |  They  accuse  Caius  of  theft, 


116      -*r;  SIMPLE  SENTENCES 

252.   VOCABULAKY. 


Accuse,  accuso,  are,  dm,  dtum. 
Advice,  co7isilium,  i,  n. 
Cavalry,    eqmtes,    um ;   sing., 

eques,  Uis,  m. 
Condemn,  damno,  are,  dm,  d- 

tum. 

Fabius,  Fdbius,  i. 
Master,  magister,  tri. 
Must,  expressed  by  periphrastic 


conjugation.    (See  F.  B.  425  ; 

A.  &S.  §162,  15.) 
Pontius,  Pontius,  i. 
Put  to  death,  kill,  occido,  ere^ 

culi,  clsum. 

Reject,  improbo,  are,  dm,  dtum. 
To  death,  capitis  ;  to  condemn 

to  death,  capitis  damndre. 
Treachery,  proditio,  onis,  f. 


253.  EXERCISES. 

I.  Translate  and  analyze,  explaining  position  and  pars- 
ing objects. 

I.  Caium  proditionis  accusant.     2.  Dictator  Kullia- 
num  capitis  damnavit.     3.  Vos  furti  accusaverunt.    4. 
Magister  eqmtum  capitis  damnatus  est.     5.  Caius  pro- 
ditionis accusatus  est.    6.  Proditionis  accusati  estis.     7. 
Tui  me  miseret.      8.  Taedet  me  belli.     9.  Pyrrhum 
auxilium  poposcerunt.      10.  Hi  Epiri  regem  auxilium 
poposcerunt.     11.  Tarentinis  bellum  indictum  est.    12. 
Nox  proelio  fin  em  dedit. 

II.  1.  In  the  first  three  of  the  above  sentences,  make  the 
subject  the  direct  object,  and  the  direct  object  the  subject ; 
then  put  the  sentences  in  t/ie  interrogative  form,  and  trans- 
late. 

MODEL. 

1.  Cains  illos  proditionis  accusat. 

2.  Num  Caius  illos  proditionis  accusat  ? 
Does  Caius  accuse  them  of  treachery  ? 

HEM. — In  number  1  of  the  Model,  it  will  he  observed,  the  object 
Caium  is  changed  to  the  subject  Caius,  and  the  subject  illi  im- 
plied in  the  ending  of  the  verb  is  changed  to  the  object  illos, 


COMPLEX   PREDICATE.— COMBINED   OBJECTS.      117 

and,  as  the  subject  is  now  in  the  singular,  the  predicate  acdk 
Bant  becomes  accusat.  In  number  2,  the  same  sentence  is  put 
in  the  interrogative  form. 

2.  Construct  two  Latin  sentences,  limiting  the  predicate 
by  an  accusative  and  a  genitive. 

3.  Change  the  sentences,  thus  constructed,  to  the  passive 
form,  omitting  the  agent. 

MODEL. 

(Act.)    Caium    proditionis 


accusant. 


(Pass.)    Cains   proditionis 


accusatur. 


They  accuse  Cams  of  trea- 
chery. 

Gains  is   accused  of  trea- 
chery. 

III.  Translate  into  Latin. 

1.  Who  condemned  Fabius  to  death  ?  2.  Was  he 
condemned  to  death  ?  3.  He  was  condemned  to  death. 
4.  The  dictator  condemned  the  master  of  the  cavalry 
to  death.  5.  Will  he  not  accuse  us  of  treachery  ?  6. 
We  shall  be  accused  of  treachery.  7.  I  have  been  ac- 
cused of  treachery.  8.  You  have  all  been  accused  of 
treachery.  9.  Were  the  Romans  put  to  death  ?  10. 
Must  they  all  be  put  to  death  ?  11.  Did  Pontius  re- 
ject his  father's  advice  ? 


LESSON  XVIII. 

Complex  Predicate. — Combined  Objects  ;  Accusative  and 
Ablative. 

[40—42.] 

254.  RULE. — Combined  Objects  j  Accusative  and  Ab- 
lative. 

Verbs  signifying  to  separate  from,  deprive  of,  &c.,  take 


118 


SIMPLE  SENTENCES. 


the  accusative  of  the  direct  object,  and  the  ablative  of 

that  from  which  it  is  separated ;  e.  g., 

Me  luce  privant.  |   They  deprive  me  of  light. 

[F.  B.  650 ;  A.  &  S.  §  229  and  R.  1,  and  §  251 ;  Z.  §  460.] 

REM. — Sometimes,  especially  in  poetry,  verbs  of  depriving,  <fcc.  take 
the  accusative  and  dative ;  e.  g.,  Id  mini  eripuisti  atque  abstu- 
listi,  You  have  taken  this  from  me  and  carried  it  away. 


255.   YOCABULARY. 

Ambassador,  legdtus,  i,  m. 
Appear,  videor,  eri,  visits  sum. 
Cineas,  Oineas,  ae. 
Decemvirs,  decemviri,  drum. 
Deprive,  priw,  are,  dvi,  dtum. 
Fabius,  Jfcbius,  i. 
Fabricius,  Fabricius,  i. 
Fourth,  quartus,  a,  um. 
Glory,  gloria,  ae,  f. 
Home,  domus,  i  or  us,  f.    (See 

A.  &S.§89.) 
How,  of  what  kind,  qualis,  e. 


Kingdom,  regnum,  i,  n. 

No  one,  nobody,  nemo  (mis,  not 

in  good  nse). 
Part,  pars,  tis,  f. 
Promise,  v.,  promitto,  ere,  ram, 

missum. 

Pyrrhns,  Pyrrhus,  i. 
Kullianus,  Rullidnus,  i. 
Samnites,  Samnltes,  ium. 
Send,  mitto,  ere,  misi,  missum. 
Write,    prepare,     scribo,     ere, 

scripsi,  scriptum. 


256.  EXERCISES. 

I.  Translate  and  analyze,  parsing  objects. 

I.  Me  luce  privatis.     2.  Num  me  luce  privatis  ?     3. 
Puerum  libro  fraudaverunt.     4.  Gloria  mea  privatus 
sum.     5.  Pueri  libris  fraudabantur.     6.  Pueri  boni  li- 
bris  fraudati  erant.     7.  Fabricium  admiratus  est.     8. 
Unum  ex  legatis  admiratus  est.     9.  Pyrrhus  vulnera- 
tus  erat.     10.  Hostes  caesi  sunt.     11.    Viginti  millia 
hostium  caesa  sunt. 

II.  1.   Change  the  first  three  of  the  above  sentences  to  the 
passive  form. 


COMPLEX  PKEDICATE. — COMBINED  OBJECTS.      119 

2.  Change  the  next  three  to  the  active  form,  supplying 
such  subjects  as  you  please. 

3.  Construct  Latin  sentences  in  answer  to  the  following 
questions:      (c\  *} 

1.  Who,  prepared  (wrote)  the  laws., for  Borne?  2. 
Who~wa^made  Dictator  ?  3.  Whom  did  this  dictator 
condemn  to  death  ?  4.  Who  conquered  the  Samnites  ? 

III.  Translate  into  Latin. 

1.  Who  deprived  yon  of  your  books  ?  2.  I  will 
give  you  this  book.  3.  Will  you  deprive  yourself  of 
it  ?  4.  Will  you  deprive  the  Eomans  of  their  glory  ? 
5.  No  one  will  deprive  them  of  their  glory.  6.  Who 
will  deprive  us  of  our  city  ?  7.  They  have  been  de- 
prived of  their  homes.  8.  What  did  Pyrrhus*promise 
to  Fabricius  ?  9.  He  promised  him  a  fourth  part  of 
his  kingdom.  10.  Whom  did  Pyrrhus  send  as  ambas- 
sador? 11.  Cineas  was  sent  as  ambassador.  12.  How 
does  the  city  appear  to  you  ?  13.  We  have  seen  the 
country  of  kings. 


LESSON  XIX. 

Complex  Predicate. — Combined  Objects;  two  Datives. 

[43  <fc  44.] 

257.  EULE. — Combined  Objects;  two  Datives. 

Intransitive  verbs  signifying  to  be,  to  come,  tojjo,  and 
the  like,  often  take  two  datives,  one  denoting  the  ob- 
ject to  which,  and  the  other  the  object  for  which  ;  e.  g., 


Caesari  auxilio  venit. 


He  has  come  to  the  assist* 


ance  of  Caesar. 
[F.  B.  651  ;  A.  &  S.  §  227  ;  Z.  §422.] 


120  SIMPLE  SENTENCES. 

EEM. — Verbs  of  this  class  cannot,  of  course,  assume  the  passive  form 

258.  VOCABULARY. 


Carthaginian,      Carihaginien- 

sis,  e. 
Elephant,  elephant^  i,  m. 


Hamilcar,  Hamilcar,  dris. 
Service,  usus,  us, "m. 
Xanthippus,  Xanthippus,  i. 


Great,  magnus,  a,  um. 

259.  EXERCISES. 

I.  Translate  and  analyze,  parsing  objects. 

1.  Una  res  erat  usui.     2.  Una  res  Eomanis  erat 
magno  usui.     3.  Hoc  fuit  mihi  magno  usui.     4.  Haec 
fuerunt  fratri  magno  usui.    5.  Balbo  auxilio  venit.    6. 
Vobis  auxilio  venimus.     7.  Eomanorum  exercitus  Hi- 
eronem  superaverunt.    8.  Komanorum  exercitus  regem 
Syracusarum  superaverunt.     9.  Duillius  septem  millia 
hostium  cepit.     10.  Carthaginienses  pacem  petierunt. 

II.  1.   Construct  three  or  more  Latin  declarative  senten- 
ces. 

2.  Change  the  sentences,  thus  constructed,  to  the  interro- 
gative form. 

III.  Translate  into  Latin. 

1.  Pyrrhus  conquered  the  Komans.  2.  Pyrrhus 
used  elephants.  3.  The  elephants  were  of  great  ser- 
vice to  Pyrrhus.  4.  "Were  not  the  elephants  of  great 
service  to  him  ?  5.  Are  not  books  of  great  service  to 
us?  6.  Who  conquered  Hamilcar?  7.  Who  con- 
quered the  leader  of  the  Carthaginians  ?  8.  The  Ko- 
mans conquered  him.  9.  Who  conquered  the  Eomans  ? 
10.  Who  conquered  the  Eoman  army  ?  11.  Xanthip- 
pus conquered  the  Eoman  army. 


COMPLEX  PREDICATE. — COMBINED   OBJECTS.      121 


LESSON  XX. 

Complex  Predicate. — -Combined  Objects;  Dative  and  Ab- 
lative. 
[45-47.] 

260.  EULE. — Combined  Objects  ;  Dative  and  Ablative. 

Opus  est  and  usus  est,  having  the  force  of  impersonal 

verbs  signifying  need,  take  the  dative  of  the  person, 

and  the  ablative  of  the  object  needed  ;  e.  g., 

Duce  nobis  opus  est.  We   need  a    leader.     (Lit. 

There  is  to  us  the  need 
of  a  leader.) 

REM. — With  opus,  the  thing  needed  is  frequently  made  the  subject, 
and  then  opus  est  is  used  personally ;  e.  g.,  Dux  nobis  opus  est. 
("F.  B.  652 ;  A.  &  S.  §  243  ;  Z.  §464  and  N".  2.] 


Fortune,  fortuna,  ae,  f. 
Grant,  tribuo,  ere,  bui,  butum. 
Need,  v.,  opus  est,  usus  est. 
Obtain,  oltineo,  ere,  tinui,  ten* 

turn. 

Peace,  pax,  pacis,  f. 
Regulus,  Eegulus,  i. 


261.  VOCABULARY. 

Aid,  s.,  auxilium,  i,  n. 

Ask  for,  seek,  peto,  ere,  wi', 

Itum. 

Captive,  captivus,  a,  um. 
Exchange,  ^.,permutatio,onis,  f. 
Favor,  v.,  faveo,  ere,  favi,  fau- 

tum. 

262.  EXERCISES. 

I.   Translate  and  analyze,  parsing  the  objects. 

L  Legibus  nobis  opus  est.  2.  Urbe  vobis  opus  est. 
3.  Libris  nobis  omnibus  opus  est.  4.  Liber  mihi  opus 
est.  5.  Usus  exercitu  fuit  Bomanis.  6.  Fortuna  Car- 
thaginiensibus  favit.  7.  Eegulus  Komanis  suasij.  8. 
Septuaginta  tres  Carthaginiensium  naves  captae  sunt 

6 


122  SIMPLE  SENTENCES. 

9.  Tredecim  millia  hostium  occisa  sunt.  10.  Cartha- 
giniensibus  pax  tributa  est.  11.  Poeni  omnem  Hispa- 
niam  Romanis  permiserunt. 

II.  Construct  five  Latin  sentences  with  combined  objects 
in  any  of  the  forms  above  specified. 

III.  Translate  into  Latin. 

1.  We  need  you.  2.  Do  you  need  us?  3.  Who 
needs  this  book  ?  4.  My  brother  needs  it.  5.  We  all 
need  aid.  6.  Does  not  your  father  need  aid  ?  7.  The 
Romans  needed  Regulus.  8.  The  Carthaginians  need- 
ed him.  9.  Let  fortune  favor  us.  10.  Did  the  Car- 
thaginians obtain  an  exchange  of  captives  ?  11.  Who 
asked  for  peace?  12.  The  Carthaginians  asked  for 
peace.  13.  Did  the  Romans  grant  them  peace  ?  14. 
The  Romans  did  grant  peace  to  them.  15.  Peace  was 
granted  to  them. 


LESSON  XXI. 
Complex  Predicate. — Adverbial  Attribute  ;  Adverbs. 

[48—51.] 

263.  The  verb  of  the  predicate,  as  already  stated 
(Lesson  VIII.),  may  be  limited  or  modified  by  attribu- 
tives.    These  are, 

I.  Adverbs. 
II.  Adverbial  Expressions. 

264.  Adverbs,  as  attributive  modifiers  of  the  predi 
jate,  may  denote 

1)  The  place  of  the  action  or  event ;  e.  g., 


the 


Ibi  scribam  regis  interfe- 


cit. 


There  he  killed  the  secretary 
of  the  king 


ADVERBIAL  ATTRIBUTE. — ADVERBS. 


2)  Its  time ;  e.  g., 
Turn  se  tribunus  obtiilit. 


Then  the  tribune  presented 


himself. 
3)  Its  manner,  means,  &c. ;  e.  g., 


Plura  bellajfefoafer  gessit. 

4)  Its  cause  ;  e.  g., 
Quamobrem  regem  interfe- 


He  waged  many  wars  suc- 
cessfully. 

Wherefore  he  killed  the  king. 


cit. 

265.  There  is  also  a  class  of  adverbs  which  do  not 
express  the  attribute  of  the  predicate,  but  show  the 
manner  or  mode  of  the  assertion.  These  are  accord- 
ingly called  modal  adverbs,  and  strictly  modify  the  co- 
pula (see  199).  They  denote  either  certainty  or  uncer 
tainty,  and  are  either  affirmative  or  negative  ;  e.  g., 


He  will  not  come. 
Perhaps  he  will  come. 
He  will  certainly  come. 


Non  veniet, 
Fortasse  veniet. 
Certe  veniet. 

REM.  1. — Adverbs  of  manner,  means,  &c.,  are  the  most 

and  present  far  the  greatest  variety,  including  quality,  degree, 

quantity,  &c. 
REM.  2. — Cause  is  generally  denoted  by  adverbial  expressions ;  ac 

cordingly  but  few  adverbs  of  this  class  occur. 
REM.  3. — Nonne  is  compounded  of  ne  and  the  adverb  non,  and  may 

in  future  be  thus  treated  in  analyzing. 

266.  EULE. — Adverbs. 

Adverbs  modify  verbs,  adjectives,  and  other  adverbs , 
e.g., 


Haud  difficilis. 
Miles  fortiter  pugnat. 


Not  difficult 

The  soldier  fights  bravely. 


[F.  B.  629  ;  A.  &  S.  §  277  ;  Z.  §  262.] 


L24 


SIMPLE  SENTENCES. 


267.  The  attributive  modifiers  of  the  predicate, 
ther  in  the  form  of  adverbs  or  adverbial  expressions, 
generally  stand  immediately  before  the  verb,  between 
that  and  the  object,  if  an  object  is  used ;  e.  g., 

'Bellumfeliciter  gessit.          |  He  waged  war  successfully. 

REM.  1. — Interrogative  adverbs  are  placed  at  the  beginning  of  the 
sentence  or  clause ;  e.  g.,  Quamdiu  furor  tuus  nos  eludet  ?  How 
long  shall  your  recklessness  elude  us  ? 

REM.  2. — Emphasis  often  causes  the  adverbial  attributive  (187,  R.  2) 
to  stand  at  or  near  the  beginning  or  end.  (See  examples,  264.) 


268.  VOCABULARY. 

Afterwards,  postea. 
Assistance,  auxilium,  i,  n. 
Auxiliaries,  auxilia,  pi.  of  aux- 

ilium. 
Be  made,  fio,  fieri,  factus  sum, 

pass,  off  ado. 
Captive,  captlvus,  i,  m. 
Ever,  at  any  time,  unquam. 
"Fight,  pugno,  are,  dvi,  dtum. 
How  long  ?  quamdiu  f 
Island,  insula,  ae,  f. 
Macedonia,  Macedonia,  ae,  f. 
Not,  non ;   with  imperat.  or 

subj.  ne. 

269.  EXERCISES. 


Never,  nunquam. 

Occupy,  occupo,  are,  dvi,  dtum. 

Promise,  polliceor,  eri,  pollic$~ 

tus  sum. 
Ransom,  redimo,  ere,  redemi, 

redemptum. 
Senate,  sendtus,  us,  m. 
Sicily,  Sicilia,  ae,  f. 
Slave,  serous,  i,  m. 
Then,  tune. 
When?  quandof 
Where?  ubif 
Why?  cur? 


I.  Translate  and  analyze,  parsing  and  explaining  ad- 
verbs. 

1.  Hoc  nunquam  factum  est.  2.  Hoc  semper  factum 
erat.  3.  Hi  cives  non  sunt  necessarii.  4.  Hos  omnes 
ille  postea  interfecit.  5.  Interea  frater  Hannibalis  vin- 
citur.  6.  Ees  prospere  gesta  est.  7.  Multae  Italiae 


ADVERBIAL  ATTRIBUTE. — ADVERBS.  125 

civitates  Komanis  paruerant.  8.  Interea  Hasdriibal 
perdit  triginta  quinque  millia  hominum.  9.  Philippus 
Hannibali  auxilia  pollicetur.  10.  Eex  Macedoniae 
Hannibali  ausilia  pollicetur. 

II.  1.  Specify  all  the  adverbs  in  your  reading  lesson, 
showing  the  force  of  each. 

2.  Put  the  first  five  of  the  above  sentences  in  the  interro- 
gative form,  omitting  the  adverbs  and  substituting  in  their 
stead  interrogative  adverbs  of  time  or  place. 

MODELS. 

1.  Quando  hoc  factum  est? 

2.  Ubi  hoc  factum  est  ? 

3.  Ask  three  questions  in  Latin,  using  interrogative  ad- 
verbs, and  then  give  appropriate  answers  to  them. 

MODELS. 


When  will  you  see  your  fa- 
ther? 
I  shall  see  my  father  to-mor- 


row. 


1.  Quando  patrem   tuum 
videbis  ? 

2.  Patrem  meum  eras  vi- 
debo. 

III.  Translate  into  Latin. 

1.  Were  slaves  ever  made  soldiers  ?  2.  They  have 
never  been  made  soldiers.  3.  We  will  not  fight.  4. 
The  Eoman  senate  did  not  ransom  the  captives.  5. 
Why  did  they  not  ransom  them  ?  6.  Were  not  the 
captives  put  to  death  ?  7.  They  were  afterwards  put 
to  death.  8.  Who  promised  aid  to  Hannibal?  9. 
The  king  of  Macedonia  promised  him  auxiliaries.  10. 
I  shall  not  promise  him  assistance.  11.  Why  will  you 
not  promise  him  assistance  ?  12.  Who  occupied  Sicily 
at  that  time  (then)  ?  13.  The  Carthaginians  occupied  it, 


126  SIMPLE  SENTENCES. 


LESSON  XXII. 

Complex  Predicate.  —  Adverbial  Expressions  of  Manner^ 
Means,  &c. 

[52—56.] 

270.  The  attribute  of  the  verb-predicate  may  be  ex- 
pressed by  the  oblique  cases  of  nouns  or  adjectives, 
with  or  without  prepositions.     These  oblique  cases, 
with  or  without  prepositions,  may  be  called  adverbial 
expressions,  and  may  be  referred  to  the  following  class- 
es, viz.  : 

1)  Adverbial  expressions  of  manner  •,  means,  &c. 

2)  Adverbial  expressions  of  time. 

3)  Adverbial  expressions  of  place. 

4)  Miscellaneous  adverbial  expressions. 

271,  KULE.  —  Mariner,  Means,  &c. 

The  manner  or  cause  of  an  action,  and  the  means  or 
instrument  employed,  are  expressed  by  the  ablative  ; 


Dominum  gladio  occidit.       He  kitted  his  master  with  a 

sword. 

REM.  —  Manner  is  often  expressed  by  the  ablative  with  cum,  espe- 
cially if  accompanied  by  an  adjective  ;  as,  Cum  ingenti  pompa, 
With  great  pomp. 

[F.  B.  666  ;  A.  &  S.  §  247  ;  Z.  §§  452,  455.] 

272.  EULE.  —  Price,  Degree  of  Estimation,  &c. 

Price,  degree  of  estimation,  &c.,  when  expressed  by 
nouns,  are  usually  put  in  the  ablative,  and,  when  ex- 
pressed by  adjectives,  usually  in  the  genitive  ;  e.  g., 


ADVERBIAL  EXPRESSIONS  OF  MANNER.         127 


Avarus  patriam  auro  ven- 

det. 
Avarus  pecuniam  magni 

aestimat. 

[F.  B.  667  ;  A.  &  S. 


The  avaricious  man  will  sett 
his  country  for  gold. 

The  avaricious  man  values 
money  highly. 

214,  252;  Z.  §§444,456.] 


REM.  1. — The  genitive  of  a  few  nouns,  and  the  ablative  of  a  few  ad 
jectives,  occnr  in  expressions  of  price  and  value. 

REM.  2. — To  adverbial  expressions  of  means  rcwist  be  referred  the 
ablative  of  the  agent  after  passive  verbs. 

273.  EULE. — Agent  of  Passive  Verbs. 

The  agent  of  the  action  after  passive  verbs  is  put, 

1)  In  the  ablative  with  a  or  ab  ;  e.  g., 

Puer  a  Caio  docetur.  |  The  boy  is  taught  by  Gains. 

2)  Except  after  the  second  periphrastic  conjuga- 
tion which  requires  the  agent  in  the  dative ; 
e.  g«, 

Mihi  scribendum  est.  |  I  must  write. 

[F.  B.  659;  A.  &  S.  §§248,  225,  III;  Z.  §451.] 
REM.  1. — The  dative  of  the  agent  after  the  second  periphrastic  con- 
jugation may  be  explained  as  an  indirect  object ;  thus,  Mihi 
scribendum  est,  I  must  write,  means  there  is  writing  for  me  to  do. 
REM.  2. — The  accusative  with  per  is  sometimes  used  as  agent ;  e.  g., 
Per  Anci  filios  occisus  est,  He  was  put  to  death  by  the  sons  of 


In  vain,  frustra. 

Italy,  Italia,  ae,  f. 

Let,  indicated  ty  subj.  of  the 

following  verb.    (See  F.  B. 

230,231.) 

Liberate,  libero,  are,  dvi,  dtun<>. 
New  (as  in  "New  Carthage"), 

Nbvus,  a,  urn. 
Once,  semel. 


274.  VOCABULARY. 

Arms,  arma,  orum,  n.  pi. 

By  (with  voluntary  agent),  a, 
ab,  abs  ;  in  other  cases,  indi- 
cated ly  abl. 

Carthage,  Carthago,  Inis,  f. 

Cornelius,  Cornelius,  i,  m. 

Force,  vis,  vis,  f.  (pi.  vires). 

Hannibal,  Hannibal,  alis,  m. 

How,  gui,  quomodo. 


128  SIMPLE  SENTENCES. 


P.,  P.  for  PuUius. 
Scipio,  Scipio,  onis,  m. 


Thus,  sic. 

Try,  tento,  are,  dvi,  atum. 


Take,  capio,  ere,  cepi,  captum. 

275.  EXERCISES. 

I.  Translate  and  analyze,  parsing  and  explaining  ad- 
verbial expressions. 

1.  Duo  Scipiones  ab  Hasdrubale  interfecti  erant.     2. 
Quondam  Publius  Cornelius  Scipio  patrem  singulari 
virtute  servavit.     8.  Caius  amici  sui  laborem  parvi 
aestimat.     4.  Plurimae  civitates  ab  Hannibale  teneban- 
tur.     5.  Hasdrubal  strenue  pugnavit.     6.  Ibi  Scipio 
pugnat.       7.  Scipio  ingenti  gloria  triumphavit.      8. 
Scipio  Africanus  appellatus  est.     9.  Sic  finem  accepit 
secundum  Punicum  bellum. 

II.  1.  Limit  the  predicates  in  the  first  five  of  the  above 
examples  by  attributives  of  time  or  place  ;  interrogative  or 
not,  at  the  pleasure  of  the  pupil. 

2.  Explain  all  the  adverbs  in  your  reading  lesson  ;  also 
all  the  adverbial  expressions  of  manner,  means,  &c. 

3.  Construct  two  or  more  Latin  sentences,  limiting  the 
predicate  of  each)  by  some  attribute  of  time  or  place,  and 
then  add  that  (/manner,  means,  &c. 

MODELS. 


1.  Turn  domum  emit. 

2.  Turn  domum  auro  emit. 


He  then  bought  the  house. 
He  then  bought  the  house 


with  gold. 

III.  Translate  into  Latin. 

1.  Who  took  New  Carthage  ?  2.  P.  Cornelius  Sci- 
pio took  it.  3.  How  did  he  take  it  ?  4.  He  took  it 
by  force  of  arms.  5.  Was  not  he  made  consul?  6 


ADVERBIAL  EXPRESSIONS  OF  TIME.  129 

When  was  he  made  consul?  7,  By  whom  was  he 
made  consul  ?  8.  He  was  made  consul  by  the  Eoman 
people.  9.  The  Eoman  people  made  Scipio  consul 
then.  10.  Thus  P.  Scipio  liberated  Italy.  11.  Peace 
will  be  tried  in  vain.  12.  Let  us  now  try  peace.  13. 
We  will  try  peace  once. 


LESSON  XXIII. 

Complex  Predicate. — Adverbial  Expressions  of  Time. 
[57—59.] 

276.  EULE.— Time. 

Time  when  is  expressed  by  the  ablative  without  a 
preposition ;  e.  g., 

Hieme  ursus  dormit.  |  The  bear  sleeps  in  winter. 

[F.  B.  669  ,  A.  &  S.  §  253  ;  Z.  §  475.] 

REM. — The  accusative  with  a  preposition  is  frequently  used  to  denote 
time,  when  it  is  spoken  of  with  reference  to  the  time  of  another 
event;  e.  g.,  Post  Aeneae  mortem  Ascanius  regnum  accepit^ 
After  the  death  of  Aeneas,  Ascanius  received  the  royal  power. 

277.  EULE. — Length  of  Time. 

Length  of  time  is  generally  expressed  by  the  accusa- 
tive ;  e.  g., 
Caius  annum  unum  vixit.  |   Caius  lived  one  year. 

[F.  B.  670 ;  A.  &  S.  §  236  ;  Z.  §  395.] 

REM. — The  ablative  is  sometimes  used  to  denote  length  of  time ; 
e.  g.,  Regnavit  annis  sexaginta,  He  reigned  sixty  yean. 

278.  VOCABULARY. 

Against,  indicated  ly  the  da- 
tive. 

Antiochus,  AntiocTius,  i,  m. 

Battle,  proelium,  i,  n. ;  pugna, 
ae,  f. 


6* 


Day,  dies,  ei,  m.  &  f.  in  sing. ; 

m.  in  pi. 
Die,  morior,  mori  or  mofiri, 

mortuus  sum. 
Fifteen,  quindecim.  s 


130 


SIMPLE  SENTENCES. 


Fortieth,  quadragesimus,  a,  urn. 

Forty,  quadraginta,  indecl. 

Great,  magnus,  a,  um  ;  ing  ens, 
tis. 

Greece,  Graecia,  ae,  f. 

Here,  hie. 

How,  quam  ;  how  many,  quot* 
or  quam  multi ;  how  old, 
quot  annos  with  natus ;  as, 
Quot  annos  natus  estf 

Numa,  Numa,  ae,  m. 

Old,  natus,  a,  um ;  two  years 
old,  duo  annos  natus. 

Reign,  regnum,  i,  n. ;  imperi- 
um,  if  n. 


Remain,    maneo,    Ire,    mansi, 
mansum  ;  remaneo,  ere,  &c. 
'Rout,  f  undo,  ere,fudi,fusum. 
See,  video,  ere,  vidi,  visum. 
Seven,  septem. 
Seventh,  Septimus,  a,  um. 
State,  cimtas,  dtis,  f. 
Ten,  decem. 
Third,  tertius,  a,  um. 
Thirtieth,  tricesimus,  a,  um. 
Three,  tres,  tria. 
To-morrow,  eras  ;  crastino  die, 
Two  hundred,  ducenti,  ae,  a. 
Year,  annus,  i,  m. 
Yesterday,  Tieri  ;  hesterno  die. 


279.  EXERCISES. 

I.  Translate  and  analyze,  explaining  adverbial  attribu- 
tives. 

1.  Post  hoc  proelium  pax  facta  est.     2.  Secundo  an- 
no iterum  Tarquinius  bellum  Eomanis  intiilit.    3.  Sex- 
to decimo  anno  post  reges  exactos  popiilus  seditionem 
fecit.    4.  Turn  rex  Antioclms  pacem  petit.    5.  P.  Li- 
cinius  victus  est.      6.  Publius  Licinius  gravi  proelio 
victus  est.     7.  Eodem  fere  tempore  dux  Eomanorum 
gravi  proelio  a  rege  victus  est.      8.  Ancus  Marcius 
vicesimo  quarto  anno  imperii  morbo  obiit. 

II.  1.  Substitute  adverbs  for  the  adverbial  expressions 
in  the  first  three  of  the  above  sentences. 

MODEL. 

Postea  pax  facta  est. 

2.  Construct  Latin  sentences  containing  the  following 
adverbial  modifiers : 

Unum  annum,  biennium,  hesterno  die. 


AD 


ADVERBIAL   EXPRESSIONS  OF   PLACE.  131 

3.   What  adverbs  are  equivalent  to  the  following  expres- 


Hoc  temppre,  illo  tempore,  longum  tempus,  hesterno 
die,  crastmo  die. 

4.  Construct  Latin  sentences  in  ansiuer  to  the  following 
questions : 

1.  When  did  Saturn  found  a  citadel  ?  2.  When  did 
Numa  die?  3.  How  long  did  Eomulus  reign?  4. 
How  many  years  did  the  seven  kings  reign  ? 

III.  Translate  into  Latin. 

1.  When  will  you  read  this  book  ?  2.  I  will  read 
it  to-morrow.  3.  When  did  you  see  your  father  ?  4. 
I  saw  him  yesterday.  5.  How  long  will  you  remain 
here  ?  6.  We  shall  remain  here  ten  days.  7.  How 
old  are  you  ?  8.  I  am  fifteen  years  old.  9.  Do  not 
wage  war  against  the  states  of  Greece.  10.  We  have 
never  waged  war  against  Greece.  11.  Who  was  rout- 
ed in  a  great  battle  ?  12.  Who  was  routed  by  Corne- 
lius Scipio  Asiaticus  ?  13.  Was  not  Antiochus  rout- 
ed in  a  great  battle  by  Cornelius  Scipio  Asiaticus  ? 
14.  He  was  routed  by  the  consul. 


LESSON  XXIV. 
Complex  Predicate. — Adverbial  Expressions  of  Place. 

[60—62.] 

280.  EULE. — Place  IN  WHICH  ;  Towns. 

The  name  of  a  town  where  any  thing  is,  or  is  done, 
if  of  the  first  or  second  declension  and  singular  num- 
ber, is  put  in  the  genitive,  otherwise  in  the  ablative ; 


132  SIMPLE   SENTENCES. 


Gains  Cortonae  vixit. 
Caius  Tibiire  vixit. 


Gains  lived  at  Cortona. 
Caius  lived  at  Tibur. 


[F.  B.  672*;  A.  &  S.  §  221 ;  Z.  §  398.] 

REM. — The  town  near  which  is  expressed  by  the  accusative  with  ad 
or  apud;  e.  g.,  Ad  Pydnam,  Near  Pydna. 

281.  EULE. — Place  IN  WHICH  ;  not  Towns. 

The  name  of  a  place  where  any  thing  is,  or  is  done, 
when  not  a  town,  is  generally  put  in  the  ablative  with 
a  preposition  ;  e.  g., 

Ursus  in  antro  dormit.       |   The  bear  sleeps  in  a  cave. 

[F.  B.  673  ;  A.  &  S.  §  254,  R  3 ;  Z.  §489.] 

282.  EULE.— Place  To  or  FROM  WHICH. 
After  verbs  of  motion  ; 

1)  The  place  to  which  the  motion  is  directed,  if  a 
town  or  small  island,  is  expressed  by  the  ac- 
cusative without  a  preposition,  otherwise  by 
the  accusative  with  one  ;  e.  g., 


Romam  venire. 
In  Italiam  venire. 


To  come  to  Rome. 
To  come  into  Italy. 


2)  The  place  from  which  the  motion  proceeds,  if 
a  town  or  small  island,  is  expressed  by  the 
ablative  without  a  preposition,  otherwise  by 
the  ablative  with  one  ;  e.  g., 


Roma  venire. 
Ab  Italia  venire. 


To  come  from  Rome. 
To  come  from  Italy. 


[F.  B.  674 ;  A.  <fc  S.  §§  237,  255 ;  Z.  §§  398,  404,  489.] 

283.  RULE. — Domus,  Rus,  &c. 

Domus  and  rus,  together  with  the  genitives  belli,  hu* 

it  and  militiae,  are  used  like  names  of  towns ;  e.  g., 


ADVERBIAL  EXPRESSIONS  OF  PLACE. 


133 


Caius  rare  rediit. 

Balbus  et  domi  et  militiae 
mecum  fuit. 


Caius    returned  from    the 

country. 
Baibus  was  with  me  both  at 

home  and  on  service. 


[F.  B.  675 ;  A.  &  S.  §  221,  R.  3,  §  237,  R.  4,  and  §  255,  R.  1 ;  Z.  §400.] 


284.  VOCABULARY. 

Africa,  Africa,  ae,  f. 

At,  before  names  of  towns,  indi- 
cated by  gen.  or  dbl.  (See 
280.) 

At  home,  domi,  gen.  of  domw. 

Athens,  Athenae,  drum,  pi.  f. 

Boston,  Bostonia,  ae,  f. 

Hither,  hue. 

Home,  domus,  us  or  i,  f. 

In,  in  (with  abl.). 

Into,  in  (with  ace.). 

285.  EXERCISES. 


Prcvidence,  Providentia,  ae,  f. 
Beside,  Tiabito,  are,  dm,  dtum. 
Rome,  Roma,  ae,  f. 
Serve  in  war,  milito,  are,  an, 

dtum. 
There,  ibi. 
Thither,  illuc. 
To,    ad    (with    ace.) ;    before 

names  of  towns,  indicated  by 

accus. 
Whither  ?  quo,  quonam  ? 


I.  Translate  and  analyze,  explaining  adverbial  attribu- 
tives. 

1.  Paullus  Komam  rediit.  2.  Paullus  cum  ingenti 
pompa  Komam  rediit.  3.  Paullus  cum  ingenti  pompa 
Romam  rediit  in  nave  Persei.  4.  Consules  in  Africam 
trajecerunt.  5.  Mult  a  ibi  praeclare  gesta  sunt  per 
illustrem  Scipionis  Africani  nepotem.  6.  Ingens  ibi 
praeda  facta  est.  7.  Biennium  Carthagine  manebunt 
8.  Miserunt  legates  Carthagmem.  9.  Caius  rus  e^ 
urbe  rediit.  10.  Interim  in  Macedonia  quidam  Pseu 
dophilippus  arma  movit.  11.  Interim  in  Macedonia 
quidam  Pseudophilippus  Juvencium  gravi  proelio  vi- 
cit. 


134  SIMPLE  SENTENCES. 

II.  L  In  the  above  sentences,  for  the  adverbial  -  expres- 
sions of  place,  substitute  adverbs  meaning  here  or  there 
after  verbs  of  rest,  and  adverbs  meaning  hither  or  thither 
after  verbs  of  motion. 

MODEL. 


Paullus  illuc  rediit. 


Paullus  returned  thither  (to 


that  place). 

2.  In  the  fifth  and  six  sentences,  instead  of  ibi  put  the 
place  denoted  by  it ;  also  mark  thefor-m  of  ihe  agent  in  the 
fifth(per . . .  nepotem),  and  give  the  common  construction. 

III.  Translate  into  Latin. 

1.  Where  did  Scipio  serve  in  war  ?  2.  He  served 
in  Africa.  3.  Whither  are  you  going  ?  4.  I  am  go- 
ing home.  5.  Are  you  going  to  Italy  ?  6.  I  shall  go 
to  Rome.  7.  We  shall  go  to  Athens.  8.  Where  is 
your  father  ?  9.  He  is  at  home — in  the  city — in  Pro- 
vidence— in  Boston.  10.  Whom  did  the  Romans  ap- 
point consul  ?  11.  They  appointed  Scipio  consul.  12. 
Scipio  was  appointed  consul.  13.  They  sent  Corne- 
lius Scipio  into  Africa.  14.  The  consul  was  sent  to 
Carthage.  15.  He  resides  at  Rome — at  Athens — at 
Carthage. 


LESSON  XXV. 

Complex  Predicate. — Oblique  Cases  with  Prepositions  as 
Adverbial  Expressions. 

[63—65.] 

286.  Oblique  cases  with  prepositions  express  a  great 
rariety  of  adverbial  relations,  as  time,  place,  manner^ 

&c. 


MISCELLANEOUS   ADVERBIAL   EXPRESSIONS.     135 

287.  EuLE. — Prepositions  with  Accusative. 

The  following  twenty-six  prepositions  govern  the 
accusative  ;  viz.,  Ad,  adversus,  ante,  apud,  circa  or  cir- 
cum,  cis  or  citra,  contra,  erga,  extra,  infra,  inter,  intra, 
juxta,  ob,  penes,  per,  pone,  post,  praeter,  prope,  prop- 
ter,  secundum,  supra,  trans,  ultra,  versus  (rare) ;  e.  g., 


Ad  fugam. 
Intra  muros. 


To  flight. 
Within  the  walls. 


[F.  B.  679  ;  A.  <fc  S.  §  235  ;  Z.  §  404.] 

288.  KULE. — Prepositions  with  Ablative. 

The  following  eleven  prepositions  govern  the  abla- 
tive ;  viz.,  A  (ab  or  abs),  absque,  coram,  cum,  de,  e  or 
ex,  palam,  prae,  pro,  sine,  tenus ;  e.  g., 


Ex  urbe. 
Sine  dubio. 


From  the  city. 
Without  doubt. 


[F.  B.  680f  A.  &  S.  §241 ;  Z.  §489.] 

289.  EULE. — Prepositions  with  Accusative  or  Ablative. 

The  five  prepositions,  clam,  in,  sub,  suiter,  and  super, 
take  sometimes  the  accusative  and  sometimes  the  abla- 
tive ;  e.  g., 


In  exsilium. 
In  templo. 


Into  exile. 
In  the  temple. 


REM.  1. — In  and  sub  govern  the  accusative  in  answer  to  whither 
(i.  e.  after  verbs  of  motion),  and  the  ablative  in  answer  to  where 
(i.  e.  after  verbs  of  rest).  Subter  generally  takes  the  accusative. 
Super  takes  the  accusative  after  verbs  of  motion,  and  also  when 
it  signifies  upon,  and  the  ablative  when  it  signifies  on  or  of  (as 
of  a  subject  spoken  or  written  about). 

REM.  2. — Prepositions  in  composition  often  govern  the  same  case  as 
when  they  stand  alone. 

[F.  B.  681  and  R.  1  &  2 ;  A.  &  S.  §  235,  2,  3,  &  4 ;  Z.  §§  320,  404,  489. 


136 


SIMPLE   SENTENCES. 


290.  VOCABULARY. 

Ask,  seek,  peto,  ere,  petlvi  or 
petii,  petltum. 

Country  (as  opposed  to  city), 
rus,  ruris,  n. 

Finally,  postremo,  denique. 

From,  a,  db,  de,  e  or  ex,  &c. ; 
"before  names  of  towns,  indi- 
cated by  the  abL 

Go,  eo,  Ire,  Ivi,  Uum  ;  go  away 
or  from,  abeo,  abire,  dbii, 
abUum. 

Jugurtha,  Jugurtha,  ae,  m. 


Metellus,  Metellus,  i,  in. 
Murderer,  interfector,  oris,  in. 
My,  meus,  a,  um  (masc.  voc. 

sing.  mi). 
Order,  command,  jussu  (used 

only  in  abl.  sing.). 
Through,  per. 

"Walk,  v.,  ambulo,  are,  M,  dtum. 
Whole,  totus,  a,  um  (gen.  tot\ 

us,  see  F.  B.  113,  K). 
"Winter,  Mems,  Tiiemis,  f. 
Yiriathus,  Viridthus,  i,  m. 


291.  EXERCISES. 

I.  Translate  and  analyze,  parsing  and  explaining  all 
attributive  expressions. 

1.  Yiriatlms  in  Lusitania  bellum  excitavit.     2.  Yiri- 
athus in  Lusitania  bellum  contra* Eomanos  excitavit. 

3.  Post  urbem  conditam  Viriathus  bellum  excitavit. 

4.  Anno  sexcentesimo  decimo  post  urbem  conditam 
Viriathus  in  Lusitania  bellum  contra  Eomanos  excita- 
vit.    5.  Turn  P.  Scipio  Africanus  in  Hispaniam  missus 
est.      6.  Ante  currum  triumphantis   Marii  Jugurtha 
cum  duobus  filiis  ductus  est. 

II.  1.   Change  the  first  four  of  the  above  sentences  to  the 
passive  form,  and  the  last  two  to  the  active. 

2.  Construct  Latin  declarative  sentences,  using  thefol* 
lowing  adverbial  expressions  : 

In  urbe,  in  horto,  in  agris,  sub  hoc  rege,  in  monte 
Albano,  ultra  ripam. 

3.  Change  the  sentences,  thus  constructed,  to  the  interro- 
gative or  imperative  form. 


COMPLEX  SUBSTANTIVE-PREDICATE.  137 

HE.  Translate  into  Latin. 

1.  Let  us  walk  through  the  city.  2.  They  have 
gone  from  the  city  into  the  country.  3.  My  father 
will  remain  in  the  city  the  whole  winter.  4.  Who 
killed  Viriathus?  5.  The  soldiers  killed  him.  6. 
The  murderers  of  Viriathus  asked  a  reward  from  the 
Eoman  consul.  7.  By  whom  was  Jugurtha  conquer 
ed  ?  8.  He  was  finally  conquered  in  many  battles  by 
Q.CaeciliusMetellus.  9.  He  was  put  to  death  by  the 
order  of  Marius. 


LESSON  XXVI. 

Complex  Substantive- Predicate. — Modifier  ;  Objective  01 
Attributive. 

[66—68.] 

292.  The  substantive-predicate  may  be  limited  in 
the  various  ways  already  specified  for  the  subject  and 
for  nouns  generally  (see  Lessons  V.  and  IX.) ;  e.  g., 


Aeneas  fuit  Anchisae  fili- 

us. 
Numa  fuit  bonus  rex. 


Aeneas  was  the  son  of  An- 

chises. 
Numa  was  a  good  king. 

293.  The  copula  (esse  or  some  passive  verb)  which 
belongs  to  the  predicate,  may  also  be  modified  by  a 
modal  adverb  (see  Lesson  XXI.) ;  e.  g., 

Tarquinius  non  fuit  bonus      Tarquin  was  not  a    good 
rex.  Icing. 

KEM. — Here  the  modal  adverb  non  limits  fuit. 


188  SIMPLE  SENTENCES. 


294.   VOCABULARY. 

Acca,  Acca,  ae,  f. 
Asia,  Asia,  ae,  f. 
Faustulus,  Faustulus^  i,  m. 
Hasdrubal,  Hasdrubal,  alls,  m. 
Invade,  invddo,  ere,invdsi,  in- 
vdsum. 


Kind,  lenlgnus,  a,  urn. 
Laurentia,  Laurentia,  ae,  f. 
Man,  homo,  Tiommis  ;  mr, 


m. 


Mithridates,  MitJiridates^  is,  m. 
Pontus,  Pontus,  i,  m. 


295.  EXERCISES. 

I.  Translate  and  analyze,  parsing  predicates. 

1.  Silvius  Procas  fuit  rex.     2.  Silvius  Procas  full 
rex  Albanorum.     3.  Hannibal  fuit  dux.    4.  Hanniba! 
fuit  Carthaginiensium  dux.     5.  Latinus  fuit  bonus  rex. 
6.  Picentes  populo  Komano  obedierant.     7.  Picentes 
multos  annos  populo  Eomano  obedierant.     8.  Sulla 
adhuc  cum  legionibus  suis  in  Italia  morabatur.     9. 
Sulla  cum  exercitu  Eomam  venit.     10.  Turn  in  Asiam 
profectus  est.     11.  Sulla  in  Asia  Mithridatem  vicit. 
12.  Universus  reliquus  senatus  in  Grraeciam  venit. 

II.  1.  Construct  two  or  more  Latin  sentences  with  sub- 
stantive-predicates. 

MODEL. 

Carthago  fuit  urbs. 

2.  Add  an  attribute  to  each  of  these  predicates. 

MODEL. 

Carthago  fuit  magna  urbs. 

3.  Construct  Latin  sentences  in  answer  to  the  following 
questions : 

1.  Whose  son  was  Aeneas?  2.  Whose  son  was 
&scanius  ?  3.  Who  was  the  father  of  Hannibal  ?  4, 
Who  was  the  wife  of  Faustulus  ? 


COMPLEX  ADJECTIVE-PREDICATE.  139 

III.  Translate  into  Latin. 

1.  Who  was  king  of  Pontus  ?  2.  Was  not  Mithri- 
dates  king  of  Pontus  ?  3.  He  was  king  of  Pontus.  4. 
Hannibalwas  the  brother  of  Hasdrubal.  5.  Is  this 
boy  your  brother  ?  6.  He  is  not  my  brother.  7.  Ae- 
neas was  the  father  of  Ascanius.  8.  Your  father  is  a 
good  man.  9.  Balbus  is  a  kind  father.  10.  Mithri- 
dates  asked  peace  of  (from)  the  Eomans.  11.  Who 
invaded  Asia  ?  12.  Mithridates  invaded  it.. 


LESSON  XXVII. 

Complex  Adjective-Predicate. — Modifier  ;    Objective  or 

Attributive. 

[69  &  70.] 

296.  The  adjective-predicate  may  be  limited, 

I.  By  Objective  Modifiers. 
II.  By  Attributive  Modifiers. 

297.  The  objective  or  completing  modifier  of  the 
adjective-predicate  may  be  expressed, 

1)  By  the  Genitive. 

2)  By  the  Dative. 

298.  EULE. — Genitive  after  Adjectives. 

Many  adjectives  signifying  desire,  knowledge,  skill, 
participation,  recollection,  fulness,  and  the  like,  together 
with  their  contraries,  take  the  genitive  ;  e.  g., 

Cupidus  laudis  est.  |  He  is  desirous  of  praise. 

299.  EULE. — Dative  after  Adjectives. 

Many  adjectives  are  followed  by  the  dative  of  the 


140  SIMPLE   SENTENCES. 

object  to  which  the  quality  is  directed,  or  for  which  it 
exists ;  e.  g., 


Pax  mihi  gratissima  erat. 


Peace  was  very  acceptable 


to  me. 

[F.  B.  631,  632;  A.  &  S.  §§213,  222;  Z.  §§409,  436.] 

800.  The  attributive  or  limiting  modifier  of- the  ad 
jective-predicate  may  be  expressed, 

1)  By  the  Adverb. 

2)  By  the  Ablative  Case. 

g^p"  For  the  use  of  adverbs,  see  Rule,  266. 

301.  RULE. — Ablative  after  Adjectives. 
The  ablative  is  used, 

1)  After  the  adjectives  dignus,  indlgnus,  conten- 
tuSj  praeditus,  fretus,  and  liber  ;  e.  g., 

Virtus  parvo  contenta  est.   |  Virtue  is  content  with  little. 

2)  After  any  adjective,  to  denote  cause,  manner, 
or  means  ;  e.  g., 

Aeger  avaritia  fuit.  |  He  was  diseased  by  avarice. 

[F.  B.  633,  634  ;  A.  &  S.  §§  244,  247  ;  Z.  §§452,  467.] 

302.  Adjectives  in  any  situation,  whether  as  predi- 
cate or  attribute,  are  modified  according  to  the  above 
Rules. 

REM. — In  a  few  instances  it  will  be  found  difficult  to  distinguish  the 
object  from  the  attribute ;  in  most  cases,  however,  the  distinc- 
tion is  sufficiently  obvious. 

303.  The  modifiers  of  the  adjective  generally  pre- 
cede it,  though  the  objective  modifier  not  unfrequently 
follows  it ;  e.  g., 

Haud  diincilis.  I     Not  difficult, 

Cupidus  laudis.  Desirous  of  praise. 


COMPLEX  ADJECTIVE-PREDICATE. 


141 


REM.  1. — The  attributive  modifier  sometimes  follows. 
REM.  2. — For  the  effect  of  emphasis  on  position,  see  208,  R. 


304.  VOCABULARY. 

Already,  jam. 
Apulia,  Apulia,  ae,  f. 
Capua,  Capua,  ae,  f. 
Crassus,  Crassus,  i,  m. 
Desirous,  cupldus,  a,  um  ;  avid- 

us,  a,  um. 
Destroy,  diruo,  ere,  dirui,  diru- 

tum. 
Escape,  effugio,  ere,  effugi,  effu- 

gitum. 

Gladiator,  gladiator,  oris,  m. 
Gladiatorial,    gladiatorius,    a, 


L.,  L.  for  Lucius. 

M.,  M.  for  Marcus. 

Much,  multus,  a,  um,  or  mul* 

turn  with  gen. 
Praise,  s.,  laus,  laudis,  f. 
Proconsul,  proconsul,  ulis,  m. 
School,  ludus,  i,  m. 
Sufficiently,  satis. 
Unworthy,  indlgnus,  a,  um. 
Useful,  utilis,  e. 
"Wealthy,  dives,  Ufa. 
Worthy,  dignus,  a,  um. 


305.  EXERCISES. 

I.  Translate  and  analyze. 

1.  Balbus  est  dives.     2.  Balbus  est  satis  dives.     3. 
Haec  loca  sunt  frumentaria.     4.  Haec  loca  sunt  maxi- 
me  frumentaria.     5.  Virtus   parvo   contenta  est.     6. 
Servus  laude  dignus  est.     7.  Pueri  laudis  cupidi  sunt. 
8.  Pax  nobis  gratissima  est.     9.  JSTicomedes  testamento 
populum   Komanum  fecit  heredem.       10.  Adversus 
Mithridatem  ambo  consiiles  missi  sunt.     11.  Anno  ur- 
bis  sexcentesimo  septuagesimo  octavo  novum  in  Italia 
bellum  commotum  est. 

II.  1.   Change  the  first  five  of  the  above  sentences  to  the 
interrogative  form. 

2.  Construct  two  or  more  Latin  sentences  with  adjec- 
tive-predicates. 

3.  Add  attributives  to  these  predicates. 


142  SIMPLE   SENTENCES. 

4.  Construct  Latin  sentences  in  answer  to  the  following 
questions : 

1.  How  many  wars  did  the  Eomans  wage  against 
Carthage  ?  2.  Was  Carthage  destroyed  ?  3.  If  so,  by 
whom?  4.  Who  waged  war  against  Jugurtha?  5. 
By  whom  was  he  conquered  ? 

III.  Translate  into  Latin. 

1.  Are  you  already  sufficiently  wealthy?  2.  We 
are  not  sufficiently  wealthy.  3.  Is  he  worthy  of  praise  ? 
4.  He  is  unworthy  of  much  praise.  5.  Many  are  desi- 
rous of  praise.  6.  These  books  will  be  useful  to  you. 
7.  Where  was  this  gladiatorial  school  ?  8.  The  school 
was  at  Capua.  9.  How  many  gladiators  escaped  from 
it?  10.  Who  conquered  them?  11.  Where  did  he 
conquer  them?  12.  The  proconsul  conquered  them 
in  Apulia.  13.  Who  was  this  proconsul  ?  14.  M.  L. 
Crassus  was  proconsul. 


LESSON  XXVIII. 

Complex  Adjective-Predicate. — Modifier  ;  Complex. 
[71  &  72.] 

306.  The  modifiers  of  the  predicate,  whether  objec- 
tive or  attributive,  may  be  themselves  modified,  and 
may  thus  become  complex ;  e.  g., 
Servus  multa  laude  dignus      The  slave  is  worthy  of  much 

est.  praise. 

REM.  1. — Here  laude,  which  limits  dignus,  is  itself  limited  by  multa. 

Multa  laude  is,  therefore,  the  complex  modifier. 
REM.  2.— We  have  seen  (300)  that  the  attribute  may  be  either  an 

adverb  or  a  noun.     When  an  adverb,  it  may  be  limited  by  ano- 


COMPLEX  ADJECTIVE-PREDICATE. 


tlier  adverb ;  when  a  noun,  by  an  adjective  or 
noun. 


Parent,  parens,  entis,  m.  &  f. 
Pompey,  Pompeius,  i,  m. 
Put  to,  impono,  ere,  imposui, 

impositum  ;  to  put  an  end 

to,  finem  imponere. 
That,  ille,  a,  ud. 
Their,  suus,  a,  um  (referring  to 

subject  of  prop.),    [or  orum. 
Tigranocerta,  Tigranocerta,  ae, 


307.  VOCABULARY. 

Armenia,  Armenia,  ae,  f. 
Beautiful,  pulcher,  chra,  chrum. 
Oneus^  Cneus,  i,  m. 
Content,  contentus,  a,  um. 
Endj^/m,  is,  m.  &  f. 
Honor,  honor,  oris,  m. 
Lucullus,  Lucullus,  i,  m.          • 
Minor  (as  "Armenia  Minor"), 
Minor,  oris. 

308.  EXERCISES. 

I.  Translate  and  analyze. 

1.  Puer  his  libris  indignus  est.      2.  Balbus  domo 
sua  contentus  est.     3.  Libri  nobis  omnibus  utiles  sunt. 
4.  Caius  magno  ingenio  praeditus  est.     5.  Interim  L. 
Lucullus  bellum  Mithridaticum  persecutus  est.     6.  Lu- 
cullus ipsum  regem  apud  illam  civitatem  fugavit.     7. 
Per  ilia  tempora  piratae  omnia  maria  infestabant.     8. 
Hunc  vitae  finem  habuit  Mithridatee.     9.  Contra  Eo- 
manos  bellum  habuit  annis  quadraginta.     .  * 

II.  1.   Change  all  the  complex  attributives  in  the  above 
sentences  to  simple  ones. 

MODEL. 

Puer  libris  indignus  est. 

2.  In  the  first  four  sentences,  substitute  other  complex 
attributives  for  those  now  used. 

MODEL. 


Puer  patre  suo  indignus 
est. 


The  boy  is  unworthy  of  his 
father. 


144  SIMPLE  SENTENCES. 

3.  Construct  two  or  more  Latin  sentences,  limiting  the 
subjects  by  simple,  and  the  predicates  by  complex  modifi- 
ers. 

MODEL. 


Boni  pueri  parentibus  suis 
benigni  sunt. 


Good  boys  are  kind  to  their 
parents. 


III.  Translate  into  Latin. 

1.  They  are  not  kind  to  their  parents.  2.  Are  not 
these  boys  unworthy  of  their  parents  ?  3.  They  are 
unworthy  of  them.  4.  Let  them  be  content  with  those 
beautiful  books.  5.  Let  us  be  worthy  of  these  honors. 
6.  What  city  of  Armenia  was  taken  by  Lucullus  ?  7. 
Tigranocerta  was  taken  by  him.  8.  Did  Lucullus  put 
an  end  to  the  war  ?  9.  He  did  not  put  an  end  to  the 
Mithridatic  war.  10.  By  whom  was  Mithridates  con- 
quered? 11.  He  was  conquered  by  Cneus  Pompey. 
12.  Where  was  this  battle?  13.  This  battle  was  fought 
in  Armenia  Minor. 


LESSON  XXIX. 

Elements  of  Sentences  ;  Recapitulation. 

[73—75.] 

309.  We  have  seen  that  the  elements  of  the  simple 
sentence  are, 

I.  Principal  Elements  ;  viz., 

1)  Subject. 

2)  Predicate. 

II.  Subordinate  Elements  ;  viz., 

1)  Objective  Modifiers. 

2)  Attributive  Modifiers. 


ELEMENTS   OF   SENTENCES. — KECAPITTJLATION.   145 

810.  We  have  also  seen  that  these  elements  may 
stand  either  without  limiting  words,  in  which  case  they 
are  called  simple,  or  with  them,  in  which  case  they  are 
called  complex. 

311.  All  subordinate  elements  stand  as  the  modifiers 
of  substantives  (including  pronouns),  adjectives,  verbs,  and 
adverbs, 

L  MODIFIERS  OF  SUBSTANTIVES. 

312.  The  objective  modifiers  of  substantives  must  be 
expressed  either  by  substantives  or  by  adjectives  used 
substantively ;  e.  g., 

Amor  gloriae.  |   The  love  of  glory. 

313.  The  attributive  modifiers  of  substantives  may 
be  expressed  (1)  by  adjectives  and  (2)  by  substantives ; 

err 
•   &•) 

Lingua  Latlna. 
Ferrum  Graecorum. 

II.  MODIFIERS  OF  ADJECTIVES. 

314.  The  objective  modifiers  of  adjectives  must  be 
expressed  by  substantives  or  by  adjectives  used  sub- 
stantively ;  e.  g., 

Cupidus  laudis.  |  Desirous  of  praise. 

315.  The  attributive  modifiers  of  adjectives  may  be 
expressed  (1)  by  adverbs  and  (2)  by  substantives ;  e.  g., 
Haud  difiicilis. 

Aeger  avaritia. 

III.  MODIFIERS  OF  VERBS. 

316.  The  objective  modifiers  of  verbs  must  be  express- 
ed by  substantives  or  by  adjectives  used  substantively, 

7 


The  Latin  language. 
The  sword  of  the  Greeks. 


Not  difficult. 
Diseased  by  avarice. 


146  SIMPLE  SENTENCES. 

and  are  of  three  kinds ;  viz.,  (1)  direct  objects,  (2)  indi- 
rect  objects,  and  (3)  remote  objects  ;  e.  g., 


Cams  puellam  laudat. 
Legibus  paret. 
Memini  vivorum. 


Cains  praises  the  girl. 
He  obeys  the  laws. 
I  remember  the  living. 


317.  The  attributive  modifiers  of  verbs  may  be  ex- 
pressed (1)  by  adverbs  and  (2)  by  adverbial  expres- 
sions consisting  of  oblique  cases  either  with  or  without 
prepositions ;  e.  g., 


Miles  fortiter  pugnat. 
Hieme  ursus  dormit. 


The  soldier  Jights  bravely. 
The  bear  sleeps  in  winter. 


IV.  MODIFIERS  OF  ADVERBS. 

318.  The  objective  modifiers  of  adverbs,  like  those  of 
other  words,  must  be  expressed  by  substantives  or  by 
adjectives  used  substantively ;  e.  g., 

Congruenter  naturae.          |  Agreeably  to  nature. 

319.  The  attributive  modifiers  of  adverbs  are  gene- 
rally expressed  by  other  adverbs ;  e.  g., 


Satis  bene  scripsit. 


He  has  written  sufficiently 


well. 

320.  Prepositions  and  conjunctions  are  properly  con- 
nectives, and  neither  modify  nor  are  modified,  though 
they  are  used  (the  former  always  and  the  latter  often) 
as  elements  in  objective  or  attributive  expressions. 

321.  Interjections   are  expressions  of  emotion,  or 
mere  marks  of  address,  and  have  no  grammatical  influ- 
ence upon  the  rest  of  the  sentence. 

322.  The  name  of  the  person  to  whom  a  sentence  is 
addressed  is  often  introduced  into  it,  but  forms  no  part 
of  the  sentence  itself. 


ELEMENTS  OF   SENTENCES. — EECAPITULATION.    147 

823.  EULE. —  Vocative. 

The  name  of  the  person  or  thing  addressed  is  put  in 
the  vocative  ;  e.  g., 

Quid  est,  Catilma  ?  |    Why  is  this,  Catiline  ? 

[R  B.  617  ;  A.  &  S.  §  240 ;  Z.  §492.] 

OEDEE  OF  ELEMENTS  IN  THE  LATIN  SENTENCE. 

324.  The  Latin  admits  of  great  variety  in  the  ar- 
rangement of  the  different  parts  of  the  sentence,  thus 
affording  peculiar  facilities  both  for  securing  proper 
emphasis  and  for  imparting  to  its  periods  that  harmo- 
nious flow  which  characterizes  the  Latin  classics.   There 
are,  however,  certain  general  principles,  by  which  we 
may  be  guided  in  determining  the  best  position  for  the 
various  elements  in  any  sentence,  whether  with  or 
without  emphasis. 

I.  POSITION  OF  PRINCIPAL  ELEMENTS. 

325.  The  subject  generally  occupies  the  first  place 
in  the  sentence,  and  the  predicate  the  last ;  e.  g., 


Tarquinius  Superbus  cog- 
nomen moribus  meruit. 


Tarquin  the  Proud  merited 
his  surname  by  his  char- 
acter. 

326.  The  subject  may  be  rendered  emphatic  by  being 
placed  at  or  near  the  end,  and  the  predicate  by  being 
placed  at  or  near  the  beginning ;  e.  g., 


Commovit  bellum  rex  Tar- 


King    Tarquin    excited 


war. 


qumius. 

REM. — If  the  predicate  consists  of  a  copula  and  a  noun,  adjective  or 
participle,  the  copula  sometimes  precedes  and  sometimes  follows 
the  attribute. 


148  SIMPLE   SENTENCES. 

II.  POSITION  OF  SUBOEDINATE  ELEMENTS, 

327.  All  subordinate  elements  appear  as  the  modi- 
fiers of  substantives,  adjectives,  verbs,  or  adverbs,  and,  in 
regard  to  position,  may  be  treated  in  four  divisions. 

1.  Position  of  the  Modifiers  of  Substantives. 

328.  The  adjective  precedes  or  follows  its  substan- 
tive according  as  it  is  or  is  not  emphatic ;  e.  g., 


Primus  annus  quinque  con- 
sules  habuit. 


The  first  year  had  five  con 
suls. 


329.  The  attributive  genitive  usually  precedes  its  sub- 
stantive when  the  latter  is  not  emphatic,  and  the  objec- 
tive genitive  follows  ;  e.  g., 


Aeneae  films  regnum  ac- 

cepit. 
Amor  gloriae  nos  impulit. 


The  son  of  Aeneas  received 

the  kingdom. 
The  love  of  glory  actuated  us. 


330.  When  a  substantive  is  limited  by  both  an  ad- 
jective and  an  attributive  genitive,  the  order  is  adjective 
— genitive — substantive;  e.  g., 


Auream  regis  coronam  vi- 
dit. 


He  saw  the  king's  golden 


crown. 


2.  Position  of  the  Modifiers  of  Adjectives. 
331.  The  modifiers  of  the  adjective  generally  pre- 
cede it,  though  the  objective  modifier  not  unfrequently 
follows  it;  e.  g., 


Satis  dives. 
Avidus  laudis. 


Sufficiently  wealthy. 
Desirous  of  praise. 


3.  Position  of  the  Modifiers  of  Verbs. 
I.  Objects. 
832.  The  object  generally  precedes  the  verb  ;  e.  g., 


ELEMENTS  OF  SENTENCES. — EECAPITULATION.   149 


Caius  filiam  laudat. 


Gains  is  praising  his  daugh- 


ter. 

333.  When  two  or  more  objects  are  used  with  the 
verb,  the  direct  object  seems  to  prefer  the  place  after 
the  indirect,  but  before  the  remote  ;  e.  g., 


Fratri  optionem  dedit. 


Caium  furti  accusant. 


He  gave  the  choice  to  his 

brother. 
They  accuse  Caius  of  theft. 


II.  Adverbial  Attributives. 

334.  The  adverbial  attributive  generally  stands  be- 
tween the  object  and  verb  ;  e.  g., 


Tarquinius  Superbus  cog- 
nomen moribus  meruit. 


Tarquin  the  Proud  merited 
his  surname  by  his  char- 
acter. 

REM.  1. — The  adverbial  attribute,  particularly  that  of  time  and 
place,  not  unfrequently  stands  at  the  beginning  of  the  sentence  ; 
e.  g.,  Hinc  Aeneas  aufugit,  Aeneas  fled  from  this  place. 

REM.  2. — When  the  adverbial  attribute  is  expressed  by  a  preposition 
and  an  oblique  case,  the  preposition  (except  tenus  and  versus) 
precedes  the  substantive,  and  if  the  latter  has  an  attribute,  the 
preposition  often  stands  between  the  attribute  and  substantive ; 
e.  g.,  Hanc  ob  causam  nonnulli  in  exitium  regis  conjurarunt, 
For  this  reason  some  conspired  for  the  destruction  of  the  king. 

4.  Position  of  the  Modifiers  of  Adverbs. 
335.  The  attributive  modifier  generally  precedes  the 
adverb,  and  the  objective  sometimes  precedes  and  some- 
times follows  it ;  e.  g., 


Satis  bene. 
Congruenter  naturae. 


Sufficiently  well. 
Agreeably  to  nature. 


REM. — Words  are  generally  rendered  emphatic  by  being  placed  in 
an  unusual  position,  especially  if  that  position  is  near  the  begin 
ning  or  end  of  the  sentence  or  clause. 


150 


SIMPLE  SENTENCES. 


John,  Johannes,  is,  m. 

Judea,  Judaea,  ae,  f. 

Noble,  nooUis,  e. 

Surrender,   dedo,   ere, 
dedttum. 

Tigranes,  Tigranes,  is,  m. 

Very,  indicated  ~by  superl.  of 
adj. 

With,  cum  ;  with  pers.  pron. 
and  generally  with  relatives, 
it  is  appended  to  its  case,  as 
mecum,  tecum,  secum^  &c. 


336.  VOCABULAKY. 
Catiline,  Catilina,  ae,  m. 
Capital,  caput,  capitis,  n. 
Character,  ingenium,  i,  n. 
Depraved,  pravus,  a,  urn. 
Family,  genus,  generis,  n. 
German,  Germdnus,a,um;  the 

Germans,  Germdni,  drum,  m. 

Pi. 

Himself  or  him  (oblique  case 

referring  to  subject),  sui,  si- 

~bi,  &c. 
Jerusalem,  Hierosolyma,  drum, 

n.  pi.,  and  Hierosolyma,  ae,  f. 

337.  EXERCISES. 

I.  Translate  and  analyze. 

1.  Tigrani  deinde  Pompeius  bellum  intiilit.     2.  Ille 
diadema  suum  in  ejus  manibus  collocavit.     3.  Parte 
regni  eum  multavit.     4.  Armeniam  Minorem  Galatiae 
regi  donavit.     5.  Hierosolymam  tertio  mense  cepit.    6. 
His  gestis  finem  antiquissimo  bello  imposuit.     7.  Ab 
Antonio  Catilina  ipse  proelio  victus  est. 

II.  1.   Change  the  first  five  of  the  above  sentences  to  the 
passive  form,  and  make  the  rest  interrogative. 

MODEL. 

Tigrani  deinde  a  Pompeio  bellum  illatum  est. 

2.  Construct  two  or  more  Latin  sentences  illustrative  of 
complex  elements. 

III.  Translate  into  Latin. 

1.  Who  surrendered  himself  to  Pompey  ?  2.  John, 
to  whom  did  Tigranes  surrender  ?  3.  He  surrendered 
to  Pompey.  4.  Father,  will  you  go  to  Judea  with 


ELEMENTS  OF  SENTENCES. — KE CAPITULATION.   151 


me  ?  5.  I  will  go  with  you  to  the  capital  of  Judea. 
6.  What  city  is  the  capital  of  Judea  ?  7.  Jerusalem 
is  the  capital  of  Judea.  8.  Catiline  was  a  man  of  a 
noble  family.  9.  Was  not  Catiline  a  man  of  a  very 
depraved  character?  10.  Caesar  waged  war  against 
the  Germans.  11.  The  Germans  were  conquered  by 
Caesar  in  many  battles. 


152  COMPLEX  SENTENCES. 


CHAPTER  II. 

COMPLEX    SENTENCES. 


§  1. — Complex-  Sentences /  Unabridged. 


LESSON  XXX. 

Sentence  as  Subject. 
[76—78.] 

338.  ENTIRE  sentences  are  often  used  as  elements  in 
the  formation  of  other  sentences. 

339.  Sentences  thus  formed  are  called  complex.    (See 
164.) 

340.  A  sentence  thus  used  as  an  element  may  be  in- 
troduced, 

1)  Without  any  changes  of  form  or  structure,  as 
in  direct  quotation  ;  e.  g., 

(Simple  Sentence.) 

Caius  est  beatus.  |  Caius  is  happy. 

( Complex — Direct  Quotation. ) 

Dicunt,  "  Caius  est  beatus."  \  They  say,  "Caius  is  happy." 

2)  With  certain  changes  to  adapt  it  to  the  subor- 
dinate rank  which  it  is  to  occupy  in  its  new 
position,  as  in  indirect  quotation  ;  e.  g., 

Dicunt  Caium  esse  bedtum.  I    They  say   that  Caius  is 

happy. 


SENTENCE  AS  SUBJECT.  153 

REM.— -It  will  be  observed  that  the  subordinate  sentence  in  the 
above  example,  in  the  Latin,  takes  its  subject  and  its  predicate- 
adjective  in  the  accusative,  and  its  copula  in  the  infinitive,  but 
in  the  English  assumes  the  connective  that,  and  remains  it 
other  respects  unchanged.  Sometimes  in  Latin  also  the  rank 
of  the  subordinate  sentence  is  indicated  by  merely  assuming  a 
connective,  and  sometimes  by  both  assuming  a  connective  and 
changing  its  own  form ;  e.  g.,  Iter  faciebam,  quum  Balbum  vi- 
debam,  I  was  making  a  journey,  when  I  saw  Balbus. — Quae  quum 
ita  tint,  egredere  ex  urbe,  Since  these  things  are  so,  go  forth 
from  the  city.  Here  it  musi  be  observed  that,  in  the  first  exam- 
ple, the  sentence,  "  Balbum  videbam,"  is  united  withoi  t  change 
to  the  principal  sentence  by  the  connective  quum,  and  thus  is 
rendered  subordinate  to  it  as  in  the  English ;  while  in  the  sec- 
ond, the  sentence,  "  Quae  ita  sunt "  (these  things  are  so),  not 
only  assumes  the  connective  quum,  but  also  changes  its  copula 
sunt  to  sint,  thus  becoming  "  Quae  quum  ita  sint" 

341.  A  complex  sentence  may  take  an  entire  sen- 
tence in  place  of  any  one  of  its  elements  ;  i.  e., 

1)  As  Subject. 

2)  As  Predicate. 

3)  As  Object 

4)  As  Attribute. 

Sentence  as  Subject. 

842.  Any  sentence,  whether  declarative,  interroga- 
tive, or  imperative,  may  be  used  in  direct  quotation  as 
subject ;  e.  g., 


"  Terra  est  retunda"    est 

sententia. 
"  Quid  casurum  est  ?"  est 

quaestio. 
"Nemo  in  urbe  sepelltor^ 

erat  lex. 


"  The  earth  is  round,"  is  a 

sentence. 
"  What  will  happen  ?"  is 

the  question. 
"Let  no  one  be  buried  in 

the  city,"  was  the  law. 


343.  Any  sentence,  whether  declarative,  interroga- 
7* 


164  COMPLEX  SENTENCES. 

tive,  or  imperative,  may  be  introduced  as  the  subject  oi 
another  sentence  without  being  directly  quoted;  it 
then  undergoes  certain  changes  to  adapt  it  to  the  place 
it  is  to  hold  in  the  new  sentence. 

I.  Changes  in  Declarative  Sentences  as  Subject. 
344.  Declarative  sentences  used  as  subject,  except  in 
direct  quotation  (see  340,  1)  change  their  own  subjects 
to  the  accusative,  their  predicates  to  the  infinitive,  and 
any  predicate-adjectives  or  nouns  to  the  accusative; 
e- g-, 


Terra  est  rotunda. 
Terram  esse  rotundam  cer- 
tum  est. 


The  earth  is  round. 
That  the  earth  is  round,  is 
certain. 


REM. — Here  the  decl.  sentence,  Terra  est  rotunda,  is  used  as  subject ; 
accordingly  its  own  subject  (terra)  is  changed  to  the  accus.  (ter- 
ram), and  its  predicate  (est  rotunda)  to  the  infinitive  (esse)  and 
the  accusative  (rotundam). 

345.  EULE. — Infinitive  as  Subject. 

The  infinitive  mood,  either  alone  or  with  other  words 
connected  with  it,  may  be  used  as  the  subject  of  a  verb. 
[F.  B.  608  ;  A.  &  S.  §  269 ;  Z.  §  597.] 

346.  RULE. — Subject  of  Infinitive. 

The  subject  of  the  infinitive  is  put  in  the  accusative 
(as  terram  in  the  above  example). 

[F.  B.  655  ;  A.  &  S.  §  239 ;  Z.  §  599.] 

347.  With  a  few  verbs  we  find  quod  with  the  indica- 
tive as  the  real  subject ;  e.  g., 


Accessit  etiam  quod  pars 
equitatus  se  trans  Ehe- 
num  recep&rat. 


An  additional  reason  was 
that  a  part  of  the  cavalry 
had  crossed  the  Rhine. 


348.  Instead  of  an  infinitive  sentence  as  subject,  we 


SENTENCE  AS  SUBJECT. 


155 


.nd  ut  with  the  subjunctive  with  restat,  seqmtur,  reli- 
quum  est,  primum  estj  proximum  est,  and  the  like ;  e.  g., 


Sequitur,  ut  haec  enuncia- 

tio  falsa  sit. 
Eestat  ut  omnia  doceam. 

Mos  est  hominum,  ut  no- 
lint  eundem  pluribus 
excellere. 


It  follows  that  this  statement 
is  false. 

It  remains  that  I  should 
teach  all  things. 

It  is  a  custom  of  men,  that 
they  are  unwilling  that 
the  same  one  should  excel 
in  many  things. 

REM.  1. — In  each  of  these  examples,  the  clause  beginning  with  ut  is 
plainly  the  real  subject^  and  the  preceding  part,  as  sequitur, 
restat,  mos  est,  <fcc.,  the  predicate.  Thus,  in  the  first  example, 
we  may  ask,  what  follows  (sequitur) :  plainly  that  this  statement 
is  false  (ut  haec  enunciatio  falsa  sit). 

REM.  2. — After  non  dubium  est  and  the  like,  we  sometimes  find  quin 
with  the  subjunctive;  e.  g.,  Non  dubium  est  quin  turpe  sit, 
There  is  no  doubt  but  that  it  is  disgraceful.  Here  the  clause, 
quin  turpe  sit,  seems  at  first  to  be  tho  subject,  but  if  we  observe 
closely  the  force  of  quin  as  compounded  of  qui  (the  old  abl.  of 
qui),  by  which,  and  ne,  not,  the  sentence  may  be  explained  thus, 
non  est  dubium,  there  is  no  doubt,  quin  turpe  sit,  by  which  (i.  e. 
in  accordance  with  which)  this  is  not  disgraceful.  Thus  explain- 
ed it  assumes  the  nature  of  a  relative  clause. 

II.   Changes  in  Interrogative  Sentences  as  Subject. 
349.  Interrogative  sentences  used  as  subject,  except 
in  direct  quotation,  change  their  predicates  to  the  sub- 
junctive mood ;  e.  g., 


Quid  casurum  est  ? 
Quid  casurum  sit  incertum 
est. 


What  will  happen  ? 
It  is  uncertain  what  will 
happen. 

III.   Changes  in  Imperative  Sentences  as  Subject. 
350.  Imperative  sentences  used  as  subject,  except  in 


156 


COMPLEX  SENTENCES. 


direct  quotation,  change  their  predicates  to  the  subjuno 
tive  rnood  (if  not  already  in  that  mood)  with  ut  or  ne  ; 
e-  g., 


In  urbe  mane. 
Ut  in  urbe  maneas,  prae- 
scribetur. 


Remain  in  the  city. 
That  you  remain  in  the  city 
will  be  enjoined. 


351.  The  general  rule  for  the  position  of  subject  and 
predicate  is  the  same  in  complex  as  in  simple  sentences 
(325,  326),  with  this  qualification,  that  the  subject-sen- 
tence usually  follows  the  predicates  mentioned  in  arti- 
cles 347,  348,  and  a  few  others. 


352.  VOCABULARY. 

Caius,  Gains,  i,  m. 
Certain,  sure,  certus,  a,  urn. 
Dictator,  dictator,  oris,  m. 
It  is  ordered,  the  order  is  giv- 
en, praescribitur. 
It  is  usual,  solet. 

353.  EXERCISES. 


It  is  well  known,  is  an  admit- 
ted fact,  constat. 
Near,  apud. 

Pharsalia,  PJiarsalia,  ae,  f. 
Pharsalus,  Phar  solus,  i,  f. 
Uncertain,  incertus,  a,  urn. 


I.  Translate  and  analyze. 

1.  Constat  solem  cuncta  luce  sua  illustrare.  2.  Ger- 
tum  est  solem  urbem  sua  luce  illustrare.  3.  Certum 
est  Caium  leges  violavisse.  4.  Quid  Caium  fecisse  in- 
certum  est.  5.  Pueros  oportet  diligentes  esse.  6. 
Praescriptum  erat,  ut  Caius  in  urbe  maneret.  7.  Circa 
eadem  tempora  M.  L.  Crassus  contra  Parthos  missus 
est.  8.  Keliquiae  exercitus  per  quaestorem  servatae 
sunt.  9.  Propter  hanc  injuriam  ab  Arimino  infesto 
exercitu  Bomam  contendit. 


SENTENCE  AS  PREDICATE.  157 


H.  1.  Restore  the  subordinate  sentences,  used  as  subject 
in  the  above  exercises,  to  the  rank  of  independent  sentences. 

MODELS. 

1.  Sol  cuncta  luce  sua  illustrat. 
6.  Caius  in  urbe  maneat. 

2.  Construct  two  or  more  Latin  sentences  with  subordi- 
nate clauses  as  subjects. 

3.  Construct  Latin  sentences  in  answer  to  the  following 
questions : 

1.  Who  was  Mithridates  ?  2.  Who  was  Tigranes  ? 
8.  Who  conquered  Mithridates  ?  4.  Who  conquered 
Tigranes  ?  5.  What  Koman  made  himself  dictator  ? 
6.  Is  it  certain  that  Caesar  made  himself  dictator  ?  7. 
Where  was  Pompey  conquered  ? 

III.  Translate  into  Latin. 

1.  Caius  is  worthy  of  much  praise.  2.  It  is  well 
known  that  Caius  is  worthy  of  much  praise.  3.  Who 
conquered  the  king  ?  4.  It  is  uncertain  who  conquer- 
ed the  king.  5.  Caesar  conquered  Pompey  near  Phar- 
salia.  6.  It  is  well  known  that  Caesar  conquered  Pom- 
pey near  Pharsalia.  7.  Let  the  boys  remain  in  the 
city.  8.  The  order  has  been  given  that  the  boys  shall 
remain  in  the  city. 


LESSON  XXXI. 

Sentence  as  Predicate. 
[79  &  80.] 

354.  Any  sentence,  whether  declarative,  interroga- 
tive, or  imperative,  may  be  used  in  direct  quotation  as 
predicate ;  e.  g., 


158 


COMPLEX  SENTENCES. 


The  sentence   was,     "The 

earth,  is  round." 
The  question   is,    "What 

will  happen  ?" 
The  law  was,  "Let  no  one 

be  buried  in  the  city." 


Sententia  fuit,  "  Terra  est 

rotunda" 
Quaestio  est,  "  Quid  casu- 

rum  est  T} 
Lex  fuit,  "Nemo  in  urle 

sepelitor." 

355.  Any  sentence  may  be  used  as  the  predicate  of 
another  sentence  without  being  directly  quoted ;  it 
then  undergoes  certain  changes  to  adapt  it  to  the  place 
which  it  is  to  hold  in  the  new  sentence. 

I.   Changes  in  Declarative  Sentences  as  Predicate. 

356.  Declarative  sentences  used  as  predicate,  except, 
of  course,  direct  quotation,  generally  change  the  sub- 
ject to  the  accusative,  the  verb-predicate  to  the  infini- 
tive, and  any  predicate  noun  or  adjective  to  the  accu- 
sative.    This  change,  it  will  be  observed,  is  the  same 
as  that  of  Subject-Sentences ;  e.  g., 


Exitus  fuit  orationis,  sibi 

nullarn  cum  his  amici- 

tiam  esse. 

357.  Sometimes  the  predicate-sentence  takes  ut  or  ne 
with  the  subjunctive  ;  e.  g., 


The  conclusion  of  the  oration 
was,  that  he  had  no  friend- 
ship with  them. 


Consilium  fuit,  ut  regem 
occideret. 


The  design  was  to  kill  the 
king. 

KEM. — This  is  usually  the  case  when  the  idea  of  purpose  is  at  all 
prominent  in  the  sentence. 

358.  Sometimes  the  predicate-sentence  takes  qubd 
with  the  indicative  ;  e.  g., 


Justissima  causa  fuit,  qubd 
Germani  timuerunt. 


The  truest  reason  was  thai 
the  Germans  feared. 


SENTENCE   AS  PREDICA' 


II.   Changes  in  Interrogative  Sentences  as  Pre< 

359.  Interrogative  sentences  used  as  predicate,  except 

in  direct  quotation,  take  their  own  predicates  in  the 

subjunctive  mood ;  e.  g., 


Quaestio  erat,  num  terra 
rotunda  esset. 


The  question  was,  whether 
the  earth  is  round. 


III.   Changes  in  Imperative  Sentences  as  Predicate. 
360.  Imperative  sentences  used  as  predicate,  except 
in  direct  quotation,  change  their  own  predicates  to  the 
subjunctive  mood  (if  not  already  in  that  mood)  with  ut 
oine;  e.g.,. 


Praescriptum  fuit,   ut  in 
urbe  maneret. 

361.   VOCABULAKY. 

Assassinator,  percussor,  oris,  m. 
Design,  consilium,  i,  n. 
Favor,  v.,fa/veo,  ere,  fam,  fau- 

tum. 

Question,  quaestio,  onis,  f. 
Keport,  fama,  ae,  f. 
Keturn,  v.,  redeo,  ire,  redii,  re- 

ditum. 
Violate,  break,  vitilo,  are,  am, 

dtum. 


The  order  was  that  he  should 
remain  in  the  city. 


Whether  (in  dependent  ques- 
tions), ne,  num,  nonne  ;  num 
is  more  common  than  in  di- 
rect questions,  and  here  does 
not  necessarily  expect  the 
answer  no.  (See  177,  R.  2.) 

Your  (in  reference  to  one  per- 
son), tuus,  a,  um  ;  (in  refer- 
ence to  more  than  one)  ves- 
ter,  tra,  trum. 


362.  EXERCISES. 

I.  Translate  and  analyze. 

1.  Fama  est,  Caium  urbem  condidisse.  2.  Fama 
fuit,  Caesarem  ad  Alexandriam  venisse.  3.  Oratio 
fuit,  Caesarem  regnum  Cleopatrae  dedisse.  4.  Haec 
fuit  oratio,  Eomanos  Germanis  bellum  inferre.  5.  Haeo 


160  COMPLEX  SENTENCES. 

erat  oratio,  Germanos  popiilo  Romano  bellum  intulisse, 
6.  Consilium  fait,  ut  Caesarem  occideret.  7.  Quaestio 
fuit,  num  Caesar  occisus  esset.  8.  Lex  pacis  fuit,  ut 
Antiochus  sumptum  omnem  belli  Bomanis  restitueret. 
9.  Lex  pacis  fuit,  ut  rex  naves  universas  trade  ret. 

IL  1.  Change  the  subordinate  predicate-clauses  in  the 
above  exercises  to  distinct  independent  sentences. 

MODEL. 

Caius  tirbem  condidit. 

2.  Construct  two  or  more  Latin  sentences,  with  subordi- 
nate clauses  as  predicates. 

III.  Translate  into  Latin. 

1.  The  report  is,  that  your  father  is  in  the  city.  2. 
The  report  was,  that  Caesar  had  returned  to  the  city. 
3.  The  report  is,  that  he  returned  to  Eome.  4.  The 
report  is,  that  the  citizens  are  violating  the  laws.  5. 
The  design  was  to  kill  (that  he  should  kill)  his  father. 
6.  The  question  is,  whether  he  will  kill  his  father.  7. 
The  question  is,  whether  the  senate  favored  the  assas- 
sinators of  Caesar. 


LESSON  XXXII. 

Sentence  as  Modifier  of  Subject  or  other  Noun. 

[81  &  82.] 

363.  A  sentence  may  be  used  as  modifier  of  the  sub 
ject  of  another  sentence,  or  of  some  other  noun  in  that 
e.g., 


Ad  ceteras  utilitates  haec 
quoque  opportunitas  ad- 
jungitur,  ut  habeat  exer- 
cttum. 


To  the  other  qualifications 
this  advantage  also  is  add' 
edj  that  he  has  an  army. 


SENTENCE   AS   MODIFIER   OF  SUBJECT. 


161 


Poetae,  qui  res  Romanas 
scribunt,  solent  praeter- 
ire  nostras  calamities. 

Audivit  famam,  Caium  re- 
gem  occidisse. 


The  poets,  who  write  Eo 
man  history,  are  accus- 
tomed to  pass  over  oui 
misfortunes. 

He  heard  a  report,  that  Cai- 
ns had  killed  the  king. 


HEM.  1. — The  subordinate  clause,  in  each  of  the  first  two  of  the 
above  examples,  modifies  the  subject,  that  in  the  first  showing 
what  poets,  viz.,  those  who  write  Roman  history,  and  that  in  the 
second  what  advantage,  viz.,  that  he  AaS  an  army.  The  subor- 
dinate clause  in  the  third  example  modifies  the  object,  and 
shows  what  report,  viz.,  that  Caius  had  killed  the  king. 

HEM.  2. — The  last  example  may  be  regarded  as  a  form  abridged 
from  the  relative  clause,  the  relative  and  copula  being  omitted. 
Filled  out,  it  might  stand  thus :  Audivit  famam  (quae  fuit), 
Caium  regem  occidisse.  Abridged  Complex  Sentences  will  be 
noticed  in  another  place.  (See  Lesson  XLIII.) 

364.  The  same  general  principles  apply  to  the  chan- 
ges of  sentences  in  these  cases  as  in  subject  and  predi- 
cate clauses,  with  the  exception  of  relative  sentences, 
which  are  very  numerous. 

365.  Most  declarative  sentences,  introduced  to  ex- 
press the  attribute  of  a  substantive,  are  changed  to  rel- 
ative clauses,   and  introduced  by  relative  pronouns 
which  always  denote  the  same  persons  or  things  as  the 
nouns  which  they  limit ;  e.  g., 


Aeneas  fuit  Anchisae  fili- 


us. 


Aeneas  urbem  condidit. 
Aeneas,  qui  urbem  condi- 
dit  fuit  Anchisae  films. 


Aeneas  was  the  son  of  An- 

chises. 

Aeneas  founded  the  city. 
Aeneas,  who  founded  the 

city,  was  the  son  of  An- 


162  COMPLEX  SENTENCES. 


Aeneas,  qui  fuit  Anchisae 
filius,  urbem  condidit. 


Aeneas,  who  was  the  son 
of  Anchises,  founded  the 


city. 

REM. — It  will  be  observed  that  the  first  and  second  of  the  abovo 
examples  are  simple  sentences ;  that  in  the  third,  the  second  is 
made  subordinate  to  the  first  by  representing  the  subject  Aenea* 
by  the  relative  qui  ;  and  that  in  the  fourth,  the  first  is  mado 
subordinate  to  the  second  in  the  same  way. 

366.  KULE. — Relative  Pronoun. 

The  relative  pronoun  agrees  with  its  antecedent  in 
gender  and  number.     (See  examples  above.) 

[F.  B.  625;  A.  &  S.  §206.] 

367.  The  predicate  of  a  relative  clause  is  sometimes 
in  the  indicative  mood,  and  sometimes  in  the  subjunc- 
tive.   It  may  be  observed,  however,  that  the  subjunc- 
tive is  used, 

1)  To  express  purpose,  result,  or  reason  ;  e.  g., 
Legatos  miserunt  qui  dice-      They  sent  ambassadors  to 

rent.  say  (lit.  who  might  say). 

Neque  enim  tu  is  es  qui     Nor  indeed  are  you  such  an 

nescias.  one  as  not  to  know  (who 

may  not  know). 

2)  To  define  or  explain  an  indefinite  antecedent, 
either  affirmative  or  negative  ;  e.  g., 


Sunt  qui  putent. 
Nemo  est  qui  haud  intelli- 
gat. 


There  are  (some)  who  think. 
There  is  no  one  who  does 
not  understand. 


REM.  1. — After  negative  expressions,  we  sometimes  find  guin  with 
the  subjunctive  instead  of  the  relative  clause ;  e.  g.,  Nemo  est 
quin  intelligat,  &c.,  There  is  no  one  who  does  not  understand,  <fce. 

REM.  2. — It  should  be  observed  that  the  relative  clause  not  only 
serves  as  attributive  to  the  subject,  but  sometimes  also  expresses 


SENTENCE   AS   MODIFIER   OP   SUBJECT. 


163 


the  relation  of  purpose,  result,  reason,  &Q.  to  the  predicate,  as  in 
the  above  examples. 

368.  The  common  position  for  the  relative  clause  in 
Latin  is  directly  after  the  antecedent,  though  one  or 
two  words  are  not  unfrequently  allowed  to  intervene. 
(See  examples,  365,  367.) 

EEM. — The  same  principle  also  applies  to  the  position  of  any  subor- 
dinate sentence  used  as  modifier  of  a  substantive  or  pronoun. 

369.  Instead  of  antecedent  and  relative,  we  some- 
times find  correlatives,  as  they  are  called,  such  as  tot — 
quot ;  talis — qualis  ;  tantus — quantus,  &c. ;  e.  g., 


Quanta  vi  civitates  liberta- 
tem  expetunt,  tanta  reg- 
na  reges  defendunt. 


With  whatever  violence  states 
seek  liberty,  with  so  great, 
kings  defend  their  king- 
doms. 

370.  A  relative  adverb  is  sometimes  used  in  place  of 
the  relative  pronoun  ;  e.  g., 

Germani  Khenum  transie- 
runt  non  longe  a  mari, 
quo  (==  in  quod)  Ehenus 
influit. 


The  Germans  crossed  the 
Rhine  not  far  from  the 
sea  into  which  the  Shine 
flows. 


371.   VOCABULAKY. 

Condition,  terms,  conditio,  onis,  f. 
Hold  as  one's  own,  obtain,  ob- 
tineo,  ere,  obtinui,  obtentum. 
In,  in  (with  abl.). 
Mountain,  mount,  mons,  tis,  m. 
On,  in  (with  abl.). 
Part,  portion,  pars,  tis,  f. 
Pyrrhus,  PyrrTius,  i,  m. 
Second,  secundus,  a,  urn. 


Send,  mitto,  ere,  misi,  misswtn. 
Take,  occupy,  occupo,  are,  dvi, 

dtum. 
That  (followed  by  a  rel.  clauso 

explaining  it),  is,  ea,  id. 
Undertake,  suscipio,  ere,  suscepi, 

susceptum. 
"With,  sometimes  indicated  try 

dbl. 


164  COMPLEX  SENTENCES. 

372.  EXERCISES. 

I.  Translate  and  analyze. 

1.  Caesar  Octavianus  contra  eos  pugnavit.     2.  Cae- 
sar Octavianus  postea  Augustus  est  appellatus.      3. 
Caesar  Octavianus,  qui  postea  Augustus  est  appellatus, 
contra  eos  pugnavit.     4.  Caesar  Octavianus,  qui  contra 
eos  pugnavit,  postea  Augustus  est  appellatus.     5.  In- 
gens  fuit  Eomae  timor,  ne  iterum  Galli  urbem  occupa- 
rent.     6.  Ei  successit  Marius,  qui  bello  terminum  po- 
suit.     7.  Ei  successit  Marius,  qui  ipsum  Jugurtham 
cepit.     8.  Sulla,  qui  in  Italia  morabatur,  adversarios 
interfecit.     9.  Decemviri  creati  sunt,  qui  civitati  leges 
scriberent. 

II.  1.  In  the  sixth,  seventh,  and  eighth  of  the  above  sen- 
tences, change  the  relative  clauses  to  independent  sentences. 

MODEL. 

Marius  bello  terminum  posuit. 

2.  In  the  same  sentences,  change  the  places  of  the  two 
parts,  converting  the  relative  clauses  into  principal  senten- 
ces with  the  other  parts  subordinate  to  them. 

MODEL. 

Marius,  qui  ei  successit,  bello  terminum  posuit. 

III.  Translate  into  Latin. 

1.  Ascanius  was  the  son  of  Aeneas.  2.  Ascanius 
founded  a  city  on  mount  Albanus.  3.  Ascanius,  who 
was  the  son  of  Aeneas,  founded  a  city  on  mount  Alba- 
nus. 4.  Ascanius,  who  founded  a  city  on  mount  Al- 
banus, was  the  son  of  Aeneas.  5.  In  the  second  battle, 
Brutus,  who  had  undertaken  the  war,  was  killed.  6. 
Pyrrhus  sent  an  ambassador  to  ask  (seek)  peace.  7. 
The  ambassador  asked  peace  with  the  condition  that 


ACCUSATIVE   WITH  INFINITIVE   AS   OBJECT.     165 

Pyrrhus  should  (364)  hold  a  portion  of  Italy.  8.  The 
condition  was  that  Pyrrhus  should  hold  that  part  of 
Italy  which  he  had  taken  by  his  arms. 


LESSON  XXXIII. 
Accusative  with  Infinitive,  or  Sentence  with  Quod  as  Object. 

[83—85.] 

373.  A  sentence,  whether  declarative,  interrogative, 
or  imperative,  may  be  used,  in  direct  quotation,  as  the 
object  of  the  predicate  of  a  new  sentence.  It  is  then 
introduced  without  change  ;  e.  g., 


He  said,  "  Caius  is  happy." 
He  said,  "  Who  is  happy  ?" 
He  said,  "  May  he  be  hap- 


Dixit,  "  Caius  est  beatus" 
Dixit,  "  Quis  e.st  beatus  ?" 
Dixit,  "  Sit  beatus.11 

PJ- 

374.  Declarative  sentences,  when  used  as  object  of 
predicate,  after  verbs  of  declaring,  perceiving,  and  the 
like  (verba  declarandi  et  sentiendi),  except  in  direct  quo- 
tation, change  their  subjects  to  the  accusative,  and  their 
predicates  to  the  infinitive  ;  e.  g., 

Dicit  Caium  esse  beatum.      \  He  says  that  Caius  is  happy. 

375.  After  a  few  verbs,  particularly  those  of  adding, 
omitting,  passing  over,  and  the  like,  declarative  senten- 
ces used  as  object  are  often  introduced  by  quod  ;  e.  g., 


Praetereo,  quod  Sassia  earn 
sibi  domum  delegit. 


I  pass  over  (the  fact),  that 
Sassia  chose  this  house 


for  herself. 

376.  In  the  arrangement  of  the  different  parts  of 
complex  sentences, 


166 


COMPLEX   SENTENCES. 


1)  The  general  principle  is,  that  the  subordinate 
clauses  dependent  upon  the  predicate  should 
be  inserted  between  the  different  portions  of 
the  leading  sentence  ;  e.  g., 


Romulus,  ut  civium  nume- 
rum  aug&ret,  asylum  pa- 
tefecit. 


Romulus,  that  he  might 
increase  the  number  of 
citizens,  opened  an  asy- 
lum. 

2)  It  must  be  observed,  however,  that  the  subor- 
dinate clauses  sometimes  precede  and  sometimes  follow 
the  leading  sentence,  instead  of  being  inserted  within 
it ;  e.  g., 


Haec  dum  nostri  colligunt, 
rex  ipse  effiigit. 

377.  VOCABULARY. 

Caligula,  Caligula,  ae,  m. 
Eye,  oculus,  i,  m. 
Happy,  ledtus,  a,  um. 
Li  via,  Lima,  at}  f. 
Mother,  mater,  matris,  f. 
Nero,  Nero,  onis,  m. 
Palace,  palatium,  i,  n. 


While  our  men  collect 
these,  the  king  himself 
escapes. 


Say,  dice,  ere,  dixi,  dictum. 
Think,  puto,  are,  am,  dtum. 
Third,  tertius,  a,  um. 
Turn,   turn    to,   converto,  &re, 

converti,  conversum. 
Upon,  towards,   in  (with  ac- 

cus.). 


378.  EXERCISES. 

II.  Translate  and  analyze,  explaining  objects. 

1.  Tanaquil  dixit  regem  grave  vulnus  accepisse.  2. 
Eomulum  a  senatoribus  interfectuni  esse  existimave- 
runt.  3.  Q.  M.  Scaevola  ait,  trecentos  alios  juvenes  in 
eum  conjurasse.  4.  Cupio  me  esse  clementem.  5 
Tenet  fama,  venenum  Claudio  ab  conjiige  datum.  6 


ACCUSATIVE  WITH  INFINITIVE  AS  OBJECT.     167 

Video  in  me  omnium  vestrum  ociilos  esse  converses, 
7.  Principia  ejus  imperil  moderata  sunt  Germanici 
Caesaris  metu. 

II.  1.  In  each  of  the  above  sentences,  develop  the  object 
(if  there  is  one)  into  an  independent  sentence. 

MODEL. 

Eex  grave  vulnus  accepit. 

2.  Change  the  indirect  to  direct  quotation. 

MODEL. 
Tanaquil  dixit,  "Rex  grave  vulnus  accepit" 

3.  Construct  Latin  sentences,  using  the  following  objects 
in  indirect  quotation : 

1.  Nero  fuit  gener  August!.  2.  Nepotes  suos  fame 
necavit.  3.  Claudius  Britanniam  subegit.  4.  Clau- 
dius annos  imperavit  quatuordecim. 

III.  Translate  into  Latin,  using  loth  direct  and  indi- 
rect quotation. 

1.  Who  was  the  mother  of  T.lSTero?  2.  They  say 
that  Livia  was  the  mother  of  Nero.  3.  How  long  did 
Caligula  reign  ?  4.  They  say  that  he  reigned  three 
years.  5.  Where  was  Caligula  killed  ?  6.  The  report 
is  that  he  was  killed  in  his  palace  in  the  third  year  of 
his  reign.  7.  They  said  that  all  eyes  were  turned  upon 
them  (se,  vid.  336).  8.  Were  not  all  eyes  turned  upon 
you  ?  9.  We  saw  that  all  eyes  were  turned  upon  us. 
10.  Do  you  think  that  Nero  was  happy  ?  11.  We  do 
not  think  that  he  was  happy. 


168  COMPLEX  SENTENCES. 


LESSON  XXXIV. 

Dependent  Question  as  Object 

[86—91.] 

379.  An  interrogative  sentence  may  be  used  as  the 
object  of  the  predicate  ;  and  then,  except  in  direct  quo- 
tation, it  takes  its  verb  in  the  subjunctive  ;  e.  g., 


Quid  dixit  ? 
Nescio  quid  dixerit. 


What  did  he  say  ? 

I  do  not  know  what  he  said. 


REM. — The  tense  of  the  subjunctive  to  be  used  in  any  case  may  be 
determined  by  the  following 

380.  RULE. — Subjunctive  Tenses  in  Dependent  Senten- 
ces. 

1)  When  dependent  upon  a  present  tense  (pres., 
perf.  def.j  or  fut.),  the  subjunctive  is  put  in 
the  present  tense  to  denote  an  incomplete  ac- 
tion, and  in  the  perfect  to  denote  a  completed 
action. 

2)  When  dependent  upon  a  past  tense  (imperf., 
perf.  indef.,  or  pluperf.},  it  is  put  in  the  imper- 
fect to  denote  incomplete  action,  and  in  the 
pluperfect  to  denote  completed  action  ;  e.  g., 


Nescio  quid  dicat. 
Nescio  quid  dixerit. 
Nescivi  quid  diceret. 
Nescivi  quid  dixisset. 


I  know  not  what  he  says. 
I  know  not  what  he  said. 
I  knew  not  what  he  said. 
I  knew  not  what  he  had  said. 


REM. — The  present  tense  is  sometimes  used  in  narration  for  the  per- 
fect indef.,  and  may  then  be  followed  by  the  imperfect  or  pra- 
perfect  subjunctive. 


DEPENDENT  QUESTION  AS  OBJECT. 


169 


Vespasian,  Vespasidnus,  i,  m. 

Vitellius,  Vitellius,  i,  m. 

Voluptuousness,  pleasures,  dt> 
liciae,  drum,  f.  pi. 

Wear  out,  overcome,  conficio, 
ere,  confeci^  confectum. 

"Whether  (in  dependent  ques- 
tions), num,  ne,  nonne  ;  num 
is  more  common  than  in  di- 
rect questions,  and  does  not 
here  necessarily  expect  the 
answer  no.  (See  177,  K.  2.) 


381.  VOCABULARY. 

Cremona,  Cremona,  ae,  f. 
Die,   morior,  mori  or  moriri, 

mortuus  sum  ;  demorior,  &c. 
Famous,  clams,  a,  um. 
Galba,  Galba,  ae,  m. 
Know,  scio,  Ire,  scivi,  scitum ; 

not  to  know,  nescio,  Ire,  nes- 

cl/oi,  nescitum. 
Misenum,  Misenum,  i,  n. 
Near,  ad,  apud. 
Otho,  Oiho,  onis,  m. 
Palestine,  Palaestina,  ae,  f. 

382.  EXERCISES. 

I.  Translate  and  analyze. 

1.  Unde  sol  ignem  habet  ?     2.  Nescio  unde  sol  ig- 
nem  habeat.      3.  Quid  dicit  ?    4.  Nescimus  quid  dicat. 
5.  Quis  scivit  quid  dixisset?      6.  Quid  futurum  sit, 
nescimus.     7.  Quid  vere  nobis  prosit,  non  semper  intel- 
ligimus.     8.  Interrogavit  num  terra  rotunda  esset     9. 
Nero  magnam  urbis  partem  per  ludum  incendit.     10. 
Culpam  in  Christianos  transtiilit.     11.  Otho  a  Vitellio, 
qui  a  Germanicis  legionibus  imperium  acceperat,  ad 
Cremonam  levi  proelio  victus  est. 

II.  1.   Change  the  declarative  sentences  in  the  above  ex- 
ercises to  the  interrogative  form. 
MODEL. 

Num  nescio  unde  sol  ignem  habeat  ? 

2.  Construct  complex  Latin  sentences,  using  the  ninth 
and  tenth  of  the  above  exercises  as  objects. 

3.  Construct  Latin  sentences  in  answer  ic  ihe  following 
questions  : 

8 


170  COMPLEX  SENTENCES. 

1.  Who  was  the  mother  of  Nero  ?  2.  What  became 
of  her?  3.  What  became  of  Nero?  4.  Who  was 
conquered  by  Vitellius  ?  5.  Where  was  he  conquered  ? 

6.  Who  succeeded  Vitellius  ? 

III.  Translate  into  Latin. 

1.  Where  is  your  father?  2.  I  do  not  know  where 
he  is.  3.  They  say  he  is  in  the  city.  4.  Will  he  go 
to  Kome  ?  5.  We  do  not  know  whether  he  will  go  to 
Eome.  6.  My  brother  says  that  he  has  gone  to  Rome. 

7.  Who  succeeded  Nero  ?     8.  Do  you  know  who  suc- 
ceeded him  ?     9.  We  know  that  Galba  succeeded  him. 
10.  Which  was  the  most  famous  city  of  Palestine  ?    11. 
Who  does  not  know  which  was  the  most  famous  city 
of  .Palestine?     12.  All  say  that  Jerusalem  was  the 
most  noble  city  of  Palestine. 


v 


LESSON  XXXV. 


Sentence  with  ut  or  ne  as  Object. — Indirect  Object. 

[92—94.] 

383.  An  imperative  sentence  used  as  object,  except 
in  direct  quotation,  is  generally  introduced  by  ut  or  ne, 
and  takes  its  verb  in  the  subjunctive ;  e.  g., 


Clypeos  hastis  percutite. 

Militibus  imperavit,  ut  cly- 
peos  hastis  percutSrent. 


Strilce  your  shields  with  your 

spears. 
He  commanded  the  soldiers 

to  strike  their  shields  with 

their  spears. 

. As  an  exception  to  the  above  principle,  it  must  be  observed 
fh&tjubeo  usually  takes  the  accusative  with  the  infinitive  as  the 


SENTENCE  AS  INDIRECT  OBJECT.  171 

object-clause ;  e.  g.,  Eos  suum  adventum  exspectare  jussit,  fff 
ordered  them  to  await  his  arrival. 

384.  After  verbs  signifying  to  ask,  advise,  seek,  and 
the  like,  the  object-sentence  usually  takes  the  subjunc- 
tive with  ut  or  ne;  e.  g., 


J? ac  ut  sciam. 

Ilia  petiit,  ut  sibi  annulos 
aureos  darent. 


Cause  me  to  know. 
She  asked  that  they  would 
give  her  gold  rings. 


KEM. — In  these  examples  the  clauses  beginning  with  ut  are  the  ob 
jects  of  the  transitive  verbs  fac  and  petiit. 

Final  Sentences  ;  Indirect  Object 

385.  Final  sentences,  or  such  as  express  purpose,  are 
introduced  by  ut,  ne,  quo,  quommus,  and  quin,  and  take 
the  verb  in  the  subjunctive.      These  correspond  to  the 
indirect  object  in  the  simple  sentence. 

386.  Clauses  expressing  an  affirmative  purpose  are 
introduced  by  ut,  unless  a  comparative  occurs  in  the 
sentence,  in  which  case  quo  is  used ;  e.  g., 

He  lias  come  to  shut  the 
gates. 

Something  ought  to  be  given 
to  the  physician  that  he 
may  be  more  attentive. 

387.  Clauses  expressing  a  negative  purpose  are  gen- 
erally introduced  by  ne  ;  e.  g., 


Venit  utportas  claudat. 

Medico    aliquid    dandum 
est,  quo  sit  studiosior. 


Romulus,  ne  vana  urbis 
magnitudo  esset,  asylum 
aperit. 


Romulus,  that  the  large 
city  might  not  be  empty, 
opened  an  asylum. 


388.  Quominus  (quo  and  minus)  is  used  after  verbs 
of  hindering  ;  e.  g., 


172 


COMPLEX  SENTENCES. 


Quid  obstat,  quominus  Gai- 
ns sit  bedtus  ? 


What  prevents  Caius  from 
being  happy  ?     (Lit.  by 
which  [in  order  that]  he 
may  be  less  happy.) 
389.  Quin  (qui  and  ne),  how  not,  why  not,  by  which 
not,  &c.  is  used  after  some  verbs  of  doubting  and  hinder- 
ing in  negative  sentences  or  questions  implying  a  nega- 
tive, and  after  facere  non  possum,  fieri  non  potest,  &c. ; 

e*  §•> 

They  do  not  doubt  (but)  that 

the  gods  hear  this. 
/  cannot  but  send  letters 
to  you.; 


dubitant,  quin  dii  il- 
lud  exaudiant. 
Facere  non  possum,  quin 
ad  te  mittam  literas. 


REM.  1. — The  clause  in  the  first  example  appears  to  be  the  direct 
object  of  dubitant ;  it  is  such,  however,  only  in  appearance,  and 
may  be  explained  thus :  They  entertain  no  doubt  (by  which,  in 
accordance  with  which,  <fec.),  to  the  effect  that,  the  gods  do  not 
hear. 

REM.  2. — Relative  clauses  are  sometimes  used  to  express  purpose 
(see  Lesson  XXXII. ),  e.  g.,  Legates  miserunt  qui  dicerent,  They 
sent  ambassadors  to  say. 


390.  VOCABULARY. 

Burning,  incendium,  i,  n. 
Cause  (with  infin.  or  that),  effi- 

cio,  followed  by  ut  or  ne  with 

subj. ;  efficio,  ere,  effeci,  effec- 

tum. 

Citadel,  arx,  arcis,  f. 
Do,  make,  facio\  ere,  feci,  fac- 

tum. 

Friend,  amicus,  i,  m. 
In  order  (with  infin.  or  that}, 

ut  (with  subj.). 


Inquire,  interrogo,  are,  dm,  d- 

tum. 
Lose,  waste,  perdo,  ere,  perd&di^ 

perdltum. 
Represent,  reprae^nto,  are,  dvi, 

dtum. 
Set  on  fire,  set  fire  to,  incendo, 

ere,  incendi,  incensum. 
Tell,  say,  dico,  ere,  dixi,  dictum. 
Titus,  Titus,  i,  m. 
Troy,  Traja,  ae^  f. 


SENTENCE  AS  INDIRECT  OBJECT.  173 

391.  EXERCISES. 

I.  Translate  and  analyze. 

1.  Tarpeiam  rogabant,  ut  viam  in  arcem  monstr£ret. 
2.  Yirgini  permiserunt,   ut  munus  sibi  posceret.     3. 
Ilia  petiit,  ut  sibi  armillas  aureas  darent.     4.  Hannibal 
Eomanis  obtulit,  ut  captives  redimerent.     5.  Octavia- 
nus  extorsit,  ut  sibi  consulatus  daretur.     6.  Nero  mag- 
nam  urbis  partem  per  ludum  incendit,  ut  Trojae  leprae- 
sentaret  incendium.     7.  Komulus,  ut  civium  numerum 
augeret,  asylum  patefecit.     8.  Kegulus  Komanis  suasit, 
ne  pacem  cum  Garth  aginiensibus  facerent.     9.  Omnes 
occidendi  sunt,  ut  Eomanorum  vires  frangantur.     10. 
Quid  obstat,  quominus  beati  simus.     11.  Sapiens  nun- 
quam  dubitabit,  quin  immortalis  sit  animus.     12.  Do- 
mitianus  se  deum  primus  appellari  jussit.     13.  Titus 
fuit  vir  omnium  virtutum  genere  mirabilis.     14.  ISTega- 
vit  quemquam  oportere  tristem  a  principe  discedere. 

II.  1.  In  the  first  five  of  the  above  exercises,  change  the 
object-clauses  to  independent  sentences,  presenting  them 
successively  in  the  declarative,  interrogative,  and  imperative 
forms. 

MODEL. 

Tarpeia  viam  in  arcem  monstravit. 
Nonne  Tarpeia  viam  in  areem  monstravit  ? 
Tarpeia  viam  in  arcem  monstret. 

2.  Substitute  dicunt^or  the  predicate  in  the  first  five  of 
the  above  sentences,  adapting   the  object-clause   to   this 
change. 

MODEL. 

Dicunt  Tarpeiam  viam  in  arcem  monstravisse. 

3.  Construct  three  Latin  sentences  with  object-clauses— 


174  COMPLEX  SENTENCES. 

one  with  the  accusative  and  infinitive ;  one  with  a  de* 
pendent  question ;  and  one  with  ut  and  the  subjunc- 
tive* 

III.  Translate  into  Latin. 

1.  He  caused  them  to  go  (lit.  effected  that  they  should 
go)  into  the  citadel.  2.  They  ask  us  to  go  into  the  cita- 
del. 3.  They  have  inquired  who  has  gone  into  the 
city.  4.  They  say  that  you  all  are  going  into  the  city. 
5.  The  report  is,  that  the  king  set  fire  to  Eome.  6. 
Father  will  ask  us  our  opinion.  7.  He  will  ask  us 
what  we  have  done.  8.  "We  were  asked  what  we  had 
done.  9.  They  will  set  fire  to  the  city  in  order  to  re- 
present the  burning  of  Troy.  10.  He  praises  you  in 
order  that  he  may  be  praised  by  you.  11.  You  prais- 
ed them  in  order  that  you  might  be  praised  by  them. 
12.  Who  succeeded  Vespasian?  13.  The  report  is, 
that  Titus  succeeded  him.  14.  Titus  said,  "  Friends,  I 
have  lost  a  day."  15.  Titus  told  (said  to)  his  friends 
that  he  had  lost  a  day* 


LESSON  XXXVI. 

Adverbial  Attributive- Sentences. — Place. 
[95— 9Y.] 

392.  Sentences  may  be  used  to  express  some  attri- 
oute  of  the  action  or  event  denoted  by  the  predicate ; 
and  may  then  be  called  adverbial  attributive-sentences. 

393.  Sentences  used  as  adverbial  attributives  of  place 
are  introduced  by  some  adverb  of  place,  as  ubi  where, 
unde  whence,  &c.     Generally  this  adverb  has  a  corre- 
lative in  the  principal  clause,  as  inde — unde  ;  ibi — ubi, 
&c. ;  e.  g., 


ADVERBIAL  ATTRIBUTIVE-SENTENCES. — PLACE.     175 


Ubi  tyrannus  est,  ibi  nulla 
est  respublica. 


Where  a  tyrant  is,  there  is 
no  republic. 


REM.  1. — The  learner  will  observe  that  the  assertion  is,  that  there  is 
no  republic  (where  ?)  where  there  is  a  tyrant.  The  clause  begin- 
ning with  uli  is  therefore  in  effect  an  adverb  of  place. 

REM.  2. — For  position  of  subordinate  clause,  see  376. 

394.  Instead  of  a  correlative  adverb  in  the  principal 
sentence,  we  often  find  an  adverbial  expression  of  place ; 
e.g., 


Latobrigos  in  fines  suos, 
unde  erant  profecti,  re- 
verti  jussit. 


He  ordered  the  Latobrigi  to 
return  to  their  territories, 
whence  they  had  come. 


REM. — The  subordinate  clause  in  this  sentence  subserves  a  twofold 
purpose.  With  respect  to  fines,  it  sustains  the  relation  of  rela- 
tive clause  (see  370),  and  thus  has  the  force  of  an  adjective  attri- 
butive ;  but  with  respect  to  the  action  expressed  by  the  principal 
sentence,  it  denotes  the  adverbial  attribute  of  place.  In  like 
manner*,  as  already  mentioned  (367,  R.  2),  the  relative  clause 
not  only  serves  as  attributive  to  some  noun,  but  sometimes  also 
expresses  the  relation  of  purpose,  result,  reason,  <fec.  to  the  predi- 
cate. 


395.  VOCABULARY. 

Amphictyon,  Amphictyon,  onis, 

m. 

Athens,  Athenae,  drum,  f.  pi. 
Atthis,  Atihis,  %dis,  f. 
Cecrops,  Cecrops,  bpis,  m. 
Country,  region,  regio,  onis,  f. 
Cranaus,  Cranaus,  i,  m. 
Fifty,  quinquaginta,  indecl. 
Force  of  arms,   arma,   drum, 

n.  pi. 
Grandfather,  avus,  i,  m. 


Live,  dwell,  habito,  are,  a/ci,  a~ 
turn. 

Name,  nomen,  nom/inis,  n. 

Now,  nunc. 

Stay,  abide,  remain,  maneo,  ere, 
mansi,  mansum. 

Thessalus,  TJiessalus,  i,  m. 

Thessaly,  Tliessalia,  ae,  f. 

Where,  ubi,  generally  with  the 
correlative  ibi  in  the  princi- 
pal clause. 


176  COMPLEX  SENTENCES. 

396.  EXERCISES. 

I.  Translate  and  analyze. 

I.  Ubi  nulla  est  respublica  ?     2.  Ubi  tyrannus  est, 
ibi  nulla  est  respublica.     3.  Te  redigam  eodem,  unda 
ortus  es.     4.  Ubi  tyrannus  est,  ibi  dicendum  est  plane 
nullam  esse  rempublicam.     5.  Incolebant  eos  locos,  ubi 
hodie  est  haec  urbs.      6.  Hie,  ubi  opus  est,  non  veren- 
tur.     7.  Ubi  nihil  opus  est,  ibi  verentur.     8.  Romulus 
cum  hoste  pugnam  conseruit  in  eo  loco,  ubi  nunc  forum 
Eomanum  est.     9.  Amphictyon  regnavit,  qui  primus 
Minervae  urbem  sacravit.    10.  Hujus  temporibus  aqua- 
rum  illuvies  majorem  partem  populorum  Graeciae  ab- 
sumpsit. 

II.  Construct  Latin  sentences,  using  the  following  clauses 
as  adverbial  attributives  of  place  : 

1.  Ubi  opus  est.  2.  Ubi  nihil  opus  est.  3.  Ubi 
haec  urbs  est.  4.  Ubi  es.  5.  Unde  venistis. 

III.  Translate  into  Latin. 

1.  Where  is  your  brother  ?  2.  He  is  staying  where 
his  grandfather  has  lived  fifty  years.  3.  Shall  you  go 
to  the  city  where  he  is  ?  4.  I  shall  remain  where  I 
now  am.  5.  Where  (there)  are  good  laws,  the  citizens 
are  happy.  6.  Where  did  Amphictyor:  reign  ?  7. 
He  reigned  where  Athens  now  is.  8.  Who  gave  the 
name  to  Athens?  9.  Atthis  gave  it  a  name.  10. 
Who  was  Atthis  ?  11.  She  was  the  daughter  of  Cra- 
naus  who  succeeded  Cecrops.  12.  What  country  (re- 
gion) did  Thessalus  take  by  force  of  arms  ?  13.  The 
country  which  he  took  was  called  from  his  name  Thes- 
saly. 


ADVERBIAL  ATTRIBUTIVE-SENTENCES. — TIME.      177 


LESSON  XXXVII. 


-Time* 


Adverbial  Attributive- Sentences*- 

[98—100.] 

397.  Sentences  used  to  denote  the  adverbial  attribute 
of  time  are  generally  introduced  by  adverbs  of  time,  as 
quum,  when ;  dum,  until,  &c. ;  e.  g., 


Haec  dum  nostri  colligunt, 
rex  ipse  e  manibus  effu- 
git. 


While  our  soldiers  are  col- 
lecting these  things,  the 
king  himself  escapes  from 
their  hands. 

REM. — It  will  be  observed  that  the  assertion  in  this  sentence  is  con- 
tained in  the  part  (r ex  ipse,  <fec.)  the  king  himself  escapes  from 
their  hands,  and  that  the  rest  of  it  merely  states  the  time  of  this 
action ;  viz.,  while  our  soldiers  are  collecting  these  things. 

398.  Sometimes  the  adverb  which  introduces  the 
temporal  clause  has  a  correlative  in  the  principal 
clause ;  e.  g., 

The  fruit  of  all  excellence  is 
especially  enjoyed,  (then) 
when  it  is  bestowed  upon 
each  nearest  relative. 

Then,    when    I    banished 


Fructus  omnis  praestan- 
tiae  turn  maxime  capi- 
tur,  yuum  in  proximum 
quemque  confertur, 

Turn,  quum  ex  urbe  Cati- 
linam  ejiciebam,  reli- 
quam  conjuratorum  ma- 
num  simul  exituram  pu- 
tabam. 


Catiline  from  the  city,  1 
thought  that  the  remain- 
ing band  of  conspirators 
would  at  once  depart. 

399.  Sometimes  in  place  of  the  correlative  adverb  in 
the  principal  clause,  we  find  an  adverbial  expression 
of  time ;  e.  g., 


8* 


178 


COMPLEX  SENTENCES. 


Ligarius  eo  tempore  paruit, 
quum  parere  senatui  ne- 
cease  erat. 


Ligarius  obeyed  the  senate 
at  that  time  when  it  was 
necessary. 

400.  Temporal  clauses  may  represent  the  action  of 
the  principal  verb  as  taking  place, 

1)  At  the  time  of  some  other  action ;  e.  g., 


Dum  senatus  bellum  con- 
tra Caesarem  parabat, 
hie  dictatorem  se  fecit. 


While  the  senate  was  prepar- 
ing war  against  Caesar, 
he  made  himself  dictator. 

2)  Before  some  other  action ;  e.  g., 

Priusguam  lucet,  adsunt.        They  are  present  before  it  is 

light. 

3)  After  some  other  action ;  e.  g., 


Scipio,  tertio  anno  post- 
quam  Eomani  in  Afri- 
cam  trajecerant,  consul 
est  creatus. 


Scipio,  in  the  third  year  af- 
ter the  Romans  had  pass- 
ed into  Africa,  was  made 
consul. 


RBM. — For  position  of  subordinate  clause,  see  876. 

Use  of  Moods  in  Temporal  Glauses. 

401.  Subordinate  clauses  used  to  express  time  gene- 
rally have  their  predicates  in  the  indicative  mood ;  es- 
pecially when  they  denote  time  merely.     A  few  cases, 
however,  require  attention. 

402.  Subordinate  sentences  introduced  by  quum 
take, 

1)  The  indicative  when  they  mark  merely  the 
time  of  an  action  or  event  without  any  acces 
sory  notion  of  cause  /  e.  g., 


ADVERBIAL   ATTRIBUTIVE -SENTENCES. — TIME.      179 


Is  qui  non  propulsat  inju- 
riam  a  suis,  quum  potest, 
injuste  facit. 


He  who  does  not  ward  off  an 
injury  from  his  friends, 
when  he  can,  does  wrong. 


2)  The  subjunctive  imperfect  or  pluperfect  in 
historical  narration,  as  the  one  event  is  here 
regarded  in  some  sense  as  the  cause  or  occasion 
of  the  other  ;  e.  g., 


Zenonem,    quum    Athenis 
essentj  audiebant. 


They    heard    Zeno    when 
they  were  in  Athens. 


REM. — The  clause,  Quum  Athenis  esse*it,  indicates  not  only  the  time, 
but  also  the  occasion  of  'the  action  expressed  by  the  principal 
clause,  as  their  being  in  Athens  was  really  the  occasion  of  their 
hearing  Zeno. 

403.  Subordinate  sentences  introduced  by  antequam 
and  priusquam  take, 

1)  The  indicative  mood  when  they  denote  mere 
priority  of  time  ;  e.  g., 

Priusquam  lucet,  adsunt.        They  are  present  before  it  is 

light. 

2)  The  subjunctive  when  they  indicate  a  depend- 
ence of  one  event  upon  another ;  e.  g., 


The  tempest  threatens  before 
it  rises. 


Tempestas  minatur   ante- 
quam surgat. 

404.  The  two  parts  of  which  antequam  and  prius- 
quam are  compounded,  are  often  separated,  so  that  ante 
or  prius  appears  in  the  principal  clause,  and  quam  in 
the  subordinate  part ;  e.  g., 


Ante  triennium,  quam  Car- 
thago deleretur,  Cato 
mortem  obiit. 


Gato  died  three  years  "before 
Carthage  was  destroyed. 


180  COMPLEX  SENTENCES. 

REM.  1. — The  learner  must  observe  that  triennium  does  not  depend 
upon  ante  (which  is  the  adverb,  and  not  the  preposition),  but  ia 
in  the  accusative  to  denote  duration  of  time,  in  accordance  with 
Rule,  277. 

REM.  2. — Postquam  is  generally  followed  by  the  indicative,  and, 
like  antequam  and  priusquam,  often  haa  its  parts  separated. 

REM.  3. — Duration  of  time  before  or  after  any  event  may  be  ex- 
pressed  either  by  the  accusative  or  ablative 

405.  Subordinate  sentences  introduced  by  dum,  do 
nee,  and  quoad,  take, 

1)  The  indicative,  (a)  when  these  connectives 
signify  while,  or  as  long  as,  and  (6)  when  they 
signify  till  or  until,  if  the  action  or  event  spo- 
ken of  is  to  be  contemplated  as  a  matter  of 
fact;  e.  g., 


Dum  senatus  bellum  con- 
tra Caesarem  parabat, 
hie  dictatorem  se  fecit. 

Epaminondas  ferrum  in 
corpore  retinuit,  quoad 
renuntiatum  est  vicisse 
Boeotios. 


While  the  senate  was  prepar- 
ing war  against  Caesar, 
he  made  himself  dictator. 

Epaminondas  retained  the 
sword  in  his  body,  until 
it  was  announced  that  the 
Boeotians  had  conquered. 


2)  The  subjunctive,  when  they  signify  until,  ii 
the  action  or  event  spoken  of  is  to  be  contem- 
plated not  as  &fact,  but  as  a  merely  conceived 
result  for  whose  accomplishment  an  opportu- 
nity is  presented ;  e.  g., 

DiSerant,  dum  defervescat 


Let  them  delay  until  their 
anger  may  cool. 

REM*—- Here  the  object  of  the  delay  is  to  allow  anger  time  to  cool. 


ira. 


ADVERBIAL  ATTRIBUTIVE-SENTENCES. — TIME.      181 


406.  VOCABULAKY. 

After  (conj.),postquam. 
Before  (conj.),  antequam,prius- 

quam. 

Festival,  festum,  i,  n. 
Game,  contest,  certdmen,  mis, 

n. ;  Olympic  games,    Olym- 

pia,  drum,  n.  pi. 
Government,     kingdom,    reg- 

num,  i,  n. 

His  (not  referring  to  the  sub- 
ject), ejus,  illlus. 
Institute,  instituo,  ere,  institui, 

institutum. 
Lacedaemonian,  Lacedaemoni- 

us,  a,  um;  the  Lacedaemo- 

407.  EXERCISES. 


nians,   Lacedaemonii,  drum., 

in.  pi. 

Lycurgus,  Lycurgus,  i,  m. 
Neptune,  Neptunus,  i,  m. 
Numitor,  NumUor,  oris,  m. 
Observe,  servo,  are,  dvi,  dtum  ; 

observo,  are,  dvi,  dtum. 
Olympic  games,  Olympia,  drum, 

n.  pi. 

Remus,  Remus,  i,  m. 
Restore,  restituo,  ere,  restitui, 

restilutum. 

Seventy,  septuaginta,  indecl. 
Sparta,  fiparta,  ae,  f. 
While,  dwn. 


I.  Translate  and  analyze. 

1.  Quum  Komani  saepe  hostes  vicissent,  apud  Ore- 
mera  castra  posuerunt.  2.  Quum  Draconis  leges  cru- 
deliores  essent,  legitur  Solon,  qui  ci  vita  tern  no  vis  legi- 
bus  conderet.  3.  Quum  Priscus  Tarquinius  occisus 
esset,  Tanaquil  de  superiore  parte  domus  populum  allo- 
cutus  est.  4.  Is  eos  ludos  instituit  ante  annos  quam 
Eoma  conderetur  septuaginta.  5.  Hoc  sacrum  insti- 
tuit Atreus,  quum  patri  funebres  ludos  faceret.  6. 
Quamdiu  Sparta  Lycurgi  disciplinae  diligens  fuit,  ex- 
celsissime  floruit.  7.  Dum  Sulla  in  Asia  Mithridatem 
vincit,  Marius  bellum  in  Italia  reparavit.  8.  Quamdiu 
\iaotus  remanet  in  nobis,  tamdiu  vita  remanet. 
I  II.  1.  Convert  the  subordinate  clauses  in  the  above  ex- 
ampks  into  independent  sentences. 


182  COMPLEX  SENTENCES. 

MODEL. 

Roman!  saepe  hostes  vicerunt. 

2.  Construct  four  Latin  sentences  with  temporal  claus- 
es— two  requiring  ike  indicative,  and  two  the  subjunc 
live. 

III.  Translate  into  Latin. 

1.  "When  was  Borne  founded  ?  2.  He  says  that  he 
does  not  know  when  it  was  founded.  3.  It  was  found- 
ed seventy  years  after  the  Olympic  games  were  insti- 
tuted. 4.  When  was  Eemus  killed  ?  5.  He  was  kill- 
ed while  Rome  was  building  (pass.).  6.  He  was  killed 
before  the  festival  of  Neptune  was  instituted.  7.  He 
was  killed  after  the  government  had  been  restored  to 
Numitor.  8.  While  Lycurgus  remained  at  Sparta,  the 
Lacedaemonians  observed  his  laws.  9.  The  Lacedae- 
monians observed  the  laws  of  Lycurgus  many  years 
after  he  was  dead  (had  died). 


.    A- 

LESSON  XXXVIH. 

Adverbial  Attributive- Sentences. — Cause. 

[101—103.] 

408.  Sentences  used  to  assign  a  cause  or  reason  lor 
the  action  or  event  denoted  by  the  principal  verb,  are 
called  causal  clauses.  They  are  usually  introduced  ei- 
ther by  a  pure  causal  conjunction,  as  quodj  quia,  or  by 
quum,  quoniam,  or  quando,  which  have  reference  both 
to  cause  and  time  ;  e.  g., 


Quoniam  supplicatio  de- 
creta  est,  celebrate  illos 
dies. 


Since  a  thanksgiving  has 
been  decreed,  celebrate 
those  do,ys. 


ADVERBIAL  ATTRIBUTIVE-SENTENCES.— CAUSE.     183 


Use  of  Moods  in  Causal  Glauses. 
409.  Causal  clauses  take  the  subjunctive  mood,  when 
introduced  by  quum,  and  the  indicative,  when  intro- 
duced by  other  conjunctions,  unless  the  cause  or  reason 
is  assigned  as  the  opinion  of  some  other  person  than 
the  narrator ;  e.  g. 

Since  these  things  are  so, 
Catiline,  go  on. 

Lentulus  came  last,  because 
he  had  watched  the  last 


Quae  quum  ita  sint,  Catili- 
na,  perge. 

Tardissime  Lentulus  ve- 
nit,  quod  proxima  nocte 
vigilaverat. 

Praetores,  quodeorvtm  ope- 
ra fideli  usus  essem,  lau- 
dantur. 


night. 

The  praetors  are  praised, 
"because  I  had  employed 
their  faithful  assistance. 


HEM. — It  will  be  observed  that  the  subjunctive  is  used  in  the  first 
example  after  quum,  the  indicative  in  the  second  after  quod  to 
denote  that  the  reason  is  assigned  by  the  narrator  as  his  own, 
and  the  subjunctive  in  the  third  example  after  quod  to  denote 
that  the  reason  is  given  on  the  authority,  not  of  the  narrator, 
but  of  those  who  bestowed  the  praise.  The  meaning  is,  the 
praetors  were  praised  (by  the  senate),  because  I  had  employed 
their  faithful  assistance ;  i.  e.,  this  reason  was  assigned  by  the 
senate. 


410.   YOCABULARY. 

Armed,  armdtus,  a,  urn. 

Any  one,  aliquis,  allqua,  all- 
quid  ;  any,  ullus,  a,  urn  (see 
F.  B.  113,  R). 

Asia,  Asia,  ae,  f. 

Because,  quod,  quia. 

Break  down,  rumpo,  ere,  rupi, 
ruptum ;  interrumpo,  ere, 
interrupt,  interruptum. 


Bridge,  pons,  pontis,  m. 
Danube,  Danubius,  i,  m. ;  Ister, 

tri,  m. 

Darius,  Darius,  i,  m. 
Datis,  Datis,  is,  m. 
Engage    battle,    conjfogo,    ere, 

conflixi,  conflictum. 
Engagement,    battle,    pugna^ 

ae,  f. 


184 


COMPLEX  SENTENCES. 


Place,  locus,  i,  m.  (pi.  loci  or 

loco). 
Belying  upon,  fretus,  a,  nm; 

rely,  fretus  sum. 
Scythians,  Scythae,  drum,  m. 


Seven    hundred,     septingenti, 

ae,  a. 

Ship,  name,  is,  f. 
Terrify  greatly,  perterreo,  ere, 

perterrui,  pertemtum. 
Thousand,  mille,  indecl.  ;  mil- 

lia,  millium,  n.  pi. 
Unfavorable,  non  aequus,  a,  urn. 


Forces,  copiae,  drum,  f.  pi. 

Have,  habeo,  ere,  Tidbui,  habit- 
um. 

Hundred,  centum,  indecl. ;  sev- 
en hundred,  septingenti,  ae,  a. 

No  one,  nemo  (mis,  not  in  good 
use). 

Number,  numerus,  i,  m. 

Opportunity,  power,  potestas, 
dtis,  f. 

Over,  sometimes  denoted  J>y  the 
genitive  ;  as,  pom  Istri,  the 
bridge  over  the  Danube. 

Persian,  Perses,  ae,  m. 

411.  EXERCISES. 

I.  Translate  and  analyze. 

1.  Cecropem  biformem  (229)  tradidere,  quia  primus 
marem  feminae  matrimonio  junxit.     2.  Vos,  quoniam 
nox  est,  veneramini  Jovem.       3.  Darius  hostis  fuit 
Atheniensibus,  quod  eorum  auxilio  lones  Sardes  ex- 
pugnassent.     4.  Quoniam  de  genere  belli  dixi,  nunc  de 
magnitudine  pauca  dicam.     5.  Quum  hostes  ei  pugnae 
potestatem  non  facerent,  trepidus  refugit.      6.  Quum 
ex  Europa  in  Asiam  rediisset,  classem  quingentarum 
navium  comparavit.     7.  Py thia  respondit,  ut  moenibus 
ligneis  se  munirent. 

II.  1.  Convert  the  causal  clauses  in  the  above  exercises 
into  independent  interrogative  sentences. 

MODEL. 

Nbnne  Cecrops  primus  marem  feminae  matrimonio 
junxit? 

2.  Construct  Latin  complex  sentences  with  the  following 
oausal  clauses : 


ADVERBIAL  ATTRIBUTIVE-SENTENCES. — CAUSE.     185 

1.  Quoniam  jam  dies  est.  2.  Quod  hostes  pugnave- 
runt.  3.  Quia  Deiotarus  auxilium  contra  Mithridatem 
tulerat.  4.  Quod  capitis  damnatus  est.  5.  Quaequum 
ita  sint. 

III.  Translate  into  Latin. 

1.  Did  the  Scythians  give  Darius  an  opportunity  of 
coming  to  an  engagement  (lit.  the  opportunity  of  a  bat- 
tle] ?  2.  Why  did  they  not  do  so  (it)  ?  3.  They  did 
not  give  him  an  opportunity  of  coming  to  an  engage- 
ment, because  he  had  seven  hundred  thousand  armed 
men.  4.  Did  any  one  break  down  the  bridge  over  the 
Danube  ?  5.  No  one  broke  it  down,  because  Darius 
had  fled  into  Asia.  6.  "Why  did  Datis  engage  battle 
in  an  unfavorable  place  ?  7.  He  engaged  battle,  be- 
cause he  relied  upon  the  number  of  his  forces.  8. 
The  Persians  sought  their  ships,  because  they  were 
terrified. 


LESSON  XXXIX. 

Adverbial  Attributive- Sentences. — Cause;  Condition  and 
Concession. 

[104—107.] 

412.  Every   conditional  sentence   consists   of   two 
parts — the  condition  and  the  consequence  ;  e.  g., 


Si  quid  habeat,  dabit. 


If  he  has  any  thing,  he  will 


give  it. 

REM. — Here  si  quid  habeat  is  the  condition,  and  dabit  the  conse 
quence. 

413.  Conditional  sentences  are  of  four  kinds : 

i 


186  COMPLEX  SENTENCES. 

1)  Those  which  assume  the  condition  as  a 
i.  e.,  as  already  true  ;  e.  g., 


Si  quid  habet,  dat. 


If  he  has  any  thing,  he  gives 


it,  or  is  giving  it. 

REM. — Here  it  is  assumed  that  the  condition  is  already  realized. 

2)  Those  which  represent  the  condition  as  a 
present  uncertainty,  i.  e.,  as  one  which  may  or 
may  not  be  realized  at  the  present  moment ; 


Si  quid  habeat,  dabit. 


If  he  has  any  thing,  he 


give  it. 

REM. — Here  the  condition  (if  he  has  any  thing)  relates  to  the  present 
time,  and  is  represented  as  one  which  may  or  may  not  be  true. 
It  is  not  in  itself  dependent  upon  any  contingencies,  inasmuch 
as  the  fact,  relating  as  it  does  to  the  present,  is  already  deter- 
mined, though  we  may  not  know  what  it  is. 

3)  Those  which  represent  the  condition  as  a  mere 
possibility,  i.  e.,  as  one  which  has  not  yet  been 
realized,  but  may  or  may  not  be  so  at  some 
future  time ;  e.  g., 


Si  quid  habeat,  det. 
Si  quid  haberet,  daret. 


If  he  should  have  any  thing, 
he  would  give  it. 


REM. — Here  the  condition  is  in  itself  dependent  upon  contingencies, 
as  it  relates  to  future  time.  It  is  to  be  determined  by  events 
which  are  yet  to  transpire. 

4)  Those  which  represent  the  condition  as  an 
impossibility,  i.  e.,  as  one  which  has  not  been 
realized  and  never  can  be ;  e.  g., 
Si  quid  haberet,  daret.  If  he  had  any  thing,   ht 

would  give  it. 

Si  quid  habuisset,  dedisset.     If  he  had  had  any  thing,  ht 

would  have  given  it 


ADVERBIAL  ATTRIBUTIVE-SENTENCES. — CAUSE.     187 

REM. — In  both  these  examples,  the  condition  relates  to  a  definite 
time,  and  is  represented  as  not  then  realized. 

Use  of  Moods  in  Conditional  Sentences. 

414.  In  regard  to  the  use  of  moods  in  conditional 
sentences,  it  may  be  observed, 

1)  That  the  condition  is  expressed,  in  the  first  erf 
the  above  forms  by  the  indicative,  in  the  sec- 
ond by  the  subjunctive  present  or  perfect,  in  the 
third  by  the  subjunctive  present,  perfect  (or  im- 
perfecfy  and  in  the  fourth  by  the  subjunctive 
imperfect  or  pluperfect. 

2)  That  the  consequence  is  expressed  in  the  first 
two  of  these  forms  by  the  indicative  (or  some- 
times by  the  imperative),  in  the  third  by  the 
subjunctive  present,  perfect  (or  imperfect},  and  in 
the  fourth  by  the  subjunctive  imperfect  or  plu- 
perfect. 

REM.  1. — The  conditional  clause  is  sometimes  omitted ;  e.  g.,  Daret, 

He  would  give  (if  he  had  any  thing,  perhaps). 
REM.  2. — The  conditional  clause  of  the  3d  form  is  sometimes  used  in 

connection  with  the  indicative ;  e.  g.,  Spartani  pacem  iis  aunt 

polliciti,  si  naves  traderent,  The  Spartans  promised  them  peace, 

if  they  would  give  up  their  ships. 

415.  Conditional  sentences  are  sometimes  introduced 
by  dum,  modo,  or  dummodo,  provided,  if  only,  &c. 
They  then  take  the  subjunctive ;  e.  g., 


Multi  omnia  recta  negli- 
gunt,  dummodo  poten- 
tiam  consequantur. 


Many  disregard  all  right, 
provided  they  can  acquire 
power. 


416.  The  condition  is,  of  course,  often  expressed 
negatively ;  it  is  then  introduced  sometimes  by  si  with 
non,  sometimes  by  nisi,  and  sometimes  by  ni ;  e.  g., 


188 


COMPLEX  SENTENCES. 


Aequitas  tollitur  omnis,  si 
habere  suum  cuique  non 
licet. 

Parvi  sunt  foris  arma,  nisi 
est  consilium  domi. 

An,  ni  ita  se  res  haberet, 
Anaxagoras  patrimonia 
sua  reliquisset  ? 


All  equity  is  removed,  if 
each  one  may  not  have 
his  own. 

Arms  are  worth  but  little 
abroad,  unless  there  is 
wisdom  at  home. 

Would  Anaxagoras  then 
have  left  his  patrimony, 
if  this  were  not  so  f 


Concessive  Sentences. 

417.  Intimately  connected  with  conditional  clauses, 
are  those  which  express  concession,  which  is  merely  a 
conceded  condition  or  cause ;  e.  g., 

Condition. 


Medici,  si  intelligunt,  nun- 
quam  aegris  dicunt,  eos 
esse  morituros. 


Physicians  never  tell  the  sick 
that  they  are  going  to  die, 
if  they  know  it 


Concession. 


Medici,  quamquam  intelli- 
gunt saepe,  tamen  nun- 
quam  aegris  dicunt  eos 
esse  morituros. 


Though  physicians  often 
know  that  the  sick  are 
going  to  die,  yet  they  ne- 
ver tell  them  so. 


REM. — The  conjunctions  generally  used  to  introduce  a  concession 
are  etsi,  etiamsi,  tametsi^  quamquam,  quamvis,  and  licet. 

Use  of  Moods  in  Concessive  Clauses. 

418.  On  the  use  of  moods  in  concessive  clauses,  it 
may  be  remarked, 

1)  That  quamquam  is  usually  followed  by  the 
indicative  ;  e.  g., 


ADVERBIAL  ATTRIBUTIVE-SENTENCES. — CAUSE.     189 


Vestra    tecta,    quamquam     Although  the  danger  is  now 
jam  periculum  est  depul-         removed,  still  guard  your 
sum,  tamen  custodiis  de-         houses. 
fendite. 

2)  That  etsi,  etiamsi,  and  tametsi,  are  generally 
followed  by  the  indicative,  unless  the  conces- 
sion is  presented  as  a  mere  supposition,  in 
which  case  it,  of  course,  requires  the  subjunc- 
tive ;  e.  g., 

Although  the  summer  was 
nearly  spent,  still  Caesar 
led  his  army  thither. 
Some  do   not  dare   to  say 


Caesar,  etsi  prope  exacta 
jam  aestas  erat,  tamen 
eo  exercitum  adduxit. 

Sunt,  qui  quod  sentiunt, 
etiamsi  optimum  sit,  ta- 
men non  audent  dicere. 


what  they  think,  even  if  it 
be  very  excellent. 
REM. — The  concession  in  the  second  example  is  a  mere  supposition. 

3)  That  quamvis  and  licet  are  followed  by  the 
subjunctive  ;  e.  g., 


Ella  quamvis  ridiciila  essent, 
mini  tamen  risum  non 
moverunt. 

419.  VOCABULARY. 

Although,  though,  quamquam. 

Enemy,  hostis,  is,  c. 

Fleet,  naval  forces,  classiarii, 

drum,  m.  pi. 
Grecian,   Graecus,  a,  um ;  the 

Greeks,  Graeci,  drum,  m.  pi. 
If,  si. 

Leonid  as,  Leomdas,  ae,  m. 
Persian,  Persicus,  a,  um. 
Plan,  purpose,  consilium,  i,  n. 


Although  those  things  were 
ludicrous,  yet  they  did  not 
excite  my  laughter. 


Please,  be  pleasing  to,  placeo, 
ere,  placui,  pladtum  ;  dis- 
please, he  displeasing  to,  die- 
pliceo,  ere,  displicui,  displi- 
citum. 

Salamis,  Saldmis,  is,  f. ;  Sala- 
mina,  ae,  f. 

Take  possession  of,  get  posses- 
sion of,  occupo,  are,  dvi,  a- 
turn. 


190  COMPLEX  SENTENCES. 


Themistocles,  Themistocles,  is. 


m. 


There,  ill. 

Thermopylae,  Thermopylae,  d- 
rum,  f.  pi. 


Wisdom,  consilium,  i,  n. 
Withstand,  sustain,  sustineo,  ere 

sustinui,  sustentum. 
Xerxes,  Xerxes,  is,  m. 


420.  EXERCISES. 

I.  Translate  and  analyze. 

1.  Caesar  peccavit,  si  id  fecit.     2.  Peccabimus,  si  id 
faciamus.     3.  Peccarent,  si  id  facerent.     4.  Pueri  pec- 
cavissent,  si  id  fecissent.     5.  Spartani  pacem  Atheni- 
ensibus  sunt  polliciti  (414,  E.  2),  si  longi  muri  brachia 
dejioerent.     6.  Xerxes  etsi  male  rem  gesserat,  tamen 
habebat  magnas  copias.     7.  Spartani  pacem  Atheni- 
ensibus  sunt  polliciti,  si  naves  traderent.     8.  Spartani 
pacem  Atheniensibus  sunt  polliciti,  si  respublica  tri- 
ginta  rectores  acciperet.     9.  Datis  etsi  non  aequum  lo- 
cum videbat  suis,  tamen  conflixit. 

II.  1.  Construct  four  Latin  sentences  illustrative*of  the 
four  forms  (/conditional  sentences. 

2.  Construct  two  or  more  Latin  sentences  with  conces- 
sive clauses. 

III.  Translate  into  Latin. 

1.  Who  was  Leonidas  ?  2.  He  was  king  of  the  La- 
cedaemonians. 3.  He  was  sent  to  take  possession  of 
Thermopylae.  4.  Will  the  Greeks  withstand  the  force 
of  the  enemy,  if  they  get  possession  of  Thermopylae  ? 
5.  Leonidas  did  not  withstand  the  force  of  the  enemy, 
although  he  had  taken  possession  of  Thermopylae.  6. 
Would  Themistocles  have  engaged  the  fleet  of  the  Per- 
sians, if  his  plan  had  not  been  pleasing  to  the  states  of 


ADVERBIAL  ATTRIBUTIVE-SENTENCES. — MANNER.   191 

Greece  ?  7.  He  did  engage  the  Persian  fleet,  although 
his  plan  was  not  pleasing  to  many  of  the  Grecian 
states.  8.  Who  was  conquered  at  Salamis  ?  9.  Xer- 
xes was  conquered  there  by  the  wisdom  of  Themisto- 
cles. 


LESSON  XL. 

Adverbial  Attributive- Sentences. — Manner  ;  Consequence 
and  Comparison. 

[108—110.] 

421.  Attributive  sentences  of  manner  are  of  two 
kinds : 

1)  Such  as  indicate  the  manner  or  character  of 
an  action  or  event  by  giving  its  results  or  con- 
sequences ;  e.  g.,  * 

Lucullus  ipsum  regem  ita  Lucullus  so  vanquished  the 
vicit,  ut  robur  militum  king  himself  as  to  destroy 
Armeniorum  deleret.  (that  he  destroyed)  the 

strength  of  the  Armenian 
soldiery. 

2)  Such  as  indicate  the  manner  or  character  of 
the  action  or  event,  or  the  degree  of  the  qua- 
lity denoted  by  the  predicate,  by  means  of 
comparison.     This  may  be  done  in  two  ways ; 
viz., 

(a)  By  a  comparison  of  equality,  generally 
expressed  by  the  correlatives  ut — ita  ;  tarn 
— quam,  and  the  like  ;  e.  g., 


Nemo  tarn  pauper  vivit, 
quam  natus  est. 


No  one  lives  as  poor  as  he 
was  born. 


192  COMPLEX  SENTENCES. 

(b)  By  a  comparison  of  inequality,  express- 
ed by  the  comparative  degree  of  an  adjective 
or  adverb  ;  e.  .g., 


Europa  minor  est   quam 

Asia. 
Romani  fortius  quam  hos- 

tes  pugnaverunt. 


Europe  is  smaller  than  Asia. 

The  Romans  fought  more 
bravely  than  the  enemy. 


REM.  1. — In  a  comparison  of  inequality,  the  connective  quam  is 
often  omitted,  and  then  the  following  noun  is  put  in  the  abla- 
tive ;  e.  g.,  Tullus  Hostilius  ferocior  Romulo  fuit,  Tullus  Hosti- 
lius  was  more  ferocious  than  Romulus. 

HEM.  2. — As  comparisons  of  inequality  with  quam  are  elliptical ; 
and  as  without  quam  they  undergo  an  important  change  of 
structure,  we  must  defer  the  farther  consideration  and  illustra- 
tion of  them  to  the  section  on  Abridged  Complex  Sentences. 

Use  of  Moods  in  Consecutive  Glauses. 
422.  Clauses  denoting  consequence  or  result  are  in 
troduced  by  ut,  and  take  the  verb  in  the  subjunctive 
mood ;  e.  g., 


Quis  tarn  detnens,  ut  sua 
voluntate  moereat  ? 


Who  is  so  mad  as  to  be  sad 
from  choice? 


REM.  1. —  Ut  in  a  consecutive  clause  generally  corresponds  to  some 
correlative  in  the  principal  sentence,  signifying  so,  such,  so  great, 
<fcc. ;  thus,  in  the  above  example,  we  find  tarn  in  the  principal 
clause. 

REM.  2. — If  a  result  is  to  be  expressed  negatively,  non  must  be  used, 
unless  the  clause  contains  some  adjective,  pronoun,  or  adverb 
which  may  assume  the  negative  form  ;  e.  g.,  Ita  sunt  multi  im- 
becilli  senes,  ut  nullum  vitae  munus  exsequi  possint,  Many  old 
men  are  so  feeble  as  to  be  unable  to  discharge  any  duty  in  life. — 
Nemo  adeo  ferus  est,  ut  non  mitescere  possit,  No  one  is  so  cruel  as 
not  to  be  able  to  become  mild. 

REM.  3. — Relative  clauses  sometimes  express  result;  e.  g.,  Neque 
enim  tu  is  es  qui  nescias,  Nor  indeed  are  you  such  an  one  as  not 
to  know. 


ADVERBIAL  ATTRIBUTIVE-SENTENCES. — MANNER.   193 


423.  VOCABULARY. 

Against,  contra  (with  accus.). 

Attica,  Attica,  ae,  f. 

Be  envious,  envy,  invideo,  ere, 

inmdi,  inmsum. 
Conclude,  -make,  facio,  ere,  fed, 

factum. 
Country,  territory,  fines,  fini- 

um,  m.  pi. 

Fifty,  quinquaginta,  indecl. 
Fleet,  classis,  is,  f. 
Forces,  vires,  mrium,  f.,  pi.  of 

***. 

Greatness,  magnitude,  mis,  f. 
Lay  waste,  devastate,  popular, 

dri,  populdtus  sum. 

424.  EXERCISES. 


Peloponnesian,     Peloponnesid- 

cus,  a,  um. 

So,  to  such  an  extent,  tam,  ita. 
So  great,  such,  tantus,  a,  um. 
Spartan,  Spartdnus,  a,  um  ;  the 

Spartans,  -Spartdni,  drum,  m. 

pi. 
Syracusan,  Syracusdnus,  a,  um  ; 

the  Syracusans,  Syracusdni, 

drum,  m.  pi. 
Syracuse,  Syracu&ae,  drum,  f. 

Pi. 

Terror,  terror,  or  is,  m. 
Undertake,  suscipio,  ere,  susce- 
pi,  susceptum. 


I.  Translate  and  analyze. 

I.  Victores  rempublicam  ita  inter  se  diviserunt,  ut 
Lepidus  Africam  acciperet.     2.  Piratae  omnia  maria 
infestabant  ita,  ut  Eomanis  sola  navigatio  tuta  non  es- 
set.     3.  Titus  fuit  vir  omnium  virtutum  genere  mira- 
bilis  adeo,  ut  amor  humani  generis  diceretur.     4.  Per- 
icles agros  reipublicae  dono  dedit.     5.  Spartani  hostes 
ad  proelium  provocabant.     6.  Senatus  tantas  ei  gratias 
congessit,  quantas  nemini  unquam  egerat.     7.  Viria- 
thus  tantos  ad  bellum  populos  concitavit,  ut  vindex 
libertatis  Hispaniae  existimaretur. 

II.  1.   Convert  the  consecutive  clauses  in  the  above  ex 
ertises  into  independent  sentences. 

MODEL. 

Lepidus  Africam  accepit. 


194:  COMPLEX  SENTENCES. 

2.  Select  from  the  Latin  text  of  our  previous  reading 
lessons  Jive  or  more  sentences  with  consecutive  clauses. 

3.  Construct  Latin  sentences  in  answer  to  the  following 
questions : 

1.  Why  did  the  Spartans  undertake  the  Peloponne- 
sian  war  against  the  Athenians?  2.  What  was  the 
result  of  this  war  ?  3.  For  how  long  a  time  was  peace 
concluded  ?  4.  Where  did  Themistocles  engage  the 
fleet  of  Xerxes  ?  5.  What  was  the  result  ?  6.  Who 
was  defeated  in  the  battle  of  Salamis  ?  7.  How  was 
he  defeated  ? 

III.  Translate  into  Latin. 

1.  The  Athenians  fought  so  bravely,  that  they  de- 
feated the  enemy.  2.  The  enemy  were  so  terrified, 
that  they  fled.  3.  The  Spartans  were  so  envious  of 
the  greatness  of  Athens  (so  envied  greatness  to  Athens), 
that  they  laid  waste  the  country  of  Attica.  4.  So 
great  forces  came  to  aid  (as  aid  to  ;  see  257)  the  Syra- 
cusans,  that  they  were  a  terror  to  them.  5.  Who  sent 
these  forces  to  Syracuse?  6.  The  Athenians  sent  a 
large  fleet  to  that  city. 


LESSON  XLL 

Complex  and  Compound  Sentences  as  Elements  of  other 
Sentences. 
[111—113.] 

425.  A  sentence  of  any  form,  whether  simple,  com- 
plex, or  compound  (164),  may  be  used  as  an  element 
in  the  formation  of  complex  sentences. 


COMPL.  AND  COMP.  SENTENCES  AS  ELEMENTS.   195 

KEM. — We  have  thus  far  used  only  simple  sentences  as  elements  of 
the  complex. 

426.  When  a  complex  sentence  is  thus  used,  it  must 
be  observed, 

1)  That  its  principal  clause  assumes  the  same 
form  as  if  it  were  a  simple  sentence. 

2)  That  its  subordinate  clause,  provided  it  is  giv- 
en either  as  the  sentiment  of  some  third  per- 
son and  not  of  the  narrator  himself,  or  as  an 
essential  part  of  the  entire  assertion,  generally 
changes   the  indicative  to  the  subjunctive, 
when  the  predicate  of  the  principal  clause  is 
either  in  the  subjunctive  or  infinitive ;  e.  g., 


/id  haec  Caesar  respondit, 
se  id  quod  in  Nerviis 
fecissetj  facturum. 


To  this  Caesar  replied,  that 
he  would  do  what  he  had 
done  in  the  case  of  the 
Nervii. 

REM.  1. — If  the  subordinate  clause  merely  limits  a  particular  term, 
without  forming  an  essential  part  in  the  general  thought  of  the 
proposition,  the  indicative  must  be  used ;  e.  g.,  Caesari  renuntia- 
tur,  Helvetiis  esse  in  ammo  iter  in  Santonum  fines  facere,  qui 
non  longe  a  Tolosatinm  finibus  absunt,  It  is  announced  to  Cae- 
sar, that  it  is  the  intention  of  the  Helvetians  to  go  to  the  territory 
of  the  Santonians,  which  is  not  far  from  the  country  of  the  Tola- 
satians.  Here  the  clause  qui  non,  <fec.,  is  given  merely  to  ex- 
plain fines,  and  accordingly  takes  its  verb  in  the  indicative. 

REM.  2. — If  the  subordinate  clause  of  the  complex  sentence  is  ex- 
pressed by  any  other  mood  than  the  indicative  before  the  sen- 
tence is  thus  made  dependent,  it  remains  unchanged ;  e.  g.,  1. 
Ubi  jam  se  ad  earn  rent  pardtos  esse  arbitrati  sunt,  oppida  sua 
omnia  incendunt,  When  they  thought  that  they  were  already  pre- 
pared for  this,  they  set  fire  to  all  their  towns.  Here  the  adver- 
bial attribute  of  time  is  expressed  by  a  complex  sentence  which 
in  its  independent  form  requires  its  object-clause,  se  ad  earn  rein 
pardtos  esse,  to  take  the  infinitive;  accordingly  that  mood  ii 


196 


COMPLEX  SENTENCES. 


retained  when  the  entire  sentence  becomes  subordinate.  2. 
Caesar,  etsi  intelligebat,  qua  de  causa  ea  dicerentur,  tamen  Indu- 
tiomarum  ad  se  venire  jussit,  Caesar,  although  he  knew  why 
these  things  were  spoken,  still  ordered  Indutiomarus  to  come  to  him. 
Here  the  subjunctive  dicerentur  is  retained  just  as  it  would  have 
been  if  this  concessive  clause  were  used  as  an  independent  sen- 
tence. 

427.  When  a  compound  sentence  j(l  64)  is  used  as  an 
element  in  the  formation  of  complex  sentences,  its  sev- 
eral constituent  parts,  being  independent  of  each  other, 
assume  the  same  form  as  if  each  one  were  used  alone ; 
e-  g-, 

Caesar  certior  fiebat,  om- 
nes  Belgas  contra  popu- 
lum  Eomanum  conjura- 


re,  et  has  esse  causas. 


Caesar  was  informed,  that 
all  the  Belgians  were  con- 
spiring against  the  Ro- 
man people,  and  that  these 
were  the  causes. 


HEM. — Here  the  compound  sentence  might  stand  thus :  "  Omnes 
Belgae  contra  populum  JRomdnum  conjuraverunt,  et  haefuemnt 
causae.''  When,  however,  it  is  made  subordinate,  its  two  parts 
both  change  their  verbs  to  the  infinitive ;  just  as  either  would 
have  done,  if  the  other  had  not  been  used  at  all. 


428.  VOCABULARY. 

Adopt  measures  for  or  against, 
consulo,  ere,  consului,  consul- 
turn;  to  adopt  cruel  mea- 
sures, crudelUer  consulo,  ere, 
&G. 

Alcibiades,  Alcibiades,  is,  m. 

Be  occupied,  be  busy,  distrin- 
gor,  i,  d'istrictus. 

Commander,  general,  dux,  du- 
els* m. 


Out  off,  intercludo,  ere,  inter" 

clusi,  interclusum. 
Fortification,  munitio,  dnis,  f. 
Four   hundred,    quadringenti, 

ae,  a. 

Historian,  historicus,  i,  m. 
Inhabitant,  incola,  ae,  m.  &  f. 
Inhabitant  of  Catina,  Catinen* 

sz's,  is,  or  Catiniensis,  is,  m.  &  £ 
People,  plebs,  plelis,  f. 


COMPL.   AND  COMP.   SENTENCES  AS  ELEMENTS.   197 


Recover,    recipio,   ere,   recepi, 

receptum. 
Restore,  reddo,  ere,  reddidi, 

redditum. 
Right,  rights,  jus,  juris,  n. 

429.  EXERCISES. 


Supplies,  commedtus,  us,  m. 
Terms,  condition,  conditio,  0- 

nis,  f. 

Unless,  nisi. 
When,  quum,  tum-^quum. 


I.  Translate  and  analyze. 

I.  Legati  id  fieri  vetant.     2.  Lacedaemonii  legates 
Athenas  miserunt,  qui  id  fieri  vetarent.     3.  Themisto-  ( 
cles  muros  Athenarum  restituit,  non  sine  periculo  suo, 
quum  Lacedaemonii  legates  Athenas  misissent,  qui  id 
fieri  vetarent.     4.  Id  responsum  quo  valeret,  quum  in- 
telligeret  nemo,  Themistocles  persuasit,  consilium  esse 
Apollinis,  ut  in  naves  se  conferrent.     5.  In  epigram- 
mate  erat  haec  sententia :  suo  ductu  Barbaros  apud 
Plataeas  esse  deletes,  ej  usque  victoriae  ergo  Apollmi 
donum   dedisse.     6.  Mittitur  Gylippus,  qui  quum  de 
belli  jam  inclinato  statu  a,udivisset,  opportuna  bello  lo- 
ca  occiipat. 

II.  Construct  two  or  more  Latin  sentences,  each  contain- 
ing one  or  more  complex  sentences  as  elements. 

III.  Translate  into  Latin. 

1.  The  inhabitants  of  Catina  asked  aid  of  the  Athe- 
nians. 2.  Why  did  they  ask  aid  ?  3.  Historians  say 
that  they  asked  aid,  because  the  terms  of  peace  were 
not  observed  by  the  Syracusans.  4.  When  they  sent 
ambassadors  to  Athens  to  ask  aid,  the  Athenians  were 
occupied  with  the  Peloponnesian  war.  5.  Do  you 
know  what  the  Athenian  generals  did  in  Sicily  ?  6. 
It  is  said  that  they  built  fortifications  in  order  to  cut 
off  the  inhabitants  from  supplies.  7.  Who  was  ap» 


198  ABRIDGED  COMPLEX  SENTENCES. 

pointed  commander  of  the  Athenian  fleet,  when  the* 
senate  adopted  cruel  measures  against  the  people  ?  8* 
Alcibiades  was  appointed  commander,  in  order  that  he 
might  recover  the  rights  of  the  people  from  the  four 
hundred,  unless  they  should  themselves  restore  them 


§  2. — Complex  Sentences;  Abridged. 

LESSON  XLII. 

Principal  Elements,  Abridged. 

[114—117.] 

430.  We  have  seen  that  sentences,  used  as  elements 
of  others,  are  sometimes  introduced  unchanged,  as  di- 
rect quotations,  and  sometimes  undergo  certain  altera- 
tions to  adapt  them  to  their  new  situations  ;  e.  g., 

Direct  Quotation. 


Dicit,  "  Rex  venit" 


ing." 

Indirect  Quotation. 


He  says,  "  The  king  is  com- 


Dicit  regem  venire. 


He  says  that  the  king  is 


coming. 

431.  In  either  of  the  above  cases,  the  complex  sen- 
tence appears  in  its  full  form  ;  but  sometimes  a  part  of 
the  subordinate  clause  is  omitted,  as  when  it  can  be 
easily  supplied  from  the  rest  of  the  sentence ;  the  com- 
plex sentence  may  then  be  said  to  be  abridged. 

432.  Sentences  are  abridged  in  two  ways : 

1)  A  portion  of  the  subordinate  clause  is  omitted, 
and  the  rest  remains  unchanged ;  e.  g., 


PRINCIPAL  ELEMENTS,   ABRIDGED.  199 


.Cupio  discere. 

Europa  minor  est  quam 


I  desire  to  learn. 

Europe  is  smaller  than  Asia. 


Asia. 

REM. — In  the  first  example,  the  subject  of  the  subordinate  clause 
(me)  is  omitted,  because  it  is  the  same  person  as  the  subject  of 
the  principal  part  (ego),  and  discere  retains  the  same  form  as  if 
the  subject  were  expressed.  So  in  the  second  example,  the  pre- 
dicate of  the  subordinate  clause  is  omitted,  as  it  can  be  easily 
supplied  from  the  principal  part,  while  the  subject  and  connec- 
tive, quam  Asia,  remain  unchanged. 

2)  A  portion  of  the  subordinate  clause  is  omit- 
ted, and  the  rest  is  changed  to  adapt  it  to  its 
new  situation  ;  e.  g., 
E»  -ropa  minor  est  Asia.       |  Europe  is  smaller  than  Asia. 

REM. — Here  it  will  be  observed  that  not  only  the  predicate  of  the 
subordinate  clause  has  disappeared  (as  in  case  1st),  but  also  the 
connective  quam,  and  that  the  following  noun  Asia  loses  its 
character  as  subject,  and  is  put  in  the  ablative. 

Subordinate  Glauses  as  Principal  Ekments,  Abridged. 

433.  An  infinitive  sentence  used  as  subject  or  predi- 
cate may  have  its  own  subject  omitted,  when  it  ex- 
presses a  general  truth,  or  when  its  subject  may  be 
easily  supplied ;  e.  g., 

Turpe  est  mentiri.  |   To  lie  is  base. 

REM. — Here  mentiri  is  subject^  but  its  own  subject  is  omitted,  be- 
cause, the  truth  being  a  general  one,  any  subject  we  please  may 
be  supplied :  thus,  that  you,  I,  any  one,  should  lie,  is  base. 

434.  When  the  infinitive  is  used  as  the  subject  of  a 
sentence,  the  predicate  is  sometimes  expressed  by  the 
copula  and  a  genitive  ;  e.  g., 


Regis  est  regnare. 


It  is  the  part  oj  the  king  to 
reign. 


200  ABRIDGED   COMPLEX  SENTENCES. 

REM,  1. — Here  it  is  obvious  that  regnare  is  the  subject,  and  regi*  esi 

is  the  predicate. 
REM.  2. — Combining  articles  203  and  434,  we  have  the  following 

435.  EULE. — Predicate  Nouns. 
A  noun  in  the  predicate  after  the  verb  esse  and  a  few 
passive  verbs,  is  put, 

1)  In  the  same  case  as  the  subject  when  it  de- 
notes the  same  person  or  thing  ;  e.  g., 

Cicero  fuit  consul.  |    Cicero  was  consul. 

2)  In  the  genitive  when  it  denotes  a  different 
person  or  thing ;  e.  g., 


Eegis  est  regnare. 


It  is  the  part  of  a  king  to 


reign. 

[F.  B.  613  ;  A.  &  S.  §§  210,  211,  R.  8 ;  Z.  §§  365,  448.] 

436.  The  infinitive  after  passive  verbs  with  personal 
subjects  should  be  treated  as  a  predicate  nominative 
(see  229,  230),  and,  as  the  subject  of  the  infinitive  is 
omitted,  being  the  same  person  or  thing  as  that  of  the 
passive,  any  predicate  noun,  adjective,  or  participle 
after  the  infinitive  is  generally  attracted  into  the  nomi- 
native to  agree  with  the  subject  of  the  passive  verb ; 
e.g., 


Eex  beatus  esse  dicitur. 
Coriolanus  occisus  esse  di- 
citur. 


The  Icing  is  said  to  be  happy. 
Coriolanus  is  said  to  have 
been  put  to  death. 


REM. — It  will  be  observed  that  beatus  in  the  first  example  and  occi~ 
sus  in  the  second  would  have  been  in  the  accusative  to  agree 
with  the  subjects  of  the  infinitives  if  they  had  been  expressed, 
but  are  here  attracted  into  the  nominative  to  agree  with  the 
subject  of  dicitur. 


PRINCIPAL  ELEMENTS,  ABRIDGED.          201 
437.  VOCABULARY. 


Lysander,  Lysander,  dri,  ni. 
Promise,  offer,  polllceor,  eri^ 

pollicitus  sum. 
Republic,  respublica,  reipublfa- 

cae,f.    (See  A.  &  S.  91.) 
Right,  uprightly,  recte. 
Ruler,  director,  rector,  oris,  m. 
Thirty,  triginta,  indecl. 
Thither,  eo,  illo,  illuc. 
Tyrant,  tyrannus,  i,  m. 


Accept,  accipio,  ere,  accepi,  ac- 

ceptum. 
Be  wise,  sapio,  ere,  saplvi  or 

sapii. 
Besiege,  obsideo,  ere,  obsedi,  ob- 

sessum ;  obsidione  circumdo, 

are,  dedi,  datum. 
Best,  optimus,  a,  um  (superl.  of 

bonus). 

Happily,  leate. 
Live,  vivo,  ere,  vixi,  mctum. 

438.  EXERCISES. 

I.  Translate  and  analyze. 

1.  Eecte  facere  satis  est.    2.  Latine  loqui  est  in  mag 
na  laude  ponendum.     3.  Bene  sentire  non  satis  est. 
4.  Docto  homini  vivere  est  cogitare.    5.  Ne  mihi  no- 
ceant,  vestrum  est  providere.     6.  Dum  haec  geruntur, 
a  Lacedaemoniis  Lysander  class!  praeficitur.     7.  Atlie- 
niensium  exercitum  ad  Ae^os  flumen  oppressit.     8. 
Spartanorum  dux  eo  impetu  totum  bellum  delevit.    9. 
Triginta  rectores  reipublicae  constituuntur.      10.    A 
principle  tria  millia  satellitum  sibi  statuunt. 

II.  1.  In  the  first  four  of  the  above  sentences^  insert  sub- 
jects to  the  infinitives. 

MODEL. 

Eegem  recte  facere  satis  est. 

2.  Construct  three  Latin  sentences — one  with  infinitive 
as  subject,  one  un,'»h  infinitive  as  predicate,  and  one  with 
infinitives  both  as  subject  and  predicate. 

9* 


202  ABRIDGED  COMPLEX  SENTENCES. 

III.  Translate  into  Latin. 

1.  It  is  always  best  to  do  right.  2.  Is  it  certain  that 
you  have  done  right  ?  3.  It  is  the  part  of  a  good  citi- 
zen to  observe  the  laws.  4.  It  is  certain  that  good 
citizens  will  obey  the  laws.  5.  To  live  happily  is  to 
do  right.  6.  To  be  wise  is  to  be  good.  7.  With  how 
many  ships  did  Alcibiades  go  into  Asia  ?  8.  He  went 
thither  with  one  hundred  ships.  9.  It  is  said  that  he 
went  thither  to  lay  waste  the  country.  10.  Athens 
was  besieged  by  Lysander.  11.  The  Spartans  prom- 
ised peace  to  the  Athenians,  if  the  republic  would  ac- 
cept thirty  rulers.  12.  This  condition  was  accepted. 
13.  The  thirty  rulers  whom  the  Spartans  appointed 
were  thirty  tyrants. 


LESSON  XLIII. 

Modifier  of  Subject  or  other  Noun,  Abridged. 

[118&  119.] 

439.  The  relative  clause,  modifying  the  subject  or 
any  other  noun,  is  sometimes  abridged  by  dropping 
both  the  relative  and  the  copula,  and  retaining  only 
the  attribute. 

440.  When  a  relative  clause  is  thus  abridged,  the 
attribute  may  be  expressed, 

1)  By  a  participle  agreeing  with  the  antecedent 
of  the  omitted  relative.  This  occurs  when 
the  predicate  of  the  relativS  clause  would 
have  been  expressed  by  a  verb  ;  e.  g., 


MODIFIER  OF  SUBJECT,   ABRIDGED.  203 


Tullia  aurigam  super  pa- 
tris  corpus  in  via  jacens 
carpentum  agere  jussit. 


Tullia  ordered  the  charioteer 
to  drive  over  her  father's 
body,  which  lay  (lit.  ly- 


ing) in  the  way. 

2)  By  an  adjective  agreeing  with  the  antecedent 
of  the  omitted  relative.     This  occurs  when 
the  predicate  would  have  been  expressed  by 
an  adjective  and  the  copula  esse  ;  e.  g., 

Habetis  ducem   memorem      You  have  a  leader  mindful 
vestri.  (who  is  mindful)  of  you. 

3)  By  a  noun  in  apposition  with  the  antecedent 
of  the  omitted  relative.     This  occurs  when 
the  predicate  would  have  been  expressed  by 
a  noun  and  the  copula  esse  ;  e.  g., 


Aeneas,    Anchisae   filius, 
mortuus  est. 


Aeneas,  the  son  of  Anchi- 
ses  (who  was  the  son,  &c.), 


died. 

REM. — Combining  the  above  with  article  190,  we  have  the  following 

441.  RULE.-— Limiting  Nouns. 

A  noun  limiting  the  meaning  of  another  noun  is  put 

1)  In  the  same  case  as  that  noun,  when  it  denotes 
the  same  person  or  thing ;  e.  g., 

Brutus  consul.  |  Brutus  the  consul. 

2)  In  the  genitive,  when  it  denotes  a  different 
person  or  thing,  unless  it  expresses  character 
or  quality r,  in  which  case  it  is  accompanied  by 
an  adjective,  and  is  put  either  in  the  genitive 
or  ablative  ;  e.  g., 

Regis  films.  |   The  king's  son. 


204 


ABKIDGED   COMPLEX  SENTENCES. 


Puer  eximiae  pulchritudi-     A  hoy  of  remarkable  beauty, 
nis,  or  Puer  eximia  pul- 
chritudine. 

[F.  B.  624 ;  A.  &  S.  §§  204,  211,  R.  6 ;  Z.  §§  370,  423,  426,  471.] 

442.  Instead  of  a  sentence  modifying  a  substantive, 
we  often  find  either  a  gerund  (with  or  without  modi- 
fiers) or  a  gerundive  (fut.  pass,  participle)  in  agreement 
with  some  other  substantive  ;  e.  g., 


Let  every  opportunity  of 
practising  virtue  be  seiz- 
ed. 


Om  nis  occasio  exercendi 
virtutem  (or,  exercendae 
virtutis)  arripiatur. 

443.  EULE. — Gerund. 

The  gerund  is  governed  like  a  noun  in  the  same 
case.  (See  above  example.) 

[F.  B.  374 ;  A.  &  S.  §  275,  III.  R.  1,  2,  3,  4 ;  Z.  §§  659,  664,  666,  667.] 

444.  RULE. — Gerundive. 

Instead  of  a  gerund  governing  its  case,  we  may  use 
the  gerundive,  participle  in  dus,  agreeing  with  a  noun. 
(See  above  example.) 

[F.  B.  382 ;  A.  &  S.  §  275,  II. ;  Z.  §  656.] 

445.  VOCABULARY. 


Announce,    nuntio,    are,    dvi, 

dtum. 
Appoint,  commission,  praepono, 

ere,  praeposui,  praepositum. 
Artaxerxes,  Artaxer-xes,  is,  m. 
Bequeathe,  lego,  are,  dvi,  dtum. 
Bind,  vincio.  Ire,  mnxi,  mnctum. 
Castle,  castellum,  i,  n. 
Chain,  fetter,  compes,  edis,  f. 
Cyrus,  Cyrus,  i,  m. 
Fortified,  munltus,  a,  urn  ;  ve- 


ry strongly  fortified,  munitis- 

simus,  a,  um. 
Flee  for  refuge,  confugio,  ere^ 

confugi,  confugitum. 
Hold,  teneo,  ere,  tenui,  tentum. 
Phyle,  Phyle,  es,  f. 
Prepare,  paro,  are,  dm,  dtum. 
Servitude,  sermtus,  utis,  f. 
Summon,  send  for,  arcesso,  ere, 

ivi,  Itum. 
Thrasybulus,  ThrasyMlus,i,m, 


MODIFIER  OF  SUBJECT,  ABRIDGED.          205 

446.  EXERCISES. 

I.   Translate  and  analyze. 

1.  Triginta  tyranni,  praeposfti  a  Lacedaemoniis,  ser 
vitute  tenuerunt  Athenas.     2.  Quum  triginta  tyranni, 
praepositi  a  Lacedaemoniis,  servitute  tenerent  Atlienas, 
Thrasybulus  Phylen  confiigit.     3.  Neminem  jacentem 
veste  spoliavit.     4.  Obscurum  antea  Macedonum  no- 
men  emersit.     5.  Quibus  rebus  effectum  est,  ut  obscu- 
rum  antea  Macedonum  nomen  emergeret.     6.  In  se- 
cundo  proelio  cecidit  Critias,  triginta  tyrannorum  acer- 
rimus.     7.  Eodem  fere  tempore  Darius,  rex  Persarum, 
moritur.     8.  Sapientia  ars  vivendi  est. 

II.  1.  Fill  out  the  abridged  clauses  in  the  above  sentences. 

MODEL. 

Triginta  tyranni,  qui  praepositi  sunt  a  Lacedaemo- 
niis, servitute  tenuerunt  Atlienas. 

2.  Construct  two  or  more  Latin  sentences  with  modifiers 
of  subjects  abridged. 

III.  Translate  into  Latin. 

1.  By  whom  was  the  city  of  Athens  (the  city  Athens) 
held  in  servitude  ?  2.  It  is  said  that  it  was  held  in 
servitude  by  the  thirty  tyrants  appointed  by  the  Spar- 
tans. 3.  Whither  did  Thrasybulus  flee  for  refuge? 
4.  He  fled  for  refuge  to  Phyle,  a  very  strongly  fortified 
castle  in  Attica.  5.  Darius,  the  king  of  the  Persians, 
bequeathed  his  kingdom  to  his  son  Artaxerxes.  6. 
When  it  was  announced  to  Artaxerxes  that  his  brother 
Cyrus  was  preparing  war  against  him,  he  summoned 
him  into  his  presence  (to  himself).  7.  It  is  said  that 
Cyrus,  having  been  summoned  into  the  presence  of  his 
brother,  was  bound  in  golden  chains. 


206  ABRIDGED  COMPLEX  SENTENCES. 


LESSON  XLIV. 


Object  of  Predicate^  Abridged. 

[120  &  121.] 

447.  When  the  subject  of  an  infinitive-sentence  used 
as  object  is  the  same  person  or  thing  as  that  of  the  verb 
on  which  it  depends,  that  subject  is  often  omitted  after 
verbs  denoting  desire,  intention,  custom,  ability,  duty, 
and  the  like,  and  also  after  various  passive  verbs  ;  e.  g., 


Cupio  discere. 
Assuefacti  sunt  muros  de- 
fendere. 


I  desire  to  learn. 
They  were  accustomed  to  de- 
fend their  walls. 


REM. — It  will  be  observed  that,  in  the  first  example,  the  infinitive 
stands  as  direct  object,  and  in  the  second,  as  indirect  object. 
After  verbs  of  desiring,  intending,  &e.,  the  infinitive  is  used  as 
direct  object,  while  after  verbs  denoting  custom,  ability,  duty, 
and  the  like,  it  stands  only  as  indirect  object 

448.  When  the  subject  of  the  infinitive  mood  is  omit- 
ted in  consequence  of  its  denoting  the  same  person  or 
thing  as  that  of  the  verb  on  which  it  depends,  any  pre- 
dicate noun  or  adjective  after  the  infinitive  is  attracted 
into  the  nominative  to  agree  with  the  subject  of  the 
principal  verb ;  e.  g., 

Omnes  volunt  esse  beati.    |  All  wish  to  be  happy. 

REM. — It  will  be  observed  that  beati,  which  would  be  in  the  accu- 
sative if  the  subject  of  esse  were  expressed,  is  here  attracted  into 
the  nominative  to  agree  with  the  subject  of  the  principal  verb. 

449.  An  infinitive-sentence  used  as  object  of  a  tran- 
sitive verb  may  sometimes  be  abridged  by  making  its 
subject  the  object  of  the  principal  verb,  and  converting 


OBJECT  OF  PREDICATE,   ABRIDGED. 


20 1 


the  infinitive  into  a  participle  agreeing  with  that  ol> 
ject;  e.g., 

Non    audivit   Alexander 
draconem  loquentem. 


Alexander  did  not  "hear  the 
dragon  speak  (lit.  speak- 
ing). 

The  consuls  contracted  to 
have  this  statue  thus  pla- 
ced. 


Illud  sigimm  ita  collocan- 

dum    consules    locave- 

runt. 

450.  Instead  of  a  sentence  modifying  the  substantive 
or  adjective  predicate,  whether  objective  or  attributive, 
we  often  find  either  a  gerund,  or  a  gerundive  in  agree- 
ment with  some  substantive ;  e.  g., 


Epaminondas     studiosior 
audiendi  fait. 


^paminondas  was  too  fond 
of  hearing. 

HEM. — The  gerund  audiendi  depends  upon  stitdidsior.  See  Rule,  443. 

451.  Instead  of  a  subordinate  clause  denoting  pur- 
pose— indirect  object — a  gerund,  or  a  gerundive  agreeing 
with  some  substantive,  is  often  used,  and  is  put  some- 
times in  the  dative,  and  sometimes  in  the  accusative 
with  a  preposition  ;  e.  g., 


Aqua  utilis  est  libendo. 

Bourn  terga  non  ad  oner  a 
accipienda  figurata  sunt. 


Water  is  useful  for  drink- 
ing. 

The  lacks  of  oxen  were  not 
formed  for  receiving  bur- 
dens. 


452.  The  supine  in  um  is  sometimes  used  after  verbs 
of  motion  in  place  of  a  subordinate  clause  of  purpose ; 
e- g-, 


Legati  ad  Caesarem  grain- 
Idtum  convenerunt. 


Ambassadors  came  to  Cae- 
sar to  congratulate  him. 


208 


ABRIDGED  COMPLEX  SENTENCES. 


453.  KULE. — Supine  in  um. 

The  supine  in  urn  follows  verbs  of  motion  to  express 
the  purpose  or  object  of  that  motion.  (See  example 
above.) 

[F.  B.  676 ;  A.  <fe  S.  §  276,  II ;  Z.  §  668.] 


454.  VOCABULARY. 

Advice,  consilium,  i,  n. 
Belong  to,  be  to,  sum,  esse,  fui, 

futurus  (with  dative). 
Cadmea,  Oadmea,  ae,  f. 
Choose,  detigo,  ere,  delegi,  de- 

lectum. 

Conon,  Conon,  onis,  m. 
Defeat,  vinco,  ere,  vici,  viclum. 
Depart,  go,  prqficiscor,  ci,  pro- 

fectus  sum. 
Desist,  discedo,  ere,  discessi,  dis- 

cessum. 
Despair,  desperation,  despera- 

tio,  onis,  f. 
Drive,  drive  away,  pello,  ere, 

pepuli,  pulsum. 
Engagement,  battle,  proelium, 


Exile,  banishment,  exsilium, 
t,n. 

Exile,  a  person  banished,  exsul^ 
ulis,  m.  &  f. 

Land,  field,  ager,  agri,  m. 

Naval,  navdlis,  e. 

Opening,  beginning,  initium, 
i,n. 

Order,  v.,  juleo,  Ire,  jussi,  jus- 
sum. 

Otherwise,  aUter. 

Pelopidas,  Pelopldas,  ae,  m. 

Pericles,  Pericles,  is,  m.  (See 
F.  B.  174.) 

Theban,  Thebdnus,  a,  um. 

Untouched,  uninjured,  intac- 
tus,  a,  um. 

Voluntary,  voluntarius,  a,  um. 


455.  EXERCISES. 

I.  Translate  and  analyze. 

1.  Pausanias  honoratum  adversarium  vidit.  2.  Phi 
lippus  regnare  cum  amlcis  volebat.  3.  Amari  patei 
maluit.  4.  Hie  metui  maluit.  5.  Alexander  univer- 
sum  terrarum  orbem  vincere  est  aggressus.  6.  Ille 
urbem  obsidere  statuit.  7.  Artaxerxes,  rex  Persarun^ 
legatos  in  Graeciam  mittit,  per  quos  jubet  omnes  ab  ar 


OBJECT  OF  PREDICATE,   ABRIDGED.  209 

mis  discedere.     8.  Liberandae  patriae  propria  laus  est 
Pelopidae,  qui,  exsilio  multatus,  Athenas  se  contulerat. 

II.  1.    Construct  two  or  more  Latin  sentences  with  ob- 
jects abridged. 

2.  Construct  Latin  sentences  in  answer  to  the  following 
questions : 

1.  What  state  took  the  lead  (acted  as  leader)  against 
the  Athenians  in  the  Peloponnesian  war  ?  2.  What 
advice  did  Pericles  give  the  Athenians  in  the  opening 
of  the  war  ?  3.  Why  did  he  give  his  own  lands  to  the 
republic?  4.  In  how  many  naval  engagements  did 
Alcibiades  defeat  the  Spartans  ?  5.  Why  was  Conon 
sent  to  take  his  place  ?  6.  What  became  of  Alcibia- 
des ?  7.  What  was  the  result  of  the  Peloponnesian 
war  ?  8.  Who  were  appointed  over  the  Athenian  re- 
public ? 

III.  Translate  into  Latin. 

1.  Who  ordered  the  Greeks  to  desist  from  arms  ?  2. 
They  were  ordered  by  Artaxerxes,  the  king  of  the 
Persians,  to  desist  from  arms.  3.  Did  they  not  wish 
to  do  otherwise  ?  4.  To  whom  belongs  the  praise  of 
liberating  the  Cadmea  from  the  Spartans  ?  5.  This 
praise  belongs  to  Pelopidas,  the  Theban  exile,  who, 
having  chosen  a  day  for  liberating  the  state,  drove  the 
Spartans  from  the  citadel. 


210  ABRIDGED  COMPLEX  SENTENCES. 


LESSON  XLV. 

Attribute  of  Predicate,  Abridged. — Comparison  and  Par- 
ticiples. 

[122—125.] 

456.  Complex  sentonces  involving  comparisons  of 
inequality  (421,  2)  take  two  different  constructions; 
viz., 

1)  The  connective  quam  may  be  used ;  and  then 
the  following  noun  is  generally  in  the  same 
case  as  the  corresponding  noun  before  quam  ; 

e-gi 

Europa  minor   est  quam    Europe  is  smaller  than  Asia. 
Asia. 

EEM. — When  tlie  same  word  belongs  to  both  members  of  the  com- 
parison in  Latin,  it  is  generally  expressed  in  the  first  and  omit- 
ted in  the  second ;  in  English,  however,  it  is  expressed  in  the 
first,  and  represented  in  the  second  by  the  pronoun  that  or 
those  /  e.  g.,  Maris  superficies  major  est  quam  terrae,  The  sitr- 
face  of  the  sea  is  greater  than  (that)  of  the  land.  Here  the  noun 
after  quam  (terrae)  is  in  the  same  case  as  the  corresponding 
noun  marls  before  it. 

2)  The  connective  quam  may  be  omitted ;  and 
then  the  following  noun  is  put  in  the  abla- 
tive ;  e.  g., 

Nihil  est  dementia    divi- 


nius. 


Nothing  is  more  godlike  than 
clemency. 


457.  RULE. — Comparison. 
The  comparative  degree  is  followed, 
1)   Without  quam,  by  the  ablative. 


ATTRIBUTE   OF   PREDICATE,   ABRIDGED.          211 

2)  With  quam,  generally  by  the  case  of  the  cor- 
responding noun  before  it.  (See  examples 
above.) 

[F.  B.  636 ;  A.  &  S.  §  256  ;  Z.  §483.] 

458.  An  attributive  sentence  of  time,  cause,  manner, 
condition,  concession,  &c.,  may  be  abridged, 

1)  When  its  subject  is  some  person  or  thing  men- 
tioned in  the  principal  clause,  by  dropping 
the  subject  and  copula,  and  generally  the  con- 
nective, and  retaining  the  attributive  part  of 
the  predicate  in  the  form  of  a  participle,  adjec- 
tive, or  noun  (according  to  the  form  of  predi- 
cate) in  agreement  with  that  noun  in  the  prin- 
cipal clause ;  e.  g., 


Caesar,  in  Britanniam  pro- 

ficiscens,   Morinos    reli- 

quit. 
Quidam  hanc  patriam,  hinc 

nati,  urbem  hostium  esse 

judicaverunt. 

Hie,  puer  duodeviginti  an- 
norum,  patrem  servavit. 


Caesar,  going  (i.  e.  when 
he  went)  into  Britain, 
left  the  Morini. 

Some,  born  here  (though 
lorn  here),  have  judged 
this  country  to  be  a  city 
of  the  enemies. 

He,  (when)  a  boy  of  eigh- 
teen years,  preserved  his 


father. 

REM. — Whenever,  in  thus  abridging  a  sentence,  a  participle  would 
be  required  in  the  perfect  active  with  an  object,  the  perfect 
passive  must  be  used  in  the  ablative  absolute  (see  2  below)  with 
that  object*  as  the  Latin  has  no  perfect  active ;  e.  g.,  Hostes, 
impetu  facto,  nostros  perturbaverunt,  The  enemy,  having  made 
an  attack  (lit.  an  attack  having  been  made),  put  our  soldiers  into 
disorder. 

2)  When  its  subject  is  some  person  or  thing  not 
mentioned  in  the  principal  clause,  by  drop- 


212  ABRIDGED   COMPLEX  SENTENCES. 

ping  the  connective  and  copula,  and  putting 
the  subject  in  the  ablative  with  the  participle, 
adjective,  or  noun  of  the  predicate  in  agreement 
with  it.  This  construction  is  called  the  abla- 
tive absolute  ;  e.  g., 


Hostes,  nihil  timentibus 
nostris,  celeriter  nostros 
perturbaverunt. 


Cicerone  consule,  Catilina 
ad  delendam  patriam 
conjuravit. 


The  enemy,  while  our  sol- 
diers feared  nothing  (lit. 
our  soldiers  fearing  no- 
thing), quickly  put  them 
into  disorder. 

In  the  consulship  of  Cicero 
(when  Cicero  was  consul), 
Catiline  conspired  for  tht 
destruction  of  his  coun- 
try. 

459.  KULE. — Agreement  of  Participles. 

Participles  like  adjectives  (189)  agree,  in  gender,  num- 
ber, and  case,  with  the  nouns  to  which  they  belong. 
(See  examples  above.) 

[F.  B.  614;  A.  &  S.  §205.] 

460.  EULE. — Ablative  Absolute. 

A  noun  and  a  participle,  a  noun  and  an  adjective,  or 
two  nouns,  standing  grammatically  independent  of  the 
rest  of  tne  sentence,  are  put  in  the  ablative  absolute. 
(See  above  examples.) 

[F.  B.  678 ;  A.  &  S.  §  257,  R.  7  ;  Z.  §§  640,  644,  645.] 

REM. — Participles  are  sometimes  used  to  abridge  independent  claus- 
es ;  e.  g.,  Quos  Tyrii  contra  jus  gentium  oeclsos  praecipitaverunt 
in  altum,  The  Tyrians  slew  them  contrary  to  the  law  of  nation^ 
and  threw  them  into  the  sea. 


ATTRIBUTE   OF   PREDICATE.   ABRIDGED.          213 


461.  VOCABULARY. 

Add,  join  to,  adjungo,  ere,  ad- 
junxi,  adjunctum. 

All,  the  whole,  totus,  a,  um. 
(See  F.  B.  113,  K.) 

As  (before  nouns),  often  un- 
translated. 

Cavalry,  eqmtes,  um,  m.  pi.  of 
eques  ;  equitdtus,  us,  m. 

Distinguished,  praestans,  tis. 

Epaminondas,  Epaminondas, 
ae,  m. 

Hostage,  obses,  idis,  m.  &  f. 

House,  home,  domus,  us  &  i,  f . 

Instructed,  learned,  accom- 
plished, erudUus,  a,  um. 

Larissa,  Larissa,  ae,  f. 


Keep,  have,  habeo,  ere,  habui, 

habUum. 

Macedonia,  Macedonia,  ae,  f. 
Philip,  PMlippus,  i,  m. 
Reside,  Tiabito,  are,  dvi,  dtum. 
Strength,  robur,  oris,  n. 
Subjugate,  impose  the  yoke  of 

servitude,   servitutis  jugum 

impono,  ere,  imposui,  imposl- 

tum. 

Thebes,  Thebae,  drum,  f.  pi. 
Thessalian,  Thessalus,  a,  um. 
Victorious,  expressed  by  victor, 

oris,  77i.  in  apposition  with 

the  noun. 
Virtue,  mrtus,  utis,  f. 


462.  EXERCISES. 

I.  Translate  and  analyze. 

I.  Alexander,  ad  Persicum  bellum  proficiscens,  pa- 
trinronium  omne  suum  amicis  divisit.     2.  Philippus, 
in  Scythiam  profectus,  numero  praestantes  Scythas  do- 
le vicit.     3.  Alexander  virtute  patre  major  fuit.     4. 
Hie  vitiis  Philippo  major  fuit.      5.  Motae  quaedam 
civitates  Atheniensibus  se  jungunt.     6.  Atheniensibus 
per  insidias  victis,  Philippus  incoliimes  sine  pretio  di- 
misit.     7.  Post  haec,  bello  in  Illyrios  translate,  multa 
millia  hostium  caedit.      8.  Philippus,   obses  triennio 
Thebis  habitus  in  Epaminondae  domo,  Graeciae  servi- 
tutis  jugum  imposuit. 

II.  Explain  the  force  of  the  participles  in  the  above  sen* 
fences,  showing  to  what  kind  of  clause  each  is  equivalent, 
t.  e.  whether  temporal,  causal,  &c. 


214  ABRIDGED   COMPLEX  SENTENCES. 

•  MODEL. 

Ad  Perwcum  bellum  prqficiscens,  is  an  abridged  tern 
poral  clause,  showing  when  Alexander  divided  his  pa- 
trimony, viz.  on  going  to  the  Persian  war  =  when  he 
went,  &c. 

III.  Translate  into  Latin. 

1.  How  long  did  Philip  reside  at  Thebes  ?  2.  He 
was  there  three  years.  3.  He  was  kept  as  a  hostage  in 
the  house  of  Epaminondas.  4,  Having  been  kept  as  a 
hostage  for  three  years  at  Thebes,  he  returned  to  Ma- 
cedonia. 5.  Having  been  kept  as  a  hostage  in  the 
house  of  Epaminondas,  he  was  instructed  in  all  the 
virtues  of  this  distinguished  man.  6.  On  returning 
(458)  to  Macedonia,  he  subjugated  all  Greece.  7.  Hav- 
ing taken  Larissa  in  Thessaly,  he  added  to  his  victo- 
rious army  the  strength  of  the  Thessalian  cavalry. 


LESSON  XLVI. 

Attribute  of  Predicate,  Abridged  ;  Gerunds  and  Supines. 

[126—129.] 

463.  The  gerund,  as  already  mentioned  (450),  some- 
times expresses  the  attribute  of  a  substantive  or  adjec- 
tive predicate ;  e.  g., 


Sapientia  ars  vivendi  pu- 
tanda  est. 


Wisdom  should  be  regarded 
as  the  art  of  living. 


REM. — The  forms  of  the  gerund  are  very  properly  regarded  as  the 
oblique  cases  of  the  infinitive,  and  accordingly  are  the  abridged 
forms  of  subordinate  clauses :  thus,  ars  vivendi,  in  the  first  ex- 
ample, literally  construed  would  stand,  t*>e  art  of  the  to  live  sa 
the  art  of  living. 


ATTRIBUTE  OF  PREDICATE,   ABRIDGED.         215 

464.  Instead  of  a  subordinate  proposition  modifying 
the  verb  predicate,  the  gerund  with  a  preposition,  or  a 
gerundive  and  a  substantive  with  a  preposition,  may 
be  used  to  express  adverbial  relations ;  e.  g., 

They  were  singing  while 
playing. 

Brutus  was  killed  in  liber- 
ating his  country. 


Inter  ludendum  cantabant. 


Brutus  in  liberanda  patria 
est  interfectus. 


465.  The  ablative  of  the  gerund,  or  of  the  gerundive 
in  agreement  with  a  substantive,  without  a  preposition 
often  supplies  the  place  of  a  subordinate  clause  of  cause, 
manner,,  means,  &c. ;  e.  g., 

The  mind  is  strengthened 
by  learning. 

Elegance  of  speech  is  culti- 
vated by  reading  ora- 
tors. 


Mens  discendo  alitur. 


Loquendi  elegantia  auge- 
tur  legendis  oratoribus. 


J|y  For  Rules  for  the  government  of  gerunds  and  gerundives,  see 
443,  444. 

466.  The  supine  in  u  may  supply  the  place  of  an 
adverbial  clause  after  certain  adjectives,  whether  in  the 
subject  or  predicate ;  e.  g., 

Hoc  optimum  factu  est.       |  This  is  lest  to  be  done. 

467.  EULE. — Supine  in  u. 

The  supine  in  u  is  used  after  adjectives  signifying 
good  or  bad,  easy  or  difficult,  agreeable  or  disagreeable,  &c. 
(See  above  example.) 

[F.  B.  635  ;  A.  &  S.  §  276,  III ;  Z.  §  670.] 
flffif*  For  the  use  of  supine  in  um>  see  452. 


216 


ABRIDGED  COMPLEX  SENTENCES. 


468.  VOCABULARY. 

Alexander,  Alexander,  dri,  m. 
Arrive,    advenio,    Ire,   adveni, 

adventum. 
Deceive,    decipio,   ere,   decepi, 

deceptum. 
Delight,    rejoice,   gaudeo,   ere, 


Go,  hasten,  contendo,  ere,  con- 

tendi,  contentum. 
"B.QTO,heroSjdis,  m. 
Learn,  -disco,  ere,  didici. 
Macedonian,    Macedonicus,    a, 

urn  ;  Macedo,  onis,  m. 


Narrow  passage,  angustiae,  a- 

rum,  f.  pi. 
Offer  sacrifices,  to  sacrifice  (in 

honor  of  parents,  &c.),  pa- 

rento,  are,  dm,  dtum. 
Pausanias,  Pausanias,  ae,  m. 
See,  witness,  spec  to,  are,  dm, 

dtum.' 

Tomb,  tumulus,  i,  m. 
Whose,  cujus,  a,  um ;  cujw  ; 

quorum. 
Youth,  young  man,  adolescent, 

entis,  m. 


469.  EXERCISES. 

I.   Translate  and  analyze. 

I.  Hominis  mens  discendo  alitur.     2.  Omnes  mul- 
tum  temporis  ludendo  amittimus.     3.  Philippus  ad  lu- 
dos  spectandos  contendit.     4.  Atheniensium  exercitus 
in  terrain  praedatum  exierat.     5.  -  Philippus,  in  Scy- 
thiam  praedandi  causa  profectus,  numero  praestantes 
Scjthas  dolo  vicit.      6.  Parcendi  victis  filio  animus 
promptior.     7.  Vincendi  ratio  utrique  diversa  fuit.    8. 
Athenienses  miserunt  Delphos  consultum,  quidnam  fa- 
cerent  de  rebus  suis. 

II.  Construct  two  or  more  Latin  sentences  with  gerunds, 
and  two  or  more  with  supines. 

III.  Translate  into  Latin. 

1.  They  have  learned  much  by  reading.  2.  All  can 
learn  much  by  reading  good  books.  3.  Philip  learned 
much  by  witnessing  the  virtues  of  Epaminondas  the 
Theban.  4.  Who  killed  Philip  ?  5.  Pausanias,  hav- 


ATTRIBUTE  OF  PREDICATE,   ABRIDGED.         217 


ing  taken  possession  of  (458, 1,  R.)  the  narrow  passage, 
killed  him.  6.  He  was  going  to  see  the  games,  when 
this  Macedonian  youth  killed  him.  7.  "Who  succeeded 
Philip  ?  8.  Alexander  succeeded  his  father  Philip.  9. 
The  father  is  said  to  have  delighted  in  deceiving  the 
enemy  (lit.  in  the  enemy  deceived).  10.  The  son  delight- 
ed in  routing  them.  11.  At  whose  tomb  did  Alexan- 
der offer  sacrifices  on  arriving  in  Asia?  12.  He  ia 
said  tc  have  sacrificed  at  the  tombs  of  the  Trojan  he- 
roes. 


10 


218  COMPOUND  SENTENCES. 


CHAPTEE  III. 

COMPOUND    SENTENCES. 


§1. — Compound  Sentences  ;  Unabridged. 

LESSON  XLVII. 

Glasses  of  Compound  Sentences. 

[130  &  181.] 

470.  A  COMPOUND  sentence  is  one  which  consists  of 
two  or  more  independent  though  related  sentences. 

REM. — The  sentences,  thus  united,  may  themselves  be  either  simple, 
complex,  or  compound. 

471.  Compound  sentences  may  be  divided  into  three 
classes ;  viz., 

1)  Copulative  sentences,  in  which  two  or  more 
thoughts  are  presented  in  harmony  with  each 
other ;  e.  g., 


Longas  naves  aestus  com- 
plebat ;  et  onerarias  tern- 
pestas  afflictabat. 


The  water  filled  the  war- 
ships ;  and  the  storm  tos- 
sed the  ships  of  burden. 


2)  Disjunctive  sentences,  in  which  a  choice  be- 
tween two  or  more  thoughts  is  offered  ;  e.  g., 


Audendum  est  allquid  uni- 
versis,  aut  omnia  singu- 
lis  patienda  sunt. 


Something  must  be  braved 
by  all,  or  all  things  must 
be  endured  by  each. 


CLASSES   OF   COMPOUND   SENTENCES.  219 

3)  Adversative  sentences,  in  which  the  thoughts 
stand  opposed  to  each  other ;  e.  g., 


Difficile  factu  est,  sed  cona- 
bor. 


It  is  difficult  to  do,  but  1 
will  try  it. 


472.  Copulative  clauses  may  be  connected  by  the 
conjunctions  et,  atque,  ac,  que,  or  nee,  neque. 

BEM.  1. — Et  is  the  most  common,  and  is  used  to  connect  thoughts 
(or  words)  of  equal  importance ;  quet  which  is  an  enclitic  (i.  e. 
is  always  appended  to  some  other  word),  indicates  a  more  intimate 
relationship,  and  is  generally  used  when  the  second  part  repre- 
sents something  as  belonging  to  the  first  or  derived  from  it,  <fec. ; 
atque  is  used  when  the  second  part  is  more  important  than  the 
first ;  ac,  which  is  abbreviated  from  atque,  never  stands  before 
a  vowel,  and  has  generally  the  force  of  et.  Neque  and  nee  have 
the  force  of  et  non. 

REM.  2. — Associated  with  these  conjunctions,  we  sometimes  find 
etiam,  adeo,  quoque,  &c.,  and  sometimes  these  last  only  are  used. 

473.  Sometimes  a  connective  appears  in  both  claus- 
es ;  thus,  we  find  the  following  correlative  particles : 
et — et ;  quum — turn ;  turn — turn  =  both — and  ;  non  so- 
lum — sed  etiam  =  not  only — but  also  ;  ut — ita  •  tarn — 
quam  =  as — so  ;    as   well — as  ;    both — and  ;    neque — 
neque  ;  nee — nee  =  neither — nor  ;  e.  g., 

Et  longas  naves  aestus  Both  the  water  filled  the 
complebat ;  et  onerarias  war-ships,  and  the  storm 
tempestas  afflictabat.  tossed  the  ships  of  burden. 

474.  Sometimes  a  causal  adverb  or  conjunction  ap- 
pears with  the  copulative,  as  iffitur,  ideo,  enim,  &c.,  and 
sometimes  the  copulative  is  omitted,  leaving  only  the 
causal  adverb  as  connective ;  the  sentence,  however, 
retains  its  co-ordinate  character ;  e.  g., 


Nihil   laboras;  ideo  nihil 
habes. 


You  do  nothing,  and  accord- 
ingly have  nothing. 


220 


COMPOUND  SENTENCES. 


475.  Disjunctive  sentences  usually  employ  some  one 
or  more  pf  the  following  connectives :  aut,  vel,  sive,  ve, 
or  the  correlatives  aut — aut ;  vel — vel ;  sive — sive  ;  seu 
— seu.    (See  example,  471,  2.) 

REM. — When  the  second  member  is  a  stronger  expression  than  the 
first,  or  is  really  the  carrying  out  of  the  same  idea,  vel  or  sive 
is  often  accompanied  by  etiam  or  potius ;  e.  g.,  Discessus  fait 
perturbatus,  sive  potius  fuga  turpissima,  The  departure  was  very 
disorderly,  or  rather  the  flight  most  disgraceful. 

476.  Adversative  sentences  usually  employ  some 
one  or  more  of  the  following  connectives :  sect,  autem, 
at,  verum,  vero,  tamen  and  its  compounds  attdmen  and 
verumtdmen,  and  atqui.     (See  example,  471,  3.) 


477.  VOCABULARY. 

And,  et,  atque,  ac,  que  (encli- 
tic). (See  472,  E.  1.) 

Around,  circa,  circum. 

Become  or  be  made  unmanage- 
able, efferor,  ari,  efferdtus 
sum,  pass,  of  effero. 

But,  sed,  autem,  &c.  (476). 

Chariot,  varrus,  us,  m. 

Fall  (in  battle),  cado,  ere,  cecW, 
casum. 

Few,  pauci,  ae,  a. 

Fought,  commissus,  a,  urn. 


High-minded,  magnammus,  a, 
um  ;  magnifwus,  a,  um. 

Horse,  equus,  i,  m. 

Issus,  Issus,  i,  f. 

Pierce,  confodio,  ere,  confodi, 
confossum. 

Prudent,  prudens,  tis. 

Slightly,  lightly,  letter. 

Spear,  hasta,  ae,  f. 

Than,  quam,  or  indicated  by 
a~blative  after  comparatives. 

"Wound,  vulnero,  are,  am,  dtum. 


478.  EXERCISES.       ^ 

I.  Translate  and  analyze. 

1.  Philippo  Alexander  filius  successit.  2.  Pruden- 
tior  ille  consilio,  hie  animo  magnificentior.  3.  Vini 
uterque  nimis  avidus ;  sed  ebrietatis  di versa  ratio.  4. 
Perdicca  occisus  est,  pluresque  duces  perierunt.  5.  De 


FOKMATION  OF  COMPOUND  SENTENCES.         221 

exercitu  Alexandri  centum  viginti  equites  ceciderunt, 
et  cognatis  eorum  immunitates  a  publicis  muneribua 
dedit.  6.  Quaedam  civitates  Atheniensibus  se  jun- 
gunt ;  quasdam  autem  ad  Philippum  belli  metus  traxit. 
7.  Commisso  proelio,  Alexander  non  duels  magis  quam 
militis  munia  exsequebatur. 

II.  1.  Explain  the  nature  of  the  connection  existing  be- 
tween the  different  members  of  the  above  compound  senten- 
ces. 

2.  Construct  three  or  more  Latin  sentences,  illustrating 
the  different  kinds  of  co-ordination. 

III.  Translate  into  Latin. 

1.  Philip  was  prudent,  and  Alexander  was  high- 
minded.  2.  Philip  was  more  prudent  than  his  son 
Alexander,  but  the  son  was  more  high-minded  than 
the  father.  3.  Alexander  conquered  the  Persian  king 
in  a  battle  fought  at  Issus  ;  and  there  the  noblest  lead- 
ers fell  around  the  chariot  of  Darius.  4.  Was  not  Da- 
rius himself  wounded  ?  5.  He  was  not  wounded,  but 
his  horses,  having  been  pierced  with  spears,  became 
unmanageable.  6.  Did  many  of  the  Macedonians  per- 
ish at  Issus?  7.  A  few  of  them  perished,  and  the 
king  himself  is  said  to  have  been  slightly  wounded. 


LESSON  XIWHl 
Formation  of  Compound  Sentences. 

[132  &  133.] 

479.  Compound  sentences  may  be  formed  by  co-or 
dinating  in  some  one  or  more  of  the  ways  just  men* 
tioned, 


222 


COMPOUND  SENTENCES. 


1)  Two  or  more  simple  sentences ;  e.  g., 


Gyges  a  nullo  videbatur, 
ipse  autem  omnia  vide- 
bat. 


Gyges  was  seen  by  no  one, 
but  he  himself  saw  every 
thing. 


2)  Two  or  more  complex  sentences ;  e.  g., 


Hi  sunt  homines  ex  iis  co- 
loniis,  quas  Sulla  con- 
stituit ;  sed  tamen  hi 
sunt  coloni,  qui  se  in 
insperatis  pecuniis  inso- 
lentius  jactarunt. 


These  are  men  from  those 
colonies  which  Sylla plant- 
ed ;  but  yet  these  are  col- 
onists who  have  become  too 
insolent  in  their  unexpect- 
ed wealth. 


3)  Two  or  more  compound  sentences ;  e.  g., 


Graeciae  Antipater  prae- 
ponitur ;  regiae  pecu- 
niae  custodia  Cratero 
traditur ;  sed  exercitus 
cura  Perdiccae  assign  a- 
tur  et  Aridaeus  rex 
agnoscitur. 


Antipater  is  appointed  ovsf 
Greece,  and  the  guardian 
ship  of  the  royal  treasury 
is  intrusted  to  Oraterus , 
but  the  care  of  the  army 
is  assigned  to  Perdicca] 
and  Aridaeus  is  recog 
nized  as  king. 


4)  Simple,  complex,  and  compound,  in  a  single 
sentence,  or  either  two  of  the  three  kinds,  as 
simple  and  complex,  simple  and  compound, 
or  complex  and  compound ;  e.  g., 


Nunquam  ego  a  diis  opta- 
bo  ut  haec  audiatis,  sed 
ilia  audietis. 


shall  never  desire  of  the 
gods  that  you  may  hear 
these  thingSj  but  yuu  will 
hear  them. 


FORMATION  OF  COMPOUND  SENTENCES.         223 


480.  VOCABULARY. 

Aminon  or  Hammon,  Ammon 

or  Hammon,  onis,  m. 
Approach,  adventus,  us,  m. 
Charles,  Carolus,  i,  m. 
Consult,  consulo,  ere,  consului, 

consultum. 
Contrary  to,  contra. 
Design,  designate,  designo,  are, 

dvi,  dtum. 
Determine,  statuo,  ere,  statui, 

statutum. 

Dutiful,  pius,  a,  um. 
Egypt,  ^gyptus,  i,  f. 
Egyptian,   j&gyptius,  a,  um ; 

the  Egyptians,  JEgyptii,  o- 

rum,  m.  pi. 

Empire,  imperium,  i,  n. 
Ever,  always,  semper. 
Fear,  metuo,  ere,  metui,  metu- 

tum. 

Former — latter,  ille — hie. 
Gladly,  expressed  by  adj.  lae- 

tus,  a,  um,  in  agreement  with 

subject. 
Go,  eo,  ire,  im,  itum 


God,  deus,  i,  m.    (See  A.  &  S. 

§53.) 

John,  Johannes,  is,  m. 
Jupiter,  Juptter,  Jovis,  m.  (See 

A.  &S.  §85.) 
Latter,  hie,  haec,  hoc. 
Law  or  right  of  nations,  jus 

gentium. 
Lay  siege  to,  besiege,  obsideo, 

ere,  obsedi,  obsessum. 
Love,  amo,  are,  dvi,  dtum. 
Oracle,  oraculum,  i,  n. 
Receive;  recipio,  ere,  recepi,  re- 

ceptum. 
Slay,  kill,  occido,  ere,  occldi,  oc- 

clsum. 

Tyre,  Tyrus,  i,  f. 
Tyrian,    Tyrius,  a,  um ;   the 

Tyrians,  Tyrii,  drum,  m.  pi. 
Visit,  go  to,  adeo,  Ire,  adii,  adi- 

tum. 
"Whether,  sometimes  expressed 

by  an. 
"World,  orbis,  is,  m. ;  orbis  ter- 

rae  or  terrdrum. 


481.  EXERCISES. 

I.  Translate  and  analyze. 

1.  jEgyptii  Alexandrum  laeti  receperunt,  nee  susti- 
nuere  adventum  ejus  Persae.  2.  ^Egyptii,  olim  Per- 
sarum  opibus  infensi,  Alexandrum  laeti  receperunt; 
nee  sustinuere  adventum  ejus  Persae,  defectione  per- 
territi.  3.  Eegnare  ille  cum  amicis  volebat ;  hie  in 
amicos  regna  exercebat.  4.  Amari  pater  voluit ;  hio 


224  ABRIDGED  COMPOUND  SENTENCES. 

metui  maluit.  5.  Parcendi  victis  filio  animus  promp- 
tior;  ille  nee  sociis  abstinebat.  6.  Motae  quaedam 
civitates  Atheniensibus  se  jungunt ;  quasdam  autem  ad 
Philippum  belli  metus  traxit. 

II.  1.  Construct  two  simple  sentences  in  Latin,  and 
then  unite  them  by  some  co-ordinate  conjunction. 

2.  Construct  a  complex  sentence,  and  unite  it  with  the 
compound  formed  above. 

III.  Translate  into  Latin. 

1.  The  Egyptians  received  Alexander  gladly,  but 
the  Persians  were  terrified  at  his  approach.  2.  Charles 
is  feared,  and  John  is  loved ;  but  the  former  is  said  to 
be  a  good  father,  and  the  latter  has  ever  been  a  dutiful 
eon.  3.  Why  did  Alexander  determine  to  lay  siege  to 
Tyre  ?  4.  He  determined  to  besiege  the  city,  because 
the  Tyrians,  contrary  to  the  law  of  nations,  slew  the 
ambassadors  whom  he  had  sent  to  them.  5.  What 
oracle  did  he  visit  in  Egypt  ?  6.  He  visited  the  oracle 
of  Jupiter  Ammon  to  consult  whether  the  father  of  the 
gods  designed  the  empire  of  the  world  for  him. 


§  2. — Compound  Sentences  ;  Abridged. 

LESSON  XLIX. 
Compound  Elements. — Subjects,  United. 

[134—137.] 

482.  The  several  members  of  a  compound  sentence 
frequently  differ  from  each  other  only  in  their  subjects, 
and  then  these  subjects  are  generally  united,  and  the 


COMPOUND  SUBJECTS. 


225 


other  elements  appear  but  once,  though  in  such  a  form 
as  to  agree  with  the  compound  subject ;  e.  g., 


Romani  bella  multa  gesse- 

runt. 
Graeci  bella  multa  gesse- 

runt. 
Romani  et  Graeci-  bella 

multa  gesserunt. 


The  Eomans  waged  many 

wars. 
The  Greeks,  waged  many 

wars. 
The  Eomans  and  Greeks 

waged  many  wars. 


REM. — Here  it  will  be  observed  that  the  predicate  and  modifiers 
are  the  same  in  both  the  sentences  united  to  form  the  compound, 
and  accordingly  they  appear  but  once  in  that  compound. 


Caesar  bella  multa  gessit. 

Hannibal  bella  multa  ges- 
sit. 

Caesar  et  Hannibal  bella 
multa  gesserunt. 


Caesar  waged  many  wars. 

Hannibal  waged  many 
wars. 

Caesar  and  Hannibal  wa- 
ged many  wars. 


REM. — Here  it  will  be  observed  that  the  predicate  in  the  compound 
is  changed  to  the  plural  to  agree  with  the  compound  subject. 

483.  KULE. — Agreement. 

When  the  members  of  a  compound  subject  are  unit- 
ed by  copulatives  (except  nee,  neque),  the  predicate  is 
generally  put  in  the  plural ;  but,  when  they  are  united 
by  disjunctives  or  adversatives,  it  is  generally  in  the  sin- 
gular, if  the  members  themselves  are  of  that  number ; 


Caesar  et  Hannibal  bella 

multa  gesserunt. 
Caesar  aut  Hannibal  bella 

multa  gessit. 


Caesar  and  Hannibal  wa 

ged  many  wars. 
Caesar  or  Hannibal  ivaged 

many  wars. 


[F.  B.  612,  R. ;  A.  &  S.  §  209,  R.  12 ;  Z.  §  865.] 
10* 


226  ABRIDGED  COMPOUND  SENTENCES. 

BEM.  1. — If  the  subjects  are  of  different  persons,  the  verb  agrees 
with  the  first  in  preference  to  the  second,  and  with  the  second 
in  preference  to  the  third ;  e.  g.,  Si  tu  et  Tullia  valgtis,  ego  et 
Cicero  valemus,  If  you  and  Tullia  are  well,  Cicero  and  I  are 
well. 

HEM.  2. — If  the  subjects  are  of  different  genders,  any  predicate  ad- 
jective or  participle  in  the  plural  generally  takes  the  gender  of 
one  of  the  subjects,  preferring  the  masculine  to  the  feminine  and 
the  feminine  to  the  neuter ;  unless  the  subjects  denote  things 
without  life,  and  then  'they  are  usually  put  in  the  neuter ;  e.  g., 
Pater  raihi  et  mater  mortui  sunt,  My  father  and  mother  are  dead. 
— Labor  voluptasque  inter  se  sunt  juncta,  Labor  and  pleasure 
are  united  together. 

HEM.  3. — Sometimes  the  verb  in  the  singular  is  used  in  agreement 
with  one  of  the  subjects  connected  by  copulatives,  and  is  under- 
stood with  the  rest,  and  sometimes  the  verb  in  the  plural  is 
used  with  subjects  in  the  singular  connected  by  disjunctives, 
especially  when  one  of  these  subjects  is  in  the  first  or  second 
person  ;  e.  g.,  Omnes  anTmi  cruciatus  egestas  ac  mendicitas  con- 
sequatur,  Let  want  and  beggary  follow  all  the  agonies  of  mind.— 
Si  quid  Socrates  ant  Aristippus  fecerint,  <fec.,  If  Socratts  or  Aria- 
tippus  did  any  thiny,  &c. 

REM.  4. — When  different  modifiers  belong  to  the  several  subjects 
united,  they  must  each  be  associated  with  their  respective  sub- 
jects; e.  g.,  Fuerunt  anno  primo  consules  Brutus,  acerrlmus 
libertatis  vindex,  et  Collatinus,  maritus  Lucretiae,  JSrutus,  the 
most  valiant  defender  of  liberty,  and  Collatinus,  the  husband  of 
Lucretia,  were  the  consuls  the  first  year. 


484.  VOCABULARY. 

Arbela,  Arbela,  drum,  n.  pi. 
Both  —  and,  et  —  et;  quum  — 

turn,  &c.     (See  473.) 
Bravely,  fortiter. 
Nearly,  fere. 
Or,  aut;  in  double  questions, 

an,  ne,  sometimes  an  in  the 

eecond  clause,    and 


num,  or  ne,  in  the  first.   (See 

F.  B.  482.) 
Reach,  arrive  at,  pervenio,  ire, 

perveni,  perventum. 
Rush,  rush  together,  concurro^ 

ere,  concurri,  concursum. 
Village,  mcus,  i,  m. 


COMPOUND  SUBJECTS.  227 

485.  EXERCISES. 

I.  Translate  and  analyze* 

I.  Romulus  et  Remus  pueritiam  inter  pastores  trans- 
egerunt.      2.  In  exercitu  Alexandri  fuerunt  pedltum 
triginta  duo  millia,  equitum  quatuor  millia  quingenti, 
naves  centum  octoginta  duae.     3.  De  exercitu  ejus  no 
vem  pedites,  centum  viginti  equites  ceciderunt.      4 
Inter  captlvos  castrorum  mater  et  uxor  et  filiae  duae 
Darii  fuerunt.    5.  Nee  Persae  nee  Macedones  dubita- 
vere,  quin  ipse  rex  esset  ©cclsus.     6.  Pueri  virginesque 
templa  compleverant. 

II.  Give  in  full  the  sentences  which  have  leen  united  in 
the  formation  of  the  first  four  of  the  above  compounds. 

MODEL. 

Romulus  pueritiam  inter  pastores  transegit.  (482.) 
Eemus  pueritiam  inter  pastores  transegit.  (482.) 

III.  Translate  into  Latin. 

1.  Darius  reached  the  village  of  Arbela.  2.  The 
Persians  reached  the  village  of  Arbela.  3.  Darius  and 
the  Persians  reached  the  village  of  Arbela.  4.  The 
Lacedaemonians  rushed  to  arms.  5.  Did  not  all  Greece 
rush  to  arms  ?  6.  The  Lacedaemonians  and  nearly  all 
Greece  rushed  to  arms.  7.  Both  Persians  and  Mace- 
donians fought  bravely.  8.  Were  the  Lacedaemonians, 
or  the  Persians  conquered  at  Arbela?  9.  The  Per- 
sians were  conquered  there. 


228  ABRIDGED  COMPOUND  SENTENCES. 


LESSON  L 
Compound  Elements. — Predicates,  United. 

[138—141.] 

486.  The  several  members  of  a  compound  sentence 
frequently  differ  only  in  their  predicates,  and  then  these 
predicates  are  united,  while  the  other  elements  appear 
but  once  ;  e.  g., 


Scipio  Carthaginem  cepit. 
Scipio  Carthaginem  diruit. 
Scipio  Carthaginem  cepit 
ac  diruit. 


Scipio  took  Carthage. 
Scipio  destroyed  Carthage. 
Scipio  took  and  destroyed 
Carthage. 


HEM. — When  the  modifiers  of  the  several  predicates  are  not  the 
same,  they  must  be  associated  with  their  respective  predicates ; 
e.  g.,  Is  et  in  custodiam  cives  dedit  et  supplication  em  mihi  de- 
crevit>  He  both  delivered  citizens  into  custody  and  decreed  a  thanks- 
giving to  me. 

487.  The  copulative  connective  is  often  omitted  both 
in  the  full  and  in  the  abridged  form  of  the  compound 
sentence ;  e.  g., 

Catilina  abiit. 
Catilina  evasit. 
Catilina  erupit. 
Catilina  abiit,  evasit,  eru- 
pit. 

488.  If  the  predicate  is  expressed  by  a  copula  and 
attribute  separately,  the  copula  being  the  same  in  the 
several  parts,  we  have  only  to  unite  the  attributes ; 
e.  g., 


Catiline  has  gone. 
Catiline  has  escaped. 
Catiline  has  broken  away. 
Catiline  has  gone,  has  esca- 
ped, has  broken  away. 


COMPOUND  PREDICATES. 


229 


Asia  opima  est.  Asia  is  rich. 

Asi&fertilis  est.  Asia  is  fertile. 

Asia  opima  est  etfertilis.        Asia  is  rich  and  fertile. 

489.  If  there  are  modal  adverbs  (265)  or  modifiers, 
connected  with  either  part,  they  must  generally  be  re- 
tained with  that  part ;  if  the  same  modal  adverb  be- 
longs to  each  member,  it  is  generally  repeated,  either 
alone  or  in  combination  with  the  connective ;  e.  g., 


Otii  fructus  est  non  con- 
tentio  animi. 

Otii  fructus  est  relaxatio 
animi. 

Otii  fructus  est  non  con- 
tentio  animi,  sed  relaxa- 
tio. 

Atticus  mendacium  non 
dicebat. 

Atticus  mendacium  non 
pati  poterat. 

Atticus  mendacium  neque 
(et  non)  dicebat,  negue 
(et  non)  pati  poterat. 

490.  VOCABULARY. 

After,  post . 

Amphipolis,  AmpMpolis,  is,  f. 

Appoint,  institute,  instituo,  ere, 

institui,  institutum. 
Babylon,  Babylon,  onis,  f. 
Beseech,  pray,  precor,  dri,  pre- 

cdtus  sum. 


The  fruit  of  ease  is  not  the 
vigorous  exercise  of  mind. 

The  fruit  of  ease  is  the  re- 
laxation of  mind. 

The  fruit  of  ease  is  not  the 
vigorous  exercise  of  mind, 
but  the  relaxation  of  it. 

Atticus  did  not  speak  a 
falsehood. 

Atticus  was  not  able  to  en- 
dure a  falsehood. 

Atticus  neither  (both  not) 
spoke  a  falsehood  nor  (and 
not)  was  able  to  endure 
one. 


Chaeronea,  Chaeronea,  ae,  f. 
Death,  mors,  mortis,  f. 
Disregard,  contemn,  contemno, 

ere,  contempsi,  contemptum. 
Enter,  introeo,  Ire,  wi  or  iit 

Uum. 
Feast,  convivium,  i,  n. 


230 


ABRIDGED  COMPOUND  SENTENCES. 


Hasten,  festlno,  are,  dvi,  dtum. 
Lead,  duco,  ere,  duxi,  ductum. 
Magi,  Magi,  drum,  m.  pi. 
Move,  excite  feeling,  moveo,  ere, 

movi,  mo  turn. 
One,  certain  one,  quidam,  quae- 

dam,  quoddam. 
Prayers,  preces,  um,  f.  pi. 
Prediction,  praedictum,  i,  n. 


Keturn,  reverto,  ere,  reverti,  r& 
versum. 

*Kise  in  importance,  emerge,  ere, 
emersi,  emersum. 

Show,  ostendo,  ere,  ostendi,  os+ 
tensum  and  ostentum. 

Superior  to,  greater  than,  ma- 
jor, us  (coinp.  of  magnus). 

Wound,  vulnus,  erie,  D. 


491.  EXERCISES. 

I.  Translate  and  analyze. 

I.  Tumultuantes  milites  Alexander  ipse  sedavit,  eos- 
que  omnes  ad  conspectum  suum  admisit.     2.  Darius 
desilit  et  in  equum,  qui  ad  hoc  ipsum  sequebatur,  im- 
ponitur.      3.  Ceteri  dissipantur  metu,  et,  qua  cuique 
patebat  via,  erumpunt.     4.  Non  solita  sacra  Philippus 
ilia  die  fecit ;  non  in  convivio  risit ;  non  coronas  sump- 
sit  ;  et  ita  vicit  ut  victorem  nemo  sentiret     5.  Accepto 
poculo,  inter  bibendum,  veluti  telo  confixus,  ingemuit. 

II.  Construct  Latin  sentences  in  answer  to  the  following 
questions : 

1.  What  state  rose  in  importance  after  the  death  of 
Epaminondas  ?  2.  Why  did  Philip  reside  at  Thebes  ? 
3.  Where  did  he  first  engage  the  Athenians  ?  4.  Who 
fought  at  Chaeronea  ?  5.  What  were  the  particulars 
of  the  death  of  Philip  ?  6.  Who  succeeded  him  ?  7. 
Was  Alexander  in  any  respect  superior  to  his  father  ? 
8.  What  were  the  first  acts  of  his  reign  ?  9.  What 
was  the  result  of  the  battle  of  Issus  ?  10.  What  coun- 
try did  Alexander  visit  after  taking  Tyre  ? 

III.  Translate  into  Latin. 

1.  The  soldiers  showed  Alexander  their  wounds, 


COMPOUND  MODIFIERS  OF  SUBJECT. 


231 


and  besought  him  to  lead  them  home.  2.  He  wag 
moved  by  their  prayers,  and  hastened  to  Babylon.  3. 
One  of  the  Magi  besought  him  not  to  enter  the  city. 
4.  He  disregarded  the  prediction  of  the  Magi,  returned 
to  Babylon,  and  appointed  a  feast. 


LESSON  LI. 

Compound  Elements. — Modifiers  of  Subject,  United. 

[142—144.] 

492.  The  several  members  of  a  compound  sentence 
frequently  differ  only  in  the  modifiers  of  their  subjects  ; 
and  then  these  modifiers  may  be  united,  and  the  other 
elements  of  the  sentence  appear  but  once ;  e.  g., 

Epicurus,  the  least  sinful 
of  men,  came. 

Epicurus,  the  best  of  the 
great,  came. 

Epicurus,  the  least  sinful 
of  men,  or  rather  the 
best  of  the  great,  came. 


Venit  Epicurus,  homo  mi- 

nime  malus. 
Venit  Epicurus,  vir  opti* 

mus. 
Venit  Epicurus,  homo  mi- 

riime   malus,   vel  potius 

vir  optimus. 

\£H~  For  the  use  of  potius  with  vel,  see  475,  Rem. 


493.  VOCABULARY. 

Antigonus,  Antigonus,  i,  m. 
Antipater,  Antipater,  tri,  m. 
Aridaeus,  Aridaeus,  i,  m. 
Call,  voco,  are,  am,  dtum* 
Cassander,  Cassander,  dri,  m. 
Claim,  vindico,  are,  dvi,  dtum. 
Demetrius,  Demetrius,  i,  m. 


Direct,  order,  jubeo,  ere,  jussi^ 

jussum. 

Gaul,  Gallia,  ae,  f. 
Glory,  gloria,  ae,  f. 
Majesty,  dignity,  rank,  maje** 

tas,  dtis,  f. 
Ptolemy,  Ptolemaeus,  i,  m. 


232  ABRIDGED  COMPOUND  SENTENCES. 


Regal,  regius,  a,  urn. 
Sardinia,  Sardinia,  ae,  f. 
Self-control,  moderatio,  onis,  f. 


Victory,  victoria,  ae,  f. 
Wait  for,  await,  opperior, 
opperltus  and  oppertus. 


494.  EXERCISES. 

I.  Translate  and  analyze. 

1.  Castrorum  et  exercitus  cura  Perdiccae  assign atur. 
2.  Septimo  mense  capta  est  urbs  et  vetustate  originis  et 
crebra  fortunae  varietate  insignis.     3.  Legationes  Car- 
thaginiensium  ceterarumque  Africae  civitatum  Alex- 
andri  adventum  Babyloniae  opperiebantur.     4.  Mace- 
doniae  Antipater  praeponitur;  jubeturque  •  Aridaeus 
corpus  Alexandri  in  Hammonis  templum  deducere. 
5.  Tune  Perdicca,  lustratione  castrorum  indicta,  sedi- 
tiosos  supplicio  occulte  tradi  jubet. 

II.  1.   Give  in  full  the  sentences  united  in  the  above  com- 
pounds. 

MODEL. 

Castrorum  cura  Perdiccae  assignatur. 
Exercitus  cura  Perdiccae  assignatur. 

2.  Construct  two  or  more  Latin  sentences  differing  only 
in  the  modifiers  of  the  subject,  and  then  unite  them  in  the 
form  of  an  abridged  compound. 

III.  Translate  into  Latin. 

1.  Aridaeus,  who  was  king  and  the  brother  of  Alex 
ander,  was  directed  to  assume  the  name  (be  called  ly  the 
name)  of  his  father  Philip.  2.  The  glory,  both  of  self- 
control  and  of  victory,  belongs  to  Ptolemy.  3.  Cassan- 
der,  who  was  the  son  of  Antipater  and  who  had  waged 
war  against  Antigonus,  claimed  for  himself  the  royal 
majesty.  4.  Philip,  the  son  of  Demetrius,  and  king  of 


COMPOUND  OBJECTS. 


Macedonia,  sent  ambassadors  to  Hannibal.  5.  Ambas- 
sadors from  Sicily,  Gaul,  and  Sardinia,  were  awaiting 
the  arrival  of  Alexander  at  Babylon. 


LESSON  LII. 
Compound  Elements. — Objects  of  Predicate,  United. 

[145—147.] 

495.  The  several  parts  of  a  compound  sentence  some- 
times differ  only  in  the  objects  of  their  predicates  ;  and 
then  these  objects,  may  be  united,  and  the  other  ele- 
ments of  the  sentence  appear  but  once ;  e.  g., 


Non  imperium  petimus. 
Non  divitias  petimus. 
Non  imperium^   neque  (et 

non)  divitias  petimus. 
Orabant  Ubii,   ut    Caesar 

sibi  auxilium  ferret. 

Orabant  Ubii,  ut  Caesar 
exercitum  Rhenum  trans- 
portaret. 

Orabant  Ubii,  ut  Caesar 
sibi  auxilium  ferret,  vel 
exercitum  Rhenum  trans- 
portaret. 


We  do  not  seek  power. 

We  do  not  seek  wealth. 

We  do  not  seek  power  or 
wealth. 

The  Ubii  asJced  that  Cae- 
sar would  bring  aid  to 
them. 

The  Ubii  asked  that  Cae- 
sar would  transport  his 
army  across  the  Ehine. 

The  Ubii  asked  that  Cae- 
sar would  bring  aid  to 
them,  or  transport  his 
army  across  the  Ehine. 


REM. — Observe  that  when  the  subordinate  clauses  are  united  in  the 
last  example,  the  subject  Caesar  disappears  in  the  second  part, 
because  it  has  been  used  in  the  first, 


234:  ABRIDGED   COMPOUND   SENTENCES. 

496.   YOCABULARY. 


Aim  at,  seek,  quaero,  ere,  quae- 
slvi  and  quaesii,  quaesltum. 

Brennus,  Brennm,  i,  m. 

Infantry,  foot-soldiers,  pedites, 
um,  m.  pi.,  from  pedes,  ttis,  a 
foot-soldier. 

Liberty,  libertas,  dtis>  f. 


Neither — nor,  nec~nec  ;  nequt 

—neque.    (See  473.) 
Power,  domination,  dominatio, 

onis,  f. 
Spartan,  Spartanus,  a,  um  ;  the 

Spartans,  Spartani,  drum,  m. 

pi. 


497.  EXERCISES. 

I.  Translate  and  analyze. 

1.  Alexander,  non  juvenes  robustos,  sed  veteranos 
elegit.     2.  Opulenta  regum  munera  magnificentia  sua 
et  gratam  liominum  voluntatem  et  Apollinis    respon- 
sum  manifestant.     3.  Dona  et  sacerdotibus  et  deo  data 
sunk     4.  Alexander  omnes  interfici,  ignemque  tectis 
injici  jubet.      5.  Jamque  qui  Darium  vehebant  equi 
jugum  quatere  et  regem  curru  excutere  coeperant.     6. 
Hie  dies  universae  Graeciae  et  gloriam  dominationis  et 
vetustissimam  libertatem  finivit. 

II.  1.   Give  in  full  the  sentences  united  in  the  formation 
of  the  above  compounds. 

MODEL. 

Alexander  non  juvenes  robustos  elegit. 
Alexander  veteranos  elegit. 

2.  Construct  two  or  more  simple  sentences  differing  only 
in  their  objects,  and  then  unite  them  in  the  form  of  an 
abridged  compound. 

III.  Translate  into  Latin. 

1.  The  Spartans  aimed  at  (sought)  power.  2.  They 
did  not  aim  at  the  liberty  of  Greece.  3.  They  aimed 
at  power,  but  not  the  liberty  of  Greece.  4  Did  you 


COMPOUND  ADVERBIAL  ATTRIBUTIVES.          235 

not  see  the  king  ?  5.  We  saw  both  the  king  and  his 
son.  6.  You  saw  neither  the  king  nor  his  son.  7. 
The  Gauls  sought  Greece  and  Macedonia.  8.  Brennus 
sent  both  infantry  and  cavalry  into  Macedonia. 


LESSON  LIII. 

Compound  Elements. — Attributives  of  Predicate,  United. 

[148—150.] 

498.  The  several  members  of  a  compound  sentence 
sometimes  differ  from  each  other  only  in  the  attributives 
of  their  predicates  ;  and  then  these  attributives  may  be 
united,  and  the  other  elements  appear  but  once ;  e.  g., 


Magnos    homines    virtute 

metimur. 
Magnos  homines  non  for- 

tuna  metirnur. 
Magnos    homines    virtute 

metimur,  nonfortuna. 

499.  VOCABULARY. 

Booty,  praeda,  ae,  f. 

Either — or,  aut — aut ;  vel — 

vel,  &c.     (See  475.) 
Excite,  acuo,  ere,  acui,  acutum. 
Land,  terra,  ae,  f. 
Not  only — but  also,  non  solum 

— sed  etiam. 
Often,  saepe. 
Overwhelm,  obruo,  ere,  obrui, 

obrutum. 


We  measure  great  men  by 

their  worth. 
We  do  not  measure  great 

men  by  their  success. 
We  measure  great  men  by 

their  worth,  not  by  their 

success. 


Other,  the  rest,  reliquus,  a,  um. 
Pannonia,  Pannonia,  ae,  f. 
Penetrate,   penetro,    are,   dvi, 

dtum. 

Rock,  piece  of  rock,  saxum,  i,  n. 
Sea,  mare^  is,  n.  (abl.  e  or  i) ; 

by  sea  and  land,  terra  marl' 

que. 

Spirits,  courage,  animus,  i,  m. 
Statue,  statua,  ae,  f. 


236          ABRIDGED  COMPOUND  SENTENCES. 

500.  EXERCISES. 

I.  Translate  and  analyze. 

1.  Dux  Hannibal  constituitur,  non  penuria  seniorum, 
sed  odio  Bomanorum.    2.  Alexander  et  virtute  et  vi- 
tiis  patre  major  fuit.     3.  Omnes  ante  eum  reges  conti- 
nentia  et  dementia  vicit.     4.  Victus  est  non  virtute 
hostlli,  sed  insidiis  suorum  et  fraude.     5.  Ptolemaeus 
et  Cassander  contra  Antigonum  bellum  terra  marique 
instruunt.      6.  Brennus  quum  in  conspectu  haberet 
templum,  ad  acuendos  suorum  animos  praedae  uberta- 
tem  militibus  ostendebat. 

II.  1.  Give  in  full  the  sentences  united  in  the  formation 
of  the  above  compounds. 

MODEL. 

Dux  Hannibal  constituitur  non  penuria  seniorum. 
Dux  Hannibal  constituitur  odio  Eomanorum. 

2.  Construct  one  or  more  Latin  sentences  with  com- 
pound adverbial  attributives. 

III.  Translate  into  Latin. 

1.  Brennus  excited  the  spirits  of  his  soldiers  by  the 
golden  statues  and  other  booty.  2.  Did  not  Cassander 
wage  war  both  by  sea  and  land  ?  3.  Wars  have  often 
been  waged  both  by  sea  and  land.  4.  Did  not  the 
Gauls  go  into  Italy?  5.  They  penetrated  not  only 
into  Italy,  but  also  into  Pannonia.  6.  The  Greeks 
overwhelmed  the  Gauls  with  rocks  and  arms.  7.  Will 
you  go  to  Athens  ?  8.  I  will  go  either  to  Athens  or 
to  Eome.  9.  Have  you  been  at  Eome  and  Athens  ? 
10.  I  have  been  at  Eome,  but  not  at  Athens. 


ELEMENTS  COMMON  TO  DIFFERENT  MEMBERS.    237 


LESSON  LIV. 
Elements  Common  to  Different  Members. 

[151—153.] 

501.  The  several  members  of  a  compound  sentence 
sometimes  differ  from  each  other  in  two  or  more  of 
their  elements,  and  still  have  one  or  more  in  common. 
When  this  is  the  case,  the  parts  which  are  common  to 
the  several  members  appear  in  one  of  them,  but  are 
usually  omitted  in  the  rest ;  e.  g., 

Proximo  die  Caesar  e  cas-  |  On  the  following  day,  Oae- 

sar  led  out  his  forces  from 
the  camp. 

On  the  following  day,  Ario- 
vistus  sent  forward  a  part 
of  his  forces. 

On  the  following  day,  Oae- 


tris  copias  suas  eduxit. 


Proximo  die  Ariovistus 
partem  suarum  copia- 
rum  praemisit. 

Proximo  die  Caesar  e  cas- 
tris  copias  suas  eduxit, 
et  Ariovistus  partem 
suarum  copiarum  prae- 
misit. 


sar  led  out  his  forces  from 
the  camp,  and  Ariovistus 
sent  forward  apart  of  his 
forces. 


REM. — It  will  be  observed  that  here  the  common  element  proximo 
die  appean  but  once,  and  that  all  the  other  parts  retain  their 
positions  in  their  respective  members. 


502.  VOCABULARY. 

After  (adv.),  post. 

Ancient,  antlquus,  a,  um. 

At  one  time,  at  a  certain  time, 

once,  quondam. 
Beyond,  extra. 


Compel,  compello,  ere,  compuli, 

compulsum. 
Elder,  greater  (in  age),  major, 

us. 
Even,  etiam,  vel. 


238  ABRIDGED  COMPOUND  SENTENCES. 


Fight,  engage  (as  battle),  com- 
mitto,  ere,  commlsi,  commis- 


sum. 


Limit,  terminus,  i,  m. 

Lose,  amitto,  ere,  amisi,  amis- 


sum. 


Perseus,  Perseus,  i,  m. 
Possession,  possessio,  onis,  f. 


Keceive,  accipio,  ere<  accepi,  at 

ceptum. 

Reject,  repudio,  are,  am,  dtum. 
Short,  brevis,  e. 
Sue  for,  seek,  peto>  ere,  petwi 

and  petii,  petltum. 
Wage,  infero,  inferre, 

illdtum. 


503.  EXERCISES. 

I.  Translate  and  analyze. 

I.  Alexander  aperte,  Philippus  artibus  bella  tracta- 
bat.     2.  Verbis  atque  oratione  hie,  ille  rebus  modera- 
tior.     3.  Frugalitati  pater,  luxuriae  filius  magis  deditus 
erat.     4.  Occiso  Demetrio  sublatoque  aemulo,  non  ne- 
gligentior  tantum  Perseus  in  patrem,  verum  etiam  con- 
tumacior ;  nee  heredem  regni,  sed  regera  se  gerebat. 
5.  His  ita  compositis,  Macedoniae  et  Graeeiae  Antipa- 
ter  praeponitur  ;  regiae  pecuniae  custodia  Cratero  tra- 

.  ditur. 

II.  Give  in  full  the  sentences  united  in  the  formation  of 
the  above  compounds. 

MODEL. 

Alexander  aperte  bella  tractabat. 
Philippus  artibus  bella  tractabat. 

III.  Translate  into  Latin. 

1.  Did  the  Greeks  ever  wage  war  against  Philip  ? 
2.  At  one  time,  all  Greece  waged  war  against  king 
Philip,  and  compelled  him  to  sue  for  peace.  3.  As 
this  peace  was  rejected  (all.  abs.)  by  the  senate,  a  battle 
was  fought,  and  Philip  was  conquered,  and  lost  all  the 
states  of  Greece  beyond  the  limits  of  his  ancient  pos-. 


CLASSIFICATION  OF  SENTENCES. — KECAPITULATION.239 

sessions.  4.  Who  was  Perseus  ?  5.  He  was  the  elder 
of  the  sons  of  Philip,  king  of  Macedonia.  6.  A  short 
time  after,  Demetrius  was  put  to  death,  and  Perseus 
received  the  government. 


LESSON  LV. 

Classification  of  Sentences. — Recapitulation. 

[154—156.] 

504.  Sentences  may  be  divided,  according  to  the 
form  in  which  the  thought  is  expressed,  into  three 
classes;  viz., 

1)  Declarative  Sentences,  which  assume  the  form 
of  an  assertion. 

2)  Interrogative  Sentences,  which  assume  the  form 
of  a  question. 

3)  Imperative  Sentences,  which  assume  the  form 
of  a  command,  exhortation,  or  entreaty.        $i 

505.  In  each  of  the  above  forms,  sentences  sometimes 
imply  passion  or  emotion  on  the  part  of  the  speaker, 
and  may  then  be  called  exclamatory  declarative  if  of  the 
declarative  form,  exclamatory  interrogative  if  of  the  inter- 
rogative form,  and  exclamatory  imperative  if  of  the  im- 
perative form. 

506.  Again :  sentences  may  be  divided  according  to 
their  structure  into  three  classes  ;  viz., 

1)  Simple  Sentences,  which  express  but  a  single 
thought,  i.  e.,  make  but  one  assertion,  ask  but 
one  question,  or  give  but  one  command. 

2)  Complex  Sentences,  which  express  two  or  more 


240  CLASSIFICATION  OF  SENTENCES: 

thoughts,  so  related  that  one  or  more  of  them 
are  made  dependent  upon  the  others. 
3)  Compound  Sentences,  which  express  two  or 
more  independent  thoughts. 

I.  SIMPLE  SENTENCES. 

507.  The  elements  of  the  simple  sentence,  as  we  have 
already  seen,  are  of  two  kinds : 

I.  Principal  Elements  ;  viz., 

1)  Subject. 

2)  Predicate. 

II.  Subordinate  Elements  ;  viz., 

1)  Objective  Modifiers. 

2)  Attributive  Modifiers. 

508.  These  elements  appear  in  two  different  forms ; 
viz., 

1)  Simple,  i.  e.,  without  modifiers. 

2)  Complex,  i.  e.,  with  modifiers. 

II.  (a)  COMPLEX  SENTENCES. 

509.  A  simple  sentence  may  become  complex  by 
having  one  or  more  sentences  substituted  for  one  or 
more  of  its  constituent  elements. 

510.  A  sentence  thus  used  as  an  element  in  the  for- 
mation of  a  complex  sentence,  may  be  itself  either  sim- 
ple, complex,  or  compound. 

511.  The  subordinate  character  of  a  sentence  thus 
used  may  be  denoted, 

1)  By  a  subordinate  connective  without  any 
change  in  the  sentence  itself. 

2)  By  a  change  of  form  without  the  use  of  a  con- 
nective. 


RECAPITULATION.  241 

By  a  connective  and  a  corresponding  change 
of  form. 

(fy  ABRIDGED  COMPLEX  SENTENCES. 
Complex  sentences  are  abridged  in  two  ways : 
\    A  portion  of  the  subordinate  clause  is  omit- 
ted ;  and  the  rest  remains  unchanged. 
2)   A  portion  of  the  subordinate  clause  is  omit- 
ted  ;  and  the  rest  is  changed  to  adapt  it  to  its 
new  situation. 

REM. — Tho  first  case,  involving  only  the  ellipsis  of  a  part,  requires 
but  little  attention,  while  the  second,  involving  a  change  ot 
structure,  should  be  carefully  studied. 

1.   Change  in  the  Form  of  the  Subject. 

513.  The  subject  of  the  subordinate  clause,  when 
changed  by  abridging  the  sentence,  is  put, 

1)  In  the  ablative  with  predicate  omitted,  as  after 
comparatives  without  quam. 

2)  In  the  ablative  absolute  with  the  participle, 
adjective,  or  noun,  which  remains  to  repre- 
sent the  predicate. 

2.   Change  in  the  Form  of  the  Predicate. 

514.  (I)  The  verb-predicate  of  the  subordinate  clause, 
when  changed  by  abridging  the  sentence,  assumes  the 
form 

1)  Of  a  Participle.     This  must  agree  with  some 
noun  in  the  principal  clause,  if  the  subject  is 
omitted,  otherwise  it  will  be  in  the  ablative 
absolute  with  that  subject. 

2)  Of  a  Gerund. 

3)  Of  a  Supine. 

515.  (II)  Both  substantive  and  adjective  predicates 

11 


242  CLASSIFICATION  OF  SENTENCES  :t 

in  the  subordinate  clause,  when  changed  by  abridging 
the  sentence,  are  put, 

1)  When  the  subject  is  omitted,  in  agreement 
with  some  noun  in  the  principal  clause. 

2)  When  the  subject  is  expressed,  in  the  ablative 
absolute  with  that  subject. 

III.  (a)  COMPOUND  SENTENCES. 

516.  Compound  sentences  may  be  formed  by  co-or- 
dinating any  two  or  more  sentences. 

REM. — The  sentences,  thus  co-ordinated,  may  be  either  simple,  com- 
plex, or  compound. 

517.  This  co-ordination  is  of  three  distinct  kinds ; 

viz., 

1)  Copulative. 

2)  Disjunctive. 

3)  Adversative. 

(b)  ABRIDGED  COMPOUND  SENTENCES. 

518.  When  the  several  members  of  a  compound  sen- 
tence have  one  or  more  parts  in  common,  those  parts, 
as  we  have  seen  in  the  last  few  lessons,  generally  ap- 
pear but  once  in  the  sentence. 


519.   YOCABULARY. 

Achaean,  Achaeus,  a,  urn  ;  the 
Acheans,  Achaei,  drum,  m.  pi. 

Aetolian,-  Aetolus,  a,  urn  ;  the 
Aetolians,  Aetoli,  orum,m.pl. 

Apollo,  Apollo,  mis,  m. 

Arise,  orior,  oriri,  ortus  sum 
(inflected  in  most  of  its  parts 
like  verbs  of  3d  conj.). 

As  slaves,  sub  corona,  i.  e.  with 
crowns  upon  their  heads. 


Corintl\,  Oorinthus,  i,  f. 
Dagger,  pugio,  dnis,  m. 
Delphi,  Delphi,  drum,  m. 
From,  on  account  of,  propter. 
Happen,  be  effected,  fio,  fieri, 

foetus  sum  ;    how  does  .  il 

happen  that,  &c.,  quifit  ut, 

&c. 
Individual,  separate,  singuli,  ae, 

a,  distrib.  pi. 


RECAPITULATION.  243 


Invade,  invddo,  ere,  invdsi,  in- 

vdsum. 

Life,  vita,  ae,  f. 
Make  an  irruption,  irrumpo,  ere, 

irrupi,  irruptum. 
Mummius,  Mummius,  i,  m. 
Perdiccas,  Perdiccas  or  Per  die- 

ca,  ae,  m. 

Plunder,  spolio,  are,  dm,  dtum. 
Put  an  end  to,  finio,  Ire,  wi, 


Sell,  vendo,  ere,  vendldl,  vendl- 

tum. 
Strength,  power,  opes,  um,  m, 

Pi. 

Subdue,  subigo,  ere,  sufiegi,  8vb> 

actum. 

Temple,  templum,  i,  n. 
Think  of,  aglto,  are,  dm,  dtum. 
Union,  conspiratio,  onis,  f. 
Yery  powerful,  potentissimus, 


Itum.  I       a,  urn  (superl.  ofpotens). 

520.  EXERCISES. 

I.  Translate  and  analyze. 

I.  Perseus  victor  misit  legates  ad  consiilem,  qui  pa- 
cem  peterent.     2.  Consul  Sulpicius  non  minus  graves, 
quam  victo,  leges  dixit.     3.  Dum  haec  aguntur,  Eoma- 
ni  Aemilium  Paulum  consiilem  creant,  eique  Macedon- 
icum  bellum  decernunt.     4.  Spartanis  a  senatu  respon- 
sum  est,  legates  se  ad  inspiciendas  res  sociorum  in 
Graeciam  missuros.     5.  Apud  Achaeos  omnia  neglecta 
et  soluta  fuerunt. 

II.  Construct  Latin  sentences  m  answer  to  the  following 
questions  : 

1.  Who  was  made  king  after  the  death  of  Alexan- 
der ?  2.  Who  was  appointed  over  Greece  and  Mace- 
donia ?  3.  Between  which  of  the  generals  did  war 
arise?  4.  What  became  of  Perdiccas  ?  5.  What  peo- 
ple made  an  irruption  into  Greece  a  few  years  after  ? 
6.  Under  whom  did  they  invade  Greece?  7.  For 
what  purpose  did  they  march  to  Delphi?  8.  What 
were  the  particulars  of  their  defeat  and  flight?  9 
What  became  of  Brennus  ? 


244  CLASSIFICATION  OF  SENTENCES. 

III.  Translate  into  Latin. 

1.  By  whom  were  the  Macedonians  subdued?  2, 
Both  the  Macedonians  and  Aetolians  were  subdued  by 
the  Eomans.  3.  The  Achaeans  were  very  powerful, 
not  from  (on  account  of)  the  strength  of  the  individual 
states,  but  from  the  union  of  all.  4.  They  were  con- 
quered by  Mummius,  the  Roman  consul.  5.  How  did 
it  happen  that  he  conquered  them?  6.  They  were 
defeated,  because  they  were  thinking  of  the  booty,  and 
not  of  the  battle.  7.  The  Eomans  destroyed  the  city 
of  Corinth,  and  sold  all  its  citizens  as  slaves. 


RULES  FOR  TRANSLATING. 


621.  TRANSLATION  consists  in  transferring  thought  and  reeling  from 
one  language  to  another.  To  do  this  correctly  and  elegantly,  the  pupil 
must  both  get  a  clear  idea  of  the  exact  meaning  of  the  passage  before 
him,  and  must  embody  that  meaning  with  its  full  force  in  the  language 
into  which  he  is  rendering.  Thus  conducted,  the  exercise  of  translating 
from  the  ancient  classics,  those  living  embodiments  of  great  thoughts 
and  stirring  sentiments,  those  finished  models  of  taste  and  beauty,  be- 
comes, in  the  highest  degree,  interesting  and  instructive.  To  prepare 
the  pupil  for  this  work,  and  to  form  in  him  thus  early  the  habit  of 
translating  into  good  idiomatic  English,  is  the  object  of  the  following 
rules.  They  relate  to  a  large  class  of  important  idioms  found  in  the 
Latin,  and  indicate  one  or  more  ways  of  translating  them  without  doing 
violence  to  our  vernacular. 


I.  Participles. 

622.  The  participle  is  much  more  extensively  used  in  Latin  than  in 
English ;  hence  the  frequent  necessity,  in  its  translation,  of  deviating 
from  the  Latin  construction.  It  must  not,  however,  be  supposed  that 
this  must  always  be  done,  or  that  it  is  desirable  to  attempt  it.  On  the 
contrary,  it  often  happens  that  the  partie^.,-  3  may  be  more  elegantly 
translated  literally  than  in  any  other  way.  The  following  rules,  there- 
fore, whether  relating  to  participles  or  other  subjects,  are  designed  to 
apply  only  to  those  cases  in  which  a  literal  translation  would  fail,  in 
point  of  clearness,  accuracy,  or  elegance,  to  do  justice  to  the  original. 


246  RULES  FOR  TRANSLATING. 

523.  Participles  in  the  perfect  and  future  passive  may  express 
the  action  of  their  verbs  substantively  ;  they  should  then  be 
translated  by  corresponding  verbal  nouns ;  e.  g., 


Ad  Romam  conditam. 

Ab  urbe  condita. 
Post  reges  exactos. 


To  the  founding  of  Rome.     (Lit 

To  Rome  founded.) 
From  the  founding  of  the  city. 
After  the  banishment  of  the  kings. 


524.  Participles  are  sometimes  used  merely  to  limit  or  explain 
some  noun  or  pronoun;  they  are  then  in  most  instances  best 
translated  by  relative  clauses ;  e.  g., 


Romulus  asylum  patefecit>  ad 
quod  multi  ex  civitatibus  suis 
pulsi  aecurrerunt. 

In  proelio  ibi  exorto  omnes  perie- 
runt. 


Romulus  opened  an  asylum  to 
which  many  who  had  been  banish- 
edfrom  their  own  states,  came. 

In  a  battle  which  was  fought  (lit. 
arose)  there,  all  perished. 


525.  Participles  sometimes  state  the  time  of  an  action  or  event ; 
they  should  then  be  translated  by  a  verb  or  participle  with  while, 
when,  or  after,  by  a  noun  with  during  or  after  ;  or,  if  in  the  ab- 
lative absolute,  by  an  active  participle  in  agreement  with  the  sub- 
ject of  the  leading  proposition ;  e.  g., 

Urbem,  omnibus  deletis  exerciti-   I  Having  destroyed  all  their  armies, 
bus,  occupavit.  fie  took  the  city. 

EEM.— Sometimes  participles,  used  as  above,  may  be  best  translated  by  on  with  a 
participial  noun;  e.  g.,  Qua  re  audita,  On  hearing  this. 

526.  Participles  may  state  the  manner,  cause,  or  reason  of  an 
action  or  event ;  they  should  then  be  translated  by  verbs  with  as, 
for,  since,  &c.,  or  by  substantives  (including  participial  nouns) 
with  by,  from,  through,  in,  &c. ;  e.  g., 


Aqua  refluens  eos  in  eicco  reJlquit. 
Porsgna  auxilium  ei  ferento. 


The  water  in  or  by  subsiding  left 

them  on  dry  land. 
As  Porsena  furnishea  him  aid,  or 


By  the  aid  of  Porsena. 

527.  Participles  may  state  the  condition  on  which  a  given  ac- 
tion or  event  depends ;  they  may  then  be  translated  by  verbs  or 
participles  with  if  or  when  ;  e.  g., 

Accusatus  damnabit^.  |  If  he  is  accused,  he  will  be  con- 

demned. 


PARTICIPLES.  247 

628.  Participles  are  sometimes  used  to  state  a  concession  in 
connection  with  a  given  action  or  event ;  they  may  then  be  trans- 
lated by  verbs  or  participles  with  though  or  although  ;  e.  g., 
Is  hanc  urbem  acerrime  defensam  I    He  took  this  city,  though  it  was 

cepit.  I       valiantly  defended. 

529.  Participles  in  the  future,  whether  active  or  passive,  often 
express  purpose  ;  they  may  then  be  translated  by  the  infinitive 
or  by  a,  participial  substantive  with/or  the  purpose  of,  &c. ;  e.  g., 
Ad  oraculum  Delphicum  proficis-   I   He  goes  to  the  Delphic  oracle  to 

citur,  consulturus.  consult. 

530.  Participles  may  add  to  a  given  action  or  event  some/aci 
or  circumstance  intimately  connected  with  it ;  they  may  then  be 
translated,  if  in  the  ablative  absolute,  by  a  verb  agreeing  with  the 
noun  used  in  the  ablative  absolute,  otherwise  by  a  verb  agreeing 
with  the  subject  of  the  proposition  in  which  they  stand,  and  con- 
nected with  the  verb  of  that  proposition  by  and  ;  e.  g., 


Rex  ei  benigne  recepto  filiam  de- 

dit. 
Medicus  nocte  venit  promittens, 

se  Pyrrhum  occisurum. 


The  king  received  him  kindly,  and 

gave  him  his  daughter. 
The  physician  came  by  night,  and 

promised  (lit.  promising)   that 


he  would  kill  Pyrrhus. 

531.  Participles  with  non  may  often  be  best  translated  by  par- 
ticipial substantives  depending  upon  the  preposition  without; 

e.g., 

Non  ridens.  |    Without  laughing. 

532.  Two  nouns,  or  a  noun  and  adjective  in  the  ablative  abso- 
lute, as  they  have  the  participle  of  the  verb  esse  implied  though 
never  expressed,  may  be  used  in  the  various  ways  already  men- 
tioned for  the  ablative  absolute  of  participles,  and  should  be  trans- 
lated accordingly :  sometimes,  too,  a  word  denoting  the  doer  of  an 
action  can  be  best  rendered  by  the  word  which  denotes  the  thing 
done ;  thus,  instead  of  guide,  commander,  consul,  king,  &c.,  we 
shall  have  guidance,  command,  consulship,  reign,  &c.,  with  a  pro- 
position ;  e.  g., 

Duoe  Fabio  consule.  I    Under  the  guidance  (or  command] 

I       of  Fabius  the  consul. 


248  KULES  FOR  TRANSLATING. 

533.  The  perfect  participle  of  deponent  verbs  is  best  translated 
by  the  present  participle, 

1)  When  it  expresses  emotion  or  mental  operation,  as  the 
Romans  speak  of  an  emotion  as  past,  and  we  as  continu- 
ing ;  e.  g., 


Hoc  facinus  rex  miratus  juvenem 
dimisit  incoluraem. 


The  king  admiring  this  act  dis- 
missed the  youth  unhurt. 


2)  When  it  relates  to  an  action  or  event  which  mnst  in  strict 
accuracy  precede  that  denoted  by  the  following  verb, 
and  which  would  yet  in  English  be  represented  as  simul- 
taneous with  it ;  e.  g., 


Populus  Romae  seditionem  fecit, 
questus  quod  tributis  exhauri- 
retur. 


The  people  made  a  revolt  at  Rome, 
complaining  that  they  were  im- 
poverished by  tributes. 


II.  Principal  Sentences. — Subjunctive  Mood. 

534.  The  subjunctive  may  be  used  in  principal  sentences, 

1)  To  express  a  wish,  command,  or  entreaty  ;  it  may  then 
be  translated  by  the  imperative,  by  the  present  potential, 
or  by  some  tense  of  that  mood  with  a  particle  of  wish- 
ing ;  e.  g., 

Secernant  se  a  bonis.  1   Let  them  separate  themselves  from 

j       the  good. 

2)  To  express  an  affirmation  doubtfully  or  conditionally  ; 
it  may  then  be  translated  by  the  potential  mood ;  e.  g., 

Darent.  |    They  would  give. 

III.  Eelative  Glauses. 

535.  The  relative  clause  often  defines  some  indefinite  antece- 
dent, either  affirmative  or  negative,  and  then  its  subjunct've 
should  be  translated  by  the  indicative ;  e.  g., 

Sunt  qui  dicant.  J    There  are  some  who  say. 

HEM. — The  subjunctive  in  relative  clauses  introduced  into  propositions  with  the 
subjunctive,  or  the  accusative  with  the  infinitive,  is  also  generally  best  trans- 
lated by  the  indicative ;  e.  g.,  Utrum  regnum  habere  vellet,  an  bona,  quae  pa- 
tor  reliquisset,  Whether  he  would  prefer  the  kingdom  or  the  property  wMcA 
kis  father  had  left. 


FINAL  CLAUSES.  249 

836.  The  relative  clause  with  the  subjunctive  sometimes  de- 
notes purpose  or  object ;  it  should  then  be  translated  by  the  infi* 
nitive,  or  by  that  he  with  the  potential  may  or  might;  e.  g., 


Decemviri  creati  sunt  qui  civitati 
leges  scriberent. 


The  decemvirs  were  appointed  to 
prepare  laws  for  the  state. 


537.  The  relative  clause  with  the  subjunctive  sometimes  de- 
notes result ;  it  should  then  be  translated  by  that  he  with  will  or 
would,  &c.,  or  by  the  infinitive  with  as  ;  e.  g., 


Nee  tamen  ego  sum  ille  ferreus, 
qui  non  movear. 


Nor  yet  am  I  so  iron-hearted  as 
not  to  be  moved. 


538.  The  relative  clause  with  the  subjunctive  sometimes  assigns 
a  reason  for  some  action  or  event ;  it  should  then  be  translated  by 
a  subordinate  clause  after  because,  or  by  a  participial  substantive 
with  a  preposition  ;  e.  g., 


0  fortunate  adolescens,  qui  tuae 
virtutis  praeconem  inveneris. 


0  fortunate  youth  in  having  found 
a  herald  for  your  bravery,  or 


because  you  havet  <fcc. 

539.  The  relative  clause  with  the  subjunctive  after  dignus,  in- 
dignus,  aptus,  idoneus,  and  the  like,  stands  in  the  place  of  object, 
and  may  be  translated  by  the  infinitive  or  by  a  participial  sub- 
stantive with  a  preposition  ;  e.  g., 

Videtur,  qui  imperet>  dignus  esse.   |   He  seems  to  be  worthy  to  command. 

540.  The  relative  clause  sometimes  introduces  a  condition  or 
concession  ;  and  then  the  subjunctive  should  be  translated  by  the 
subjunctive  with  if,  provided,  or  though  ;  e.  g., 


Nulla  res  vehementius  rempubli- 
cam  continet,  quam  fides ;  guae 
esse  nulla  potest,  <fcc. 


Nothing  tends  more  to  preserve  the 
republic  than  credit,  though  thi* 
can  be  nothing,  <fcc. 


IV.  Final  Glauses  with  Particles. 

* 

541.  Final  clauses  with  ut  may  be  translated  by  the  infinitive 
or  by  the  potential,  may  or  might,  with  that ;  e.  g., 

Romulus,  ut  civium  nume'rum  au- 
gSret,  asylum  patefe*cit> 


Romulus,  that  he  might  increase 
the  number  of  citizens,  opened 


11* 


250  EULES  FOR  TRANSLATING. 

542.  Mnal  clauses  with  ne  may  be  translated  by  the  infinitive 
with  not,  or  by  the  potential,  may,  might,  with  that — not ;  e.  g., 

Ne  vana  urbs  esset.  |   That  the  city  might  not  be  empty. 

548.  In  final  clauses  after  verbs  of  fearing,  ut  and  ne  seem  to 
exchange  meanings;  ut  =  that — not,  and  ne  =  that  or  lest; 
moreover,  the  subjunctive  pre'sent  must  generally  be  rendered  by 
the  future,  will,  and  the  imperfect  by  would  ;  e.  g., 

Verltm  est  ne  rex  bellaret.  I  He  feared  that  the  Icing  would  wage 

I       war. 

544.  Final  clauses  with  quo  may  be  rendered  by  the  potential, 
may  or  might,  with  that ;  e.  g., 


Medico  aurum  dabo  quo  sit  stu- 
diosior. 


I  will  give  the  physician  gold  that 
he  may  be  more  attentive. 


545.  Final  clauses  with  quommus  (quo  and  minus  —  by  which 
the  less,  so  that  the  less)  may  generally  be  rendered  by  participial 

substantives  with  from  ;  e.  g., 

• 

Regem  impediit  quominus  pugna1-      He  prevented  the  king  from  fight- 
ret.  ing. 

546.  Final  clauses  with  quin  may  be  rendered  by  lut,  lut  that 
with  the  indicative  ;  as  not  with  the  infinitive  ;  the  relative  with 
not,  or  "by  participial  substantives  with  from  or  without;  e.  g., 
Non  dubitant^  quin  dii  illud  au-  I   They  do  not  doubt  (but)  that  the 

diant.  gods  hear  this. 

V.  Consecutive  Glauses. 

547.  Consecutive  clauses  with  ut  may  generally  be  rendered  by 
that  with  the  indicative,  or  by  as  with  the  infinitive  ;  e.  g., 

Ita  vicit,  ut  robur  hostium  delg- 
ret. 


He  so  conquered  as  to  destroy  the 
strength  of  the  enemy. 

548.  Consecutive  clauses  with  ut  after  in  eo  esse,  &c.,  may  be 
rendered  on  the  point  of,  with  a  participial  substantive;  e.  g., 
In  eo  erant>  ut  pacem  auro  em&  I   They  were  on  the  point  of  purcka* 

rent.  j       ing  peace  with  gold. 


TEMPORAL  CLAUSES.  251 

VI.  Temporal  Clauses. 

549.  Quum  with  the  perfect  or  pluperfect  subjunctive  in  tem- 
poral clauses,  may  often  be  translated  by  the  perfect  participle 
with  hawing  ;  e.  g., 


In  Capream  quum  secessisset,  earn 
infamem  reddidit  sua  nequitia. 


Having  removed  to  Caprea,  he  ren- 
dered it  infamous  by  his  profli- 
gacy. 


550.  Quum  with  the  imperfect  or  pluperfect  subjunctive  may 
sometimes  be  translated  by  the  present  participle.    This  use  ot 
the  present  instead  of  the  past  tense  arises  from  the  fa<j£  that  the 
English  often  contemplates  two  events  as  simultaneous  when  one 
of  them  in  strict  accuracy  must  precede  the  other,  while  the  Latin 
is  strict  to  mark  their  precise  order ;  e.  g., 

Qunm  in  Africam  venissent,  Poe-   I    Going  into  Africa  they  conquered 
nos  vicerunt.  the  Carthaginians. 

551.  Quum  with  the  pluperfect  subjunctive  in  temporal  clauses 
may  sometimes  be  translated  by  the  imperfect  indicative.    This 
use  of  the  imperfect  instead  of  the  pluperfect  is  readily  explained 
by  reference  to  the  principle  mentioned  above  (see  550)  ;  e.  g., 
Quum  rediisset>  respondit.  >  |    When  he  returned,  he  replied. 

552.  The  subjunctive  in  temporal  clauses  should  generally  be 
rendered  by  the  indicative  ; '  e.  g., 


Quum  tonaret>  militibus  impera- 
vit,  &c. 


When  it  thundered,  he  commanded 
his  soldiers,  &c. 


553.  The  adverb  which  introduces  the  temporal  clause  some- 
times has  a  correlative  in  the  principal  clause ;  this  correlative, 
however,  may  generally  be  omitted  in  translating ;  thus,  turn — 
quum  ==  when.  The  adverbs,  antequam,  priusquam,  and  post- 
quam,  are  sometimes  separated  into  two  parts,  one  standing  in 
the  principal  clause  and  the  other  in  the  temporal ;  this  separa- 
tion, however,  does  not  affect  the  translation ;  thus,  ante — quam 
and  prius — quam  =  before,  and  post — quam  =  after ;  e.  g., 


Ante  triennium,  quam  Carthago 
deleretur,  Cato  mortem  obiit. 


Cato  died  three  years  before  Car* 


252  KULES  FOR  TRANSLATING. 

VII.   Causal  Clauses. 

554.  The  subjunctive  in  causal  clauses  may  often  be  lest  trans- 
lated by  the  indicative  ;  e.  g., 


Quod  albis  equis  triumphasset. 


Because   he  had  triumphed  with 


white  horses. 

555.  The  imperfect  and  pluperfect  subjunctive  after  quod  may 
sometimes  be  translated  by  the  participial  substantive  with  ofor 
for;  e.g., 


Accusatus  est  quod  praedam  inl- 
que  divisisset. 


He  was  accused  of  having  unjustly 
divided  the  booty. 


VIII.   Conditional  Clauses. 

556.  In  conditional  clauses  the  subjunctive  is  often  translated 
without  the  auxiliaries,  may,  might,  should,  should  have,  &c. 
This  is  especially  the  case  when  the  condition  is  represented  as 
impossible ;  e.  g., 

Si  quid  habfiret,  daret.  |  If  he  had  any  thing,  he  would  give  it. 

IX.   Concessive  Clauses. 

557.  The  subjunctive  in  concessive  clauses  is  generally  best 
translated  without  the  auxiliaries,  may,  might,  &c. ;  e.  g., 


Ilia  quamvis  ridicfila  essent. 


Although  these  things  were  ludic- 


X.  Intermediate  Clauses. 

558.  The  subjunctive  in  clauses  introduced  into  propositions 
with  the  subjunctive,  or  the  accusative  with  the  infinitive,  is 
generally  best  translated  by  the  indicative  ;  e.  g., 


Utrum  regnum  habere  vellet,  an 
bona  quae  pater  reliquisset. 


Whether  he  would  prefer  the  hlng~ 
dom  or  the  property  which  his 


father  had  left. 

XI.  Dependent  Questions. 

559.  The  subjunctive  in  dependent  questions  may  often  be 
translated  by  the  indicative,  and  the  pluperfect  tense  by  the  im- 
perfect ;  e.  g., 


Quum  comperissent,  quae  mater 
fuisset. 


When  they  had  learned  who  theut 
mother  was. 


INFINITIVE   MOOD.  253 


XII.  Infinitive  Mood. 

560.  The  infinitive  with  the  subject  accusative  must  be  trans* 
lated  by  &  finite  verb  with  the  subject  nominative  in  a  clause  in- 
troduced by  that ;  e.  g., 

Disgit  se  regem  vidisse.  |    He  said  that  he  had  seen  the  king. 

561.  The  infinitive  is  sometimes  used  in  the  place  of  a  finite 
verb  as  the  predicate  of  a  sentence ;  it  is  then  called  the  histori- 
cal infinitive,  and  is  translated  by  the  imperfect  indicative  ;  e.  g., 
Tram  pater  dissimulate.  |    The  father  concealed  his  anger. 

562.  The  infinitive  may  sometimes  be  rendered  by  the  partici- 
pial substantive  with  the  preposition  of,  with,  &c. ;  e.  g., 


41cibiades    insimulatur  mysteria 
Cereris  violasse. 


Alcibiadcs  is  accused  of  having  vio- 
lated the  mysteries  of  Ceres. 


XIII.  Miscellaneous. 

563.  Certior  em  facer  e,  lit.  to  make  more  certain,  should  be 
translated  to  inform,  and  certior  fieri,  to  be  informed ;  e.  g., 
Caesar  certior  factus  est.  |    Caesar  icas  informed. 

564.  Inter  se,  lit.  between  themselves,  is  best  translated  by  to- 
gether, after  agree,  compare,  &c.,  but  after  contrary,  &c.,  it  =  to 
eacTi  other  ;  e.  g., 

Hi  omnes  inter  se  diffe'rimt.  |    All  these  differ  from  each  other. 

565.  Licet  with  the  dative  and  infinitive,  is  best  translated  by 
rendering  the  dative  as  the  subject  of  the  potential  forms  may  or 
might,  with  the  English  of  the  verb  used  in  the  infinitive ;  e.  g., 
Mihi  ire  licet.  '     |   /  may  go. 

KEM. — The  present  infinitive  after  the  past  tenses  of  licet  is  often  best  translated 
by  the  auxiliary  have.  So  also  after  the  past  tenses  of  possum,  oportet,  and 
debeo  ;  e.  g.,  Mihi  ire  licnit,  I  might  have  gone. — Ire  potui,  I  could  have  gone 

566.  Medius,  summus,  and  the  like,  in  agreement  with  substan- 
tives, are  often  best  translated  by  the  middle  (the  midst),  the  top 
followed  by  the  substantive  with  of;  e.  g., 


Medius  mons. 
Summus  mons. 
In  media  caede. 


The  middle  of  the  mountain. 
The  top  of  the  mountain. 
In  the  midst  of  the  slaughter. 


254:  RULES  FOR  TRANSLATING. 

567.  Nee  or  neque  may  often  be  translated  by  and  not,  some- 
times by  not  only,  especially  in  the  phrase  neque  vero  ;  e.  g., 

Nee  paucos  agros  urbi  adjunxit.       I   And  he  added  not  a  few  fields  to 

the  city. 

568.  Ne — quidem  with  one  or  more  words  between  the  parts, 
should  be  translated  by  not  even  ;  or  &oen — not ;  e.  g., 

Ne  nomen  quidem.  [   Not  even  the  name. 

569.  Post  standing  as  an  adverb  between  an  adjective  and  its 
substantive  in  the  ablative  to  denote  time,  may  sometimes  be 
translated  by  the  preposition  after  governing  the  substantive,  but 
should  usually  be  rendered  by  afterwards  ;  e.  g., 

Faucis  post  annis.  I  After  a  few  years. 

I  A  few  years  afterwards. 

570.  Quam  ut.  with  the  subjunctive,  and  quam  ut  posset  with 
the  infinitive,  should  be  rendered  by  the  infinitive,  and  the  com- 
parative before  quam  by  the  English  positive  with  too  ;  e,  g., 

Leges  erudeliores  erant,  quam  ut       The  laws  were  too  cruel  to  be  ob- 
possent  observari.  served, 

571.  Qui  at  the  beginning  of  a  sentence,  or  at  the  beginning 
of  a  distinct  member  of  a  sentence,  is  generally  best  translated  by 
a  demonstrative  or  personal  pronoun ;  and  if  quum  is  used  in  th$ 
same  connection  with  qui,  it  must  be  translated  first ;  e.  g., 


Quae  quum  ita  sint. 

Qui  quum  morbo  exstinctua  esset. 


Since  these  things  are  so. 
When  he  was  dead. 


572.  Quo  factum  est,  ut,  lit.  by  which  it  was  brought  about 
that,  sic  factum  est,  ut,  and  similar  expressions,  may  be  rendered 
by,  the  result  of  which  was,  that ;  the  consequence  of  which  was, 
that ;  or  by  consequently  ;  e.  g., 


Quo   factum   est,   ut  plus,  quam 
collegae,  Miltiadea  valuerit. 


The  result  of  which  was  that  Mil- 
tiades  had  greater  influence  than 


573.  Yerbs  which  are  used  impersonally  in  the  passive  with 
the  dative  of  the  agent,  because  they  have  no  direct  object  in  the 


MISCELLANEOUS.  255 

ictive,  are  best  translated  by  rendering  the  dative  as  the  subject 

of  the  English  passive ;  e.  g.,' 

Vobis  creditor.  I    You  are  believed. 

Mini  creditor.  |   /  am  believed. 

574.  "When  two  or  more  verbs  stand  together  in  the  same  com- 
pound tense,  the  copula  esse,  to  be,  is  generally  expressed  with 
the  last  in  Latin,  and  omitted  with  the  rest ;  in  the  English  trans- 
lation, however,  it  should  be  expressed  with  the  first  and, omitted 
with  the  others ;  e.  g., 
Regtilus  captus  et  in  vmciila  con-  I  Regulus  was  taken  and  thrown  into 

jectua  eat  chains. 


NOTES. 


1.  Intiquissimis.     Very  early  :   the  superlative  is  oiten  best 
translated  by  very  instead  of  most.     Give  the  regular  endings  of 

comparison.     R  B.  306 ;  A.  &  S.  124;  Z.  104. Temporibus. 

276  ;  F.  B.  669  ;  A.  &  S.  253  ;  Z.  475. In  Italiam.     What  con- 
struction would  have  been-%sed  with  the  name  of  a  town  ?     282  ; 

F.  B.  674 ;  A.  &  S.  237  ;  Z.  398. Janicnlo.    A  hill  on  the  west 

side  of  the  Tiber ;  not  one  of  the  seven  hills  of  Rome,  though  in- 
cluded within  the  wall  built  by  Aurelian  in  the  third  century. 

Italos agricultural!!.     235  ;  F.  B.  645  ;  A.  &  S.  231 ;  Z. 

391. Prinms.     The  first ;  i.  e.  he  was  the  first  to  teach,  <fec. 

2.  Hinc.     Hence,  i.  e.  from  Troy. Quibns.     218  ;  F.  B.  643  ; 

A.  &  S.  223,  Rem.  2;  Z.  412. Pepercerat.     From  parco  ;  2d 

root  formed  by  reduplication  and  change  of  vowel.     F.  B.  222  and 

Rem. Ei  benigne  reeepto dcdit.    Lit.  gave  to  him  kindly 

received  ;  translate,  received  him  kindly  and  gave  (530). Layi- 

11  "mm.    Town  in  Latium  a  few  miles  south  of  Rome. 

3.  Traiistulit.    From  transfero. Monte  Albano.     Mount  Al-- 

banus,  about  16  miles  southeast  of  Rome. IJjns.    For  whom 

does  this  pronoun  stand? Romam  conditam.     (See  523.) 

Albae.     280 ;  F.  B.  672 ;  A.  &  S.  221 ;  Z.  398. 

4.  Hornm  regum.     Of  these  kings,  i.  e.  of  those  who  reigned  at 

Alba. Jove.     457  ;  F.  B.  636  ;  A.  &  S.  256  ;  Z.  483. Majo- 

rem.     Compare.     F.  B.  306,  R.  3 ;  A.  &  S.  125,  5;  Z.  109. 

Qunm  tonaret.     (552) ;  F.  B.  692,  2  ;  A  &  S.  263,  5,  R.  2  ;  Z.  578. 

Ut percnterent.    (541) ;  F.  B.  692  ;  A.  &  S.  262 ;  Z.  531. 

Dicebat.     What  is  the  direct  object  of  this  verb  ?  or,  in  other 

words,  what  did  he  say  ?     Ans.  Hunc  sonum  multo,  <fec. Toni- 

trn.     W  hat  case  would  be  required  if  quam  should  be  omitted  t 
457;  F.  B.  636,  Obs. ;  A.  <fc  S.  256,  R.  3 ;  Z.  483. letus,  Ct 


258  NOTES. 

MM 

2 praecipitatns  est.     (574.) Albannm  lacum.     The  Albar 

Lake,  5  miles  in  circumference,  west  of  Mount  Albanus. 

5.  Minor  natu.     Lit.  smaller  in&espect  to  birth  or  age  ;  translate, 

younger. Utrum  regnuni,  &c.     This  denotes  the  choice  given 

to  Numitor. Yellet.     349,  364 ;  F.  B.  692,  6  ;  A.  &  S.  265 ;  Z. 

052. Bona.     Lit.  good  things  =  goods,  property. Reliquis- 

SCt.     (558) ;  A.  &  S.  266  ;  Z.  545. 

6.  Ft ....  possideret.     This  final  clause  shows  the  object  which 
Amulius  had  in  view  in  killing  the  son  of  Numitor.     (541 ;)  F.  B. 

692;  A.  &  S.  262;  Z.  531. Vestalem  virginem.     The  Vestal 

Virgins  were  the  priestesses  of  the  goddess  Vesta :  they  minis- 
tered in  her  temple,  and,  by  turns,  watched  the  perpetual  fire 
upon  her  altars  night  and  day.     They  were  bound  by  an  oath  of 
chastity,  whose  violation  was  punished  by  death. Ylro.     In- 
direct object  after  nubere,  to  marry  =*to  veil  one's  self  for,  in  allu- 
sion to  the  custom  of  the  bride's  wearing  the  veil  at  the  marriage 
ceremony. Hoc.     This,  i.  e.  .the  fact  spoken  of  in  the  preced- 
ing sentence. Quum  ....  comperisset.    (552) ;  402 ;  F.  B.  692, 

2 ;  A.  &  S.  263,  5,  R.  2 ;  Z.  578. 

7.  Quum  ....  positi.    (552.) Reflnens.     By  or  in  flowing 

back.  (526.) Sicco.    Scil.  loco. Quod.    (571.) Yidens. 

(525.) Sustulit.    From  tollo. Nutriendos.    (529.) 

8.  Sic.     Thus,  i.  e.  as  explained  above. Quum  adolevissent 

comperissent.    See  note  at  the  close  of  6.  above. Quis. 

Subject  of  fuisset  understood. Fnisset.      (559);  379;  F.  B. 

3  692,  5  ;  A.  &  S.  265  ;  Z.  552.  ^ — Aventino.  One  of  the  seven  hills 
of  Rome.  According  to  the  best  authority,  Romulus  founded  his 
city  not  on  the  Aventine  as  here  stated,  but  on  the  Palatine,  which 

stands  a  little  to  the  north  of  it. Qnum  ....  circnmdaretnr. 

See  note  at  the  close  of  6.  above. Moenibns.     Ablative  of 

means. Irridens.    Deriding  :  this  participle  may  be  thus  ren- 
dered literally. 

9.  Ut .  .  . .  augeret.    This  states  the  purpose  or  object  for  which 
Romulus  opened  an  asylum.     (541);  385;  F.  B.  692 ;  A.  &  S. 
262 ;  Z.  631. Asylum.    This  was  a  place  of  refuge,  where  ex- 
iles and  even  criminals  might  obtain  shelter  and  protection.  — 

Pulsi.     (524.) CiYibus.     218  ;  F.  B.  643,  2 ;  A.  &  S.  224,  R.  1 ; 

Z.  420,  note. Quum yenissent.      (552) ;   402. Inter 

IpSOS  ludos.     In  the  midst  of  the  very  games. Spectantes.    (524.) 


ROMAN   HISTORY.  259 


PAOB 


10.  Roiiiae.     What  is  the  usual  construction  for  names  of  towns  3 
after  verbs  of  motion?     282;  F.  B.  674;  A.  &  S.  237  ;  Z.  398. 

Ut monstraret . .  . .  nt posceret.    (541.)     See  also 

note  on  the  first  line  of  9. Quod gererent.    (558) ;  A.  <fc 

S.  266 ;  Z.  545. Manibus.    Give  gender. Annulos ar- 

,  millas.    Rings  and  bracelets  were  often  awarded  to  soldiers  who 
had  distinguished  themselves  in  battle. Perducti.     (525.) 

11.  Tarpeinm.    This  was  one  of  the  seven  hills  of  Rome :  it  was 

also  called  Capitollnus.     The  Capitol  was  built  upon  it. Fo- 

rnm  Romannm.     This  was  an  open  space  in  the  form  of  an  irregu- 
lar quadrangle  between  the  Palatine  and  Capitoline  Hills.     In 
this  were  held  the  great  public  meetings  of  the  Roman  people* 

In  media  caede.    In  the  midst  of  the  slaughter.     (566.) 

Raptae.    Sc.  mulieres. Hinc  ....  hinc.     On  the  one  side  .... 

on  the  other. Ut .  .  .  .  facerent.    See  note  on  the  first  line  of  9. 

In  urbem  reccpit.    Lit.  received  into  the  city  :  the  meaning  is, 

he  received  them  into  full  citizenship. 

12.  Cum turn.    Not  only but  also. Bebitam.    (524). 

Raptarnm.    (524.) Lustrarett    Reviewed :  lit.  purified,  as 

there  were  certain  ceremonies  appointed  for  the  review  of  a  Ro- 
man army. Ortam.    From  orior.    (524.) Oculis.    218 ;  F. 

B.  643,  4;  A.  &  S.  224;  Z.  415. Hinc.    Hence,  i.  e.  from  the 

circumstance  mentioned   above. Alii ....  alii.      Some  .... 

others.  —  Interfectum sublatum  esse.    (560,  574.) 

13.  Quo  exacto.    (525,  671.)-= — Curibus.    280;  F.  B.  672;  A. 

&  S.  254;  Z.  398. Natus.    (524.) Ut molliret.    See 

note  on  the  first  line  of  9. Morbo  dccessit.     Lit.  he  died  of  dis- 
ease =  he  died  a  natural  death. 

14.  Creatns.    (525.) Horatiornm  et  Cnriatiornm.    After  the 

necessary  preparations  for  hostilities  had  been  made  both  by  the 
Albans  and  the  Romans,  and  the  two  armies  were  already  drawn 
up  face  to  face,  it  was  agreed  to  decide  the  question  of  suprema- 
cy by  a  combat  between  the  three  brothers,  the  Horatii,  on  the 
part  of  the  Romans,  and  the  three  Curiatii,  also  brothers,  on  the 
part  of  the  Albans.    The  Curiatii  were  all  slain ;  one  of  the  Ho- 
ratii survived ;  his  victory  therefore  decided  the  question  in  favor 

of  Rome.    See  Schmitz's  Hist.  Rome. Perfidiam  Metii  Suffetii. 

M.  Suffetius,  dictator  of  the  Albans,  having  been  summoned  by 
the  Romans  to  aid  them  against  the  Yeientines,  drew  off  his  for- 


260  NOTES. 


FAGB 


4  ces  at  the  very  moment  of  battle,  and  awaited  the  issue  of  th« 
engagement.     For  this  perfidy  he  was  put  to  death,  and  Alba  was 
razed  to  the  ground.     See  Schmitz*  sjtist.  Rome.  — -  Quum  .... 
regnasset.     (552) ;  402  ;  F.  B.  692,  2  ;  A.  &  S.  263,  5,  R.  2  ;  Z.  578. 

Annis.     What  is  the  common  construction  for  duration  of 

time?     277   and  R. ;  F.  B.  670;  A.  &  S.  236;  Z.  395,  396. 

Ictus.     (525.) Domo.     Give  gender. 

15.  Acqnitate  et  religione.     301;  F.  B.  633;  A.  A  S.  250;  Z. 

5  457. AYO.     F.  B.  632  ;  A.  &  S.  222  ;  Z.  409. JVova  ei  moe- 

nia  c  ire  nm  do  (lit.    The  same  thought  may  be  expressed  thus :  novia 
earn  moenibus  circumdedit ;'  in  which  earn  is  the  direct  object,  and 

moenibus  the  ablative  of  means.     See  P.  C.  231. Primns.     See 

note  on  1. Morbo  obiit.     Compare  morbo  decessit,  in  13. 

16.  Advenienti.     Sc.  ei.    (525) ;  254,  R. ;  A.  <fc  S.  224,  R.  2. 

Abstnlit.    From  aufero. Anguriornm.     298 ;  F.  B.  631 ;  A.  & 

S.  213  ;  Z.  436. 

17.  Pnpillis.     218,  4;  F.  B.  643,  4;  A.  &  S.  224;  Z.  415. 

Minorum  gentium*    Sc.  patres,  or  senatores. Nee.    (567.) 

Ademptos.     (524.) Trinmphans.     Triumphing  =  in  triumph. 

The  honor  of  entering  Rome  with  an  imposing  triumphal  proces- 
sion was,  in  later  times,  often  awarded  to  victorious  generals. 

Capitolinm.     The  Capitol  was  the  citadel  of  Rome,  and  was  erect 

ed  on  the  Capitoline  Hill. Per  Anci  filios.     What  ia  the  usual 

construction  for  the  agent  after  passive  verbs  ?     273  and  R.  2 ;  F. 
B.  659 ;  A.  &  S.  248  ;  Z.  451. 

18.  Genitus.     (524). Conjugi.     218,  5  ;  F.  B.  643,  5  ;  A.  & 

S.  223,  R.  2;   Z.  412. Ut eduearet.     (641);  F.  B.  692; 

A.  &  S.  262 ;  Z.  531. 

6  19.  Bieens.    What  is  the  direct  object? Regem  ....  acce- 

pisse.    (560.) Ut . . . .  obediret.    See  last  note  on  18.  above. 

Bum convaluisset.     (552) ;  405  ;  A.  &  S.  263,  4 ;  Z.  575. 

Monies  tres;    These  were  the  Quirinal,  Viminal,  and  JEsqui- 

line  Hills. Primns.    See  note  on  1. Censnm.    The  census 

was  taken  every  five  years  for  the  purpose  of  ascertaining  the 

number  of  citizens,  the  amount  of  property,  <fcc. Capitnm. 

This  need  not  be  translated. In  agris.     In  the  country  or  ter- 
ritory about  Rome. 

20.  Cui.     218;  F.  B.  643,  4;  A.  &  S.  224 ;  Z.  415. Cnriae. 

Senate-house  on  the  eastern  side  of  the  Forum. Dejectns. 


•ROMAN   HISTORY.  261 

•Ml 

(525.) Quniu fugeret.     (552.) Donram.     283  ;  F.  B.  6 

675  ;  A.  &  S.  237,  R.  4 ;  Z.  400. Prima.    See  note  on  1. 

Jacens.    (524.) 

21.  Moribns.     Mark  difference  of  signification  between  the  sin- 
gular and  plural. 

22.  In*     What  cases  does  in  govern,  and  with  what  significa- 
tions ?     289,  R.  1 ;  F.  B.  681,  R.  1 ;  A.  &  S.  235,  2 ;  Z.  404,  489. 

Conjurarmit.    Contracted  from  what  ? Ut .  .  .  .  clanderet. 

(541.) Ei.    Against  him,  indirect  object. Romae.     280;  7 

F.  B.  672 ;  A.  <fc  S.  221 ;  Z.  398. Regnatum  est . .    .  reges. 

Lit.  it  was  reigned,  <fcc. ;  translate,  the  regal  government  was  admin- 
istered by  seven  kings. 

23.  Tarqninio  expnlso.    (525.) Consnles.    The  consuls  were 

joint  presidents  of  the  Roman  Commonwealth  with  all  the  power 
and  most  of  the  ensigns  of  office  which  the  kings  had  assumed. 

Annnnm.    For  one  year. Nc  .  .  .  .  redderentur.    (542) ; 

385  ;  F.  B.  692,  1 ;  A.  &  S.  262  ;  Z.  532.  - —  Diuturnitatem.    State 
the  force  of  the  termination  itas,  (1)  when  appended  to  adjectives, 

and  (2)  when  appended  to  nouns.     F.  B.  519,  517. Insolentio- 

res.     Too  haughty :  the  comparative  is  sometimes  best  rendered 

by  too  instead  of  more. Expulsis  regibns.     (525.) Acerri- 

mus.    Compare. Sublata  est.    From  tollo. Plaenerat.    It 

had  been  determined. Ex.     Of. 

24.  Sese  invicem.    Each  other. Qni  qnnni.    When  he.  (571.) 

25.  Porsena ferente.     (526.) Pontcm.     Give  gender.  8 

Donee    .  .  .  rnptns  esset.     (552) ;  405  ;  A.  AS.  263,  4 ;  Z.  575. 

Tiberim.     Give  the  common  ending  of  the  accusative  singu- 
lar for  masculine  and  feminine  nouns  of  the  third  declension. 

26.  Animi.    What  other  case  might  have  been  used?     190;  F. 
B.  624 ;  A.  &  S.  211,  R.  6  ;*Z.  471.  — -  Castra.    Note  difference  of 

meaning  between  singular  and  plural. Terreret.    Endeavored 

to  terrify. Allatis.    (523,  526.) Miratus.    (533.) Terri- 

tus.     (526.) Tnscnlum.     282  ;  F.  B.  674 ;  A.  &  S.  237  ;  Z.  398. 

27.  Post  reges  exaetos.    (523.)  —  Exactos.    From  exigo. 

Qnestus.    (533.) — —Quod exhanriretnr.    (554) ;  409  ;  A.  & 

S.  266,  3. Tribntis,  militia,  senatn.    Explain  derivation,  with 

the  force  of  the  several  endings.     F.  B.  524,  519,  517. Patres. 

Senators. Tnrbati.    (526.) Qni eonciliaret,     (r>Rfi) ; 

867 Qui ....  defenderent.    (536.) 


262  NOTES. 


PA6B 


8  28.  Post  exactos  rcges.    See  27,  line  1. Coriolanus  dictus. 

9  See  Lesson  XIII. Frbe  expnlsns.     289,  R.  2 ;  F.  B.  681,  R.  2  ; 

A.  &  S.  242. UrMs.     From  the  city. Nee.    (567.) Ft 

parceret.    (541.) Quo  facto.    Abl.  of  means,  or  cause: 

for  this  act ;  for  which  or  whereupon. Exercitnnij  proditor. 

Explain  derivation  with,  the  force  of  the  several  endings.     R  B. 
620;  521 ;  A.  &  S.  102,  6,  7 ;  Z.  236,  1,  and  237. 

29.  Quum gererent.    (552).— — Dace  ....  console.    (53*.) 

DolO.    226;  F.B.  644, 1;  A.&S.245;  Z.  465. Usi.    (526.) 

Exorto.    (524.) Pnerilem,  cnnctatione.    Explain  deriva- 
tion. 

30.  Altero.    Lit.  another ;  as  a  numeral,  second. Ab  nrbe 

condita.    (523.) Qui scriberent.    (536.)     The  decemvirs 

were  the  authors  of  the  Laws  of  the  Twelve  Tables,  so  called  be- 
cause they  were  engraved  on  twelve  tables  of  brass. Decem- 

viris.    See  237,  254,  R. Civitati.    Explain  derivation. 

1 0  31.  Tribuni  militares.     Military  tribunes  ;  they  were  also  some- 
times called  consular  tribunes^  as  they  were  appointed  in  place  of 
consuls.    They  were  at  first  three  in  number ;  afterwards  more. 
Deletis  exercitibus.    (525.) Trinmphos.    See  note  on  17. 

32.  Contra  Yeientanos.    This  limits  bello.    See  190,  Rem. 

In  qua.     (57 1.) Manibus illigatis.     With  his  hands  bound 

behind  his  back. Redncendum.    (529.) Qnibus  ....  age- 
rent.    (536.) Seclestnin,  proditorcm.    Explain  derivation. 

33.  Camillo  ....  datum  est*    It  was  imputed  as  a  crime  to  Ca- 
millus,  that,  &c.     For  the  construction  of  Camillo  and  crimini, 

see  237,  245  ;  F.  B.  649,  658  ;  A.  &  S.  227  ;  Z.  422. Quod 

triumpliasset divisisset.     (554.) Fame  laborabat.      Was 

suffering  from  famine. In  eo  erant,  ut .  .  .  .  emerent.    (548.) 

Auro.    272  ;  F.  B.  667  ;  A.  &  S.  252 ;  Z.  456. ffobilitate, 

trinmphasset,  civitate,  laborabat.    Explain  derivation. 

1 1  34.  Milliario.    The  common  construction  for  place,  when  not 
expressed  by  the  name  of  a  town,  is  the  ablative  with  a  preposi- 
tion.  Magnitudine.     190;  F.  B.  624;  A.  &  S.  211,  R.  6;  Z. 

47 1. Provocavit.     Challenged. Torque.    254 ;  F.  B.  650 ; 

A.  &  S.  251;  Z.  460. Magnitudine,  provocation  cm,  spoliavit. 

Explain  derivation. 

35.  NOTO  .  .  .  .  exorto.    (525.) Robore.    How  may  the  nom- 
inative of  this  word  be  formed  from  the  root,  an  1  how  may  th* 


ROMAN  HISTORY.  263 

pxaa 

root  be  found  from  the  nominative  ? Qunm  processisset.  (552.)  11 

Armatns.    In  arms. Ei.    Lit.  to  him,  indirect  object  after 

sedit,  best  rendered  by  his. Ita  fact-am  est,  at,  <fcc.    Lit.  thus 

it  was  done  that,  &c.     Render  as  follows :  the  result  of  which  was, 
that  the  Gaul,  <fcc.     (572.) 

86.  Cam  hoiiore  dictatoris.  With  the  rank  of  dictator.  The 
dictator  was  appointed  only  in  times  of  great  danger,  and  was 
invested  with  almost  unlimited  power  for  a  period  of  six  months. 

Qui  qunni,    (571.) Magistro  cqnitum.    This  is  the  title 

of  an  officer  always  appointed  in  connection  with  the  dictator  or 

by  him. Ne  ....  committeret.    (542.) Occasionem  nactas. 

Taking  advantage  of  a  favorable  opportunity. Xactas.     From 

nanciscor. Confagit.     How  is  the  second  root  formed  from  the  1 2 

first?     F.  B.  219. 

37.  Annis.     404,  R.  3  ;  A,  &  S.  236  ;  Z.  476. Post.     After- 
wards, adverb. Pataret.     379  ;  F.  B.  692,  5  ;  A.  &  S.  265  ;  Z. 

552. Ut . . .  .  frangereutur at ....  obligareutur.    (541) ; 

383  ;  F.  B.  692 ;  A.  &  S.  262 ;  Z.  531. Sab  jagum.    The  yoke 

was  thus  used  as  the  symbol  of  submission  and  servitude  ;  it  con- 
sisted of  a  spear  supported  horizontally  by  two  others  placed  in 
an  upright  position. 

38.  Devictis  Samnitibas.   (525.) Qaia fecisseut.    If  this 

reason  had  been  given  on  the  authority  of  the  narrator,  the  indi- 
cative would  have  been  used.     The  subjunctive  implies  that  this 

was  the  reason  then  alleged  for  waging  the  war.     See  409. 

Pyrrharn,  aaxiliam.    235;  F.  B.  645;  A.  <fc  S.  231;  Z.  393. 

Poposcerant.    How  is  the  second  root  of  this  verb  formed  ?    F.  B, 

222. Qaaecaaqae  ....  agerentar.    426 ;  A.  &  S.  266,  1 ;  Z. 

547. 

39.  Pugua  commissa.    (525.) Millc  octingentos.    Could  these  1  a 

words  be  transposed?    A.  &  S.  120,  2;  Z.  116. Adversis  vul- 

neribas.     With  wounds  in  front :  it  was  a  disgrace  to  receive  a 
wound  in  the  back. Etiam  mortuos.     Even  in  death. 

40.  Perrexit.    FTompergo. Igae.     Give  gender. Exer- 

citas.     Is  this  genitive  objective  or  attributive  ?    See  188. Cap- 

tivis  redimeadis.     (523.)    With  gerund  we  should  have  captlvot 
redimendo.     464;  F.  B.  382. Ex.     Of. Ut ....  promitte- 

xret.    (547.) 

41.  Roman  or  n  m.     Is  th's  genitive  objective  or  attributive  ?    188. 


264  NOTES. 


PAOZ 


13  Qui petcret.     (536) ;  367  ;  R  B.  692,  6  ;  A.  &  S.  264,  5 ; 

Z.  555. Ut  Pyrrhus  ....  obtineret.    This  clause  expresses  the 

condition  on  which  Cineas  was  to  ask  peace,  and  may  accordingly 
be  regarded  as  in  apposition  with  conditione.     See  363,  R.  2,  and 

364. Ex  Italia.    What  construction  would  be  used,  if  the 

name  of  a  town  should  be  substituted  here  ? Qunm  rediissct* 

(551.) Pyrrho.     Indirect  object  of  respondit ;  the  direct  object 

is  the  clause,  se  regum  patriam  vidisse.     See  374. QnaHs  .  .  . 

visa  csset.    (559.) 

42.  Altero.    Second. Tarentnm.     282;  R  B.  674;  A.  &  S. 

237;  Z.  398. Interjecto  anno.    (525);  460;  R  B.  678 ;  A.  & 

S.  257  ;  Z.  640. Noete.    Abl.  of  time. Promittens.     (530.) 

Yinctnm.    Bound,  or  in  chains. "Hie  .  .  .  .  ab  honestate 

....  potest."     This  entire  sentence,  as  a  direct  quotation,  is  the 

14  object  of  dixisse.     See  373. Fnsns.    From  /undo. A  Ta- 

rento.     What  is  the  common  construction  ? Qnum  ....  redi- 

isset.    (549.) Apnd  Argos.    Near  Argos.    What  would  mean 

at  Argos  ? 

43.  C.  Duillio eonsulibns.     (532) ;  460 ;  A.  &  S.  257,  R.  7  ; 

2.  644. Alari.     Mare  has  the  ablative  sing,  in  e  or  t,  while 

most  neuters  in  e,  al,  and  ar  have  it  in  i  only.     See  R  B.  127. 

DIersit.     From  mergo. Romanis.     Objective  modifier  of  gra- 

tior. Duillio.     Indirect  object  after  concessum  est. Conces- 

snm  est.     What  is  the  real  subject  of  this  verb?  or,  in  other 
words,  What  was  granted  to  Duillius?    Ans.   Ut,  quum  a  coena 
redlret,  pufai  ....  eum  comitarentur. 

44.  Panels          interjcctis.     (525) ;    460. Translatum  est. 

From  transfero. Dux.     In  apposition  with   Hamilcar.     See 

15  441. Quum  ....  venissent.    (550.) In  fidem  aeccpcrnnt. 

Received  under  their  protection. Quam  quum,  <fec.     (571.) 

Captns  et conjectns  est.    (574.) Interjcctis,  translatnm  est, 

recepit,  ami  sennit,  accepernnt.    Explain  composition.    F.  B.  513, 

*  550,  551,  653 ;  A.  &  S.  188,  189 ;  7*.  260,  261. 

45.  Carthaginiensibus.     218,  5  ;  R  B.  643,  5  ;  A.  &  S.  223,  R.  2  ; 

Z.  412. Fiivit.     How  is  the  second  root  of  this  verb  formed? 

F.  B.  219.     How  is  this  root  regularly  formed  in  the  second  con- 
jugation ?    F.  B.  192. Qnnm  ....  victi  essent.    (552.) Ut 

....  proficiseerctnr,  et .  .  .  .  obtineret.    Verbs  of  asking  take  two 
objects ;  these  clauses  may,  accordingly,  be  regarded  as  one  of 


ROMAN   HISTORY.  265 

the  objects  of  rogavcrunt. Indnctns.     (525.) Qua.     276;  15 

F.  B.  669  ;  A.  &  S.  253  ;  Z.  475.  What  is  the  antecedent  of  qua  ? 
•  Illos  ....  habere.  This  infinitive-clause  does  not  strictly  de- 
pend upon  suasit,  but  upon  a  verb  or  participle  signifying  to  say. 
Tbo  verb  or  participle  on  which  sentences  in  oblique  narration 
depend  is  often  omitted,  when  it  can  be  easily  supplied  from  the 

context.     See  Lat.  Prose  Comp.  460,  (c.). Casibus.     Abl.  of 

means. Fractos.     (526.)    From  frango. Tanti   non   esse. 

This  is  tl,e  predicate.     See  F.  B.  613;  A.  &  S.  214;  Z.  426. 

Ut  tot  millia  ....  redderentnr.    This  is  the  subject  of  esse. 

46.  Punid.     Derived  from  Poeni  =  Carthaginienses. Cap- 

tae, demersae capta oecisa  snot.     (574.) Sicilia, 

Sardinia,  insnlis.    These  ablatives  are  governed  by  the  preposition 

de  in  the  verb  decesserunt     See  F.  B.  681,  R.  2 ;  A.  &  S.  242. 

Citra  I  bo  nun.     On  this  side  of  the  Ebro,  I  e.  on  the  side  towards  16 
Rome. 

47.  Novem  annos  iiatum.     Lit.  having  been  born  nine  years  ;  ren- 
der, when  he  was  nine  years  old.     (525) ;  277  ;  F.  B.  670  ;  A.  &  S. 

236;  Z.  395. iris.     Indirect  object  after  admoverat. Hie 

....  aetatis.     He,   when  in   his   twentieth  year. Oppngnare. 

Used  as  object  of  aggressus  est.     See  374, 447. Dcimutiavernnt. 

This  verb,  being  transitive,  may  take  both  a  direct  and  an  indi- 
rect object :  do  both  these  objects  appear  in  the  present  instance  ? 

Qm  qunm.    (571.) Mandaretnr.     What  is  the  real  subject 

of  this  verb  ? Reddita.     Sc.  sunt. r  Saguntinls  ....  victis. 

(525.) Admoverat,  perenne,  oppngnare,  mdixerant    Explain 

composition. 

48.  Fratre relieto.    (525.) Pyrenaeum,  Alpes.    These 

accusatives  depend  upon  trans  in  the  compound  verb  transn.T. 

F.  B.  681,  R.  2. Traditur.     What  is  the  subject  of  this  verb? 

Se.     Why  is  se  used  here  rather  than  eos  or  illos  ?     A.  &  S. 

208;  Z.  125,  note. Primus.    See  note  on  1. Interemptus 

.    . .  caesa  snnt.    (574.) 

49.  Intellectnm  erat.    What  is  the  subject? Hannibalem.  17 

846;  F.  B.  655;  A.  &  S.  239,  599. Mora.     271:  F.  B.  666; 

A  <fc  S.  247  ;  Z.  452,  455. Morae.     298 :  F.  B.  631  ;  A.  &  S. 

213  .  Z.  436. Cannae  appeliatnr.    This  is  the  predicate  of  the 

relative  clause  of  which  qui  is  the  subject.  The  prVlicate  noun 
ieo^ti^g  the  same  person  or  thing  as  the  subject,  must  agree  with 

12 


266  NOTES. 

PAGK 

17  that  subject  in  case,  though  it  may  differ  from  it  in  gender  or  num- 
ber, or  in  both,  as  in  the  present  instance. Victi ....  inter- 

emptns   est»     Here  sunt  is  understood  after  victi.     (574.) 

Capti  ant  occisi.  Sc.  sunt. Quod*  This  relative  does  not  re- 
late to  any  particular  word  as  its  antecedent,  but  to  the  leading 
proposition,  or  the  fact  mentioned  in  it ;  the  relative  is  accord- 
ingly of  the  neuter  gender,  as  clauses  used  substantively  uni- 
formly take  that  gender.  See  F.  B.  44 ;  A.  &  S.  206,  13. 

50.  .Post  cam  pugnam.    276,  Rem. Obtulit.     From  o/ero, 

Here  obtulit  takes  Romanis  as  its  indirect  object,  while  its  direct 
object  appears  in  the  form  of  a  clause,  viz.  ut  captlvos  redimerent. 

This  is  plainly  the  offer  made  to  the  Romans.     383,  384. Re- 

sponsum  estt     The  subject  is  the  clause  beginning  with  eos. 

Armati.    (525,  528.) Potuissent.     (535,  R.) ;  426  ;  A.  &  S.  266, 

.2 ;  Z.  603. Hos  omnes.     Observe  position  at  the  beginning  to 

mark  emphasis. Manibns.     Gender  ? Detraxerat.    From 

detraho.     How  is  the  second  root  formed  ?    F.  B.  208. In  His- 

pania  ....  Hasdrubal.    See  48,  line  1. Remanserat.    How  is 

the  second  root  of  this  verb  formed  ?    F.  B.  225,  2. Dnobns 

Seipionibns*  On.  Cornelius  Scipio  and  P.  Cornelius  Scipio,  the 
father  of  P.  Cornelius  Scipio  Africanus  who  defeated  Hannibal  at 

Zama.    See  56. Transtnlernnt,  obtulit,  detraxerat.    Explain 

composition. 

51.  Qni  legati.    (571.) Qui impediret,    (  636) ;  867, 1. 

Quo  minns trajiceret.    (545) ;  388  ;  A.  &  S.  262,  R.  9  ; 

Z.  531,  543. CopiaSt     Observe  difference  of  signification  be- 

*  18  tween  the  sing,  and  plur. Penetrans.     (525.) 

52.  Res  prospere  gesta  est.    A  successful  battle  was  fought.    In 

a  military  sense,  rem  gerere  frequently  has  this  meaning. 

Magnam  Imjns  insnlae  partem.    For  arrangement  of  words,  see 

330. Romam.     282;   F.  B.   674;  A.   &  S.  237;  Z    398. 

Inde.     Thence,  i.  e.  Syracusis,  from  Syracuse. In  Macedonia. 

What  construction  would  have  been  used  if  this  had  been  the 

name  of  a  town  instead  of  that  of  a  country  ?    See  280. Pro- 

fectnSt    (533,  2.) In  deditionem  accepit.    Lit.  received  into 

surrender  ;  the  meaning  is,  allowed  the  conditions  of  an  honorable 

surrender. Ita.     Observe  position.     334,  R.  1. Omni  Sici- 

lia  rccepta.    (525.) 

53.  Huo  Scipiones.     See  duobus  Scipionibus  (50),  and  nct«  on 


ROMAN  HISTORY.  267 


PAG» 


the  same. Hie,  puer  duodeviginti  annornm.    He,  when  a,  boy  18 

eighteen  years  of  age.     See  458. Post  cladem  Canncnsem.    See 

276,  Rem. Deserere.    Object  of  cupientium. Cnpientinm. 

(524) Yiginti ....  juvenis.      When  a  young  man  twenty-four 

years  of  age. Die.    How  governed  ?    What  is  its  gender  ? 

Qua.     Could  quo  be  used  here  instead  of  qua  ? Carthaginem 

Novam.  New  Carthage,  a  city  in  Spain  founded  soon  after  the  first 
Punic  war  by  Hasdrubal,  brother-in-law  of  Hannibal ;  its  present 
name  is  Carthagena. 

54.  Ab  eo  inde  tempore.    From  this  time,  or  from  this  time 

forth  :  inde  need  not  be  translated. In  dies.     Daily.     This 

differs  from  quotidie,  in  denoting  a  daily  increase  or  decrease ; 
here  the  increase  of  prosperity  (laetiores)  requires  in  dies.     See 

Lat.  Prose  Comp.  69,  t. Evocatus*     What  does  this  particip.fe 

express  ?  i.  e.  does  it  serve  to  state  any  of  the  adverbial  relations    * 

of  time,  cause,  condition,  &Q.,  and  if  so,  which  one  ? Pngnans. 

Fighting,  i.  e.  while  fighting. Plurimae.     Superlative  of  mul- 

tus  :  observe  comparison.    F.B.  306,  R.  3  ;  A.  &  S.  125,  5  ;  Z.  109. 

55.  Consul  creatus  (est).    This  is  the  predicate  (229,  230) ;  con-  19 

*ul  is  the  predicate-nominative. Creatus,  et .  .  .  .  missus  est. 

(574.) Romam.     282;  F.  B.  674;  A.  &  S.  237;  Z.  398. 

Qua  re  audita.     On  hearing  this.     (525,  R.  and  571.) 

56.  Tentatam.    (524.) Scipio  victor  recedit.    Lit.  withdrew 

as  victor  ;  render,  left  the  field  as  victor,  or  simply,  was  victorious. 

Ingenti  gloria  trinmphavit.    Compare  cum  ingenti  gloria .... 

regressus  est,  52.     See  271  and  Rem. Africanus.     This  title 

was  conferred  upon  Scipio  in  commemoration  of  his  victories  in 
Africa.     See  also  nomen  Asiatici,  58,  and  nomen  Africani  junio- 
ris,  61. Post quam.     Compound  word  with  parts  separa- 
ted.   See  404,  R.  2. Coeperat.     What  kind  of  verb  ?     Give 

parts  in  use.     A.  &  S.  183,  2  ;  Z.  221. 

57.  Finito  Punico  Dello.     (525) ;  458,  460.    Which  Punic  war 

is  meant  ?    See  43  and  47. Macedonicum,     Sc.  bellum. 

Contra  Philippum.    Does  this  phrase  modify  the  subject  or  the 

predicate?    See  190,  R. His  legibus;  ne  .  .  .  .  inferret.     On 

these  conditions;  viz.,  that  he  should  not  wage  war,   &c.     The 
clauses,  ne  .  .  .  .  inferret,  ut  redderet,  <fcc.,  state  the  conditions  or 
terms  on  which  peace  was  granted,  and  may  therefore  be  regard- 
ed as  in  apposition  with  legibus.  — —  Talenta.     The  Attic  talent 


. 
268  NOTES. 

PAGB 

19  was  not  a  distinct  coin,  but  a  sum  of  money  usually  estimated  at 
about  $1080,  though  some  authorities  put  it  considerably  lower. 

2O Obsidem.  See  229. Finite,  superatus,  civitatibus,  capti- 
ves. Explain  derivation. 

58.  Se.     Could  any  other  pronoun  have  been  used  here  ?    See 

A.  <fc  S.  208;  Z.  125,  note. Junxerat.     Explain  formation  of 

second  root.     F.  B.  208. Africaims.    See  56. Vietus.    Sc. 

est. Ex  Enropa  et  Asia.    What  is  the  construction  for  names 

of  towns  ? Intra  Ta  arum.      Within  the  limits  of  Taurus,  a 

mountain-range  on  the  north  and  east  of  Syria. Triuinpha- 

Tit.    See  note  on  triumphans,  17. Imitationem  fratris.    See  56. 

59.  Philippe mortuo  5  copiis  paratis.    (525). Ejns. 

To  whom  does  this  refer  ? A  rege.    F.  B.  659 ;  A.  <fc  S.  248. 

Cui.    (571.) Desertus.    (526.) Cum  ingenti  pompa. 

.    271  and  Rem.     Compare  cum  ingenti  gloria,  52,  and  ingenti  glo- 

21  ria,  56. Inusitatae  magnitudes.     190,  441;  F.  B.  624;  A. 

AS.  211,  R.  6;  Z.  426,  471. Remornm  ordines.    Banks  of 

oars  ;  these  were  arranged,  one  above  another,  so  that  the  oars 
belonging  to  the  highest  ordo  or  bank  were  much  longer  than 
those  belonging  to  the  lowest.  It  was  no  uncommon  thing  for 
vessels  to  have  four  or  five  banks  of  oars,  and  some  are  said  to 
have  had  thirty  or  forty.  See  Smith's  Diet,  of  G.  and  R.  Anti- 
quities. — —  Latere.  This  ablative  is  governed  by  a  preposition 
understood.  Explain  the  formation  of  the  root  fr«m  the  nomina- 
tive. F.  B.  137  2,  Rem. 

60.  Tertinm  bell  am.    See  43  and  47. Altero.    Second. 

Transaction  erat.    From  transigo.    See  56. Trajecemnt.   Sc. 

se.     Crossea  over. Ibi.     There,  i.  e.   at  Carthage. Per 

Scipionem.     What  is  the  common  construction  for  the  agent  of 

passive  verbs?    See  273  and  R.  2. Tribnnns.     Military  tri 

bune,  but  not  of  the  rank  of  the  military  tribunes  described  in 
31 ;  these  last  possessed  consular  power,  and  were  sometimes 
called  consular  tribunes.     The  tribune  here  mentioned  was  an 
officer  of  the  army,  whose  duty  consisted  in  preserving  order  in 
the  camp,  in  directing  military  exercises,  and  the  like.     The 
number  of  military  tribunes  to  each  legion  was  at  first  four> 

afterwards  six. Hnjus.     Is  this  genitive  objective  or  attribi* 

tive  ?     188. Committere.     Object  of  mtabant  understood. 

61.  Seipionis.    Which  Scipio? Postfluam  ....  trajeeerant* 


ROMAN   HISTORY. 

FAGZ 

404>  R.  2. Est  creatus,  et .  .  .  .  missus.     What  is  the  common  21 

place  for  copula?     326,  R. ;  (574.) Defensam.     (528.)    Ex- 
plain formation  of  2d  and  3d  roots.     F.  B.  198,  and  330,  2,  c. 

Sua.     As  their  own. Jnnioris.     Why  this  epithet  ?     See  56 

How  is  this  adjective  compared?     A.  &  S.  126,  4;  Z.  113. 

62.  Arma  movit.    Excited  rebellion.    Explain  formation  of  roots 

in  movit.     F.  B.  219,  330. Ex  militibus  ejus.     Of  his  soldiers.  22 

Occisis.     (525.) Civitati.     Logically  this  is  in  apposition 

with  Corintho  implied  in  Corinthiis. Illatam.     (524.)    From 

infero,  n  assimilated  before  I  of  the  third  root.     See  F.  B.  550,  6. 

Romac.    280  ;  F.  B.  672  ;  A.  &  S.  221 ;  Z.  398. Scipionis, 

Metelli.  Ulammii*    Supply  triumphus  with  each  of  these  genitives 

63.  Post  urbem  conditam.    (523.) Ut existimaretur. 

(547) ;  422,  R.  1 ;  A.  <fe  S.  262,  R.  1 ;  Z.  531.  (a.) Quum 

peterent.    (552);  402,  2. Responsum  est.    What  is  logically 

the  subject  of  this  verb  ?  in  other  words,  what  answer  was  giv- 
en ? Placnisse.    What  is  the  subject  ? Pastor,  interfector, 

imperator.    Explain  derivation,  and  state  the  force  of  this  ending. 

64.  Exortnm  est.    From  exorior. Civitate.    See  note  on  23 

civitati,  62. Yictus.     Sc.  est. Jnssit.     Could  the  plural 

have  been  used?     483;  F.  B.  612,  R. ;  A.  &  S.  209,  R.  12;  Z. 
365.     Here  jussit  agrees  with  senatus  and  is  understood  after 

populus.    483,  R.  3. Tradi.     This  infinitive  depends  upon 

jussit  in  the  line  alcove. Militcm.    Lit.  soldier,  the  individual 

used  to  represent  ihe  class ;  render,  soldiery. Partim — par- 

tim.    Lit.  partly — partly  ;  render,  either — or.    These  words  may, 
however,  be  often  best  rendered  by  some — others,  followed  by  of 
with  the  objective  case.     Thus,  he  captured  some  of  the  many  ci- 
ties of  Spain  an&  accepted  others,  &c. Infringi,  corrnptnni, 

correxit.     Explain  composition. 

65.  P.  Scipione consulibns.    (532.) Quod inter- 

emisset.     (554) ;  409,  Rem. ;  A.  &  S.  266,  3  ;  Z.  549. Corrup- 

tus.    Bribed. Ei.     Observe  position ;  it  should  stand  at  the 

beginning  for  a  two-fold  reason :  1st,  it  is  somewhat  emphatic ; 
and  2d,  the  subject  Marius  should  stand  directly  before  the  rela- 
tive, as  in  this  sentence. Trinmphantis.     (525.)    See  note  on 

triumphans,  17. Vinctus.     In  chains  :  explain  formation  of 

second  root.    F.  B.  208,  and  225,  4. Dnctus  est  et ....  stran- 

gnlatns.    (574.) 


270  NOTES. 

23  66.  Ab  urbe   condita.    (523.) Exarsit.     From  exardesco. 

24   Annos.     277  ;  F.  B.  670 ;  A.  &  S.  236  ;  Z.  395. Cum  illis. 

With  them,  i.  e.  with  the  Roman  people. Perniciosum.     Ex- 
plain derivation,  giving  the  force  of  the  ending  osus.     F.  B.  530 ;. 

A.  &  S.  128,  I.  4;  Z.  252,  9. Fnsi  fugatique.      Sc.  sunt. 

Cum — turn.     Not  only — but  also.     F.  B.  451. Fndit.    Explain 

formation  of  second  root.    F.  B.  219,  1,  b. Partis.     Objective 

or  attributive  ?    188. Id  quod.     Id  is  in  apposition  with  jus, 

or  rather  with  the  clause,  jus  ....  tribuerunt,  as  that  states  what 
they  had  refused  to  do. Jus  civitatis.     The  right  of  citizen- 
ship.   Bello  finito.    (625.) 

67.  Anno  urbis  eonditae  ....  sexto.     In  the  six  hundred  and 
sixty-sixth  year  from  or  after  (lit.  of)  the  founding  of  the  city. 
Urbis  eonditae  =  post  urbem  condltam  (see  63,  line  1),  or  ab  urbe 

condita  (see  66,  line  1). Romae.     What  case  would  have  been 

used  if  this  had  been  a  noun  of  the  third  declension  ?     280. 

Mituridaticnm.    Sc.  bellum. Cansam  ....  dedit.    For  position 

of  words,  see  335,  Rem. Adversns  Mithridatem.    This  modi- 
fies bellum.    See  190,  Rem. Qnuni decretum  esset.   (552) ; 

402,  2  ;  A.  &  S.  263,  5,  R.  2  ;  Z.  577,  578. Marius coua- 

tus  est.     For  arrangement  of  elements,  see  325,  332,  333. Ei, 

UOnorem.     254,  Rem. Cum — turn.     Usual  meaning,  not  only 

— but  also  ;  both — and,  &Q.  ;  render  here,  either — or. Asia 

relicta.     (525.) Finibus.     301 ;  F.  B.  634 ;  A.  &  S.  244 ; 

Z.  467. Civile,  morabatnr.    Explain  derivation. 

68.  Fnus  ex.     One  of;  lit.  one  from. Multos  proscripse- 

runt.    Proscribed  many.     In  the  civil  wars,  Sulla  caused  lists  of 
the  names  of  those  persons  whom  he  wished  to  have  killed  to  be 
exposed  to  public  inspection.     Those  whose  names  were  on  these 
lists  were  outlawed  or  proscribed,  and  any  one  might  slay  them 
and  claim  a  reward ;  their  property  was  confiscated,  and  their 
descendants  were  excluded  from  all  offices  of  honor  and  trust. 
See  Smith's  Diet,  of  Gr.  and  R.  Antiquities  ;  also  Schmitzs  Hist. 

25  of  Rome. Sanguine.     Gender? Civinm.    Rule  for  geni- 
tive plural  ?    F.  B.  141 ;  A.  &  S.  83,  2 ;  Z.  66.  (b,) Italicum, 

civile.    Sc.  bellum.  — — Sociale  dictum  est.    This  is  the  predicate 

of  the  relative  clause. Yiros  consnlares.     Men  who  had  been 

consuls,  i.  e.  men  of  consular  rank  or  dignity  =  ex-consuls.    The 
consuls,  it  will  be  remembered,  were  two  in  number,  were  elect- 


ROMAN  HISTORY.  271 


ea  for  one  year,  and  had  all  the  powers  of  king.  See  23  and 

note  on  consules. Practorios.  Those  who  had  been  praetors. 

When  the  office  of  praetor  was  first  instituted,  only  one  was  ap- 
pointed, who  was  to  act  as  a  kind  of  third  consul  with  the  lead- 
ing part  in  the  administration  of  justice ;  about  a  century  later  a 
second  was  added,  called  praetor  peregrinus,  to  administer  justice 
among  foreigners  and  strangers  resident  at  Rome.  The  number 
of  praetors  was  increased  from  time  to  time,  until  at  the  begin- 
ning of  the  civil  wars  of  Sulla  and  Marius,  it  was  six ;  and  in  the 
dictatorship  of  Sulla  it  was  raised  to  eight.  See  Smith's  Diet,  of 

Cr.  and  R.  Antiquities,  and  Schmitz's  Hist.  Rome. Aedilitios. 

Those  who  had  been  aediles.  The  aediles  (from  aedes)  were  Ro- 
man magistrates  who  had  charge  of  the  public  buildings,  high- 
ways, &c.,  and  acted  as  city  police.  They  were  at  first  two  in 

number,  afterwards  more.  See  Smith's  Diet. Senatores. 

The  Roman  senate  (from  senex)  was  regarded  as  a  body  of  elders 
or  fathers  (patres).  The  number  was  at  first  100  (see  12),  then 
200  (see  IT),  and  finally  300,  which  continued  to  be  the  number 
until  the  time  of  the  civil  wars  between  Sulla  and  Marius.  The 
number  was  then  increased  to  500  or  600  by  the  election  of  a 
large  body  of  Roman  knights.  See  Smith's  Diet. 

69.  L.  Licinio  Lucullo consulilms.  (532) ;  460 ;  A.  &  S. 

257,  R.  7. Populnm  ....  heredein.  229  ;  A.  &  S.  230 ;  Z. 

394. Habnere.  What  other  ending  for  the  third  plural  of 

the  perfect  active  ? Yictus.  (525.) Ut .  .  .  .  invaderet. 

(541.)  Why  is  invaderet  in  the  subjunctive  and  why  in  the  im- 
perfect? 380. Ipse  eum.  To  whom  do  these  pronouns  re- 
fer ? Fame  consnmptnm*  After  he  had  been  reduced  by  fam- 
ine. See  525. 

TO.  NoYum  in  Italia  bellnm.  Observe  position  of  the  phrase, 
in  Italia.  Is  this  a  modifier  of  the  subject  or  t>f  the  predicate  ? 
GladiatoreSt  Gladiators  were  men  who  fought  for  the  amuse- 
ment of  the  Roman  people.  They  consisted  mostly  of  prisoners, 
slaves,  and  malefactors ;  they  were  trained  in  the  skilful  use  of 
weapons  at  schools  established  for  the  purpose  (ludo  gladiatorio). 
Capuae.  At  Capua. Hannibal.  Subject  of  movit  un- 
derstood.   Contraxernnt.  From  contraho  :  explain  formation 

of  second  root.  F.  B.  208. Proconsule.  The  proconsul,  as  the 

name  implies,  was  one  who  acted  with  the  power  of  a  consul. 


PAG3 


272  NOTES. 

FAGK 

26  Those  who  had  been  consuls  (viri  co?isuldres)  were  often  allowed 
to  assume  the  government  of  provinces,  and  to  exercise  in  these 
provinces  all  the  powers  of  a  consul ;  they  were  then  called  pro- 
consuls.   Italiae.    Is  this  genitive  objective  or  attributive  ?   188. 

71.  Snperatnm.     (530.) Eidem.     254,  R. ;  A.  &  S.  224,  R. 

2.     Eidem,  of  course,  stands  for  Mithridati. Snsceptns  .... 

a  Tigrane.    Mithridates,  after  he  was  defeated  by  Lucullus,  fled 
to  Armenia,  and  sought  refuge  in  the  dominions  of  Tigranes,  hia 

son-in-law. HnjflS.     This  refers  to  Tigranes. Tigrano- 

ccrta.     This  in  the  Armenian  tongue  means  the  city  of  Tigranes  ; 

it  was  built  by  Tigranes,  and  was  the  capital  of  Armenia. 

Ycnicntem.     (524.) Yicit.    Form  second  root.    F.  B.  219, 1,  b. 

Ita nt delcret.     (547) ;  422,  R.  1. Deleret. 

Form  second  root.     F.  B.  192  and  foot-note. Snperatnm,  suc- 
cessor.    Explain  derivation. 

72.  Per  ilia  tempora*     How  does  this  expression  differ  from 

illo  tempore  ? Maria.     Give  rule  for  ending  of  nom.  pi.     F. 

B.  127,  Rem. ;  A.  &  S.  82,  exc.  1  and  83 ;  Z.  65. Ut .  .  .  .  es- 

set.     (547) ;  422,  R.  1. Orbe.     Supply  preposition.      Give 

gender  of  orbe,  stating  what  it  would  have  been  if  it  had  follow- 
ed the  common  rule.     See  Table  of  Gender,  F.  B.  579 ;  also  A. 

27  &  S.  62,  and  63,  3 ;  Z.  77. Id  bellum.     This  war,  i.  e.   the 

management  of  it. Menses.     Give  gender. Contra  regem. 

This  modifies  bellum.     190,   R. Qno  suscepto.     (525,   571.) 

Tantum.     Only. Neqne.    (567.) Hansit.    From  hau- 

r'l0t Hnnc  vitae  fincm.    For  the  order  of  these  words,  see 

330,  and  for  their  position  at  the  beginning  of  the  sentence,  see 

335,  Rem. Indnstriae.    What  other  case  might  be  used  * 

441 ;  F.  B.  624;  A.  &  S.  211,  R.  6. Annis.     What  case  more 

common  ?     277  and  Rem. ;  A.  &  S.  236  ;  Z.  395. 

73.  Ille  SC  ei.    What  nouns  are  represented  by  these  pronouns  ? 

Parte.     254;  A.  &  S.  251;  Z.  460. Pecnnia.    Sum  of 

money. Qnia  .  .      tulerat ;  qnod  ....  recepisset.    These  are 

both  causal  clauses  ;  why  then  does  one  take  the  indicative  and 

the  other  the  subjunctive?     See  409. Antiochiae.     299;  F. 

B.  632  ;  A  &  S.  222  ;  Z.  409. Libertate.     Ablative  of  .means. 

Capnt.    Lit.  head  ;  render  capital. Trinniphautis.   (525.) 

Praelata.    Sc.  est. Infinitnm.    Neuter  adjective  used 

substantively,  an  immense  amount. 


ROMAK  HISTORY.  273 

PAM 

74.  M.  T.  Cicerone consulibus.   (532.) — —Generis,  ingenii.  28 

What  other  case  might  be  used  ?    441. Ad  delendam  patriara. 

(523.)  — —  Qnidem.   Indeed,  or  it  is  true. Claris  sed  andacibns. 

440,  2.     Audacibus  is  used  in  a  bad  sense. Frbe.     289,  R.  2 ; 

F.  B.  681,  R.  2  ;  A.  &  S.  242. 

75.  Anno  urbis  conditae*     See  note  on  first  line,  67. Con- 
sul.    201,203. — —  Vincendo.     Gerund ;  abl.  of  means.    465  ;  F. 

B.  696,  2  ;  A.  &  S.  275,  III.  R.  4 ;  Z.  667. Annis.    See  note  on 

annis,  72. Omnem  Galliam,  quae,  <fec.     Not  all  Gaul,  but  that 

portion  which  is  bounded  as  described.  — —  Ne  nonicn  quidem. 
Not  even  the  name.     (568.) 

76.  Contra  omina  et  anspicia.    It  was  deemed  by  the  ancient 
Romans  the  height  of  folly  to  engage  battle,  or  to  undertake  any 

important  enterprise,  when  the  auspices  were  unfavorable. 

Reliquiae  exercitns.     The  remnant  of  the  army. Qnacstorcm. 

There  were  two  distinct  classes  of  quaestors,  the  one  having 
charge  of  the  public  money,  and  the  other  serving  as  prosecuting 
officers  in  certain  criminal  trials.     See  Smith's  Diet. 

77.  Victor.    As  victor. Rediens.    F.  B.  419  :  A.  &  S.  182.  29 

Absens.     In  his  absence,  or  even  while  absent. Coepit* 

Give  parts  in  use.     A.  &  S.  183,  2  ;  Z.  221. Poscere.    Explain 

formation  of  second  root.    F.  B.  222. Quern  qnum de- 

•  ferrent,  contradictum  est,  <fcc.     When  some  would  confer  this  upon 

him,  <fec.,  opposition  (or  objection)  was  made,  &Q. Dimissis  ex* 

crcitilms  ....  redire.    Having  dismissed  his  army,  to  return  ;  or 

to  dismiss  his  army  and  return.    (525,  530.) JDictatorem.     229. 

See  also  note  on  dictatoris,  36,  line  2. 

78.  Inde.     Thence,  i.  e.  from  Rome. Hispanias.    Spain* 

The  plural  is  often  used,  as  the  country  was  divided  into  two 
parts,  viz.  citerior,  on  this  side  of  the  Ebro,  i.  e.  on  the  side  to- 
ward Rome,  and  ulterior,  beyond  the  Ebro. Xocte  interveni- 

ente.    (525  or  526.) Nee ....  superari.    This  entire  clause 

is  the  object  of  dm*.     374. — —Nee.    (567.) Vlncere.    This 

is  the  object  of  scire ;  Caesar  said  that  Pompey  did  not  know 
(what  ?)  to  conquer,  or  how  to  conquer.  — • —  Ingentibns  ....  com- 

missis*     With  great  forces  engaged  on  both  sides. Pngnatnm 

CSt.     The  battle  was  fought. Fugatus.     (525.) Ut .  .  .  . 

acciperet.     385,  386 ;  F.  B.  692,  1 ;  A.  &  S.  262 ;  Z.  531. 

Tutor  ....  datus  faerat.    229,  230. Quo  conspecto.     On  see* 

12*  » 


274:  NOTES. 

PAGE 

29  ing  this.     (525,  571.) Fudisse.    Explain  formation  of  second 

root.     F.  B.  219,  1,  6. Generi.    Pompey  had  married  Julia, 

the  daughter  of  Caesar ;  while  she  lived,  she  was,  of  course,  a 
strong  bond  of  union  between  the  two,  but  she  had  died  six 
years  before  the  battle  of  Pharsalia. 

30  79.  Qua  de  causa,    For  order  of  words,  see  334,  R.  2. 

Alexandria.    F.  B.  644,  1 ;  A.  &  S.  245 ;  Z.  465. Insolentius. 

Too  insolently,  or  too  haughtily.     The  comparative  is  often  best 
rendered  by  too,  instead  of  more. Conjuratnm  est.    A  con- 
spiracy was  formed. Illins  Brnti.    See  23. Regibus  expul- 

sis.     After  the  banishment  of  the  kings.     See  523,  525. Con- 

fossus  est.    From  confodio. 

80.  Percussoribus.    218,  5 ;  A.  &  S.  223,  Rem.  2;  Z.  412. 

A  Caesaris  partibus  stabat.    favored  the  party  of  Caesar  (stood 

by  the  party,  <fcc.) Hostis  jndicatus  est.    229,  230. Cae- 

sari.    Dative  after  fuerat.     218,1. Magister  eqnitnm.    See 

note  on  magistro  equitum,  36. Yindicaturus.     (529.) Ex- 

torsit.    From  extorqueo. Ut ....  daretur.    This  is  the  object 

of  extorsit ;  Caesar  extorted  from  them  (what  ?)  that  the  consul- 
ship should  be  given,  &c.     See  384. JuTcni.    See  440,  3,  and 

8 1  441. Daretur.    For  tense,  see  380. Proscripsit.    See  note 

on  proscripserunt,  68. Per  hos.    By  whom  ? 

81.  Profecti.    This  is  in  the  plural  to  agree  with  Octavidnus 

et  Antonius. Secundo.    Sc.  proelio. Viet  am  interfecerunt. 

Lit.  they  slew  (them)  being  conquered ;  render,  they  conquered  and 

slew.    See  530. Hispanias.    See  note  on  this  word  in  78. 

Gallias.    The  plural  is  used  because  the  Romans  divided  the 

country  into  two  parts,  viz.  Gallia  ulterior  or  Transalplna,  or 
Gaul  beyond  the  Alps  ;  and  Gallia  citerior  or  Cisalplna,  or  Gaul 
on  this  side  of  the  Alps  ;  i  e.  on  the  side  toward  Rome. 

82.  Repndiata  sorore.     (525.)    Antony  had  married  Octavia, 

the  sister  of  Octavius. Uxorem  dnxit.    Married,  lit.  lead  as 

icife,  in  allusion  to  the  custom  of  the  bride's  being  conducted  to 
her  new  home  by  her  husband  and  friends.     See  note  on  nuberc, 

6. Qui  locus.    The  relative  here  has  only  the  force  of  an 

adjective. Q.uam.    This  has  the  force  of  postquam  (after). 

After  designations  of  time,  quam  is  not  unfrequently  thus  used. 

Ex  eo  inde  tempore.    See  note  on  54,  first  line. Ante. 

Adverb,  before,  or  previously. 


ROMAN   HISTORY.  275 

PAGl 

83.  Idem.     Lit.  the  same  ;  idem  may  sometimes  be  best  ren-  32 
dered  by  likewise,  at  the  same  time,  at  once.     Thus  rendered  tlie 
passage  will  stand,  Nero,  being  at  once  the  step-son,  the  son-in-law, 

and  the  heir  of  Augustus. Totus.     Here  best  rendered  by 

wholly  ;  thus,  totus  ....  diver sus  =  wholly  unlike.  — —  Ingenio. 

What  other  case  might  be  used  ? Fingendis  virtutilms.     In 

feigning  virtues.     (523.) Moderata.     Sc.  sunt. Petnlan- 

tiae.    Indirect  object  after  obstitum  (est). Petnlantiae  .  .*.  . 

obstitum.     His  petulance  was  somewhat  checked,  (fee.      The  two 

negatives,  non  and  nihil,  are  equivalent  to  an  affirmative. 

Per  Speciem  amicitiae.     Under  the  guise  of  friendship. Regni. 

Genitive  of  the  crime  or  charge  after  suspectum. Affectati 

....  snspectnm.      Whom  he  suspected  of  aiming  at  the  throne. 

(523.) Praefecti  praetorii.     The  prefect  (or  commander )  of  the 

praetorian  guards  who  protected  the  person  of  the  emperor. 

Qnnm  secessisset.    (549.) 

84.  Germanico.    A.  &  S.  246  ;  Z,  451. Caligula.    This  name 

is  a  diminutive  from  caliga,  a  kind  of  half-boot  worn  by  the  Ro- 
man soldiery :  this  surname  was  given  to  the  emperor  in  allusion 
to  the  fact  that  from  early  youth  he  had  been  employed  in  mili- 
tary service. Tiberio.     457  ;  F.  B.  636  ;  A.  &  S.  256  ;  Z.  483.  33 

Palatio.    Palace  ;  Palatium,  the  Palatine  hill,  was  the  place 

where  the  Roman  emperors  and  the  most  distinguished  citizens 
.had  their  residences ;  hence  the  term  palatium  came  to  be  ap- 
plied to  any  royal  mansion  or  palace. 

85.  Ad  ladibrinm  reservatus.    When  Caligula  caused  his  own 
brother  to  be  put  tc  death,  he  spared  Claudius  (ad  ludibrium)  to 

make  sport  of  him. Gestas.     (524.)     Res  gestae  is  a  common 

expression   for   exploits,    achievements,  &c. Trinmphantem. 

(525.) Caesar  ipsc.     The  emperor  himself. LaeYum  .... 

latns.     Lit.  covered  his  left  side  ;  render,  walked  on  his  left. 

Illud.    Sc.  fecit. Tenet  fama.     The  report  is,  that,  &c. ;  tenet 

takes  the  following  clause  as  its  object. Datum.    Sc.  esse. 

86.  Avunculo.     F.  B.  632;  A.  &  S.  222;  Z.  409. Se  simi- 

lem.    See  229,  Model,  Rem. Ad  hacc.    This  has  the  force  of 

praeterea,  and  may  be  rendered  moreover,  in  addition  to  these 
things,  &c. Ansns.     From  audeo.     (526.) 

87.  Caesar ....  creatus.     Having  been  made  Caesar,  i.  e.  em-  34 
peror. 


276  NOTES. 


FAG* 


34  88.  E0.     F.  B.  636  ;  A.  &  S.  256  ;  Z.  483. 

89.  Jngnlatus.     (530.) 

90.  Obscure  qnidem  natns.     Of  obscure  birth  indeed. Opli* 

mis  eoinparandns.     Worthy  to  be  compared  with  the  best.     Optimis 

is  the  indirect  object. Pecnniae.     A.  &  S.  213;  Z.  436. 

Ita  nt .  .  .  .  auferret.     Yet  so  as  not  to  take  it  from  any  o\c  un- 
justly.  Earn  nulli.     254,  R. ;  A.  &  S.  224,  R.  2. Anfer- 

reatt     Compounded  of  ab  and  fero  ;  observe  change  in  preposi- 
tion.   Placidissimae  lenitatis.     He  was  a  man  of  the  most  un- 
disturbed lenity. Ut  qui.     As  being  one  who  ;  it  may  be  ren 

35  dered,  so  much  so,  that.    •      Aceessit.     Was  added. Egerant* 

Had  acted  or  lived. 

91.  Offensarnoi.     298;  A.  &  S.  213;  Z.  436. Dicta.  (524.) 

TriumphaYit.     See  note  on  this  word  in  17. 

92.  Generis.      Is  this  genitive  objective  or  attributive?     188 

Qna  antea.    As  before. Ut  negaret.    (547.) Quem- 

qnani ....  discedere.     This  clause  is  the  object  of  negaret. 

Nihil ....  praestitisse.     This  is  the  object  of  recorddtus  fuisset. 

93.  Post — quam.     Compound  word  with  its  parts  separated ; 
render,  after. Bienninm.     277,  and  404,  R.  3 ;  A.  &  S.  253, 

36  R.  1 ;  Z.  395. Eo  mortuo.     At  his  death. Ei  mortno.    To 

him,  when  dead. 

94.  Ipsins.    Domitian  was  the  brother  of  Titus. Patri. 

This  depends  upon  the  adjective  understood  after  quam. 

Progressns.     (526.) Ex  senatn.    Of  the  senate. Dominnm 

se  appellari.     229. f  nam.    Sc.  expeditionem. De  Daeis, 

<fec.     For  his  victories  over  the  Dacians,  <fec. Solam  lanreani. 

The  lat'/fel  branch  only  (i.  e.  merely) ;  victorious  generals  some* 
times  carried  a  laurel  branch  to  the  Capitol,  instead  of  celebrat 

ing  a  triumph. Vespillones.     These  were  the  corpse-bearers 

who  carried  out  the  dead  bodies  of  slaves  and  poor  citizens  at 
night. 

37  95.  Athenas.    In  apposition  with  nomen. Aqnarnm  illimes. 

The  flood. Sub  quo.     Under  whom,  i.  e.  in  whose  time. 

Triptolemo.     He  is  said  to  have  been  the  inventor  of  the  arts  of 
agriculture,  and  is  represented,  by  the  aid  of  Ceres,  GO  have  dis 

tributed  corn  to  the  different  parts  of  the  earth. Initiornm. 

Lit.  beginnings  ;  render,  mysteries.     These  were  the  mysteries  oi 
Ceres,  generally  celebrated  with  great  secrecy,  and  sometimes 


GRECIAN  HISPORY.  277 

at  night ;  hence  the  expression  in  the  text,  noctes  initiorum,  sa-  37 

cratae. Cni  qnum.   (571.) Qunin  ....  successisset.  (552.) 

This  is  an  adverbial  attributive  clause  denoting  time.     See  397. 

Astn.     The  city,  applied  especially  to  Athens. Qnod  ap- 

pellatnr.     Lit.  which  it  is  called ;  render,  as  it  is  called. 

96.  Moenibns  ....  sepsisse.    Lit.  to  have  surrounded,  <fec. ;  the 
meaning  is,  that  he  induced  them  to  live  in  towns  and  be  governed 

by  fixed  laws. Generis*     Sons-in-law.     These  were  the  sons  of 

Aegyptus,  the  brother  of  Danaus ;  they  are  said  to  have  been 
murdered  by  their  brides  at  the  instigation  of  their  father-in- 
law,  who  suspected  them  of  aspiring  to  the  throne.     One  of  the 
daughters  is  generally  represented  as  having  disobeyed  her  fa- 
ther and  spared  her  husband.  — —  Dednctis  col  on  is.  <fcc,     Led  3§ 
colonists  into  the  Peloponnesus,  and  gave  the  country  its  name. 
(530.) 

97.  Concnssa  est.    From  concutio. ^Pnlsi.    (526.) -Athe- 

nas.     282. Acer  belli.      Valiant  in  war.     298. 

98.  Ea  tempestate.    What  other  expression  might  have  been 

used  ? Generis  regii.    Lycurgus  was  the  brother  of  Polydec- 

tes  king  of  Sparta. Viris.    299. Cujus.     (571);  298. 

Obseqnia   principum.     Submission  to  rulers :  principum   is  the 
objective  genitive.    See  188. Jnstitiam  imperiornni.    Lit.  jus- 
tice of,  &c. ;  render,  just  government  or  administration. Ut 

....  agerent.     Object-clause,  indirect  object.     See  385. Nu- 

bere.     See  note  on  viro,  6. Ut  uxores,  &c.     That  wives  and 

not  money  might  be  chosen,  i.  e.  that  wives  might  be  selected  for 

their  good  qualities,  and  not  for  their  money. Qnoniam  .... 

Tidebat.     Causal  clause  ;  why  does  it  take  the  indicative  ?     See 

409. Jnrejnrando.    From  jusjurandum,   a  compound   with  39 

both  parts  declined.     See  A.  &  S.  91. Nihil  de  ejus  legibns. 

None  of  his  laws. Prinsqnam   reverteretur.    A  temporal 

clause. Consulturum.    (529.) Quid  ....  yideretnr.    An 

object-clause. 

yy.  Ad  excitandam  ....  yirtutem.     (523,   529.) Auctore 

Ipliito.  (532.)  Iphitus  revived  the  Olympic  games,  and  from 
his  time  they  were  celebrated  regularly.  He  was  not,  however, 
strictly  the  founder  of  them,  as  may  be  inferred  from  the  next 

sentence  in  the  text. Ante — quam  conderetnr.    See  400. 

Septnaginta.    Different  dates  are  assigned  for  this  event ;  soma 


278  NOTES. 


PAGE 


39  agreeing  very  nearly  with  the  text  and  others  making  it  half  a 
century  earlier.  -  Archontes.    The  government  of  Athens,  lik« 
that  of  Rome,  was  at  first  in  the  hands  of  kings,  but  was  after- 
wards transferred  to  a  new  set  of  rulers  called  archons.     These 
were  at  first  appointed  for  life  (perpetui)  ;  then  for  ten  years  (in 

%       denos  annos),  and  finally  for  one  year  (annui),  at  which  time 
their  number  was  increased  to  nine. 

100.  Crndeliores  ....  quam  ....  obseryari.     Lit.   more  cruel 

40  than  that,   &c.  ;  render,   too  cruel  to  be  observed.  -  Mnuerc. 
226  ;  F.  B.  644;  A.  &  S.  245  ;  Z.  465.  -  Agitatos.     (524.)  - 
Parem  iniret  gratiam.     THat  he  secured  equal  favor,  i.  e.  became 
equally  popular.  -  Dimicatum  fnerat.     A  contest  had  been  car- 
ried on.     This  verb  is  here  used  impersonally.  -  Post  .... 
acceptas*     After  sustaining  many  losses.    (523.)  -  Bellnm  repa- 
randnm.    (523.)  -  Insnlae  vindicandae.     Of  making  good  their 
claim  to  the  island.     (523.  )  -  Quod  yetabatnr.     Which  was  for- 
bidden, referring  to  the  renewal  of  the  war.  -  Insnla  Atheni- 
ensiimi  fieret.     The  island  became  the  property  of  the  Athenians. 

101.  Moltis  ....  gestis.  (525.)  -  Pngnae  ....  facerent.   Did 
not  give  him  an  opportunity  of  coming  to  an  engagement.  - 
Ponte  Istri.     The  bridge  over  the  Ister,  i.  e.  the  Danube  ;  lit.  the 
bridge  of  the  Ister.  -  Quum  rediisset.   Explain  mood.  402.  - 
Hortantibus  amicis.     (526.)  --  It  ....  redigeret,   &c.     This 

41  clause  is  used  as  the  object  of  hortantibus.     See  384.  -  Causam 
interserens.     Alleging  as  a  reason  ;  here  causam  may  be  regard- 
ed as  the  attributive  accusative,  and  the  rest  of  the  sentence  as 
the  direct  object  of  interserens.     See  229,  374.  -  Expngnassent, 
interfecissentt     The  subjunctive  here  used  in  the  causal  clause 
after  quod  is  explained  by  the  fact  that  this  reason  was  assigned 
by  Darius  and  not  by  the  historian.     See  409. 

102.  Abreptos.    (530.)  -  In  Campnm  Marathoua.    Into  the 
plain  of  Marathon.  -  Atheniensibus  anxilio.     257  ;  F.  B.  651  ; 
A.  &  S.  227  ;  Z.  422.  -  Quae.    (571.)  -  Quo  factum  cst,  ut. 
The  result  of  which  was,  that.     (572.)  -  Primo  quoque  tcnipore. 
At  the  very  first  opportunity  ;  quisque  witl^  primus  often  has  the 
force  of  very,  possible,  &c.  -  Sub  niontis  radicibns.     At  the  base 
of  a  mountain.  -  Etsi  ....  yidebat*    This  clause  expresses  a 
concession.     See  418.  -  Xumero.     301;  F.  B.  633;  A.  <fe  S. 
244  ;  Z.  452.  -  Tanto  plus.     So  much  more. 


GRECIAN   HISTORY.  279 


PI  OB 


103.  Ill  ipso  apparatu.    In  the  midst  of  his  very  preparations,  42 
y.  <'i.  while  actually  engaged  in  preparing  for  a  second  invasion. 

-  Nairnm  longarnm.     Ships  of  war,  called  longae  because  they 
were  built  much  longer  than  the  ships  of  burden  (oneraridrum). 

-  DC  adventu.     This  is  an  attributive  modifier  of  fama,  —  the 
report  of  his  approach.     See  190,  Rom.  -  Peti.     To  be  aimed 
at.  -  Consul  turn,     Supine  expressing  purpose.     See  F.  B.  676  ; 
A.  &  S.  276,  II.  ;  Z.  668,  2.  -  Respondit.     This  verb  has  the 
clause,  ut  .  .  .  .  munlrent,  as  object.     See  383,  384.  -  Id  .... 
valeret.   What  this  answer  meant.  -  Ut  .  .  .  .  conferrent.   This 
clause  is  the  predicate  after  esse,  as  it  states  what  the  design  was. 

-  Salamina.    Accusative  in  a  in  imitation  of  the  Greek,  - 
Majoribus  nattt.     Old  ov  aged  men,  elders.  -  Sacra  procnranda. 
(523,  529.) 

104.  Dimicari.    This  is  the-  true  subject  of  placebat.  -  Qui 
....  occnparen*.    To  take  possession  of,  <fcc.    (536.)   See  also  367. 

-  Dnccnt&e.     Sc.   naves.  -  Ne  .  .  .  .  circumiretnr.     Final  43 
clause  ;  see  367>  R.  2.  -  Quo  factum  est,  nt.    (572.) 

105.  Astu.    See  note  on  this  word  in  95.  -  Themistoclcs  unus 
restitit.     Themistocles  alone  stood  firm,  objected.  -  Universes. 
All  together,  united.  -  Snminae*     Dative  depending  upon  prae- 
erat.     218,  2.  -  De  servis  snis,  quern,  &c.     One  of  his  servants, 
whom,  &G.  --  Suis  yerbis.     In  his  words,  i.  e.  in  his  name,  from 
him.  -  Nuntiaret.     This  verb  has  ei  as  its  indirect  object,  and 
*ill  the  rest  of  the  sentence  after  verbis  as  its  direct  object.     See 
240,  374.  -  Hoc  eo  Yalebat.     The  object  of  this  was.  -  Barba- 
*US.     Xerxes.  -  Contra.     On  the  contrary,  on  the  other  hand. 

106.  Hie  etsi  ....  gesserat.    Although  he  had  fought  an  unsuc-  44 
cessful  battle.     This  clause  expresses  concession  ;  see  418.  - 

Ut  .  .  .  .  posset  liostes.  See  422.  -  Ab  eodem.  By  the  same  one, 
i,  e.  Themistocles  :  eodem,  it  must  be  observed,  does  not  belong 
to  gradu.  -  Gradn.  From  his  position.  -  Ne  .  .  .  .  perseYC- 
raret.  Thi«  is  the  object  of  verens.  384.  -  Id  agi.  Lit.  that 
it  was  doing  ;  render,  was  in  contemplation.  -  In  Hellesponto* 
Over  the  Hellespont.  -  Altera.  Second.  -  Post  ....  memo- 
riam.  Within  the  recollection  of  man. 

107.  Qnam.    «==  postquam.  -  Dnce  Pansania.    (532.)  - 
Quo  proelio.    (571.)  -  Interfectns  est.    Destroyed,  cut  in  pieces. 
-<—  SUA  dw.cta  ....  dedisse.    This  clause  is  in  apposition  with 


280  KOTES. 


PAOK 


44  sententia.  — —  Yictoriae.    This  genitive  depends  upon  ercfo,  which 

45  may  be  regarded  as  a  substantive  in  the  ablative. Qumnqne 

....  nterentnr»     This  is  a  causal  clause  ;  explain  mood  ;  see  409. 
Id  fieri.     Object  of  vet&rent. 

108.  Sociomm.     Objective  genitive, Fatigati.     (526.) 

Dneibns  Lacedaemoniis.  (532.)— — Invidentibos   (524.) Quo* 

Ablative  after  gravius.     F.  B.  636 ;  A.  &  S.  256 ;  Z.  483. 

Periclis.     Pericles,  a  distinguished  orator  and  statesman  of  Ath- 

40  ens,  directed  the  counsels  of  his  state  for  many  years.  — — Quod 

intelligens.    (571.) Agros  reipnblicae  dono.     245  ;  F.  B.  649  ; 

A.  &  S.  227,  R.  1 ;  Z.  422.-' — Navali  proelio  dimicatnm  est.   Lit. 

it  was  fought,  <fec.  ;  render,  a  naval  battle  was  fought. N0H 

nisi.     No  more  than,  only.  — —  Ex  soeiorom  persona.     In  the  per- 
son of  their  allies  :  these  had  never  concurred  in  the  peace. 

109.  Exorto.     From  exorior.     (524.)  — Illi.     To  whom  does 

this  refer  ? Daces.     Predicate  nominative. Ut .  .  .  .  es- 

seiit.    (547.)    See  also  422. lis  terror!,  quibus  anxilio.     257. 

110.  Alcibiades  rerocatns  esset.     Alcibiades  was  accused  of  re- 
vealing the  mysteries  of  Ceres — a  crime  punishable  by  death. 
Sccnndo  Marte  pugnant.     Lit.  they  fight,  Mars  being  propi- 
tious;  render,  they  fight  successfully. Ilrbi.     237,  240. 

47  Fract'u     526. Qnum  ....  andivisset.    (549,  550.) Incli- 

nato.     Sinking,  unfavorable  :  the  figure  is  taken  from  a  building 
just  ready  to  fall. Tertio.     Sc.  proelio. 

111.  Lacedaemone.   "What  construction  would  be  required  with 

the  name  of  a  country  ?    282. Qao  cognito.     On  ascertaining 

this. Amissi.     (524.) >  Ex  utraqae  parte.     On  each  side. 

Affiictae.     (528.)    It  will  be  observed  that  the  participle 

expressing  concession  here  retains  the  connective  quamvis. 

Pudore  male  actae  rei.     From  shame  at  his  want  of  success,  or 
bad  management. Relictas.    (524.) Partim— partim.     Ei- 
ther— or ;  some — other  ;  the  meaning  is,  he  either  took  or  killed, 
or  better,  he  took  some  and  killed  others. 

J8  112.  Alcibiades  cum  dnce,  &c.  Alcibiades  was  at  this  time  in 
exile,  having  fled  for  his  life,  when  he  was  recalled  from  his 
command  in  Sicily  and  learned  that  he  was  already  under  sen- 
tence of  death.  See  110,  line  1,  with  note  on  the  same. Qtti 

qunm.     When  this,  i.  e.  the  senate.     571. Crudeliter  .  .  . 

eonsnleret.     Adopted  cruel  measures  against  the  people,  acted  cr& 


GRECIAN   HISTORY.  281 

PAGH 

tllj  towards  them. Se  .  .  .  .  rcdderent.    This  entire  clause  is  48 

the  object  of  scripsit. Qnnm  ....  nequissent.    Explain  mocd 

ana  tense.     402,  380. Intestine  malo.     The  senate,  the  four 

hundred. Perrexit.     From  pergo. 

113.  Qnam  plurinias.     Quam  before  a  superlative  is  intensive, 
and  is  often  best  rendered  by  possible,  as  quam  plurimas,  the 
greatest  possible  number,  as  many  as  possible,  or  sometimes  very 
many. 

114.  Darins.     This  was  Darius  the  Second,  and  of  course  not  49 
the  one  spoken  of  in  101,  102,  103. lit ....  mittercnt.     Con- 
secutive clause  ;  explain  mood  and  tense.     422,  380. In  .... 

lonim.     To  take  the  place  of,  to  succeed. 

115.  Navibus.     218,  2  ;  F.  B.  643  ;  A.  &  S.  224,  R.  1. Proe- 

liis  adverso  Marte  pngnatis.     Lit.  battles  fought,  Mars  being  ad- 
verse ;  render,  having  lost  battles,  or,  having  fought  unsuccessfully. 

Praedatnm.     Supine. Delevit.     Destroyed  =  put  an  end 

to. Res  ....  inclinata  est.     The  power  of  the  Athenians  was 

utterly  overthrown.     See  note  on  inclindto,  110. 

116.  Neqne.     Not ;  this  is  usually  the  best  translation  of  ne-  50 

que  when  followed  by  et. Novae.     Sc.  copiae,  stores,  supplies. 

Qnae.     This.     (571.) Nomen  Atheniensium.     The  Athe- 
nian name  =  the  Athenian  state  or  nation. Passnros.     What 

is  the  object? Dnobns  ocnlis.     The  two  eyes;  these  were 

Athens  and  Sparta. Longi  mnri  brachia.     Reference  is  here 

made  to  the  long  walls  which  connected  Athens  with  its  ports. 
See  107,  "  Phalerico  portu,"  "  Piraeei  portus." 

117.  Dediti.     Devoted  to,  devoted  to  the  interests  of. Qao  51 

factnrn  est,  ut,  &c.    (572.) 

118.  Praepositi  a  Lacedaemoniis.    This  is  an  example  of  the 

abridged  clause.     See  440. Qnod.    This  relative,  it  will  be 

observed,  does  not  agree  with  its  antecedent,  but  with  the  pre- 
dicate-nominative castellum.     See  Lat.  Prose  Comp. Oppug- 

nare.     Abridged  object  of  sunt  adorti.     See  447. Jaceiitcm. 

(524  or  525.) Neminem  ....  spoliavit.    254. Quorum. 

The  common  construction  requires  the  ablative  with  verbs  of 
plenty  and  Kant ;  the  genitive  is  occasionally  used. 

119.  Qnibus  praefectus  fait.    See  114. Ad  se  arcessitum  52 

....  vinxit.     Summoned  him  into  his  presence  and  bound,  <fec. 
Bee  (530). Interfecisset,  nisi prohibuisset.    Explain  mooa 


282  NOTES. 

PACK 

62  and  tense.     414,416. Parare.     Observe  that  the  subject  ol 

the  infinitive  is  omitted,  being  the  same  as  that  of  the  principal 

verb  coepit.     See  447. Imprndentius.     Too  imprudently. 

In  auxilio,  <fcc.    In  the  service  of. Per  iiidomitas  nationes 

reYertuntur.     This  remarkable  achievement  is  known  in  history 
as  the  "Retreat  of  the  Ten  Thousand." 

120.  Jubet.  .  .  .  discedere.    What  mood  is  generally  used  after 
verbs  of  ordering,  commanding,  &e.  ? Pro  Iioste.     As  an  ene- 
my.   Faceret.     Sc.  Her  ;  was  travelling  through. Cadme- 

am.    This  was  the  citadel  of  Thebes. Quo  ....  resisterent. 

Explain  the  use  of  quo,  "also  mood  and  tense.     386,  380. 

Laconum  rebus  studebant.    Favored  the  interests  of  the  Laconiam. 

]Veque  CO  magis.     Lit.  nor  the  more  on  this  account,  i.  e.  still 

they  did  not  restore,  <fcc. Liberandae  patriae.     Of  liberating 

his  country.     (523.) Idem  sentiebant.     Entertained  the  same 

53  opinions,  i.  e.  belonged  to  the  same  party. Eum.    This  be- 
longs to  diem  above. Yesperascente  coelo.   At  the  approach  of 

evening. PerYCnit.  Give  the  subject. Usque  CO.   So  utter- 
ly.   Duee  Pelopida.     Under  the  guidance  of  Pelopidas.    (532.) 

121.  Satis  haberent.     Lit.  regarded  it  sufficient ;  render,  were 

satisfied. Imperator.    When  commander,  or  when  in  command ; 

a  noun  in  apposition  being  frequently  the  representative  of  a 
temporal  clause  which  has  been  abridged,  should  sometimes  be 

introduced  in  the  translation  by  when.     See  458. Inquit. 

Give  object. 

54  122.  Quod*     This  agrees  with  the  predicate-nominative  caput. 

See  note  on  quod,  118. Ante  eum  natnm.     Before  his  birth. 

(523.) Effectual  est.     Give  subject Obses  ....  domo. 

ilow  may  this  abridged  clause  be  filled  out  ?     See  440,  458. 

123.  Robnr  Thessalorum  eqnitum.    The  Thessalian  cavalry  was 
regarded  as  the  best  in  Greece. 

55  124.  Olim  destinato.    This  may  be  regarded  as  a  form  abridged 
from  the  relative  clause.     See  440. 

125.  Praedandi.     Gerund,  governed  "by  causa;  see  443. 

Virtute  .  .  .  f  praestantes.    Abridged  clause  ;  explain ;  440. 

Antea  infestissimas.    Abridged  clause ;  explain ;  440. Adver- 

sis  Yulneribus.     With  wounds  in  front :  it  was  a  disgrace  to  re* 

ceive  a  wound  in  the  back.     See  same  expression  in  39. 

Tnenda.     To  defend,  to  be  defended.     (529.) 


GKECIAN   HISTORY.  283 


PAGB 


,.26.  Quantum  ....  fnitt     Lit.  as  much  as  was  in  him  ;  render,   56 

a*  far  as  was  in  his  power. Ad  formandum  ....  statnm.     See 

45  v. Dubinin  erat.  This  is  the  predicate  affirmed  of  the  fol- 
lowing clause  as  subject. 

12*7.  Ad  Indos  spectandos.     To  witness  the  games.     (529.)    See 

also  451. Attalo.     One  of  Philip's  generals. Honoratnm 

.  .  .  ad vcrsarinm.    See  449. Poterat.    Sc.  exigere. 

128.  Vincendi.     442. Hie— ille.     When   hie  and  ille  are  57 

thus  used  in  reference  to  two  persons  or  objects  just  mentioned, 

hie  usually  refers  to  the  latter  and  ille  to  the  former. Gan- 

dere.  This  is  an  instance  of  what  is  called  the  historical  infini- 
tive,  and  shoulcTbe  rendered  by  the  imperfect  indicative.  A.  & 
3.  209,  R.  5 ;  Z.  599,  K  Several  other  examples  of  the  histori- 
cal infinitive  occur  in  this  paragraph. Amari.  This  depends 

upon  malle. Pareendi.    298, 443. Victis.    Participle  used 

substantively  and  governed  by  parcendi.    218. IVec.    (567.) 

129.  Proficiscens.     (525.) Opes.     Object  of  cogitabant  un- 
derstood ;  construed  literally  the  passage  would  read  thus  :  they 
thought  of  nothing  if  not  the  riches,  i.  e.  if  they  did  not  think  of  the 

riches,  (fee. ;  render,  they  thought  of  nothing  except  the,  <fcc. 

foYitac.    Best  rendered  by  the  adv.  unwillingly.  5§ 

130.  la  exercitn  ....  duae.     Observe  that  the  copulative  con- 
nectives between  the  several  subjects  are  omitted.     487. 

Electos.    See  449. 

131.  Cacso  rege.     Lit.  by  the  king^ain  ;  render,  by  slaying  the 

king.    (523.) Confossi,  efferati.    (526.) Ad  hoc  ipsnm.  59 

For  this  very  purpose. 

132.  Macedonian  erat.     Was  the  property  of  the  Macedonians  ; 

erat  agrees  with  Phoenlce,  and  is  understood  after  Syria. 

SiM impediment©.    257  ;  A.  &  S.  227  ;  Z,  422. Occisos. 

(530.) Exceptis.     This  agrees  with  the  omitted  antecedent  00 

of  qui His  ....  nnntiatis.    This  ablative   absolute  is   an 

abridged  concessive  clause.     (528.)    See  also  458. Opem  a 

diis,  &c.     To  seek  aid  from  the  gods,  i.  e.  by  taking  refuge  in  their 

temples. Qnantnmqne  ....  sit.   Subject  of  potest. Trnci- 

dati  sunt.     Observe  that  the  participle  does  not  agree  in  gender 
with  the  subject  millia,  but  with  viri  or  homines  implied  in  that 
subject. 

1 33.  Aegyptii ....  perterriti.    This  is  a  compound  sentesce 


284  NOTES. 

FACE 

60  consisting  of  two  members,  each  of  which  is  ai*  abridged  com 

plex  sentence. Vcntum  est.    Impersonal  verb. Consecra- 

tam  deo,  undiqne  ....  contectam.     Abridged  attributive  clauses 
limiting  sedem.     See  440. Maxim  as  natu.     The  eldest. 

61  Destinarct.     Explain  mood  and  tense.  .  379,  380. Acque 

com  posit  os.    Abridged   clause;  explain. Colendi.     Gerund, 

depending  upon  auctor.     443. 

134.  Principes.     In  apposition  with  legatos.     440. Neque. 

(567.) Neqne  ....  Halym.     In  the  previous  offers  of  Darius, 

this  river  was  designated  to  be  made  the  boundary  of  Alexan- 
der's dominions. Iiiqnit.  What  is  the  direct  object  of  this 

verb  ? 

6s£       135.  Non  alias.     On  no  other  occasion. Altior.     Unusually 

deep. Xec  aut  Persae  aut  Maeedones,  &c.  Compound  sen- 
tence abridged ;  subjects  united  ;  482. Cedcre,  laxare.  His- 
torical infinitives;  see  note  on  gaudere,  128. 

136.  Recuperandae  libertatis.    (523.) Quern.    (571.) 

Dux  ....  relictas.    Abridged  relative  clause.     440. Dantes. 

449. 

63  137.  Bacchant! uni   more.    The  votaries  of  Bacchus   at  their 
feasts  indulged  in  various  boisterous  revels. 

138.  Facerct.    Sc.    ut. Ostendere.    Historical  infinitive : 

see  note  on  gaudere,  128. Alias — alias.     One — another. 

64  139.  Re  ver  tenth     To  him  on  his  return,  or  on  his  way  home. 
Carthaginieasium  ....  Sftrdiniae,  <fcc.     Compound  attribu- 
tive modifier  of  legationes. Nonnnllas.     Sc.  legationes. 

Totas.     Best  rendered  adverbially,  utterly,  entirely. Inter 

bibendnm.     While  drinking  ;  an  abridged  temporal  clause.    461. 

140.  Aeacidarnm*    Alexander  was,  by  his  mother,  a  lineal  de- 
scendant of  Aeacus  the  grandfather  of  Achilles. Dignissimnm. 

Adjective  used  substantively ;  object  of  facere  understood. 

65  Jodicio.    By  a  tacit  decision,  opposed  to  voce. Electos  esse. 

436. 

141.  Quo  die.     The  day  in  which  ;  the  relative  here  must  not 

be  rendered  according  to  571. Alterius — alterius.     The  one- 

the  other ;  sc.  victoriae. Quadrigas.   Chariots  and  hordes  were 

often  sent  to  the  Olympic  games  to  contend  for  prizes. Pner. 

When  a  boy. Tantam  ....  fidueiam  fecit      He  inspired  his, 

toldiws  with  such  confidence 


GRECIAN 

142.  Appellant,  legunt  et  jnbent.     Compound  sentence  abr 

ed  by  uniting  predicates.     486. His  deducere.     This 

compound  sentence  should  be  carefully  examined.  It  consists  of 
four  complex  members,  having  the  abridged  subordinate  clause, 
his  ita  compositis,  common  to  each,  with  principal  clauses  as  fol- 
lows ;  viz.,  the  first  an  abridged  compound  with  objects  (Macedo- 
niae  et  Graeciae)  united ;  the  second  simple  ;  the  third  abridged 
compound  with  objects  (Meleagro  et  Perdiccae)  united,  and  also 
with  modifiers  of  subject  (castrorum  et  exercitus)  united  ;  and  the 
fourth  complex. Lnstratione.  This  was  a  review  accompa- 
nied with  expiatory  sacrifices. 

143.  In  duas  partes.     The  disputes  of  Perdiccas  and  Antigonus 

resulted  in  the  formation  of  two  hostile  parties. Victoriae. 

This  depends  upon  gloria  understood. Familiam.  Retinue  of 

attendants  or  slaves. Dicens.     Explain  direct  object. 

144.  Iterate,  adv.  =  iterum.     Again,  a  second  time. Con-  67 

greditor  et .  .  .  .  refugit.    Compound  predicate. Cassander  et 

Lysimaehns.     Compound  subject. 

145.  Dncibns  Spartanis.     Under  the  guidance  of  the  Spartans. 

(532.) Quod  ....  occnpassent.    This  is  the  alleged  cause,  and 

accordingly  depends  upon  praetendentes. 

146.  Hortante  ....  snccessn.     Lit.    success  prompting  them ;  68 

vender,  encouraged  or  prompted  by  their  success. Alii — alii. 

Some — others. Ut .  .  .  .  mercarentnr.      Consecutive   clause  ; 

see  421,  422., Non  lacessiti.      Without  being  attacked.     (531.) 

147.  Delphos.     282. Munera.     Observe  the  various  modi- 
fiers of  this  subject. Magnificentia  sua.     By  their  magnifi- 
cence ;  abl.  of  means. Volnntatem  et .  .  .  .  responsa.     Com- 
pound object. 

148.  Statnas  enin  quadrigis.    These  were  the  statues  of  those 
who  had  won  prizes  in  the  chariot  races  at  the  Pythian  games. 

Solido  ....  esse.     That  they  were  cast  from  solid  gold. 

Spei.    This  depends  upon  plus. Diis  antesignanis.     With  the  69 

gods  as  their  champions  or  leaders. Xec.     Not. Imbres 

.  .  .  .  et  pervigiliae.     Compound  subject. 

149.  Salntis  latebras.    A  place  of  safety. 

150.  Philopator.     This  surname  from  its  composition  means  70 
the  lover  of  a  father,  and  was  given  to  Ptolemy  in  irony,  as  he 
had  murdered  both  his  parents. Aetate  immatnra.   441. 


286  .NOTES. 

PAGE 

TO  Quo  ....  imbntmn.  Allusion  is  here  made  to  the  oath  of  etor 
nal  enmity  to  the  Romans  which  his  father  is  said  to  have  made 
him  take  when  a  boy. 

151.  JVec.    Not. Apud  Cynosccphalas.    Compare  57. 

Repndiata  ....  pace.    458. 

71  152.  In  visas.    See  448. Criminari.    Sc.  coepit. Nunc 

— nunc.    At  one  time — at  another. 

153.  Oceiso  ....  aemnlo.    This  abridged  clause,  it  will  be  ob- 
served, is  compound. Nec.    (567.) Contracto.    Attribu- 
tive clause  abridged.     440. 

154.  ftlacedonicnm  bellnm.    Compare  account  in  59. De- 
dissent*     They  had  given,  i.  e.  he  said  they  had  given  ;  hence  the 
subjunctive.     426. Extra  ordinem*    The  ordinary  method  oi 

72  distributing  the  provinces  was  by  lot. Defecit.    Was  eclipsed. 

Talentum.     Genitive  plural;  see  A.  &  S.  53. Alexandro 

et  Philippe.     Compound  attributive  modifier  abridged. 

155.  Tune  temporis*     At  that  time;  it  is  equivalent  to  illo 

temporis,  or  id  temporis. Conspirationem  universamm.     The 

union  of  all. Slesponsum  est.     The  reply  was  made. Ad 

inspiciendas  res.    451. Ut . . .  .  dissolverent.     This  clause 

may  be  treated  as  the  subject  of  mandatum  est. 

73  156.  Pugnandi fecit.     Offered  the  enemy  battle. Urbs 

Corinthus   diruitur.     Compare  account  in  62. Sub   corona 

venditur.     Are  sold  as  slaves  :  some  suppose  that  sub  corona  im- 
plies that  a  wreath  was  placed  upon  the  head  of  the  prisoner 
when  offered  for  sale ;  and  others  that  it  merely  refers  to  the 
ring  (corona)  of  soldiers  by  whom  he  was  guarded. 


LATH-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY. 


For  proper  names  the  pupil  is  referred  to  the  Hist,  and  Geoff. 


A.     An  abbreviation  of  Aulus. 
A,  ab,  abs,  prep,  with  abl.    From, 

*>y- 

Abduco  (ab,  duco),  ere,  duxi,  due- 
turn.  To  lead  away,  take  away, 
remove. 

Abeo  (ab,  eo),  Ire,  Ivi  or  ii,  itum. 
To  go  away,  depart,  withdraw 
from. 

Abjicio  (ab,  jacio),  ere,jeci,  jectum. 
To  throw  away,  throw,  reject; 
prostrate,  humble. 

Aboleo,  ere,  evi,  itum.  To  blot 
out,  efface;  ruin,  destroy. 

Abripio  (ab,  rapio),  ere,  ripui,  rep- 
tum.  To  take  away,  carry  off. 

Abrumpo  (ab,  rumpo),  ere,  rupi, 
ruptum.  To  break  off  or  away, 
rend,  sever. 

Absens  (part,  of  absum),  tis.  Ab- 
sent. 

Abstineo  (abs,  teneo),  ere,  tinui, 
tentum.  To  keep  or  hold  back, 
abstain  from. 

Absum  (ab,  sum),  esse,  fui,  futu- 
rus.  To  be  absent  or  away,  to 
be  distant  from. 

Absumo  (ab,  sumo),  ere,  sumpsi, 
sumptum.  To  take  from  or 
away;  destroy,  consume. 


Abundo  (ab,  undo),  are,  dvi,  atwn> 
To  abound,  superabound. 

\Ac  (a  shortened  form  of  atque, 
used  only  before  consonants). 
And. 

|  Accedo  (ad,  cedo),  ere,  cessi,  cessum. 
To  approach,  accede  to ;  be 
added  to. 

Accendo  (ad,  candeo),  ere,  cendi, 
censum.  To  set  on  fire,  kindle ; 
to  excite,  inflame. 

Acceptus  (accipio),  a,  um.  Accept- 
ed; acceptable,  pleasing. 

Accipio  (ad,  capio),  ere,  cepi,  cep- 
tum.  To  accept,  receive. 

Accurro  (ad,  curro),  ere,  curri  (cu- 
curri  rare),  cursum.  To  run  to, 
hasten  to. 

Accuso  (ad,  causa),  are,  avi,  atum. 
To  call  to  account,  to  accuse. 

Acer,  acris,  acre.  Sharp ;  power- 
ful, severe,  valiant ;  diligent,  in- 
tense. 

Acies,  ei,  f.  The  order  of  battle, 
battle-array ;  line  of  soldiers  ; 
army  in  battle-array. 
!  Acquiesco  (adquiesco  from  ad,  qui- 
esco),  ere,  evi,  Hum.  To  become 
guiet,  to  repose ;  to  acquiesce 
in. 

|  Acriter  (acer).  Vehemently,  val- 
iantly. 


288 


LATIN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY. 


Acuo,  ere,  ui,  utum.  To  sharpen, 
quicken;  stimulate. 

Ad,  prep,  with  ace.  To,  towards ; 
at,  near. 

Addo  (ad,  do),  ere,  didi,  ditum. 
To  add,  carry  to,  appoint  to. 

Adduco  (ad,  duco),  ere,  duxi,  due- 
turn.  To  lead  to,  conduct,  bring, 
induce. 

Adeo  (ad,  eo),  adv.  So,  to  such 
an  extent. 

Adeo  (ad,  eo),  ire,  ivi  or  iit  itum. 
To  go  to,  approach,  visit;  en- 
counter. 

Adhuc,  adv.  Thus  far,  as  yet, 
even  yet ;  stilL 

Adlmo  (ad,  emo),  ere,  emi,  emptum. 
To  take  from,  deprive  of. 

Adipiscor,  ci,  adeptus  sum,  dep. 
To  obtain,  get  possession  of. 

Adjicio  (ad,  jacio),  ere,  jeci,  jectum. 
To  throw  or  cast  to  or  against, 
add  to. 

Adjungo  (ad,  jungo),  'ere,  junxi, 
junctum.  To  join  to,  unite  with. 

Administro  (ad,  minis tro),  are, 
dvi,  dtum.  To  administer,  man- 
age. 

Admiratio  (admiror),  onis,  f.  Ad- 
miration, respect. 

Admiror  (ad,  miror),  dri,  admird- 
tus  sum,  dep.  To  admire,  won- 
der at. 

Admitto  (ad,  mitto),  ere,  mlsi,  mis- 
sum.  To  send  to  or  forward,  to 
admit,  receive. 

Adm5dum(a,d,  modus),  adv.  Very, 
exceedingly. 

Admonitus,  us,  m.  "Warning,  ad- 
vice; instigation. 

Admoveo  (ad,  moveo),  ere,  maui, 
motum.  To  move  to,  apply  to, 
bring  to. 

Adolesccns  (adolesco),  entis,  adj. 
and  subs.,  m.  and  f.  Young, 
growing ;  a  young  man,  a  youth. 

Adolescent alus  (adolescens),  i,  m. 
A  very  young  man,  a  youth. 

Adolesco,  ere,  evi  (ui  rare),  ultum. 
To  grow,  grow  up,  increase. 


Adoptb,  are,  dvi,  dtum.  To  choose, 
adopt;  take  for  a  son,  daugh- 
ter, <fec. 

Adorior  (ad,  orior),  Iri,  ortus  sum, 
dep.  To  attack,  attempt,  strive ; 
begin. 

Adorno,  are,  dvi,  dtum.  To  adorn, 
furnish,,  equip. 

Adsto,  or  asto  (ad,  sto),  are,  stlti. 
To  stand  near,  stand  by. 

Adsum  (ad,  sum),  esse,  fui,  futu- 
rus.  To  be  present  or  at  hand, 
assist,  stand  by. 

Adulatio,  onis,  f.  Adulation,  flat- 
tery. 

Advectus  (part,  from  adveho),  a, 
+um.  Brought,  carried  to. 

Adveho  (ad,  veho),  ere,  vexi,  vectum. 
To  conduct,  convey,  import. 

Advenio  (ad,  venio),  Ire,  veni,  ven- 
tum.  To  come  to,  arrive. 

Adventus  (advenio),  us,  m.  Arri- 
val, approach. 

Adversaria,  a,  um,  adj.  Oppo- 
site, opposing. 

Adversarius,  i,  m.  subst.  Adver- 
sary, opponent,  antagonist. 

Adversus  (adverto),  a,  um.  Oppo- 
site, over  against,  adverse,  hos- 
tile ;  fronting,  in  front. 

Adversus,  or  adversum  (adverto), 
adv.  and  prep.  Against,  to- 
wards, opposite  to. 

Aedes,  or  aedis,  is,  f.  Temple  in 
the  sing.  ;  but  in  the  plur.  dwell- 
ing, habitation,  house. 

Aedifwo  (aedes,  facio),  are,  avi, 
dtum.  To  build. 

Aedilitius,  or  aedilicius  (aedes),  a, 
um.  Pertaining  to  the  aediles : 
aedilitius,  i,  m.,  one  who  has  been 
aedile.  The  aediles  were  Roman 
magistrates  who  had  charge  of 
the  public  buildings,  highways, 
<kc.,  and  acted  as  city  police. 

Aegritudo,  Inis,  f.  Affliction,  an- 
guish ;  care,  uneasiness. 

Aemulus,  a,  um.  Emulous  ;  often 
used  substantively  as  rival,  com- 
petitor. 


LATIN-ENGLISH   VOCABULARY. 


289 


Aeneus,  a,  wn.     Brazen. 

Aequaliter.     Equally. 

Aeque  (aequus).  Equally,  simi- 
larly. 

Acquiparo  (aeque,  paro),  are,  dvi, 
dtum.  To  equal,  make  equal. 

Aequitas  (aequus),  dtis,  f.  Equal- 
ity, equity. 

Aequus,  a,  um.  Equal,  similar; 
just,  fuir;  favorable,  propitious. 

Aestas,  tltis,  f.     Summer. 

Aestimatio  (aestimo),  onis,  f.  Esti- 
mation, worth. 

Aestimo,  are,  avi,  atum.  To  value, 
estimate :  parvi  aestimdre,  to 
think  little  of,  esteem  lightly. 

Aetas,  dtis,  f.     Age,  time  of  life. 

Aeternitas,  dtis,  f.  Eternity,  per- 
petuity. 

Affectdtus  (part,  from  affecto),  a, 
um.  Desired,  aimed  at. 

Affecto,  due,  avi,  dtum.  To  desire, 
aim  at,  strive  after. 

Affero  (ad,  fero),  ferre,  attuli, 
alldtum.  To  bring,  carry  to, 
report. 

Afflgo,  ere,  fixi,  fixum.  To  affix, 
fasten  to. 

Ajfirmo,  are,  dvi,  dtum.  To  affirm, 
confirm,  ratify. 

Ajflictus  (part,  from  affligo],  a,  um. 
Afflicted,  troubled,  prostrated. 

Affllgo,  ere,  flixi,  flictum.  To  af- 
flict, trouble,  overthrow. 

Africus  (sc.  ventus),  i,  m.  The 
south-west  wind,  i.  e.,  the  wind 
from  Africa. 

Ager,  agri,  m.  Field,  land,  terri- 
tory. 

Aggredior,  i,  gressua  sum.  To  ap- 
proach, attack,  attempt. 

Agitdtus  (part,  from  aglto),  a,  um. 
Agitated,  troubled. 

Ag^to.  are,  dvi,  dtum.  To  harass, 
trouble,  think  of. 

Agmtn,  mis,  n.  An  army,  gener- 
ally on  the  march,  band  of  sol- 
diers, troop. 

Agnosco,  ere,  novi,  nitum.  To 
recognize. 


Ago,  ere,  egi,  actum.  To  conduct, 
drive,  do,  act,  execute :  annum 
vicesimum  agere,  to  be  in  his  (or 
her)  twentieth  year. 

Agricultura  (ager,  colo),  ae,  f. 
Agriculture. 

Aio,  ais,  ait,  <fec.  defect,  (see 
A.  &  S.  183,  4).  To  say,  affirm. 

A  la,  ae,  f.     Wing. 

Aldcer,  cris,  ere.  Active,  prompt; 
joyful. 

Albus,  a,  um.     White. 

Alias.  Otherwise,  at  another 
time  ;  non  alias,  on  no  other  oc- 
casion. 

Alienus  (alius),  a,  um.  Belonging 
to  another,  foreign;  unfavor- 
able. 

Aliquando.  At  some  time,  for- 
merly, finally,  now  at  last. 

Aliquantum,  adv.  Somewhat,  in 
some  degree. 

Aliquis  (alius,  quis),  qua,  quod, 
and  quid.  Some  one,  some. 

Aliquot,  indecl.  pi.  adj.  Several, 
some. 

Aliter  (alius),  adv.     Otherwise. 

Alius,  a,  ud  (gen.  alms,  <fec.  ;  see 
F.  B.  113-R.).  Other,  another; 
alius — a&is,  one — another;  alii 
— alii,  sJBfte — others. 

Alloquor  JH^Joquor),  i,  quutusor 
cutus  s$Qn,  dep.  To  speak  to, 
address.  \ 

Alo,  ere,  alui,  alitum  or  altum.  To 
support;  keej),  nourish  strength- 
en. 

Alte  (altus),  adv.    .On  high,  high 

Alter,  era,  erum  (gen.  alterius,  <fec. ; 
F.  B.  113.  R.).  'One  of  two,  the 
other  ;  alter — alterf  the  one — 
the  other ;  alter  as  numeral  = 
second. 

Altus,  a,  um.  High,  noble,  great; 
deep,  profound ;  altum  substan- 
tively,  the  sea,  the  deep. 

A?nabilis  (amo),  e.  Lovely,  amia- 
ble. 

Ambio,  Ire,  ivi  or  ii,  itum.  To  sur* 
round,  encompass. 


13 


290 


LATIN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY. 


Ambo,  ae,  o.     Both. 

Amicitia  (amieus),  ae,  f.  Friend- 
ship. 

Amlcus,  i,  m.     A  friend. 

Amicus,  a,  um.     Friendly,  kind. 

Amita,  ae,  f.  A  father's  sister, 
paternal  aunt. 

Amitio  (a,  mitto),  ere,  misi,  mis- 
sum.  To  send  away,  to  lose. 

Amnis,  is,  m.     River. 

Amo,  are,  dvi,  atum.     To  love. 

Amor  (amo),  oris,  m.  Love,  affec- 
tion, desire. 

Amphithedtrum,  i,  n.  Amphithe- 
atre, in  Rome  a  circular  or  oval 
building  used  for  public  specta- 
cles. 

Amplio  (amplus),  are,  dvi,  atum. 
To  enlarge. 

Amplius  (comp.  of  ample),  adv. 
More,  further. 

Amplus,  a,  um.  Ample,  spacious, 
large. 

An,  interrog.  particle.  Or,  wheth- 
er. 

Anceps,  ancipitis.  Twofold,  dou- 
ble. 

Angustia  (angustus),  ae,  f.,  used 
mostly  in  pL  Narrow  pass, 
difficulty. 

Angustus,  a,  um.  Nftrrow,  con- 
fined. 

Anima,  aet  f.     Breath,  life. 

Animadverto  (animus,  adverto), 
ere,  ti,  sum.  To  notice,  observe, 
perceive. 

Animus,  i,  m.  Mind,  soul,  cour- 
age. 

Annuius,  or  anulus,  i,  m.   Ring. 

Annus,  i,  m.     Year. 

Annuus  (annus),  a,  um.  Lasting 
a  year,  for  a  year,  annual. 

Ante,  adv.  and  prep.  Before  in 
respect  to  place  or  time,  formerly. 

Antea.     Formerly. 

Antesignanus  (ante,  signum),  i,  m. 
Leader,  commander. 

Antiquitas  (antiquus),  atis,  f.  An- 
tiquity. 

Antlquus,  a  um.     Ancient,  early. 


Antistes,   itis,  m.   and  f.      Presi 
dent ;  priest,  priestess. 

Anxietas,  dtis,  f.  Anxiety,  solici- 
tude. 

Aperte.     Openly,  publicly. 

Apparatus,  us,  m.  Preparation, 
equipment. 

Apparatus,  a,  um.  Prepared, 
ready,  equipped. 

Appellatio  (appello),  onis,  f.  Name, 
title. 

Appello,  are,  dvi,  atum.  To  call, 
name. 

Appello  (ad,  pello),  ere,  puli,  pul~ 
sum.  To  drive  to,  bring  to,  in- 
duce. 

Appropinquo,  are,  dvi,  atum.  To 
approach. 

Apud,  prep,  with  ace.  At,  near, 
among. 

Aqua,  ae,  f.     Water. 

Aquila,  ae,  f.     Eagle. 

Ara,  ac,  f.     Altar. 

Arbitror,  dri,  dtus  sum,  dep.  Tc 
think,  judge. 

Arcesso,  ere,  ivi,  itum.  To  call,  in- 
vite ;  summon. 

Archon,  tis,  m.  The  chief  magis- 
trate at  Athens,  archon. 

Ardeo,  ere,  arsi,  arsum.  To  be  on 
fire,  burn. 

Ardesco,  ere,  arsi.  To  take  fire, 
kindle. 

Argenteus  (argentum),  a,  um. 
Made  of  silver. 

Argentum,  i,  n.     Silver. 

Argumentum,  i,  n.  Argument, 
sign,  mark. 

Argyraspis,  idis,  adj.  Armed  with 
silver  shields,  a  title  applied  to 
a  company  of  Macedonian  sol- 
diers who  had  silver  shields. 

Arma,  drum,  n.  pi.  Arms,  force 
of  arms. 

Armatus  (armo),  a,  um.     Armed. 

Armilla,  ae,  f.     Bracelet. 

Armo  (arma),  are,  dvi,  atum.  Ta 
arm. 

Arrtyans,  tis.     Proud,  arrogant. 

Ars,  tis,  f.     Art,  skill. 


LATIN-ENGLISH  VOCABULAKY. 


291 


Arx,  arcis,  f.     Citadel. 

Aspis,  idis,  f.     Asp. 

Asporto,  are,  dvi,  atum.  Tc  bear 
or  carry  away. 

Asseveratio,  onis,  f.  Declaration, 
assertion. 

Assiduus,  a,  um.  Assiduous;  fre- 
quent ;  continual,  incessant. 

Assigno,  are,  dvi,  atum.  Assign, 
bestow. 

Asto,  are,  stiti.     To  stand  near  or 

by. 

Astu,  n.  indecl.  A  city,  generally 
applied  to  Athens. 

Asylum,  i,  n.  Asylum,  place  of 
refuge. 

At,  conj.     But,  yet. 

Atque,  conj.  And,  and  also,  and 
besides  ;  atque — atque,  both — 
and. 

Attingo,  ere,  tigi,  tactum.  To  at- 
tain, touch. 

Auctor  (augeo),  dris,  m.  Author, 
founder;  approver,  adviser. 

Auctoritas  (auctor),  atis,  f.  Au- 
thority, influence. 

Audax  (audeo),  acis.  Bold,  auda- 
cious, desperate. 

Audeo,  ere,  ausus  sum.  To  dare, 
attempt. 

Audio,  Ire,  ivi  or  ii,  Hum.  To  hear, 
listen  to. 

Aufero  (ab,  fero),  ferre,  abstuli, 
abldtum.  To  take  away  or  from, 
remove. 

A  ufugio  (ab,  fugio),  ere,  fugi.  To 
flee  from. 

Augeo,  ere,  auxi,  auctum.  To  en- 
large, increase. 

Augur  ium,  i,  n.     Augury,  omen. 

Augur  or,  dri,  dtus  sum.  To  augur, 
predict. 

Aurarius  (aurum),  a,  um.  Per- 
taining to  gold ;  auraria  metal- 
la,  gold  mines. 

Aureus  (aurum),  a,  um.     Made  of 

gold,  golden. 

^ji  urlga,  ae,  m.  and  f.     Charioteer, 
driver. 

Auris,  is,  f.     Ear. 


Aurum,  i,  n.     Gold. 

Auspicium,  i,  n.    Omen,  auspices* 

Aut.     Or  ;   aut — aut,   either — or, 

partly — partly. 

Autem.     But,  likewise,  moreover 
Auxilium  (augeo),  i,  n.    Aid,  plur. 

auxiliaries. 

Avaritia,  ae,  f.     Avarice. 
Aver  to   (ab,   verto),    erti,    ersum. 

To  avert,  turn  from,  remove. 
Avidus,  a,  um.     Desirous,  eager. 
Avis,  is,  f.     Bird. 
Avunculus  (avus),  i,  m.     Maternal 

uncle,  a  mother's  brother. 
Avus,  i,  m.     Grandfather. 


B. 

Bacchans,  antis.     Revelling. 

Bacchantes,  ium,  pi.  Votaries  of 
Bacchus,  the  god  of  wine. 

Barba,  ae,  f.     Beard. 

Barbarus,  a,  um.  Foreign,  barba- 
rous, rude. 

Barbarus,  i,  m.  Foreigner,  bar- 
barian. 

Bedtus,  a,  um.     Happy. 

Bellicosus  (bellum),  a,  um.  War- 
like. 

Bello  (bellum),  are,  avi,  atum.  To 
carry  on  war. 

Bellum,  i,  n.     War. 

Bene,  adv.     Well. 

Beneficium  (bene,  facio),  i,  n.  Ben- 
efit, favor. 

Benevolentia  (bene,  volo),  ae,  t 
Kindness,  benevolence. 

Benigne,  adv.     Kindly. 

Bibo,  ere,  bibi,  bibitum.     To  drink. 

Biennium  (bis,  annus),  i,  n.  Pe- 
riod of  two  years,  two  years. 

Biformis  (bis,  forma),  e.  Having 
two  forms,  biformed. 

Bis,  adv.     Twice. 

Boletus,  i,  m.     Mushroom. 

Bonum  (bonus),  i,  n.  Blessing, 
prosperity,  any  good ;  pi.  bona, 
goods,  property. 

Bonus,  a,  um.    Good,  noble,  brave 


292 


LATIN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY. 


Brachium,  i,  n.     Arm,  fore-arm. 
Brevis,  e.     Short;    brevi  (sc.  tern- 
pore),  shortly,  in  a  short  time. 


C. 

C.     An    abbreviation   of    Cams ; 

On.,  of  Cneus. 
Cado,  ere,  cecidi,  casum.     To  fall, 

fall  in  battle. 
Caducedtor,    oris,   m.     Herald   or 

ambassador   sent  to  treat  for 

peace. 
Caedes  (caedo),  is,  f.     Slaughter, 

bloodshed. 
Caedo,  Zre,  cecidi,  caesum.     To  cut, 

kill,  slay. 
Calamitas,  dtis,  f.     Loss,  calamity, 

disaster. 

Collide,  adv.    Shrewdly,  skilfully. 
Campus,  i,  m.     A  plain,  field  of 

battle. 
Canities,  ei,  f.      Gray  hairs,  old 

age. 
Capax   (capio),    dels.     Capacious, 

large,  comprehensive,  able. 
Capesso  (capio),  Sre,  ivi,  Hum.     To 

take,  seize ;  fugam  capessere,  to 

resort  to  flight,  betake  one's  self 

to  flight. 

Capillus,  i,  m.     Hair. 
Capio,  ere,  cepi,  captum.     To  take, 

hold. 

Captivitas  (captlvus),  dtis,  f.    Cap- 
tivity, bondage. 
Captlvus  (capio),  a,  um.     Captive, 

enslaved ;   substantiv-fy,  a  pris- 
oner, a  captive. 
Captus  (part,  from  capio),  a,  um. 

Captured,  taken. 
Caput,   itis,   n.      Head,    capital ; 

capitis  damndre,  to  condemn  to 

death. 

Career,  eris,  m.     Prison. 
Carpentum,  i,    n.     Chariot,    car- 
riage. 

Caste,  adv.     Virtuously,  chastely. 
Castellum  (dimin.  castrum),  i,  n. 

Castle,  fortress. 


Castra  (pi.  of  castrum,  a  castle\ 
drum.  Camp. 

Casus  (cado),  us,  m.  Fall,  misfor- 
tune. 

Causa,  ae,  f.  Cause,  purpose,  bu- 
siness. 

Causidicus  (causa,  dico),  i,  rn. 
Pleader,  advocate;  speaker. 

Cedo,  ere,  cessi,  cessum.  To  give 
place  to,  yield  to,  withdraw,  de- 
part. 

Celeber,  bris,  bre.  Renowned,  eel 
ebrated. 

Celebro  (celeber),  are,  dvi,  dtum. 
To  celebrate,  solemnize. 

Celeritas,  dtis,  f.  Celerity,  swift- 
ness. 

CelerUer,  adv.     Swiftly,  quickly. 

Censeo,  ere,  ui,  censum.  To  think, 
judge,  decree. 

Census,  us,  m.     Census. 

Centum,  indecl.     Hundred. 

Centurio  (centum),  onis,  m.  Cen- 
turion. 

Certdmen,  inis,  n.  Contest,  game, 
engagement. 

Certdtim,  adv.  Earnestly,  eagerly. 

Certus,  a  um.  Sure,  certain ;  cer~ 
tidrem  facer  e,  to  inform. 

Gesso  (cedo),  are,  dvi,  dtum.  To 
cease,  pause. 

Ceterus,  a,  um,  nom.  sing.  m.  not 
used.  The  other,  the  rest. 

Christidnus,  a,  um.  Christian, 
often  used  substantively. 

Cicdtrix,  Ids,  f.     Scar. 

Circa,  prep,  with  ace.  About, 
around,  among. 

Circiter,  prep,  with  ace.  About, 
near. 

Circum  =  circa. 

Circumdo  (circum,  do),  dare,  dedi, 
datum.  To  place  round,  sur- 
round, invest. 

Circumeo  (circum,  eo),  Ire,  Ivi  or 
•ii,  itum.  To  go  around,  sur- 
round, encompass. 

Circumspicio  (circifm,  specie),  ere, 
exi,  ectum.  To  look  round,  look 
for,  seek. 


LATIN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY. 


293 


Circumvent o  (circum,  venio),  ire, 
veni,  ventum.  To  circumvent, 
deceive;  surround. 

Cito,  arc,  am,  atum.  To  excite, 
urge,  hasten ;  citato  equo,  at  full 
gallop  or  speed. 

Citra,  adv.  and  prep,  with  ace. 
On  this  side. 

Civllis  (civis),  e.     Civil,  domestic. 

Civilitas  (civilis),  dtis,  f.  Civility, 
politeness. 

Civis,  is,  m.  and  f.     Citizen. 

Civltas  (civis),  dtis,  f.  City,  state, 
citizenship. 

Glades,  is,  f.  Loss,  slaughter,  de- 
struction. 

Clam,  adv.  and  prep,  with  ace.  or 
abl.  Secretly,  without  the 
knowledge  of. 

Clarus,  a,  um.  Splendid,  renown- 
ed, clear. 

Classiarius  (classis),  i,  m.  A  ma- 
rine, pi.  naval  forces. 

Classis,  is,  f.     A  fleet. 

Claudo,  ere,  si,  sum.  To  close, 
shut. 

Clemens,  entis.  Mild,  gentle,  clem- 
ent. 

dementia  (clemens),  ae,  f.  Mild- 
ness, cle  aency. 

Clipeus,  or  clypeus,  i,  m.     Shield. 

Cloaca,  ae,  f.     Sewer,  drain. 

Coelum,  i,  n.  The  heavens,  sky, 
weather. 

Coena,  ae,  f.  Principal  meal  of 
the  Romans,  supper,  dinner. 

Coeo  (con,  eo),  Ire,  ivi  or  ii,  itum. 
To  collect,  assemble. 

Coepi,  isti,  it,  def.  (See  A.  &  S. 
183,  2.)  To  begin. 

Coerceo,  ere,  ui,  Itum.  To  check, 
confine,  restrain. 

Coerclto*  (coerceo),  oris,  m.  En- 
forcer. 

Cogito,  are,  dvi>  atum.  To  think, 
ponder. 

Cognatio,  onis,  f.  Relationship, 
resemblance,  relatives. 

Cogndtus,  a,  um.  Related,  subs,  a 
relative. 


Cognitus  (part,  from  cognosce),  a, 
um.*  Ascertained,  known. 

Cognomen  (con,  nomen),  inis,  n. 
Surname. 

Cognomino  (cognomen),  are,  dvi, 
atum.  To  surname,  call,  name. 

Cognosco,  ere,  novi,  riitum.  To  as- 
certain, recognize. 

Cogo,  ere,  coegi,  coactum.  To  col- 
lect, force,  compel. 

Cohibeo  (con,  habeo),  ere,  ui,  itum. 
To  hold,  check,  confine. 

Cohors,  rtis,  f.  Cohort,  tenth  part 
of  a  legion. 

Collega,  ae,  m.    Colleague. 

Golligo  (con,  lego),  ere,  egi,  ectum. 
To  collect,  bring  together. 

Colloco,  are,  dvi,  atum.  To  place, 
set,  erect. 

Colloquor  (con,  loquor),  qui,  cutus 
sum.  To  converse,  talk  with. 

Colo,  ere,  ui,  cultum.  To  cultivate ; 
honor,  worship. 

Colonus  (colo),  i,  m.     Colonist. 

Comes,  itis,  m.  and  f.    Companion. 

Comissatio,  onis,  f.     Revelling. 

Comitor  (comes),  dri,  atus  sum.  To 
accompany. 

Commedtus,  us,  m.     Supplies. 

Commigro  (con,  migro),  are,  dvi, 
atum.  To  migrate. 

Committo  (con,  mitto),  ere,  Isi, 
issum.  To  bring  together,  unite, 
intrust,  commit ;  pugnam  com- 
mittere,  to  engage  battle. 

Commoror  (con,  moror),  dri,  dtu* 
sum.  To  tarry,  delay. 

Commoveo  (con,  moveo),  ere,  dvi, 
otum.  To  move,  excite. 

Communis,  e.     Common. 

Communiter  (communis),  adv.  ID 
common,  conjointly. 

Commutatio,  onis,  f.     Change. 

Comparo  (con,  paro),  are,  dvi, 
dtum.  To  prepare,  compare. 

Compello,  are,  dvi,  dtum.  To  ad- 
dress, call. 

Compello  (con,  pello),  ere,  uli 
ulsum.  To  force,  compel,  im- 
pel 


294 


LATIN-ENGLISH  VOCABULAKY. 


Compensatio,  onis,  f.  Compensa- 
tion, exchange,  barter.  * 

Comperio,  Ire,  peri,  per  turn.  To 
find,  find  out. 

Compes  (con,  pes),  edis,  f.  Fetter, 
chain. 

Compesco,  ere,  cui.  To  confine, 
check. 

Complector,  ti,  exus  sum.  To  em- 
brace, encompass. 

Compleo,  ere,  evi,  etum.  To  fill, 
complete. 

Compono  (con,  pono),  ere,  osui, 
osltum.  To  settle,  adjust,  adapt. 

Comprehcndo,  ere,  di,  sum.  To 
seize,  arrest,  comprehend. 

Concedo  (con,  cedo),  ere,  essi,  essum. 
To  concede,  grant ;  pass,  impers., 
it  is  conceded. 

Concldo  (con,  cado),  ere,  idi.  To 
fall,  perish. 

Concilio  (concilium),  are,  am,  atum. 
To  unite,  conciliate. 

Concilium,  i,  n.  Council,  meet- 
ing. 

Concio,  onis,  f.     Public  assembly. 

Concito  (con,  cito),  are,  dvi,  atum. 
To  raise;  excite,  excite  rebel- 
lion. 

Concitor,  oris,  m.    Exciter,  mover. 

Concurro  (con,  curro),  ere,  curri 
(cucurri),  cursum.  To  meet,  as- 
semble ;  engage,  fight ;  rush  to. 

Concur sus  (concurro),  us,  m.  Con- 
course, meeting,  engagement. 

Concutio  (con,  (^aatio),  2re,  ussi, 
ussum.  To  agitate,  trouble. 

Conditio  (condo),  onis,  f.  Condi- 
tion, terms. 

Condo  (con,  do),  tore,  didi,  ditum. 
To  found ;  conceal,  hide ;  place, 
bury. 

Conduco  (con,  duco),  ere,  xi,  ctum. 
To  conduct,  collect;  hire,  con- 
tract for. 

Vonfero  (con,  fero),  ferre,  tuli, 
colldtum.  To  collect,  confer, 
engage  battle  ;  se  conferre,  to 
betake  one's  self. 

Confestim,  adv.     Immediately. 


Conjicio  (con,  facio),  ere,  fed,  fee 

turn.       To    finish,    accomplish, 

wear  out. 
Confldo,  ere,  Isus  sum.     To  trust, 

confide  in. 
Conflgo,  ere,  xi,  xum.     To  trans« 

fix,  fasten  together. 
Confingo   (con,    fingo),    ere,    nxi, 

ictum.     To  form,  feign,  pretend. 
Conflsus  (confldo),  a,  um,   part. 

Trusting,  relying  upon. 
Confllgo,  ere,  xi,  ctum.    To  engage, 

fight 
Confodio,    ere,    fodi,   fossum.     To 

pierce,  wound. 
Confugio   (con,    fugio),    ere,  fugi. 

To  flee  for  refuge. 
Congero  (con,  gero),  ere,  gessi,  ges- 

turn.    To  bring  together,  crowd, 

expend,  bestow  upon. 
Congredior  (con,  gradior),  di,  gres- 

sus  sum,   dep.      To   encounter, 

fight. 

Congrego,  are,  dvi,  atum.     To  col- 
lect, congregate. 
Congressio    (congredior),    onis,    f. 

Engagement,  battle.  „ 
Conjicio  (con,  jacio),  ere,  je~ci,  jec- 

tum.     To  discharge,  hurl,  throw, 

drive. 
Conjungo  (con,  jungo),    ere,    nxi, 

nctum.     To  join,  conjoin. 
Conjuratio  (conjuro),  onis,  f.    Con 

spiracy. 
Conjuratus  (Id.),  a,  um.     Having 

conspired. 
Conjuro  (con,  juro),  are,  dvi,  atum. 

To  conspire. 
Conjux  (conjungo),  ugis,  m.  and  f. 

Husband,  wife. 

Conor,  dri,  dtus  sum,  dep.     To  en- 
deavor, attempt. 
Conscendo   (con,    scando),    ere,  di, 

sum.     To  ascend,  embark. 
Conscius,  a,  um.     Privy  to ;  subs. 

accomplice,  confidant. 
Consecro   (con,    sacro),    are     dvi, 

atum.     To  consecrate. 
Consectort  dri,  dtus  sumt  dep.     To 

follow  pursue. 


LATIN-ENGLISH   VOCABULARY. 


295 


Consenesco,  ere,  senui.  To  grow  old. 

Consequor  (con,  sequor),  qui,  cutus 
sum.  To  succeed,  follow,  pur- 
sue ;  secure. 

Consero,  ere,  ui,  turn.  To  join  to- 
gether ;  manum  or  pugnam  con- 
serere,  to  join  battle. 

Conserve  (con,  servo),  are,  avi, 
dtum.  To  preserve,  watch  over, 
rescue. 

Oonsldo,  ere,  sedi,  sessum.  To  en- 
camp, settle. 

Consilium,  i,  n.  Counsel,  advice, 
wisdom,  design. 

Consobrlnus,  a,  um.  Cousin,  often 
subs. 

Conspectus  (conspicio),  us,  m. 
Sight,  presence. 

Conspicio,  ere,  exi,  ectum.  To  see, 
observe. 

Conspiratio,  onis,  f.  Union,  con- 
spiracy. 

Constantia,  ae,  f.  Constancy,  firm- 
ness. 

Constat,  impers.  It  is  kndwn,  is 
an  admitted  fact. 

Constituo  (con,  statuo),  ere,  ui, 
utum.  To  constitute  ;  build, 
erect ;  station,  place  ;  appoint. 

Consto  (con,  sto),  are,  stiti,  statum. 
To  stand  together,  halt. 

Consuesco,  ere,  evi,  Hum.  TJ  •  be 
accustomed. 

Consuetudo  (consuesco),  inis,  f. 
Custom,  usage,  habit. 

Consul  (consulo),  ulis,  m.  Consul, 
Roman  chief  magistrate. 

Consularis,  e.  Consular;  subs. 
one  who  has  been  consul,  one  of 
consular  rank. 

Consulatus  (consul),  us,  m.  Con- 
sulship. 

Consulo,  ere,  ui,  ultum.  To  con- 
sult, consider ;  with  dat.  to  con- 
sult for  one's  good. 

Consummo,  are,  avi}  dtum.  To 
finish,  accomplish. 

Consumo  (con,  sumo),  ere,  umpsi, 
umptum.  To  consume,  wear 
out,  waste. 


Contego  (con,  tego),  ere,  exi,  ectum. 
To  *eover. 

Contemno,  ere,  mpsi,  mptum.  To 
contemn,  despise,  disregard, 

Gontemptus  (contemno),  us,  m. 
Contempt,  scorn,  disregard. 

Contendo,  ere,  di,  turn.  To  con- 
tend, strive,  attempt,  labor ; 
betake  one's  self,  go. 

Contentio  (contendo),  onis,  f.  Et 
fort,  contest,  struggle. 

Contentus,  a,  um.  Content,  con- 
tented. 

Continens  (contineo),  tis.  Adjoin- 
ing, continuous:  subs.  f.  conti- 
nent. 

Continentia  (contineo),  ae,  f.  For- 
bearance, self-control. 

Contineo  (con,  teneo),ere,ui,  tentum. 
To  hold,  keep,  check. 

Contra,  adv.  and  prep,  with  ace. 
Against,  opposite  to,  contrary 
to  ;  on  the  contrary. 

Contradlco  (contra,  dico),  ere,  dixi, 
dictum.  To  contradict,  object  to. 

Contraho  (con,  traho),  ere,  xi,  ctum. 
To  collect,  incur,  contract. 

Contrucido  (con,  trucido),  are,  avi, 
atum.  To  slay,  kill,  mangle. 

Contumax,  ads.  Insolent,  disobe- 
dient. 

ConvaUsco,  ere,  lui.  To  gain 
strength,  recover. 

Conveniens  (convenio),  tis.  Be- 
coming, fit,  proper. 

Convenio  (con,  venio),  Ire,  veni, 
ventum.  To  convene,  meet, 
agree,  harmonize,  befit. 

Converto  (con,  verto),  ere,  ti,  sum. 
To  turn,  change,  alter,  convert. 

Convicium  (con,  vox),  i,  n.  Re- 
proof. 

Convinco  (con,  vinco),  ere,  id, 
ictum.  To  conquer,  convict. 

Convivium,  i,  n.     Feast,  banquet. 

Convivor,  ari,  dtus  sum.     To  feast. 

Copia,  ae,  f.  Abundance ;  pi. 
forces,  stores,  supplies. 

Cornu,  us,  n.    Horn,  wing  of  army 

Corona,  ae,  f.     Garland,  crown. 


296 


LATIN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY. 


Corpus,  orts,  n.  Body,  commu- 
nity. 

Corrlgo  (con,  rego),  ere,  exi,  ectum. 
To  reform,  correct. 

Corripio  (con,  rapio),  ere,  ui,  eptwn. 
To  seize,  lay  hold  of. 

Corrumpo  (con,  rumpo),  ere,  upi, 
upturn.  To  corrupt,  bribe,  se- 
duce. 

Corvus,  i,  m.     Raven. 

Crastinus,  a,  ur>i.     Of  to-morrow. 

Creber,  bra,  brum.  Frequent,  nu- 
merous. 

Credo,  ere,  idi,  itum.  To  trust,  be- 
lieve. 

Creo,  are,  dvi,  dtum.  To  appoint, 
elect,  make. 

Cresco,  ere,  em,  etum.  To  grow, 
increase. 

Crimen,  \nis,  n.  Crime,  accusa- 
tion. 

Crimlnor  (crimcn),  ari,  atus  sum. 
To  accuse. 

Crinis,  is,  m.     Hair. 

Crucio  (crux),  are,  avi,  dtum.  To 
pain,  afflict,  torture. 

Crudclis,  e.     Cruel. 

Crudelitas  (crudelis),  dtis,  f.  Cru- 
elty. 

Crudf liter  (Id.),  adv.     Cruelly. 

Cruz ,  crucis,  f.    A  cross. 

Culpa,  ae,  f.     Fault,  blame. 

Cutus,  us,  m.  Culture,  necessa- 
ries as  food,  clothing,  <fcc. 

Cum,  prep,  with  abl.     With 

Cum,  conj.  =quum. 

Cunctatio  (cunctor),  onis,  f.  De 
lay. 

Cunctor,  ari,  atus  sum.  To  delay, 
hesitate. 

Cvnctus,  a,  um.  All,  all  together, 
entire. 

Cuplde  (cupidus),  adv.     Eagerly. 

Cupiditas(\d..),  dtis,  f.  Desire, wish. 

Cupldtcs  (cupio),  a,  um.  Desirous, 
fond  of. 

Cupio,  ere,  Ivi  or  ii,  Itum.  To  de- 
sire. 

Cura,  ae,  f.     Care,  management. 

Curiat  ae,  f.     Senate-house. 


Curro,   ere,    cucurri,    cur  sum.     Ti 

run. 

Currus  (curro),  us,  m.  Chariot. 
Cursus  (curro),  us,  m.  Course. 
Custodia,  ae,  f.  Care,  charge  of. 

D. 

Damno  (damnum),  are,  avi,  dtum. 
To  condemn ;  capitis  damndre,  to 
condemn  to  death. 

Damnum,  i,  n.     Loss,  damage. 

De,  prep,  with  abl.  From,  of,  con- 
cerning. 

Debeo,  ere,  ui,  itum.  To  owe, 
ought. 

Debillto,  are,  dm,  dtum.  To  weak- 
en, disable. 

Decedo  (de,  cedo),  $re,  cessi,  cessum. 
To  depart,  withdraw,  die. 

Decem,  indecl.     Ten. 

Decemplex,  Ids.     Tenfold. 

Decemvir  (decem,  vir),  vlri,  m.  A 
decemvir. 

Decerno,  ere,  crevi,  cretum.  To  de- 
cide ;  contend,  fight ;  decree,  in- 
trust by  decree. 

Declmus  (decem),  a,  um.     Tenth. 

Decipio(de,  capio),  ere,  cepi,  ceptum. 
To  deceive. 

Decrctum  (decerno),  i,  n.     Decree. 

Decus,  oris,  n.     Ornament,  honor. 

Dedecus  (de,  decus),  oris,  n.  Dis- 
grace. 

Dedicatio,  onis,  f.     Dedication. 

Deditio  (dedo),  onis,  f.     Surrender. 

Dedo  (de,  do),  Sre,  dldi,  ditum.  Tc 
surrender ;  devote  one's  self  to, 
give  one's  self  up  to. 

Deduco  (de,  duco),  ere,  duxi,  ductum. 
To  bring  down,  conduct ;  re- 
move. 

Defectio  (deficio),  onis,  f.  Failure, 
eclipse,  defection. 

Defendo,  ere,  di,  sum.  To  defend, 
ward  off. 

Defero  (de,  fero),  ferre,  tuli,  Idtum 
To  offer,  exhibit,  bestow,  pre- 
sent; carry  or  bear  away. 


LATIN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY. 


297 


Dcficio  (de,  facio),  ere,  fed,  fectum. 
To  fail,  spend  itself;  be  eclipsed ; 
desert,  revolt. 

Deformis  (de,  forma),  e.  Deform- 
ed, ugly. 

Defungor  (de,  fungor),  gi>  functus 
sum  To  discharge,  execute; 
die. 

Dein  01  deinde.    Then,  afterwards, 

Dejicio  (de,  jacio),  ere,  jeci,  jectum. 
To  throw  down,  overthrow,  slay. 

Delectus  (deligo),  a,  um.     Chosen. 

Delco,  ere,  evi,  etum.  To  destroy, 
efface,  put  an  end  to. 

Delibero,  are,  avi,  atum.  To  de- 
liberate. 

Deliciae,  drum,  f.  pi.  Delights, 
pleasures. 

Deligo  (de,  lego),  ere,  egi,  ectum. 
To  choose,  select ;  love. 

Delirium,  i,  n.  Madness,  dotage, 
instances  of  it, 

Dementer,  adv.     Madly. 

Dementia,  ae,  f.     Madness,  folly. 

Demergo  (de,  mergo),  ere,  si,  sum. 
To  plunge  in,  bury  in,  sink. 

Demigro  (de,  migro),  are,  avi,  atum. 
To  remove,  emigrate,  migrate. 

Demorior  (de,  morior),  mori,  mor- 
tuus  sum.  To  die. 

Demum,  adv.     At  length,  finally. 

Deni,  ae,  a.  Ten  by  ten,  ten  at  a 
time. 

Denique.     Finally 

Denudo,  are,  avi,  dt^n.  To  make 
naked,  strip. 

Denuntiatio  (denuntio),  onis,  f. 
Denunciation,  warning. 

Denuntio  (de,  nuntio),  are,  avi, 
atum.  To  declare,  denoun.<«. 

Denuo,  adv.     Again,  afresh. 

Depello  (de,  pello),  ere,  uli,  ulsum. 
To  drive  away,  expel 

Depono  (de,  pono),  ere,  posui,  posi- 
tum.  To  lay  down  or  aside,  de- 
posit, depose. 

Depopulor,  dri,  dtus  sum.  To  pil- 
lage, depopulate. 

Deporto,  are,  avi,  atum.  To  carry 
off  or  away. 


Depraedor,  dri,  dtus  sum.  To  rav 
age,  plunder. 

Deprehendo,  ere,  di,  sum.  To  seize 
catch,  detect,  surprise. 

Depugno,  are,  avi,  alum.    To  fight, 

Deripio  (de,  rapio),  ere,  ipui,  eptum, 
To  seize,  tear  away,  snatch. 

Descendo,  ere,  di,  sum.   To  descend. 

Descrlbo  (de,  scribo),  Sre,  psi,  ptum. 
To  describe ;  impose ;  cess ;  des- 
ignate. 

Desero,  ere,  ui,  turn.  To  abandon, 
desert. 

Desilio,  &re,  silui,  sultum.  To 
alight,  dismount. 

Desino,  ere,  sivi  or  sii,  situm.  To 
cease,  desist. 

Desperatio,  cms,  f.  Despair,  des- 
peration. 

Despero,  dret  dvit  atum.  To  de- 
spair. 

Despicio,  ere,  exi,  *ctum.  To  de- 
spise, disregard. 

Destino,  dri,  avi,  atum.  To  destine, 
appoint,  design. 

Desum  (de,  sum),  esse,  fui,  futurus. 
To  fail,  be  wanting. 

Deterreo  (de,  terreo),  ere,  ui,  itum. 
To  deter. 

Detineo  (de,  teneo),  ere^  ui,  entum. 
To  detain,  hinder. 

Detraho  (de,  traho),  ere,  axi,  actum. 
To  draw  or  take  away,  detract. 

Deus,  i,  m.  God,  deity.  (See  A. 
&  S.  53.) 

Devasto,  are.  To  devastate,  pil- 
lage. 

Devenio  (de,  venio),  ire,  veni,  ven- 
turn.  To  come  down,  arrive, 
reach. 

Devinco  (de,  vinco),  Zre,  lei,  ictum, 
To  conquer. 

Dexter,  tra,  trum.  Right,  on  the 
right  hand. 

Dextra,  ae,  f.     The  right  hand. 

Diadema,  dtis,  n.     Diadem. 

Dico,  ere,  dixi,  dictum.     To  say. 

Dictator  (dico),  oris,  m.  Dictator, 
an  officer  appointed  by  the  JRo 
mans  in  times  of  great  danger 


13* 


298 


LATIN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY. 


Dies,  ei,  m.  and  f.     Day. 

Difficile,  adv.     With  difficulty. 

Digitus,  i,  m.     Finger. 

Digriitas  (dignus),  atis,  f.  Dignity, 
rank,  office. 

Dignor  (dignus),  ari,  dtus  sum. 
To  deem  worthy,  deign. 

Dignus,  a,  um.     Worthy. 

Dilatio,  onis,  f.     Delay,  delaying. 

Diligens  (diligo),  entis.  Fond  of, 
mindful,  observant,  diligent. 

Diligentia  (diligens),  ae,  f.  Dili- 
gence. 

Diligo,  ere,  exi,  ectum.     To  choose. 

Diniico,  are,  dvi,  dtum.  To  en- 
counter, fight. 

Dimitto,  ere,  isi,  issum.  To  dis- 
miss. 

Diripio,  ere,  ui,  eptum.  To  lay 
waste,  pillage. 

Diruo,  ere,  ui,  utum.  To  destroy, 
demolish. 

Discedo,  ere,  essi,  essum.  To  de- 
part, retire  from. 

Disceptatio,  onis,  f.  Debate,  quar- 
rel. 

Discipllna,  ae,  f.  Discipline,  in- 
struction. 

Disco,  ere,  didici.     To  learn. 
,  Discordia,  ae,  f.     Discord,  strife. 

Discrlmen,  inis,  n.  Danger,  cri- 
sis. 

Discurro,  ere,  curri,  cursum.  To 
run  different  ways,  run  about, 
separate. 

Dispergo,  ere,  si,  sum.  To  scatter, 
disperse. 

Displiceo,  ere,  ui,  Itum.  To  dis- 
please. 

Dissidium,  i,  n.     Dissension. 

Dissimulo,  are,  dvi,  atum.  To  dis- 
semble, conceal,  omit. 

Dissipo,  are,  dvi,  dtum.  To  dissi- 
pate, scatter. 

Dissolve,  ere,  olvi,  olutum.  To  de- 
stroy, abolish,  dissolve. 

Distribuo,  ere,  ui,  utum.  To  dis- 
tribute. 

Districtus  (distringo),  a,  um.  Busy, 
occupied  with. 


Distringo,  ere,  nxi,  ctum.     To  oo 

cupy,  engage  attention. 
Ditio,  onis,  f.     Rule,  sway. 
Diu,  adv.     Long,  for  a  long  time. 
Diuturnitas    (diuturnus),    dtis,   f. 

Long  time. 
Diuturnus  (diu),    a,   um.      Long; 

continual,  lasting. 
Diversus,  a,  um.    Diverse,  unlike, 

opposite. 

Dives,  itis.     Rich. 
Divido,  ere,  isi,  isum.     To  divide, 

allot. 

Divlnus,  a,  um.     Divine. 
Divitiae  (dives),  drum,  f.     Richer, 

wealth. 
Divus,  at  um.     Divine ;  subs,  god, 

goddess. 
Do,   ddre,  dedi,  datum.     To  give, 

impute. 

Doceo,  ere,  ui,  turn.     To  teach. 
Doctus  (doceo),  a,  um.    Learned, 

skilled 
Documentum,  i,  n.     Lesson,  proof, 

specimen,  mark. 
Doleo,  ere,  ui,itum.     To  grieve. 
Dolor  (doleo),  oris,  m.    Pain,  grief. 
Dolus,  i,  m.     Artifice,  deceit. 
Domesticus  (domus),  a,  um.     Do- 
mestic, private,  personal. 
Dominatio,  onis,  f.    Rule,  tyranny. 
Dominus,  i,  m.     Master,  owner. 
Domo,  are,  ui,  \turn.     To  subdue. 
Domus,  us  or  i,  f.     House ;  domit 

at  home. 

Donee,  conj.     Until. 
Dono  (donum),  are,  dvi,  atum.    To 

give,  present  with. 
Donum  (do),  i,  n.     Present,  gift. 
Dos,  dotis,  f.     Gift,  dowry. 
Dubitatio  (dubito),  onis,  f.  Doubt, 

hesitation. 
Dubito,  dret  dvi,  dtum.    To  doubt, 

hesitate. 
Dubius,  a,  um.     Doubtful;   neut. 

often  subs,  doubt. 
Ducenti,  ae,  a.     Two  hundred. 
Dueo,  ere,  duxi,  ductum.     To  lead, 

conduct,  with  uxoremt  to  mar 


LATIN-ENGLISH   VOCABULARY. 


299 


Ductor  (duco),  6m,  m.  Leader, 
general. 

Ductus  (duco),  us,  m.  Guidance, 
command. 

Dum,  conj.     While,  until. 

Duo,  ae,  o.     Two,  both. 

Duodecim  (duo,  decem),  indecl. 
Twelve. 

Duodecimus  (duodecim),  a,  um. 
Twelfth. 

Duodeviginti,  indecl.     Eighteen. 

Duplex,  ids.     Double. 

Durus,  a,  um.     Hard,  harsh,  rude. 

Dux  (duco),  ucis,  m.  and  f.  Lead- 
er, guide,  general. 

E. 

E  or  ex,  prep,  with  abl.  From, 
out  of. 

Ebrietas,  atis,  f.     Drunkenness. 

Edo,  ere,  edidi,  editum.  To  set 
forth,  publish ;  do,  perform  ; 
make. 

Educo,  are,  avi,  atum.  To  bring 
up,  educate, 

Educo  (e,  duco),  ere,  duxi,  ductwn. 
To  lead  out  or  forth. 

Effero,  are,  dvi,  atum.  To  en- 
rage, madden,  render  unman- 
agea?;le. 

Effero  (^ex,  fero),  ferre,  extuli,  da- 
tum. To  bring  forth,  carry  forth 
or  out;  elate. 

E/icax  (efficio),  ads.  Effectual, 
efficacious. 

Efficio  (ex,  facio),  ere,  fed,  fectum. 
To  effect,  occasion. 

Effugio  (ex,  fugio),  ere,  ugi.  To 
flee,  escape  from. 

Effundo  (ex,  fundo),  ere,  udi,  usum 
To  pour  out,  pour ;  indulge  in  ; 
squander,  waste. 

Effusus  (effundo),  a,  um.  Extrav- 
agant, prodigal. 

Ego,  mei,  <fec.     I. 

Egregie  (egregius),  adv.  Excel- 
lently, remarkably. 

Egregius,  a,  um.     Excellent. 


Ejido  (e,  jacio),  ere,  jeci,  jectum 
To  throw  or  drive  out,  expel 
reject. 

Elephantus,  i,  m.  and  f.   Elephant 

Eligo  (e,  lego),  ere,  egi,  ectum.  To 
choose,  elect. 

Emergo  (e,  mergo),  ere,  si,  sum. 
To  emerge,  come  to  light,  rise 
in  importance. 

Emineo,  ere,  ui.  To  stand  out,  be 
prominent  or  conspicuous. 

Emitto  (e>  mitto),  ere,  1st,  issum 
To  send  forth  or  away ;  let  go. 

Emo,  ere,  emi,  emptum.     To  buy. 

Enim,  conj.     For. 

Eniteo,  ere,  ui.  To  shine  forth ; 
be  distinguished. 

Enixe,  adv.     Earnestly. 

Eo,  adv.  Thither,  .therefore ;  eo 
usque,  so  far,  to  such  an  extent. 

Eddem,  adv.     To  the  same  place. 

Epigramma,  atis,  n.     Inscription. 

Epulae,  arum,  f.  pi.  Food,  ban- 
quet, feast. 

Epulor  (epulae),  ari,  atus  sum.  To 
feast. 

Eques  (equus),  itis,  m.    Horseman. 

Equester  (eques),  tris,  tre.  Eques- 
trian. 

Equitatus,  us,  m.     Cavalry. 

Equus,  i,  m.     Horse. 

Ergo,  adv.  Therefore;  as  subs, 
abl.  on  account  of,  for,  with  gen. 

Erigo  (e,  rego),  ere,  exi,  ectum.  To 
raise  up,  animate. 

Eripio  (e,  rapio),  ere,  ipui,  eptum. 
To  snatch  or  take  away. 

Erudio,  Ire,  wi  or  ii,  Itum.  To  in- 
struct,'refine. 

Erudltus  (erudio),  a,  um.  Learned, 
instructed  in. 

Erumpo  (e,  rumpo),  ere,  upi,  upturn. 

•JH&>  break  forth,  rush  forth. 

Eruo,  ere,  ui,  utum.  To  root  out, 
destroy. 

EL     And ;  et — et,  both — and. 

Etidm.     Also,  even. 

Etsi  (et,  si).     Although,  though. 

Evado,  ere,  asi,  asum.     To  go  out; 
evade. 


300 


LATIN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY. 


Evtho  (e,  veho),    ere,    exi,    ectum. 

To  carry  or  lead  forth. 
Evenio  (e,  venio),  ire,  veni,  ventum. 

To  come  forth,  happen;  evenit, 

ut,  it  chanced,  that. 
Everto  (e,  verto),  ere,  ti,  sum.     To 

pull  down,  overthrow. 
Ev&co  (e,  voco),  are,  am,  atum.     To 

call  forth,  summon. 
Evolo  (e,  volo),  are,  avi,  atum.     To 

fly  or  flee  away,  hasten  away. 
Ex,  prep,  with  abl.     From.     (See 

e  or  e x). 
Exadversum   or   exadversus,    adv. 

and  prep,  with  ace.     Opposite, 

against. 

Exanlmo,  are,  am,  atum.     To  de- 
prive of  life  or  spirit ;  kill, 
Exardesco,    ere.,   arsi.     To   kindle, 

be  inflamed ;  break  out  as  war. 
Excedo  (ex,  cedo),  $re,  cessi,  cesmm. 

To  retire,  withdraw. 
Excelse,    adv.       On    high,    aloft, 

highly. 

Excidium,  ii,  n.    Destruction,  ruin. 
Excipio  (ex,  capio),  ere,  cepi,  cep- 

tum.     To  take  out,  except. 
Excito,  are,  avi,  atum.     To  excite, 

arouse,  awake. 
Excludo  (ex,  claudo),  ere,  si,  sum. 

To  exclude,  shut  out,  cut  off. 
Excoglto    (ex,    cogito),    are,    avi, 

at  am.    To  devise,  think  out. 
Excutio    (ex,    q\iatio),    ere,    ussi, 

ussum.     To  shake  or  throw  off. 
Exemplum,  i,  n.     Example. 
Exeo  (ex,  eo),  Ire,  Ivi  or  ii,  itum. 

To  go  from  or  forth. 
Exerceo,  ere,  cui,  citum.     To  exer- 
cise, practise. 
Exercltus  (exercef),  us,  m.      Ar- 
my. 
Exhaurio  (ex,  haurio),  ire,  hausi, 

haustum.     To   exhaust,    impov- 
erish. 
Exlyo  (ex,    ago),    ere,   egi,   actum. 

To  drive  out,  expel ;  finish,  end ; 

demand. 

Exiguus,  a,  um.     Small. 
ExUium,  i,  n.    Banishment,  exile. 


Eximiux,  a,  um.   Excellent,  choice 

remarkable. 
Eximo  (ex,  emo),  ere,  emi,  emptum 

To  take  away  or  from ;  exempt 

rescue. 
Existimo,  are,  uvi,  atum.   To  judge, 

think. 
Exitium  (exeo),  i,  n.    End,  death, 

destruction. 
Exorior  (ex,  orior),  iri,  ortus  sum, 

dep.  partly  of  3d  conj.    To  arise ; 

be  derived  from. 
Exorv.o,  are,  avi,  atum.    To  adorn, 

furnish,  equip. 
Exdsus,   a,   um.      Hating,   hated, 

odious. 
Expedio,  Ire,  Ivi  or  ii,  ituw      To 

release,  extricate ;  also  to  ,,e  ex- 
pedient. 
Expeditio  (expedio),  onis,  f.     Ex 

pedition. 
Expello  (ex,  pello),  ere,  puli,  pul 

sum.    To  expel,  drive  away. 
Expeto  (ex,   peto),   ere,   Ivi  or  ii, 

Itum.     To  seek,  request. 
Expleo,    ere,    evi,    Itum.      To   fill, 

make  full;  fulfil. 
Expl^co,  are,  avi,  atum.    To  unfold ; 

adjust;  settle. 
Explorator,    oris,    m.       Explorer, 

spy- 

Exporto,  are,  avi,  atum.  To  carry 
away. 

Expugno  (ex,  pugno),  arc,  avi, 
atum.  To  take,  conquer,  storm. 

Exscindo,  ere,  Idi,  issum.  To  de- 
stroy. 

Exsculpo,  ere,  psi,  ptum.    To  erase. 

Exsecrabilis  c.     Detestable. 

Exsequiae,  arum,  f.  pi.     Funeral. 

Exsequor  (ex,  sequor),  qui,  cutus 
sum.  To  prosecute,  accomplish, 
finish;  perfcrm. 

Exsilium,  i,  n.     Banishment,  exile. 

Exspectatio  (exspecto),  onis,  f.  Ex 
pectation,  high  hope. 

Exspecto  (ex,  specto),  are,  avi,  atum, 
To  await,  expect. 

JSxstinguo,  ere,  nxi,  nctum  To  ex- 
tinguish, destroy. 


LATIN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY. 


301 


Ex&to,  are,  stiti.  To  stand  out,  be 
conspicuous. 

Exsul,  ulis,  m.  and  f.     An  exile. 

Extemplo,  acK     Immediately. 

Extorqueo,  ere,  orsi,  orlum.  To  ex- 
tort, obtain  by  force. 

Extra,  adv.  and  prep,  with  ace. 
Without,  on  the  outside  ;  be- 
yond. 

Extraho  (ex,  traho),  ere,  axi,  actum. 
To  extract ;  rescue. 


F. 

^abula,  ae,  f.     Keport,  narrative. 

Fabulosus  (fabula),  a,  um.  Fabu- 
lous. 

Facile  (facflis),  adv.     Easily. 

Facilis  (facio),  e.     Easy. 

Facilitas  (facilis),  atis,  f.  Facility, 
affability. 

Faclnus,  oris,  n.  Wickedness, 
crime;  deed,  act. 

Facio,  ere,  fed,  f  actum.  To  do, 
make. 

Factio,  onis,  f.     Faction,  party. 

Factum  (facio),  i,  n.    Deed,  exploit. 

Fallo,  ere,  fefelli,  falsum.  To  de- 
ceive, foil. 

Fama,  ae,  f.     Fame,  report. 

Fames,  is,  f.     Hunger,  famine. 

Fatnilia,  ae,  f  Retinue  of  slaves, 
a  family. 

Familiaritas,  atis,  f.  Friendship, 
intimacy. 

Famula,  at,  f.     Female  slave. 

Fatalis  (fat  un),  e.     Fated,  fatal. 

Fatlgo,  are,  avi,  atum.  To  oppress, 
trouble,  weary,  importune. 

Fatuw^  i,  n.     Fate,  destiny,  oracle. 

Faveo,  ere,  favi,  fautum.    To  favor. 

Favor  (faveo),  oris,  m.  Favor, 
kindness. 

Felicitas,  atis,  f.     Felicity,  success. 

Feliclter,  adv.  Happily,  prosper- 
ously. 

Femina,  ae,  f.     Woman,  female. 

Femur,  oris,  n.     Thigl 

ircra,  as,  f.     Wild 


high. 

\ 


Fere,  adv.     Almost. 

Ferine,  adv.     Almost. 

Fero,  ferrc,  tuli,  latum.     To  bear, 

endure ;    raise ,   say,  tell ;    pro- 
pose as  law, 

Ferrum,  i,  n.     Iron,  sword. 
Ferus,  a,  um.     Wild,  rude,  cruel; 
ferus  and  fera  (subs.),  wild  ani« 

mal  or  beast*. 

Fessus,  a,  um.  Wearied,  exhausted. 
Festlno,  are,  avi,  atum.  To  hasten. 
Festu*,  a,  um.  Festal  ;  festum 

(subs.j,  a  festival,  feast. 
Fidelia  (fides),  e.     Faithful,  trusty. 
Fides,  ei,  f.     Fidelity,  allegiance; 

protection,     confidence,     assur- 
ance ;  injidem,  under  protection. 
Fiducia,  ae,  f.     Trust,  confidence. 
Filia,  ae,  f.,  dat.  and  abl.  pi.  filia- 

bus.  Daughter. 
Filius,  i,  m.  Son. 
Fingo,  ere,  finxi,  fictum.  To  form, 

feign. 
Finio,    (finis),  Ire,   Ivi,  Hum.     To 

finish,  put  an  end  to. 
Finis,  is,  m.  and  f.     Limit,  end ; 

pi.  territory. 
Finitimus,  a,  um.     Neighboring; 

subs,  a  neighbor. 
Fio,ji%ri,factussum,  pass,  of  facio, 

To  be  made ;  become,  happen. 
Firme,  adv.  Firmly,  resolutely. 
Flagitiosus,  a,  um.  Infamous, 

abandoned. 
Flagro,  are,  avi,  atum.     To  burn, 

be  carried  on  with  zeal. 
Flamma,  ae,  f.     Flame. 
Flecto.    ere,    xi,    xum.      To    bend, 

turn. 

Fletus,  us,  m.     Weeping,  tears. 
Florens   (floreo),    tis.      Blooming, 

excellent. 
Floreo,  ere,  id.     To  bloom,  flour 

ish,  prosper;  excel. 
Flumen,  mis,  n      Stream,  river. 
Fluvius,  i,  m.     River. 
Foedus,  eris,  n.     League,  alliance. 
Forem,    es,    &c.  =  essem,    es,    <fec<4 

might  be  ;  fore=futurum  esse. 
Forma,  ae,  f.  Form,  shape. 


302 


LATIN-ENGLISH   VOCABULARY. 


Formo  (forma),  are,  avi,  atum.  To 
form,  fashion. 

Fors,  tis,  f.  Chance  ;  abl.  forte  as 
adv.,  by  chance,  perhaps. 

Fortis,  e.    Brave,  valiant. 

Former  (fortis).     Bravely. 

Fortitudo  (fortis),  mis,  f.  Forti- 
tude, bravery. 

Fortuna,  ae,  f.     Forfune. 

Forum,  i,  n.     Market-place,  forum. 

Frango  8re,  fregi,  fraclum.  To 
break. 

Prater,  tris,  m.     Brother. 

Fraudo  (fraus),  are,  avi,  atum.  To 
defraud,  cheat. 

Fraus,  dis,  f.     Fraud,  deceit. 

Frequenter,  adv.  Frequently,  in 
great  numbers. 

Fretum,  i,  n.    A  strait,  sound. 

Fretus,  a,  um.  Trusting,  relying 
upon. 

Frigus,  oris,  n.     Coldness,  cold. 

Frugalitas,  dtis,  f.  Frugality,  in- 
tegrity. 

Frumentarius  (frumentum),  a,  um. 
Producing  corn,  fruitful. 

Frumentum,  i,  n.     Corn,  grain. 

Fruor,  i,  itus  and  ctus  sum.  To 
enjoy. 

Frustra,  adv.     In  vain. 

Fuga,  ae,  f.     Flight. 

Fugio,  8re,  fugi,  fugltum.  To  fly, 
flee. 

Fugo,  are,  avi,  atum.  To  rout,  put 
to  flight. 

Fulmen,  in**  n.  Lightning,  thun- 
der-bolt. 

Funale,  is,  n.     Torch. 

Fundamentum,  i,  n.     Foundation. 

Funditus,  adv..    Utterly,  entire!}". 

Fundo,  &re,  fudi,  fusum.  To  pour 
out,  shed,  rout;  also  to  make, 
cast. 

Fundus,  i,  EX     Land,  estate. 

Funebris  (funus),  e.  Funeral,  fu- 
nereal. 

Funestus  (fonus),  a,  um.  Deadly, 
destructive. 

Fungor,  git  ctus  sum,  dep.  To  dis- 
charge, perform. 


Funus,  eris,  n.   Dead  body,  corpse, 
Furcula,  ae,  f.     Narrow  defile. 
Furor,  oris,  m.     Fury,  madness. 
Furtum,  i,  n.     Thpft. 


G. 

Gaudeo,  ere,  gavlsus  sum.  To  re- 
joice, take  pleasure  in. 

Gelu,  us,  n.     Cold,  hail. 

Gemmus,  a,  um.     Twin,  louble. 

Gener,  eri,  m.     Son-in-la  vr. 

Gens,  tis,  f.  Clan,  race,  tribe,  na- 
tion. 

Genus,  £ris,  n.    Race,  people,  kind. 

Gero,  ere,  gessi,  gestum.  To  bear, 
wear;  carry  on,  perform;  wage 
as  war. 

Gestio,  Ire,  Ivi  or  ii,  Itum.  To  de- 
sire, long  for. 

Gesto  (gero),  are,  avi,  atum.  To 
bear,  carry. 

Qigno,  ere,  genui,  genitum.  To 
bring  forth,  beget,  produce. 

Gladiator,  oris,  m.  Gladiator,  a 
fighter  at  the  public  games. 

Gladiatorius  (gladiator),  a,  um. 
Gladiatorial. 

Gladius,  i,  m.     Sword. 

Glisco,  ere.  To  grow,  spread ; 
rise. 

Gloria,  ae,  f.     Glory. 

Gradus,  us,  m.  Step,  stair,  posi- 
tion. 

Grandis,  e.     Large,  great. 

Grando,  mis,  f.     Hail. 

Gratia,  ae,  f.  Favor,  gratitude; 
pi.  thanks. 

Gratiis  or  gratis,  adv.  For  no- 
thing, without  pay. 

Gratulatio,  onis,  f.  Gratulation, 
congratulation. 

Gratus,  a,  um.  Pleasing,  accept- 
able; grateful. 

Gravis,  e.     Heavy,  severe. 

Graviter  (gravisj",  adv.  Heavily, 
severely. 

Gravo  (gravis),  ai  e,  avi,  atum.  T« 
burden,  load 


LATIN-ENGLISH   VOCABULARY. 


303 


H. 

Habeo,  ere,   ui,   itum.     To  have; 

regard;  keep. 
Habitus   (habeo),   us,   m.     Habit, 

dress,  attire. 
Hasta,  ae,  f.     Spear. 
Hastile,  is,  n.     Spear. 
HastiUs  (hasta),  e.     Belonging  to 

a  spear. 

Hand,  adv.     Not. 
Haurio,   Ire,  si,  stum.      To  drink, 

draw  out,  exhaust. 
Hedera,  ae,  f.     Ivy. 
Heres,  edis,  m.  and  f.   Heir,  heiress. 
fferos,  dis,  m.     Hero. 
Hesternus,  a,  um.     Of  yesterday. 
Hie,  haec,  hoc.    This,  he,  she,  it. 
Hie,  adv.     Here,  in  this  place. 
Hiems,  emis,  f.     Storm,  winter. 
Hinc  (hie),  adv.     Hence,  on  this 

side  ;    hinc — hinc,    on  the  one 

side — on  the  other  side. 
Hodie,  adv.     To-day. 
Homo,  inis,    m.    and   f.      Human 

being,  man. 

Honestas,  dtis,  f.     Honor,  honesty. 
Honor,  oris,  m.     Honor,  rank,  dig- 
nity. 

Honorifice,  adv.     Honorably. 
Honoro  (honor),  are,  dvi,  dtum.   To 

honor,  reverence. 
Hortor,  dri,  dtus  sum.     To  exhort, 

incite. 

Hortus,  i,  m.     Garden. 
Hostia,  ae,  f.     "V'.ctim. 
Hostllis  (hostis),  e.     Hostile. 
Hostis,  is,  c.     Enemy. 
Humdnus,  a,  um.     Human. 
Humo,  are,  avi,  atum.    To  bury. 


I. 

2bi,  adv.     There,  in  that  place. 
Ico,   ere,   id,   ictum.      To  strike; 

make,  ratify. 
Idem,   eadem,   idem.      The   same; 

sometimes  best  rendered  by  also. 


Idoneus,  a,  um.     Suitable,  fit. 

Igitur,  conj.  Therefore,  accord- 
ingly. 

Igndvus,  a,  um.    Slothful,  indolent. 

Ignis,  is,  m.     Fire. 

Ignobiliter,  adv.  Meanly,  dis* 
gracefully. 

Ignoro,  are,  avi,  atum.  To  be  ig 
norant  of,  not  know. 

Ille,  a,  ud.     That ;  he,  she,  it. 

Illigo,  are,  avi,  atum.     To  bind. 

Illustris,  e.     Illustrious,  famous. 

Illustro  (illustris)  are,  avi,  atum, 
*  To  enlighten,  illumine,  illus- 
trate. 

Illumes,  ei,  f.     Flood, 

Imber,  bris,  m.     Rain,  iliower. 

Imbuo,  ere,  ui,  utum.*  To  imbue, 
impress. 

Imitatio,  onis,  f.     Imitation. 

Immdnis,  e.     Inhuman,  cruel. 

Immaturus,  a,  um.  Young,  imma- 
ture. 

Immemor,  oris.  Unmindful,  for- 
getful. 

Immitto  (in,  mitto),  ere,  Isi,  issum. 
To  send  or  let  in ;  let  go ;  bring 
forward. 

Immortdlis,  e.     Immortal. 

Immwiltas,  atis,  f.  Immunity,  ex- 
emption. 


ImpdWfts,  tis.     Impatient. 

Impatienter  (impatiens),  adv.  Im- 
patiently. 

Impedimentum  (impedio),  i,  n.  Im- 
pediment, obstacle ;  pi.  baggage. 

Impedio,  Ire,  Ivi  or  ii,  Hum.  To 
impede,  embarrass ;  hinder,  pre- 
vent 

Impello  (in,  pello),  ere,  puli,  pulsum. 
To  impel,  induce. 

Impendeo  (in,  pendeo),  ere.  To  im- 
pend, threaten,  overhang. 

Impensa,  ae,  f.     Expense,  cost. 

Imperdtor  (impero),  oris,  m.  Com- 
mander, emperor. 

Imperium  (impero),  i,  n.  Com- 
mand, power,  rule,  sway,  reign. 

Impero,  are,  avi,  atum.  To  com- 
mand, rule,  govern. 


804. 


LATIN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY. 


Imp&us,  us,  m.    Attack,  fury. 

Impono  (in,  pono),  ere,  osui,  ositum. 
To  place  or  put  in  or  to ;  enjoin ; 
impose. 

Improbo,  dre,  dvi)  dtum.    To  reject. 

Imprudenter,  adv.     Imprudently. 

Impubes,  eris.     Youthful,  young. 

Impugno  (in,  pugno),  dre>  dvi,  dtum. 
To  assail,  attack. 

Impulsus  (impello),  us,  m.  Insti- 
gation. 

In,  prep,  with  ace.  or  abl.  Into, 
to,  for,  against,  with  ace.  ;  in,  on, 
with  abl. 

Incendium  (incendo),  i,  n.  Fire, 
conflagration. 

Incendo,  ere,  di,  sum.  To  set  on 
fire,  inflanfe,  excite. 

Incertus  (in,  cert  us),  a,  um.  Un- 
certain. 

Incesso,  Sre,  ivi  or  i.     To  attack. 

Inchoo,  are,  dvi,  dtum.  To  begin, 
commence. 

fncldo  (in;  cado),  ere,  cldi,  cdswn. 
To  fall  into  or  upon,  fall  in  with, 
happen, 

Incldo  (in,  qaedo),  ere,  ddi,  clsum. 
To  cut,  destroy. 

Incipio  (in,  capio),  ere,  epi,  eptum. 
To  begin,  undertake, 

Incitamentum (incito),  i,  n.^Incen- 
tive,  inducement.  3t& 

Incitdtus  (incito),  a,  um.  Run- 
ning ;  equo  incitdto,  at  full  speed. 

Incito,  are,  dvi,  dtum.  To  incite, 
hasten,  spur  on ;  inspire. 

Incllno,  are,  dvi,  dtum.  To  incline, 
bend ;  pass,  to  sink,  go  to  ruin. 

Incola  (incolo),  ae,  c.     Inhabitant. 

Incolo  (in,  colo),  ere,  colui,  cultum. 
To  dwell,  abide  in,  inhabit. 

Incolumis,  e.     Safe,  uninjured. 

tncommodum,  i,  n.     Misfortune, 
feat. 

Incredibilis,  e.     Incredible. 

Incrementum,  i,  n.  Growth,  in- 
crease. 

Inde,  adv.  Thence,  from  that 
place. 

Indecoret  adv.     Disgracefully. 


Index  (indico),  ids,  m.  and  f.  In 
former,  witness. 

Indico  (in,  dico),  ere,  dixi,  dictum 
To  declare,  publish,  appoint, 

Indigeo,  ere,  ui.  To  need ;  part,  in* 
digens  subs,  an  indigent  person. 

Indignor  (indignus),  dri  dtus  sum. 
To  disdain,  scorn ;  be  indignant. 

Indignus  (in,  dignus),  a,  um.  Un- 
worthy, harsh,  indecent. 

Indoles,  is,  f.  Nature,  native  qual- 
ity, excellence. 

Indomitus  (in,  domitus),  a,  um, 
Unsubdued,  invincible. 

Indubitdtus,  a,  um.  Undoubted, 
certain. 

Induciae,  or  indutiae,  drum,  f.  pi. 
Truce. 

Induco  (in,  duco),  ere,  duxi,  ductum, 
To  induce,  lead  into,  overlay, 
adorn  with,  gild. 

Indurdtus  (indiiro),  a,  um.  Obdu- 
rate. 

Induro,  arc,  dvi,  dtum.    To  harden. 

Industria,  ae,  f.     Industry. 

Inco  (in,  eo),  Ire,  ivi  or  ii,  Itum. 
To  enter,  go  into ;  graf.iam  inlre, 
to  obtain  the  favor  of,  conciliate. 

Incrmis  (in,  arma),  e.     Unarmed. 

Infdinis,  e.     Infamous,  notorious. 

I?ifelix  (in,  felix),  ids.  Unhappy, 
unfortunate. 

Infensus,  a,  um.  Exasperated,  en- 
raged. 

Inferior,  us.     Inferior. 

Infero  (in,  fero),/crre,  tuli,  Hldtwn. 
To  carry  against,  wage  against. 

Infesto  (infestus),  are,  dvi,  dtum. 
To  infest,  trouble. 

Infestus,t,a,  um.  Infested,  trouble- 
— me,  hostile. 

Itus,  a,  um.  Great,  infinite^ 
mmo,  are,  dvi,  dtum.  To  fe- 
me, arouse. 

Informis  (in,  forma),  e.  Shapeless, 
deformed. 

Ixfringo  (in,  frango),  ere,  egi,  actum, 
To  infringe,  break. 

Infula,  ae,  f.  Fillet,  head-dres^ 
badge  of  office. 


LATIN-ENGLISH   VOCABULARY. 


Ingemo,  ere,  ui.     To  groan,  lament. 

Ingeniwn,  i,  n.     Character,  genius. 

Ingens,  tis.     Great,  mighty. 

Ingenuus,  a,  um.  Freeborn,  in- 
genuous. 

Ingratia  (ingratus),  ae,  f.  Ingrati- 
tude. 

Ingratiis  or  ingrdtis,  adv.  Against 
one's  will. 

Ingratus  (in,  gratus),  a,  um.     Dis- 


agreeable, offensive,  ungrateful. 

Ingredior  (in,  gradior),  di,  gressus 
sum,  dep.  To  enter,  encounter. 

Inimicitia  (inimicus),  ae,  f.  En- 
mity. 

Inimlcus  (in,  amicus),  a,  um.  Hos- 
tile ;  subs,  an  enemy. 

Inlque  (iniquus),  adv.     Unjustly. 

Iniquus  (in,  aequus),  a,  um.  Un- 
favorable, unjust. 

Initium  (ineo),  i,  n.  Beginning; 
pi.  sacred  mysteries. 

Injicio  (in,  jacio),  ere,  jeci,  jectum. 


in ;    cause ;    inspire 


To   throw 
with. 

Injuria,  ae,  f.     Injury,  wrong. 

Injuste,  adv.     Unjustly. 

Innocens,  tis.     Innocent. 

Innotesco,  ere,  notui.     To  become 
known. 

Innoxius,  a,  um.     Harmless,  inno- 
cent. 

Inopindtus,  a,  um.     Sudden,  unex- 
pected. 

Inquam  or   inquio,    defect.     (See 
A.  &  S.  183,  5.)    To  say. 

Inscitia,  ae,  f.     Ignorance. 

Tnsequor  (in,  sequor),  qui,    cutus 
sum.     To  follow,  pursue. 

Insidiae,    drum,    f.   pi.      Ambush, 
treachery. 

Insigne,    is,   n.      Mark,   sign;    pi. 
badges  of  office,  insignia. 

Insignis,  e.     Distinguished,  noted. 

Insisto,  ere,  stlti,  stitum.     To  per- 
sist ;  urge ;  entreat. 

Insolent,  tis.     Unusual,  insolent. 

Insolenter  (insolens).     Insolently. 


Inspicio,  8re,  exi,  ectum. 
eider,  inspect. 


To  con- 


Instauro,  are,   dvi,  c.tum. 


305 

*' 

To  re« 


Instinctus,  us,  m.  Instigation,  im 
pulse. 

Instituo  (in,  statuo),  ere,  ui,  utum. 
To  institute,  establish. 

Instrumentum  (instruo),  i,  n.  Im- 
plements, movables,  goods. 

Instruo,  ere,  uxi,  uctum.  To  pre- 
pare, build,  furnish  with,  equip. 

Insula,  ae,  f.     Islanu. 

Insuper.     Moreover. 

Intactus,  a,  um.     Unharmed. 

Intelllgo,  ere,  exi,  ectum.  To  un- 
derstand, perceive,  know. 

Inter,  prep,  with  ace.  Between, 
among,  in  the  midst  of. 

Intercipio  (inter,  capio),  ere,  cepi, 
ceptum.  To  catch;  intercept, 
take  from. 

Intercludo  (inter,  claudo),  ere,  si, 
sum.  To  prevent,  cut  off. 

Interdum,  adv.     Sometimes. 

Interea,  adv.     In  the  mean  time. 

Intereo  (inter,  eo),  Ire,  ivi  or  iit 
itum.  To  perish. 

Interfector  (interficio),  oris,  m. 
Murderer. 

Interficio  (inter,  facio),  ere,  fed, 
f  ectum.  To  kill. 

Interim,  adv.  In  the  mean  time, 
meanwhile. 

Inteflmo  (inter,  em6),  ere,  emi, 
emptum.  To  deprive  of,  to  kill. 

Interior,  us.     Interior,  inland. 

Interitus  (intereo),  us,  m.  Destruc- 
tion. 

Interjicio  (inter,  jacio),  $re,  jeci, 
jectum.  To  place  between  ; 
anno  interjecto,  at  the  expira- 
tion of  a  year. 

Internecio,  onis,  f.     Slaughter. 

Infernuncius,  or  internjmtius,  i,  m. 
Messenger. 

Interregnum  (inter,  regnum),  i,  n. 
An  interreign,  interregnum. 

Interritus  (in,  territus),  a,  um. 
Fearless,  undismayed. 

Interrogo  (inter,  rogo),  fire,  dv\ 
dtum.  To  ask,  question. 


306 


LATIN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY. 


Interrumpo  (inter,  rumpo),  &re, 
rupi,  ruptum.  To  break  down, 
interrupt. 

Intersero,  ere,  ui,  turn.     To  allege. 

Tntervenio  (inter,  venio),  Ire,  veni, 
ventum.  To  intervene,  occur. ' 

Tntestlnus,  a,  wn.     Intestine,  civil. 

Intra,  adv.  and  prep,  with  ace. 
Within. 

Intro,  are,  dvi,  dtum.     To  enter. 

Tntroeo,  ire,  wi  or  ii,  itum.  To  en- 
ter. 

Intueor,  cri,  itus  sum.  To  look  at, 
observe. 

Inusitdtus,  a,  um.  Unusual,  ex- 
traordinary. 

Invddo,  ere,  si,  sum.  To  invade, 
seize. 

Invenio  (in,  venio),  Ire,  veni,  ven- 
tum. To  find,  meet  with. 

Invicem,  adv.  By  turns,  one  an- 
other. 

Invictus  (in,  victus),  a,  um.  Un- 
conquered,  invincible. 

Invideo  (in,  video),  ere,  vldi,  vlsum. 
To  envy. 

fnvidia,  ae,  f.     Envy. 

Invlsus,  a,  um.     Odious,  hateful. 

Invlto,  are,  dvi,  dtum.  To  invite, 
allure. 

Invltus,  a,  um.     Unwilling. 

Ipse,  a,  um.  Self,  himself,  herself, 
itself. 

Ira,  ae,  f.     Anger. 

Iracundia,  ae,  f.  Anger,  hasty 
temper. 

Irrideo  (in,  rideo),  ere,  si,  sum.  To 
ridicule,  laugh  at. 

Irrumpo  (in,  rumpo),  $re,  rupi,  rup- 
tum. To  rush  into ;  make  an  in- 
cursion into. 

7s,  ea,  id.     He,  she,  it;  that. 

Ita,  adv.  Thus,  so;  to  such  an 
extent. 

Itaque,  conj.     Therefore,  and  thus. 

Item,  adv.     Likewise,  also. 

Itfr,  itineris,  n.  Way,  march, 
route. 

i^-rdto  (itero),  adv.  Again,  a  sec- 
Mid  time. 


Itero  (iterum),  are,  dvi,  dtum.    To 

repeat,  renew. 
Iteru^n,  adv.   Again,  a  second  time. 


J. 

Jaceo,  ere,  ui,  \turn.     To  lie. 
Jacio,  ere,  jeci,  jactum.     To  throw 

hurl ;  also,  to  lay,  place,  erect. 
Jaculum  (jacio),  i,  n.  Dart, javelin, 
Jam,  adv.     Now,  already. 
Jubeo,  ere,jussi,jussum.    To  order, 

direct. 

Jucundus,    a,    um.     Pleasing,    de- 
lightful. 
Judex    (judico),    Ids,   m.    and  f. 

Judge,  arbiter. 
Judicium  (judex),  i,  n.    Judgment, 

decision,  trial. 

Judico,  are,  dvi,  dtum.   To  judge. 
Jugulo,    are,  dvi,  dtum.     To  kill, 

murder. 

Jugum,  i,  n.     Yoke. 
Jungo,  ere,  nxi,  nctum.     To  join, 

unite. 

Junior  (juvenis),  us.     Younger. 
Juro,    are,    dvi,    dtum.      To    take 

oath,  swear. 

Jus,  juris,  n.     Right,  justice. 
Jusjurandum  jurisjurandi.      (See 

A.  &  S.  91.)    An  oath. 
Jussu  (jubeo),  abl.  sing,  used  only 

in  this  case.     Command,  order. 
Justitia  (Justus),  ae,  f.     Justice. 
Justus  (jus),  a,  um.     Jfost. 
Juvenis,  e.     Young ;  subs,  a  youth, 

young  man. 


L.     An  abbreviation  of  Lucius. 
Labor,  oris,  m.     Labor.  ' 
Laboro  (labor),  dre,  dvi,  dtum.    To 

labor,  strive,  take  pains;   toil; 

suffer. 

Lac,  lactis,  n.     Milk. 
Lacesso,  tire,  Ivi  or  ii,  Itum.     To 

excite,  assail,  provoke. 


LATIN-ENGLISH   VOCABULARY. 


307 


Lacrima,  or  lacryma,  ae,  f.     Tear. 

Lacrimo,  or  lacrymo  (lacrima),  are, 
avi,  atum.  To  weep,  shed  tears. 

Lacus,  us,  m.     Lake. 

Laete  (laetus),  adv.     Gladly. 

Laetitia  (laetus),  ae,  f.  Joy,  glad- 
ness. 

Laetus,  a,  um.     Glad,  joyous. 

Laevus,  a,  um.  Left,  on  the  left 
hand. 

Largior,  Iri,  Itus  sum.  To  bestow, 
lavish;  bribe. 

Lassitude,  mis,  f.  Fatigue,  weari- 
ness. 

Late,  adv.     Widely,  far  and  wide. 

Latebra,  ae,  f.  Retreat,  hiding- 
place,  pretence. 

Latlne  (Latinus),  adv.     In  Latin. 

Latro,  onis,  m.  Mercenary,  rob- 
ber. 

Lotus,  eris,  n.     Side. 

Laudo  (laus),  are,  avi,  atum.  To 
praise. 

Laureus,  a,  um.  Of  laurel,  lau- 
rel; laurea  (subs.),  a  laurel-tree 
or  branch,  laurel  wreath. 

Laus,  laudis,  f.     Praise. 

Laxo,  are,  avi,  atum.  To  relax, 
loosen. 

Lectus  (lego),  a,  um.  Choice,  ex- 
cellent. 

Legatio,  onis,  f.  Legation,  em- 
bassy. 

Legatus,  i,  m.  Ambassador,  lieu- 
tenant. 

Legio,  onis,  f.     Legion. 

Lego  (lex),  are,  avi,  atum.  To  be- 
queathe  as  a  legacy. 

Lego,  $re,  legi,  lectum.  To  choose, 
elect;  read. 

Lenttas,  atis,  f.     Lenity,  mildness. 

Leniter,  adv.     Gently,  mildly. 

Lctalis,  e.     Deadly,  mortal. 

Levis,  e.     Light,  easy. 

Lcviter  (levis),  adv.  Lightly, 
slightly. 

Lex,  legis,  f.  Law,  condition, 
terms. 

Liber,  bri,  m.     Book. 

J-iber,  &rat  $rum.    Free. 


Liberalitas,  atis,  f.  Liberality, 
generosity. 

Liberi,  drum,  m.  pi.     Children. 

Libero  (liber),  are,  avi,  atum.  To 
liberate,  free. 

Libertas  (liber),  atis,  f.  Liberty, 
freedom. 

Libertus,  i,  m.     A  freedman. 

Libido,  inis,  f.     Desire,  lust. 

Licet,  impers.  It  is  lawful,  is  per- 
mitted. 

Licet,  conj.     Although,  though. 

Ligneus,  a,  um.    Wooden,  of  wood. 

Literae,  arum,  f.  pi.  Letter,  let- 
ters; literature. 

Liter arius  (literae),  a,  um.  Lite- 
rary. 

Litus,  oris,  n.     Shore,  sea-shore. 

Locupleto,  are,  avi,  atum.  To  en- 
rich, make  rich. 

Locus,  i,  m.  pi.  loci,  or  loca,  n.  Place. 

Longe  (longus),  adv.  Much,  great- 
ly, by  far. 

Longinquus,  a,  um.  Remote,  dis- 
tant. 

Longus,  a,  um.     Long. 

Loquor,  qui,  locutus  sum.  To 
speak,  converse. 

Lorlca,  ae,  f.     Coat  of  mail. 

Lucius  (lugeo),  us,  m.  Griefj 
mourning. 

Ludibrium,  i,  n.  Sport,  derision, 
laughing-stock. 

Ludicra,  crum,  adj.  norn.  sing,  m, 
not  used.  Sportive. 

Ludicrum,  i,  n.     Show,  game. 

Ludo,  ere,  lusi,  lusum.  To  play, 
sport. 

Ludus,  i,  m.     Play,  sport,  school. 

Lugeo,  ere,  luxi.  To  grieve,  mourn, 
weep  for. 

Luna,  ae,  f.     Moon. 

Luo,  ere,  lui,  luitum  or  lutum.  To 
pay ;  expiate,  atone  for. 

Lupa,  ae,  f.     A  she-wolf. 

Lustratio,  onis,  f.  Expiatory  sac- 
rifice ;  review  attended  with 
sacrifices. 

Lustro,  are,  avi,  atum.  To  purify, 
review. 


308 


LATIN-ENGLISH   YOCABULAKY. 


Lux,  lucis,  f.     Light,  light  of  day. 
Luxuria,  ae,  i     Luxury,  excess. 
Luxus,  us,  m.     Luxury,  luxuries, 
revelling. 


M. 

M.     An  abbreviation  of  Marcus, 

Magis,  adv.     More. 

Magister,  tri,  m.  Master,  leader; 
teacher. 

Magistrates,  us,  m.  Magistracy, 
magistrate. 

Magnifwe(magmficu&]  adv.  Mag- 
nificently, splendidly. 

Magnijicenter,  adv.  =  magnifice. 

Magnificentia  (magnificus),  ae,  f. 
Magnificence,  costliness. 

Magnificus,  a,  um  ;  comp.  magni- 
ficentior,  superl.  magnificentissi* 
mus.  Splendid ;  stately ;  high- 
minded. 

Magnitudo  (magnus),  inis,  f. 
Greatness,  size. 

Magnus,  a,  um ;  comp.  major,  su- 
perl. maximus.  Great ;  majOres, 
forefathers,  ancestors ;  majores 
with  natu,  elders. 

Magus,  i,  m.  A  wise  man,  par- 
ticularly among  the  Persians. 

Majestas,  dtis,  f.    Majesty,  dignity. 

Major.     (See  magnus.) 

Male  (malus),  adv.  Badly,  with 
ill  success. 

Malo,  malle,  malui,  irregular.  (See 
F.  B.  410  ;  A.  <fe  S.  178.)  To  pre- 
fer. 

Malum,  i,  n.     Misfortune,  evil. 

Malus,  a,  um  ;  comp.  pejor,  superl. 
pessimus.  Bad,  wicked. 

Mando,  are,  dvi,  dtum.  To  bid, 
enjoin,  intrust. 

Maneo,  ere,  nsi,  nsum.    To  remain. 

Manifesto,  are,  dvi,  dtum.  To 
show,  manifest. 

Manumitto,  ere,  Isi,  issum.  To 
emancipate,  make  free. 

Manus,  us,  f.     Hand,  force. 
,  n.     Sea. 


Marlnus  (mare),  a,  um.     Marine, 

of  the  sea,  from  or  by  the  sea. 
Marltus,  i,  m.     Husband. 
Mas,  maris,  m.     Male,  the  male, 

man. 

Mater,  iris,  f.     Mother. 
Materia,  ae,  f.,  or  materies,  ei,  £ 

Materials. 

Matrimonium,  i,  n.     Marriage. 
Matrona,  ae,  f.     Matron. 
Maxime,  adv.     Especially,  in  the 

highest  degree. 
Maximus,  a,  um  ;  superl.  of  mag- 

nus.    Greatest.   (See  also  H.  cfe  G. 

Index.) 

Medicus,  i,  m.     Physician. 
Medius,  a,  um.     Middle,  midst  of, 

middle  of.     (See  F.  B.  267.) 
Melior  (bonus),  us.     Better. 
Membrum,  i,  n.     Member,  limb. 
Memini,  isti,  defect.    (See  A.  <fc  S. 

183.)    To  remember. 
Memorabilis,  e.     Memorable. 
Memoria,  ae,  f.     Memory,  recollec- 
tion. 

Memoro,  are,  dvi,  dtum.     To  men- 
tion, relate. 

Mens,  tis,  f.     Mind,  reason. 
Mensis,  is,  m.     Month. 
Mentio,  onis,  f.     Mention. 
Mercdtus,  us,  m.    Public  sale,  fair ; 

meeting. 
Mercor,  dri,  dtus  sum.     To  trade, 

buy. 
Mereo,  ere,  ui,  itum.     To  deserve, 

merit. 
Mergo,    ere,  si,    sum.     To   merge, 

sink ,  destroy. 

Mefitum,  i,  n.  "  Reward,  merit. 
Mcrum,  i,  n.     Wine,  pure  wine. 
Merx,  cis,  f.     Merchandise,  goods. 
Metallum,  i,  n.     Metal,  mine. 
Metuo,  ere,  ui.     To  fear. 
Metus,  us,  m.     Fear,  dread. 
Meus,  a,  um,  voc.  sing.  masc.  mi. 

My,  mine. 
Migro,  are,  dvi,  dtum.   To  migrate, 

remove. 

Miles,  itis,  m.     Soldier. 
Militdris  (miles),  e.     Military. 


LATIN-ENGLISH   VOCABULARY. 


309 


Militia  (miles),  ae,  f.  Warfare, 
military  service. 

Milito  (miles),  are,  am,  atum.  To 
serve  as  a  soldier,  to  serve. 

Mille,  subs,  and  adj.  Thousand ; 
millia,  subs.,  a  thousand,  a  thou- 
sand men. 

Milliarius  (or  um,  n.),  i,  m.  Mile- 
stone, mile. 

Minor  (parvus),  us.     Smaller,  less. 

Minus,  adv.     Less. 

Mirabilis  (miror),  e.     Wonderful. 

Mir  or,  dri,  dtus  sum.  To  wonder, 
admire. 

Miser,  era,  %rum.  Unfortunate, 
miserable. 

Misereo,  ere,  ui,  itum.  To  pity; 
often  impersonal. 

Misereor,  eri,  ertus  or  eritus  sum, 
dep.  To  pity. 

Miseria  (miser),  ae,  f.  Misery, 
affliction. 

Misericordia,  ae,  f.     Compassion. 

Mitto,  ere,  misi,  missum.    To  send. 

Moderate  (moderatus),  adv.  With 
moderation. 

Moderatio,  onis,  f.  Moderation, 
self-control. 

Moderatus,  a,  um.  Discreet,  mod- 
erate. 

Modius  (or  urn,  n.),  i,  m.  Measure, 
a  little  more  than  a  peck. 

Modus,  i,  m.  Manner,  measure, 
limits. 

Moenia,  ium,  n.  pi  Walls  of  a 
city,  city. 

Moles,  is,  f.     Mole,  dam. 

Molitio,  onis,  f.  Undertaking, 
preparation. 

Mollio,  Ire,  Ivi  or  ii,  Itum.  To 
soften. 

Momentum,  i,  n.  Weight,  influ- 
ence. 

Monitus,  us,  m.     Advice. 

Mons,  tis,  m.-     Mountain,  mount. 

Monstro,  are,  am,  atum.     To  show. 

Mora,  ae,  f.     Delay. 

Morbus,  i,  m.     Disease. 

Morior,  iri  or  i,  mortuus  sum,  dep. 
To  die. 


Moror  (mora),  dri,  dtus  sum,  dep. 
To  delay,  tarry. 

Mors,  tis,  f.     Death. 

Mortifer  (mors  and  fero),  era, 
erum.  Deadly,  mortal. 

Mos,  moris,  m.  Custom,  manner ; 
pi.  character,  morals. 

Motus,  us,  m.  Motion;  commo- 
tion, revolt. 

Moveo,  ere,  mom,  motum.  To  move, 
excite. 

Mox,  adv.     Presently,  soon. 

Mucro,  onis,  m.  Point  of  sword, 
sword. 

Muliebris  (mulier),  e.  Belonging 
to  women,  womanly,  woman's. 

Mulier,  eris,  f.     Woman. 

Multitudo  (multus),  inis,  f.  Mul- 
titude. 

Multo,  are,  am,  atum.  To  punish, 
deprive  of  by  way  of  punish- 
ment ;  to  fine. 

Multo,  adv.     By  far,  much. 

Multus,  a,  um;  comp.  plus,  n.,  su- 
perl.  plurimus.  Much,  many. 

Munia,  ium,  n.  pi.  Duties,  func- 
tions of  office. 

Munimentum,  i,  n.  Fortification, 
defence,  covering. 

Munio,  Ire,  Ivi  or  ii,  Itum.  To 
fortify,  defend. 

Munitio,  onis,  f.  Fortification, 
rampart. 

Munltus,  a,  um.     Fortified. 

Munus,  eris,  n.  Reward,  present  • 
service,  office. 

Murus,  i,  m.     Wall. 

Muto,  dri,  dm,  atum.  To  change, 
alter. 

Mutuus,  a,  um.     Mutual. 


K 

Nam,  conj.     For. 
Namque,  conj.     For,  but. 
Nanciscor,  ci,  nactus  sum,  dep.    To 

obtain,  take  advantage  of. 
Narro,  are,  dm,  atum.     To  i  elate, 

narrate. 


310 


LATIN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY. 


Nascor,  ci,  natus  sum.  To  be 
born,  to  arise. 

Natio,  onis,  f.     Nation,  people. 

Natu,  defective,  abl.  sing.  By 
birth,  in  age;  maximus  natu, 
eldest. 

Naturdlis,  e.     Natural. 

Navdlis  (navis),  e.     Naval. 

Navigatio,  onis,  f.  Navigation, 
sailing. 

Navigo,  are,  avi,  atum.  To  sail 
upon,  navigate. 

Navis,  is,  f.     Ship. 

Ne,  adv.  and  conj.  used  with  im- 
perative and  subj.  Not,  that 
not,  lest ;  after  verbs  of  fearing, 
that,  lest ;  nequtdem,  or  ne — qui- 
dem,  not  even. 

Ne,  interrog.  particle,  177,  Rem. 
1  and  2. 

Nee  or  neque,  adv.  and  conj.  Nei- 
ther, nor ;  and  not,  not ;  nee — 
nee,  neque — neque,  neither — nor. 

Necessarius,  a,  um.     Necessary. 

Neco,  are,  avi,  atum.    To  slay,  kill. 

Negligens,  Us.  Negligent,  neglect- 
ful. 

Negligo,  ere,  exi,  ectum.  To  neg- 
lect, disregard. 

Nego,  are,  avi,  atum.  To  deny,  re- 
fuse. 

Negotiwn,  i,  n.  Business,  diffi- 
culty. 

Nemo  (mis,  gen.  not  in  good  use). 
No  one,  nobody. 

Nepos,  dtis,  m.     Grandson. 

Neque.     (See  Nee.) 

Nequeo,  ire,  Ivi  or  ii,  \tum,  irreg. 
likeeo.  (See  A.  AS.  182,  R.  3.) 
To  be  unable,  not  to  be  able. 

Nequidem.     (See  Ne.) 

Nequis  or  ne  quis,  qua,  quod  or 
quid.  That  no  one. 

Nequitia,  ae,  f.  Inactivity,  remiss- 
ness. 

Nescio  (ne  and  scio),  ire,  ivi  or  ii, 
Itum.  To  be  ignorant,  not  to 
know. 

Nihil;  n.  indecl.  Nothing;  adv. 
not,  in  nothing. 


Nimis,    adv.       Exceedingly,    to< 

much. 
Nimius,   a,   um.      Excessive,    too 

much,  too  great. 

Nisi,  conj.    Unless,  if  not,  except. 
Nitor,  ti,  nisus  or  nixus  sum,  dep. 

To  strive,  attempt. 
Nix,  nivis,  f.     Snow. 
Nobilis,  e.     Noble,  famous. 
Nobilltas  (nobilis),  atis,  f.     Fame, 

nobleness ;  nobility,  nobles. 
Noceo,    ere,   ui,    itum.      To   hurt> 

harm. 

Nocta,  abl.     By  might. 
Nocturnus,  a,  um.     Nocturnal,  oc- 
curring at  night. 
Nolo,  nolle,  nolui,  irreg.    (See  F.  B. 

410,  and  A.  &  S.   178.)    To  be 

unwilling. 

Nomen,  Inis,  n.     Name. 
Non,  adv.     Not;  nonriisi,  only. 
Nonagesimus,  a,  um,.     Ninetieth. 
Nondum,  adv.     Not  yet. 
Nonne,    interrog.    particle.      (See 

177,  R.  2.)    Whether,  expecting 

answer  yes. 
Nonnullus,  a,  um  (declined   like 

nullus).     Some. 
Nonus,  a,  um.     Ninth. 
Novem,  indecl.     Nine. 
Noverca,  ae,  f.     Stepmother. 
Novo  (novus),  are,  avi,  atum.     To 

renew,  change;  revolutionize. 
Novus,    a,  um..     New;    novae  res, 

revolution. 

Nox,  noctis,  f.     Night. 
Nubo,  ere,  psi,  ptum.    To  veil  one's 

self,    to   marry,   applied  to   the 

bride  as  she  was  covered  with  a 

veil. 

Nudus,    a,    um.      Naked,    uncov- 
ered. 
Nullus,  a,  um.    (See  F.  B.  113,  R.) 

No  one,  no. 
Num,  interrog.  particle.    (See  177, 

R,  2,  and  381.)     Whether,  used 

both  in  direct  and  independent 

questions. 

Numerus,  i,  m.     Number. 
Nunc.     Now. 


LATIN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY. 


311 


Nuncupo,  are,  avi,  atum.     To  call, 

name. 

Nunquam.     Never. 
Nuntio  (or  do),  are,  avi,  atum.   To 

announce,  relate. 
Nuntius,    i,   m.      Message,   news, 

messenger. 
Nuptiae,   arum,  f.  pi.     Marriage, 

nuptials. 
Nutrio,    ire,   Ivi  or  ii,  Itum.     To 

nourish,  support. 
Nympha,    ae,   f.       Spouse,    wife, 

nymph. 


0. 

Ob,  prep,  with  ace.  On  account 
of,  for. 

Obduco  (ob,  duco),  ere,  duxi,  due- 
turn.  To  draw  over,  overspread, 
cover. 

Obedio,  Ire,  wi  or  ii,  Itum.  To 
obey,  serve ;  be  subject  to. 

Obeo  (ob,  eo),  ire,  ivi  or  ii,  itum. 
To  meet;  die. 

Objecto,  are,  avi,  atum.  To  expose, 
set  forth ;  endanger. 

Objicio  (ob,  jacio),  ere,  jeci,  jectum. 
To  expose,  offer,  present. 

Obitus,  us,  m.     Death. 

Oblige,  are,  avi,  atum.  To  oblige, 
put  under  obligation. 

Obliviseor,  ci,  cblltus  sum,  dep. 
To  forget. 

Obruo,  ere,  ui,  utum.  To  destroy, 
overwhelm. 

Obscure  (obscurus),  adv.  In  ob- 
scurity, obscurely. 

Obscurus,  a,  um.  Obscure,  hidden ; 
mean. 

Obscquium,  i,  n.  Submission, 
fealty. 

Observe,  are,  avi,  atum.  To  ob- 
serve, keep. 

Obses,  idis,  m.  and  f.     Hostage. 

Obsideo  (ob,  sedeo),  ere,  edi,  essum. 
To  besiege,  invest. 

Obsidio  (obsideo),  onis,  f.  Siege, 
blockade. 


Obsto  (ob,  sto),  are,  stiti,  stdtum. 
To  oppose,  prevent. 

Obtero,  ere,  trim,  trltum.  To  crush, 
wear  down. 

Obtestor,  dri,  dtus  sum,  dep.  To 
call  to  witness,  implore,  conjure. 

Obtineo  (ob,  teneo),  ere,  inui,  entum. 
To  obtain,  hold,  prevail. 

Obtingo,  ere,  tigi.  To  befall,  hap- 
pen to. 

Obtrunco,  are,  avi,  atum.  To  slaugh- 
ter. 

Occasio,  onis,  f.  Opportunity,  oc- 
casion. 

Occldo  (ob,  caedo),  ere,  cidi,  clsum. 
To  kill. 

Occulte  (occultus),  adv.  In  secret, 
secretly. 

Occultus,  a,  um.  Secret,  hidden  ; 
reserved,  dissembling. 

Occupo,  are,  avi,  atum.  To  occu- 
py, take  possession  of. 

Occurro  (ob,  curro),  ere,  curri 
(cucurri),  cursum.  To  meet,  at- 
tack. 

Oce&nus,  i,  m.     Ocean. 

Octavus  (octo),  a,  um.     Eighth. 

Octingenti,  ae,  a.     Eight  hundred. 

Octo,  indecl.     Eight. 

Octoginta  (octo),  indecl.     Eighty 

Oculus,  i,  m.     Eye. 

Odium,  i,  n.     Hatred,  enmity. 

Ojfendo,  ere,  di,  sum.  To  offend, 
injure. 

Offensa,  ae,  f.     Offence,  harm. 

6/ensus  (offendo),  a,  um.  Offend 
ed,  hostile. 

Offero  (ob,  fero),  ferre,  obtuli,  i,bla 
turn.  To  offer,  show ;  se  off  err  e, 
to  offer  one's  self  as  an  antago- 
nist, to  oppose;  expose  one's 
self. 

Officium,  i,  n.     Office,  duty. 

Olim,  adv.     Formerly. 

Omen,  mis,  n.     Omen,  sign. 

Omnlno  (omnis),  adv.  Wholly; 
only,  in  all ;  at  all. 

Omnis,  e.     All,  every. 

Oneraria  (onus),  ae,  f.  Ship  of 
burden. 


312 


LATIN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY. 


Onustus  (onus),  a,  um.  Laden,  full 
of. 

Oplmus,  a,  um.     Rich,  fertile. 

Oportet,  impers.  It  behooves,  one 
ought. 

Opperior,  iri,  oppertus  or  opperltus 
sum.  To  wait  for,  await. 

Oppetc,  ere,  ivi  or  tt,  Hum.  To  en- 
counter, seek. 

Oppiddnus  (oppidum),  a,  um.  In- 
habitant of  a  town. 

Oppidum,  i,  n.     Town,  city. 

Opportunitas  (opportunus),  dtis,  f. 
Opportunity,  fitness. 

Opportunus,  a,  um.     Suitable,  fit. 

Opprimo,  ere,  essi,  essum.  To  put 
down,  defeat,  overcome ;  sup- 
press; oppress. 

Oppugno  (ob,  pugno),  are,  avi, 
dtum.  To  attack,  storm,  take 
by  storm. 

Ops,  opis,  f.,  nom.  sing,  not  used. 
Power,  resources,  force,  aid. 

Optimas  (optimus),  dtis,  m.  and  f. 
A  noble,  one  of  the  aristocracy. 

Optimus  (superl.  bonus),  a,  um. 
Best,  most  excellent. 

Optio,  onis,  f.     Choice,  option. 

Opto,  are,  dvi,  dtum.  To  wish,  de- 
sire ;  ask. 

Opulens,  t,is,  or  opulentus,  a,  um, 
adj.  Wealthy,  rich. 

Opus,  eris,  n.     Work. 

Opus,  nom.  and  accus.     Need. 

Or  a,  ae,  f.     The  shore,  coast. 

Oraculum,  i,  n.     Response,  oracle. 

Oratio  (oro),  onis,  f.  Oration, 
speech,  language. 

Orator  (oro),  oris,  m.     Orator. 

Orbis,  is,  m.  Circle,  world ;  orbis 
terrdrum,  the  world. 

Orbitas,  dtis,  f.  Bereavement, 
orphanage. 

Ordino  (ordo),  are,  dvi,  dtum.  To 
arrange,  establish. 

Ordo,  inis,  m.  Row,  rank,  order ; 
bank  as  of  oars  ;  extra  ordincm, 
out  of  the  common  course. 

Oriens  (part,  orior),  Us.  Rising, 
east. 


Orlgo,  mis,  f.     Origin,  source. 

Orior,  Iri,  ortus  sum,  dep.  mostly 
of  3d  conj.  (See  A.  <fc  S.  177.) 
To  rise,  appear. 

Ornamentum,  i,  n.  Equipage,  or- 
nament. 

0r*!o;  dret  dvi,  dtum.  To  adorn, 
equip. 

Oro,  are,  dvi,  dtum.     To  ask,  speak. 

Ortus  (orior),  u$,  m.  A  rising  ; 
birth ;  beginning. 

Os,  ossis,  n.     Bone. 

Osculor,  dri,  dtus  sum.     To  kiss. 

Ostendo,  ere,  di,  sum  or  turn.  To 
show. 

Ostentum,  i,  n.     Prodigy. 

Ostium,  i,  n.     Mouth,  door. 


P. 

P.     An  abbreviation  of  Publius. 
Paco   (pax),    are,  dvi,    dtum.     To 

subdue. 
Pactum,  i,  n.     Bargain,  contract; 

abl.  pacto,  way,  manner. 
Paene,  adv.     Almost. 
Palam,  adv.     Openly. 
Palatium,  i,  n.     Palace. 
Pango,  ere,  nxi,  nctum,  or  pepigi, 

pactum.     To  contract,  ratify. 
Par,  paris,  adj.     Equal,  a  match 

for. 
Pardfus  (paro),  a,  um.     Prepared, 

ready. 
Parco,  ere,  peperci  or  parsi,  parci- 

tum  or  parsum.     To  spare. 
Parens,  tis,  m.  and  f.     Parent. 
Parento  (parens),  are,   dvi,  dtum. 

To  sacrifice  in  honor  of  parents, 

or  friends. 
Pareo,  ere,  uit  itum.     To  obey,  be 

subject  to. 
Pario,  ere,  peperi,  paritum  or  par 

turn.     To  bear,  bring  forth,  pro- 
duce. 
Paro,  are,  avi,  dtum.     To  prepare. 

equip. 
Pars,  partis,   f.      Part,   portion; 

party. 


LATIN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY. 


318 


o.*'.*,  ae,  f.  Frugality,  par- 
simony. 

Partim,  adv.  Partly,  in  part; 
partim — partim,  some — others, 
either — or. 

Parvus,  a,  um  ;  com  p.  minor  ; 
superl.  minimus.  Small,  little. 

Passus,  us,  m.  Pace ;  mille  passus, 
a  mile. 

Pastor  (pasco),  oris,  m.    Shepherd. 

Patefacio,  ere,  fed,  factum.  To 
disclose. 

Pateo,  ere,  ui.  To  lie  open,  be  ex- 
posed. 

Pater,  tris,  m.     Father. 

Paternus  (pater),  a,  um.    Paternal. 

Patior,  ti,  passus  sum.  To  per- 
mit, keep,  endure. 

Patria,  ae,  f.  Country,  native 
country. 

Patrimonium,  i,  n.  Estate,  patri- 
mony. 

Patrius  (pater),  a,  um.     Fatherly. 

Patruelis,  is,  m.  and  f.  Cousin  by 
the  father's  side. 

Patruus,  i,  m.  Uncle  by  the  fa- 
ther's side. 

Pauci,  oe^-Few. 

Paw/a^BBj^  By  degrees,  grad- 
ually • 

Paw/?/™    ajfr  Little,  small. 

Pax,  pal^L     Peace. 

Pecco,  are,  avi,  atum.     To  err,  sin. 

Pecunia,  ae,  f.  Money,  sum  of 
money,  w 

Pedes,  Itis,  m.     Foot-soldier. 

Pedester,  tris,  ire.  Pedestrian,  on 
foot,  on  land. 

Pellicio,  ere,  lexi,  lectum.  To  al- 
lure, cajole. 

Pellis,  is,  f.     Skin,  hide. 

Pello,  ere,  pepuli,  pulsum.  To 
drive. 

Pendeo,  ere,  pependi.  To  hang,  be 
suspended. 

Penetro,  are,  avi,  atum.  To  pen- 
etrate. 

P^nitus,  adv.  Inwardly ;  fully, 
entirely. 

Penuria,  ae,  f.     Poverty,  want. 


Per,  prep,  with  ace.  Through, 
by. 

Percussor  (percutio),  oris,  m.  As- 
sassin, murderer. 

Percutio,  ere,  ussi,  ussum.  To  kill, 
slay,  strike. 

Perdltus,  a,  um.  Lost,  abandoned, 
desperate. 

Per  do,  ere,  didi,  ditum.  To  de- 
stroy, waste,  lose. 

Perduco  (per,  duco),  ere,  duxi,  duo- 
turn.  To  conduct,  bring  to. 

Peregrlnus,  a,  um.     Foreign. 

Perennis  (per,  annus),  e.  Contin- 
ual, perpetual. 

Pereo,  Ire,  ivi  or  ii,  itum.  To 
perish. 

Perfero  (per,  fero),  ferre,  'uli,  la- 
turn.  To  carry  through  ;  bear ; 
suffer. 

Per/dia,  ae,  f.     Perfidy. 

Pergo,  ere,  rexi,  rectum.  To  go  on 
or  to,  persevere. 

Periculosus  (periculum),  ay  um. 
Dangerous. 

Periculum,  i,  n.     Danger,  peril. 

Perltus,  a,  um.     Skilled  in,  skilfuL 

Permitto  (per^  mitto),er<9,  Isi,  issum. 
To  send ;  grant,  permit ;  permit- 
titur,  impers.  it  is  permitted. 

Permutatio,  onis,  f.  Exchange, 
barter. 

Perniciosus  (pernicies),  a,  um.  De- 
structive, pernicious. 

Perpaucus,  a,  um.    Few,  very  few. 

Perpetro,  are,  avi,  atum.  To  fin- 
ish, achieve. 

Perpetuo,  adv.     Constantly,  ever. 

Perpetuus,  a,  um.  Perpetual,  con- 
stant. 

Persequor,  qui,  cutus  sum.  To  fol- 
low, carry  on,  prosecute. 

Persevero,  are,  avi,  atum.  To  per- 
severe, persist. 

Persona,  ae,  f.  Part,  character, 
person. 

Perspicio,  ere,  exi,  ecium.  To  per- 
ceive. 

Perstringo,  ere,  inxi,  ictum.  To 
graze,  wound  slightly. 


814 


LATIN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY. 


Persuadeo,  ere,  si,  sum.  To  per- 
suade. 

Perterreo,  ere,  ui,  itum.  To  ter- 
rify greatly. 

Pertineo,  ere,  ui.  To  pertain  to, 
tend. 

Pervenio  (per,  venio),  ire,  veni, 
ventum.  To  reach,  come  to. 

Pervigilia,  ae,  f.  A  vigil,  keeping 
awake. 

Peto,  ere,  ivi  or  ii,  itum.  To  seek, 
ask,  aim  at. 

Petulantia,  ae,  f.  Petulance,  wan- 
tonness. 

Phalerae,  arum,  f.  pi.  ^Trappings, 
ornaments  for  horses. 

Philosophus,  i,  m.     Philosopher. 

Pictus  (pingo),  a,  um.     Painted. 

P ileus  (or,  urn,  n.),  i,  m.     Hat. 

Pingo,  ere,  pinxi,  pictwn.  To 
paint,  depict. 

Pirdta,  ae,  m.     Pirate. 

Placeo,  ere,  ui,  itum.  To  please, 
be  pleasing  to  ;  be  determin- 
ed. 

Placidus  (placeo),  a,  um.  Quiet, 
gentle. 

Plane,  adv.     Plainly. 

Plebs,  bis,  f.     Common  people. 

Plerumque,  adv.  Commonly,  fre- 
quently. 

Plerusque,  dque,  umque.  Most, 
many. 

Plurimus.     (See  Multus.) 

Plus,  adv.     More. 

Plus,  uris,  n.  adj.  (See  Multus.') 
Much,  pi.  many. 

Poculum,  i,  n.     Cup. 

Poena,  ae,  f.     Punishment. 

Poeta,  ae,  m.     Poet. 

Polliccor,  eri,  itus  sum.  To  prom- 
ise. 

Polluo,  ere,  ui,  utum.  To  pollute, 
defile. 

Pompa,  ae,  f.     Pomp. 

Pono,  ere,  posui,  positum.  To 
place,  build,  pitch. 

Pons,  tis,  m.     Bridge. 

Populatio,  dnis,  f.  Pillaging, 
booty;  people,  population. 


Populo  (popiilus),  are,  dti,  dtun\ 

To   depopulate  ;    popular  t  dep 

=  populo. 

Populus,  i,  m.     People. 
Porrigo,  ere,  rexi,  rectum.     To  ex 

tend,  stretch. 
Porta,  ae,  f.     Gate. 
Portendo,  ere,  di,  turn.   To  portend. 
Portia,  dnis,  f.     Portion,  share. 
Portus,  us,  m.     Port,  harbor. 
Posco,  ere,  poposci.     To  demand, 

ask. 

Possessio,  dnis,  f.     Possession. 
Possideo,  ere,  edi,  essum.     To  pos- 

sess. 
Possum,  posse,  potui,  irreg.     (See 

F.  B.  407,  and  A.  &S.  154.)    To 

be  able. 
Post,   adv.    and  prep,   with  ace. 

Afterwards,  after,  since. 
Postea,  adv.     Afterwards. 
Posteritas,  dtis,  f.     Posterity. 
Posterus,  a,  um.     Following,  en- 

suing;   posteri,    posterity,    de- 

scendants ;  postremo,  ad  postre- 

mum,  at  last. 
Postquam,    or   post 

After,  after  that. 
Postremus  (super!.  ~ugy9      y.  a,  um. 

The  last. 
Postridie,  adv. 

day. 
Postulo,    arc,  avi,   dtum.     To  de- 

mand. 
Potens  (possum),  tis.    €U)le,  pow 

erful. 

Potestas,  dtis,  f.     Power. 
Potior,  iri,  Itus  sum.  •  To  obtain, 

get  possession  of. 
Praebeo,  ere,  ui,  itum.     To  show, 

furnish. 
Praecedo,  ere,  essi,  essum.     To  pre- 

cede. 
Praeceptor,   oris,   m.      Preceptor, 

commander. 
Praecipio,   ere,  c&pi,  ceptum.     To 

admonish,  advise,  order. 
Praecipitium,  i,  n.     Precipice. 
Praecipito,    are,    avi,    dtum.      To 

throw  down,  precipitate. 


conj. 


owing 


LATIN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY. 


315 


7Vfl£ci/me(praecipuus),  adv.  Espe- 
cially. 

Praecipuus,  a,  um.  Remarkable, 
prominent,  special. 

Praeclare,  adv.  Excellently,  no- 
bly. 

Praecludo,  (prae,  claudo),  ere,  si, 
sum.  To  hinder,  preclude,  cut 
off. 

Praeco,  onis,  m.     Herald,  crier. 

Praeda,  ae,  f.     Prey,  booty. 

Praedlco  (prae,  dico),  ere  dixi,  dic- 
tum. To  predict,  forewarn. 

Praedictum,  i,  n.  Prediction, 
warning. 

Praeditus,  a,  um.     Endued  with. 

Praedor  (praeda),  ari,  dtus  sum. 
To  plunder. 

Praefdri,  defective.  (See  Fari, 
A.  &  S.  183,  6.)  To  predict,  pro- 
phesy; say. 

Praefectus,  i,  m.  Commander, 
prefect. 

Praefero  (prae,  fero),  ferre,  tuli, 
Idtum.  To  prefer,  choose ;  carry 
or  bear  before. 

Praeficio  (prae,  facio),  ere,  fed, 
fectum.  To  place  over,  put  in 
command. 

Pracmiuin,  i,  n.     Reward. 

Praeponfr^  (prae,  pono),  ere,  posui, 
positum.  To  place  over,  intrust 
with. 

Praescrlbo  (prae,  scribo),  ere,  psi, 
ptum.  To  direct,  prescribe. 

Praesens,  tis.     Present. 

Praesentia  (praesens),  ae,  f.  Pres- 
ence. 

Praesidium,  i,  n.  Guard,  garri- 
son. 

Praestans,  tis.  Excellent,  emi- 
nent. 

Praesto,  are,  stiti,  itum.  To  sur- 
pass, be  superior  to  ;  furnish, 
do,  pay;  evince,  show. 

Praesum  (prae,  sum),  esse,  fui,  fu- 
turus.  To  preside  over,  com- 
mand. 

Fraetendo,  ere,  di,  turn.  To  pre- 
tend, allege. 


Praeter,  prep,  with  ace.  Except, 
besides. 

Praeterea,  adv.  Besides,  more- 
over. 

Praetereo  (praeter,  eo),  Ire,  Ivi  or 
ii,  Itum.  To  pass  by,  omit. 

Praetorius,  a,  um.  Praetorian,  be- 
longing to  a  praetor  or  general ; 
praetorius,  subs,  one  who  haa 
been  praetor. 

Pravus,  a,  um.     Depraved,  bad. 

Precor,  ari,  dtus  sum.  To  beseech, 
pray. 

Premo,  ere,  essi,  essum.  To  press, 
urge. 

Pretium,  i,  n.     Price,  wcrth. 

Preces,  um,  f.  pi.  dat.  ace.  and  abl. 
sing,  also  occur.  Prayers,  en- 
treaties. 

Pridie,  adv.     On  the  day  before. 

Primo,  primum  (primus),  adv.  At 
first,  first. 

Primus  (superl.  prior),  a,  um. 
First. 

Princeps,  ipis,  m.  Prince,  ruler; 
chief  man. 

Principdtus,  us,  m.  Sovereignty, 
imperial  power. 

Principium,  i,  n.     Beginning. 

Prior,  us.     Former,  previous. 

Pristmus,  a,  um.  Ancient,  pris- 
tine. 

Prius,  adv.  Before;  priusquam 
or  prius  quam,  before  that,  be- 
fore. 

Privdtus,  a,  um.  Private,  person- 
al, subs,  a  private  citizen. 

Privlgnus,  i,  m.     Step-son. 

Privo,  are,  dvi,  dtwn.  To  deprive 
of. 

Pro,  prep,  with  abl.  Before,  in 
front  of ;  for,  instead  of,  as  ; 
pro  hoste,  as  an  enemy. 

Probatio,  dnis,  f.  Approbation, 
proof. 

Probo,  are,  dvi,  atwn.  To  prove 
show;  approve. 

Procedo,  ere,  essi,  essum.  To  step 
forth,  advance,  proceed,  com* 
on. 


316 


LATIN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY. 


Proconsul  (pro,  consul),  ulis,  m. 
Proconsul,  one  with  the  author- 
ity of  consul. 

Procul,  adv.  At  a  distance,  far 
off. 

Procuro,  are,  dvi,  dtwn.  To  at- 
tend to,  have  the  care  of. 

Procurro  (pro,  curro),  8re,  curri 
(cucurri),  cur  sum.  To  run  forth, 
project 

Prodigium,  i,  n.  Prodigy,  pro- 
phetic omen. 

Proditio  (prodo),  onis,  f.  Treache- 
ry, treason. 

Proditor  (prodo),  oris,  m.   Traitor. 

Prodo,  ere,  didi,  ditum.  To  dis- 
close, betray. 

Produco  (pro,  duco),  Hire,  duxi,  due- 
turn.  To  lead  forth,  produce. 

Proelium,  i,  n.     Battle,  conflict. 

Profecto,  adv.     Indeed,  truly. 

Projiciscor,  ci,  profectus  sum.  To 
depart,  set  out,  go. 

Profllgo,  are,  dvi,  dtum.  To  over- 
throw, ruin. 

Profugio  (pro,  fugio),  ere,  fugi, 
itum.  To  flee,  escape. 

Progredior,  i,  essus  sum.  To  pro- 
ceed, advance. 

Prohibeo,  ere,  ui,  \turn.  To  pro- 
hibit, prevent. 

Promissus,  a,  um.  Growing  long, 
long. 

Promitto  (pro,  mitto),  8re,  isi,  is- 
sum.  To  send  forth,  promise. 

Promontorium,  i,  n.     Promontory. 

Promptus,  a,  um.     Prompt,  ready. 

Propdgo,  are,  dvi,  atum.  To  prop- 
agate ;  prolong, 

Prope,  adv.     Nekr,  nearly. 

Propero,  are,  dvi,  atum.    To  hasten. 

Propius  (comp.  prope),  adv.  Near- 
er. 

Propono  (pro,  pono),  ere,  posui, 
positum.  To  set  forth,  state, 
propose. 

Proprius,  a,  um.  Peculiar,  proper, 
one's  own. 

Propter,  prep,  with  ace.  For,  on 
account  of. 


(P 

vlsum.     To  provide,  be  on  one's 


Propter ea,    adv.      Therefore,    on 
that  account. 

Propulso,  are,  dvi,  atum.     To  re- 
pel, ward  off. 

Prorumpo,  ere,  rupi,  ruptum.     To 
rush  or  break  forth. 

Proscrlbo   (pro,   scribo),   ere,  psi, 
ptum.     To  proscribe,  outlaw. 

Prosequor,  qui,  cutus  sum.     To  fol- 
low, attend ;  pursue,  prosecute. 

Prosilio,  Ire,  ivi,  ii  or  ui.     To  leap 
up,  spring  forth. 

Prospere,  adv.     Happily,  prosper- 
ously. 

Prosterno,  ere,  strdvi,  stratum.   To 
prostrate,  overthrow. 

Prosum  (pro,  sum),  desse,  fui.     To 
profit,  avail. 

Protinus,  adv.     Directly,  immedi- 
ately after. 

Providec   (pro,    video),    ere,    vldi, 
vlsum. 
guard. 

Provincia,  ae,  f.     Province. 

Provocatio  (provoco),  onis,  f.   Chal- 
lenge. 

Provoco,  are,  dvi,  dtwn.     To  chal- 
lenge. 

Proximus,  a,  um.     Nearest,  next. 

Prudens,  tis.     Prudent,  wise. 

Prudcntia  (prudens),  ae,  f.     Pru- 
dence. 

Pubes,  8ris.     Grown  up,  adult. 

Publice  (publicus),  adv.    Publicly. 

Publicus,  a,  um.     Public. 

Pudor,  oris,  m.     Regard,  respect, 
modesty,  awe,  shame. 

Puella,  ae,  f.     Girl. 

Puer,  eri,  m.     Boy. 

Puerllis(puer),  e.  Boyish,  youthful. 

Pueritia  (puer),  ae,  f.     Boyhood. 

Pugio,  onis,  m.     Dagger,  poniard. 

Pugna,  ae,  f.     Battle. 

Pulcher,  chra,  chrum.     Beautiful. 

Punio,  Ire,  Ivi,  Itum.     To  punish. 

Pupillus,  i,  m.     Pupil. 

Purgo,a*^dvi,  dtum.     To  purify, 
purge. 

Puto,  are,  dvi,  dtum.     To   think, 
imagine. 


LATIN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY. 


317 


Q. 

Q.    or   Qu.     An   abbreviation   of 

Quintus. 

Quadragesimus,  a,  um.     Fortieth. 
Quadraginta,  indecl.     Forty. 
Quadriennium,  i,  n.     Space  of  four 

years. 

Quadriga,   ae,   f.      Chariot,    four- 
horse  chariot. 
Quadringentesimus,    a,   um.      The 

four  hundredth. 

.Quadringenti,  ae,  a.   Four  hundred. 
Quaero,  ere,  slvi,  sltum.     To  seek, 

inquire,  ask. 

Quaestio  (quaero),  onis,  f.     Ques- 
tion. 
Quaestor,     oris,    m.       Treasurer, 

quaestor. 
Quaestorius    (quaestor),     a,     um. 

Quaestorian ;  quaestorius  (subs.), 

one  who  has  been  quaestor. 
Qualis,  e.     What,  what  sort ;  tails 

— qualis,  such — as. 
Quam,  adv.  and  conj.    How ;  quam 

multi,  how  many;  with  superl. 

intensive,    quam    maximus,    as 

great  as  possible  ;  than,  after. 
Quamdiu,    adv.       How   long,    as 

long  as. 
Quamquam,  conjunc.      Although, 

though. 
Quamvis.       However,      however 

much,  though. 
Quando  ?  adv.     When  ? 
Quantus,  a,  um.     How  great ;  tan- 

tus — quantus,  so  great  as. 
Quare.     Wherefore,  whereby. 
Quartus,  a,  um.     Fourth. 
Quasi.     As  if. 

Quatio,  ere,  — ,  quassum.  To  shake. 
Quatriduum  (quatuor,  dies),  i,  n. 

Space  of  four  days,  four  days. 
Quatuor,  indecl.     Four. 
Quatuordecim    (quatuor,    decem), 

indecl.     Fourteen. 
Que,   appended  to  another  word. 

And. 
Querela  (queror),  ae,  f.    Complaint. 


Queror,  i,  questus  sum,  dep.  Tc 
complain. 

Qui,  quae,  quod,  rel.  and  interrog. 
Who,  which,  what. 

Quia,  conj.     Because. 

Quicumque  (or  cunque),  quaecum- 
que,  quodcumque.  Whoever, 
whatever. 

Quidam,  quaedam,  quoddam  or 
quiddam.  A  certain  one,  cer- 
tain. 

Quidem.     Indeed. 

Quietus,  a,  um     Quiet,  at  rest. 

Quin.     That  not,  but  that. 

Quindecim,  indecl.     Fifteen. 

Quingenti,  ae,  a.     Five  hundred. 

Quinquagesimus,  a,  um.     Fiftieth. 

Quinquaginta,  indecl.     Fifty. 

Quinque,  indecl.     Five. 

Quinquennium,  i,  n.  Five  years, 
space  of  five  years. 

Quintus,  a,  um.     Fifth. 

Quippe,  conj.     Indeed. 

Quis,  quae,  quid?  interrog.  subs. 
Who,  which,  what  ? 

Quisnam  or  quinam,  quaenam, 
quodnam  or  quidnam.  Who, 
which,  what. 

Quisquam,  quaequam,  quidquam  or 
quicquam.  Any,  any  one. 

Quisque,  quaeque,  quodque  or  quid- 
que.  Every,  every  one,  who- 
ever, whatever ;  with  superl.  in- 
tensive, primo  quoque  tempore,  on 
the  very  first  opportunity. 

Quisquis,  quaequae,  quidquid  or 
quicquid.  Whoever,  whatever. 

Quo.  Where,  whither,  that,  in 
order  that. 

Quoad.     Till,  until. 

Quod,  conj.     That,  because. 

Quominus  (quo,  minus).  That 
not,  from. 

Quondam,  adv.     Formerly. 

Quoniam,  conj.     Since. 

Quoque.     Also,  likewise. 

Quotidie.     Daily,  every  day. 

Quum  or  cum.  When,  since 
quum — turn,  not  only — but  alsoy 
both — and ;  rarely,  either — or. 


318 


LATIN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY. 


R. 

Rabies,  ei,  f.     Madness,  rage. 

Radix,  Ids,  f.  Root,  foot,  base  as 
of  mountain. 

Ramus,  i,  in.     Branch. 

Raplna,  as,  f.     Rapine,  plunder. 

Rapio,  ere,  ui,  turn.  To  rob,  carry 
off. 

Rapto  (rapio),  are,  dvi,  dtum.  To 
carry  or  drag,  ravage,  rob. 

Raptor  (rapio),  dm,  m.  Robber, 
plunderer. 

Raro  (rarus),  adv.  Rarely,  sel- 
dom. 

Rarus,  a,  um.     Rare,  uncommon. 

Ratio,  onis,  f.   Plan,  method ;  kind. 

Ratis,  is,  f.     Raft. 

Rebello,  are,  dvi,  dtum.     To  rebel. 

Recedo,  ere,  essi,  essum.  To  with- 
draw, recede. 

Recipio  (re,  capio),  ere,  cepi,  cep- 
tum.  To  receive,  recover,  re- 
sume ;  se  recipere,  to  betake 
one's  selfj  withdraw. 

Recito,  are,  dvi,  dtum.  To  repeat, 
recite. 

Recognosco,  ere  novi,  nitum.  To 
recognize. 

Recordor,  dri,  dtus  sum,  dep.  To 
recollect. 

Recte,  adv.     Rightly 

Rector,  oris,  m.     Director,  ruler. 

Recupero,  are,  dvi,  dtum.  To  re- 
gain. 

Reddo,  ere,  didi,  dltum.  To  re- 
store, return;  render;  assign. 

Redeo,  ire,  Ivi  or  ii,  itum.  To  go 
back,  return. 

Redlgo,  ere,  egi,  actum.  To  force, 
reduce,  compel 

Redimo,  ere,  emi,  emptum.  To 
ransom.  • 

Redltus  (redeo),  us,  m.  Return, 
revenue. 

Reduco,  ere,  ?•*,  ctum.  To  lead 
back,  reduce. 

Rtfero,  ferre,  tv.li,  latum.  To  re- 
fer; requite  4  'place  among. 


Reficio,  ere,  eci,  ectum.  To  repair, 
restore ;  recover. 

Refluo,  ere,  xi,  xum.   To  flow  back. 

Refugio,  ere,  ugi,  ugitum.  To  re* 
treat. 

Reglna,  ae,  f.     Queen. 

Regio,  onis,  f.     Region,  country. 

Regius  (rex),  a,  urn.     Royal. 

Regno  (regnum),  are,  dvi,  dtum. 
To  reign,  rule. 

Regnum  (rex),  i,  n.  Kingdom, 
sovereignty. 

Rego,  8re,  xi,  ctum.  To  direct, 
manage. 

Regredior,  i,  essus  sum.   To  return. 

Religio,  onis,  f.  Religion,  obliga- 
tion. 

Relinquo,  ere,  liqui,  lictum.  To 
leave,  desert. 

Reliquiae,  drum,  f.  pi.  Remnant, 
those  who  escaped. 

Reliquus,  a,  um.  The  rest,  re- 
maining. 

Remaneo,  ere,  ansi,  ansum.  To 
remain. 

Remedium,  i,  n.     Remedy. 

Reminiscor,  ci,  dep.  To  remem- 
ber. 

Remitto,  ere,  mlsi,  missum.  To 
send  back. 

Removeo,  ere,  mom,  motum.  To 
take  away,  remove. 

Remus^  i,  m.     Oar. 

Renovo,  are,  dvi,  dtum.   To  renew. 

Renuntio,  are,  dvi,  dtum.  To  re- 
port. 

Repdro,  are,  dvi,  dtum.  To  renew, 
repair. 

Repello,  ere,  uli,  ulsum.  To  repel, 
drive  back. 

Repente,  adv.    Suddenly. 

Repentlnus,  a,  um.  Unexpected, 
sudden. 

Reperio,  Ire,  pgri,  pertum.    To  fin<5. 

Repleo,  ere,  evi,  etum.  To  fill,  fill 
again. 

Repono,  &re,  osui,  ositum.  To  re- 
place, restore,  lay  up. 

Reporto,  are,  dvi,  dtum.  To  gain, 
bear  off. 


LATIN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY. 


319 


Repraesento,    are,  avi,    atum.     To 

represent. 
Reprehendo,  ere,  di,  sum.  To  blame, 

censure. 
Repudio,  are,  avi,  atum.    To  reject, 

divorce. 

Repugno,  are,  avi,  atum.   To  resist. 
Res,  rei,  f.     Thing;  state;   deed; 

battle. 
Reservo,  are,  avi,  atum.     To  keep, 

reserve;  spare,  save. 
Resisto,  ere,  stiti,  stitum.     To  op- 
pose, resist. 

Respectus,  us,  m.    Respect,  regard. 
Respicio,  ere,  exi,  ectum.     To  look 

back ;  regard,  respect. 
Respondeo,  ere,  di,  sum.     To  reply. 
Responsum,   i,    n.      Answer,    re- 
sponse. 
Respublica,    reipublicae,   f.   comp. 

(See  A.  &  S.  91.)    Republic. 
Restituo,  ere,  ui,  utum.    To  restore. 
Retardo,  are,  avi,  atum.   To  detain, 

retard,  check. 

Retineo,  ere,  ui,  tentum.    To  retain. 
Reus,  i,  m.     Criminal,  defendant. 
Reverentia,  ae,  f.    Reverence. 
Revereor,  eri,  itus  sum.     To  fear, 

reverence. 
Reverto,  ere,  ti,  sum  ;  revertor,  dep. 

To  come  back,  return. 
Revoco,  are,  avi,  atum.     To  recall. 
Rex,  regis,  m.     King. 
Rideo,  ere,  si,  sum.    To  laugh. 
Ripa,  ae,  f.     Bank  as  of  a  river. 
Rite,  adv.     Rightly,  in  due  form. 
Robur,  oris,  n.     Strength. 
Robustus  (robur),  a,  um.     Robust, 

strong. 

Rogo,  are,  avi,  atum.     To  ask. 
Rotundus,  a,  um.  Round,  spherical. 
Rultia,  ae,  f.     Ruin,  fall. 
Rumpo,    ere,  rupi,    ruptum.      To 

break. 
Ruo,  8re,  rui,  ruitum  or  rutum.    To 

run,  rush  forth. 
Rupes,  is,  f.     Rock,  cliff. 
Rursus  (or  um},  adv.    Back,  again. 
Rus,  ruris,  n.     Country  as  opposed 

,  >  tity 


S. 

S.  An  abbreviation  of  Sextius  or 
Spurius ;  Sp.  for  Spurius. 

Sacer,  sacra,  sacrum.     Sacred. 

Sacerdos  (sacer),  otis,  m.  and  f. 
Priest,  priestess. 

Sacrificium,  i,  n.     Sacrifice. 

Sacro  (sacer),  are,  am,  atum.  To 
consecrate. 

Sacrum,  i,  n.  Sacred  rite  or  insti- 
tution ;  sacrifice. 

Saepe,  adv.     Often. 

Saevio,  Ire,  ivi  or  ii,  Itum.  To 
rage,  be  cruel. 

Saluber,  bris,  bre.  Healthful,  sa- 
lubrious. 

Salus,  utis,  f.     Safety. 

Saluto,  are,  avi,  atum.     To  salute. 

Salvus,  a,  um.     Safe,  unhurt. 

Sancte,  adv.     Chastely. 

Sanguis,  inis,  m.    Blood. 

Sapiens,  tis.  "Wise ;  subs,  a  wise 
man. 

Sapientia  (sapiens),  ae,  f.  Wisdom. 

Satelles,  itis,  HI.  and  f.  Lifeguard 
attendant. 

Satio,  onis,  f.     Sowing. 

Satis,  adv.  adj.  subs.  Enough, 
sufficiently ;  satis  habere,  to  be 
content. 

Saucius,  a,  um.  Wounded,  intoxi- 
cated. 

Saxum,  i,  n.     Rock,  stone. 

Scando,  ere,  di,  sum.    To  climb. 

Scelestus  (scelus),  a,  um.    Wicked. 

Scelus,  fris,  n.    Crime,  wickedness. 

Scio,  sclre,  scivi,  scitum.    To  know 

Scriba  (scribo),  aet  m.  Scribe 
clerk. 

Scribo,  ere,  psi,  ptum.  Tc  write, 
prepare. 

Scutum,  i,  n.     Shield. 

Secedo,  ere,  cessi,  cessum.  To  re 
tire,  withdraw. 

Secundus,  a,  um.  Second,  favors 
ble. 

Sed.     But. 

SedScim,  indecl.     Sixteen, 


320 


LATIN-ENGLISH   VOCABULAKY. 


Sedeo,  ere,  sedi,  sessum.  To  sit, 
stay. 

Sedes,  is,  f.    Seat,  abode,  residence. 

Seditio,  onis,  f.     Quarrel,  sedition. 

Siditiosus  (seditio),  a,  um.  Muti- 
nous, seditious. 

Sedo,  are,  avi,  atum.  To  allay, 
quiet. 

Segnis,  e.     Slothful,  inactive. 

Segniter,  adv.     Slothfully. 

Sent  el,  adv.     Once. 

Semianimis,  e.     Half-dead. 

Semper,  adv.     Always,  ever. 

Senator  (senex),  oris,  m.     Senator. 

Senate  (senex),  UK,  m.     Senate. 

Senex,  senis,  m.  and  f.,  comp.  senior. 
An  old  man,  an  aged  person. 

Sententia,  ae,  f.    Opinion,  sentence. 

Sentio,  Ire,  si,  sum.  To  perceive, 
think,  judge. 

Sepelio,  Ire,  pellvi  or  it,  pultum. 
To  bury. 

Sepio,  Ire,  psi,  ptum.  To  guard, 
shelter. 

Septem,  indecl.     Seven. 

Septimus,  a,  um.     Seventh. 

Septingenteslmus,  a,  um.  The  seven 
hundredth. 

Septingcnti,  ae,  a.    Seven  hundred. 

Septuagesimus,  a,  um.     Seventieth. 

Septuaginta,  indecl.     Seventy. 

Sepultura,  ae,  f.     Burial. 

Sequor,  qui,  cutus  sum.  To  follow, 
succeed. 

Serpo,  ere,  psi,  ptum.  To  spread, 
extend. 

Servitus,  utis,  f.     Servitude. 

Servo,  are,  avi,  atum.  To  observe, 
keep;  preserve. 

Servus,  i,  m.     Slave. 

Seu.  Whether;  seu — sen,  whether 
— or. 

Severitas  (severus),  atis,  f.  Sever- 
ity. 

Severus,  a,  um.     Severe,  strict. 

Sex,  indecl.     Six. 

Sexageslmus,  a,  um.     Sixtieth. 

Sexaginta,  indecl.     Sixty. 

Sexcentesimus,  a,  um.  Six  hun- 
dredth. 


Sexcenti,  ae,  a.     Six  hundred. 

Sextus,  a,  um.     Sixth. 

Si,  conj.     If. 

Sic,  adv.     Thus,  so. 

Siccus,  a,  um.     Dry. 

Sicut  or  sicuti.     Just  as,  so  as,  as  if. 

Sido,  ere,  sidi  or  sedi.  To  sit,  to 
settle  down. 

Sianifteo,  are,  avi,  atum.  To  show, 
indicate,  mean. 

Signum,  i,  n.     Mark,  standard. 

Similis,  e.     Similar,  like. 

Simul,  adv.     At  the  same  time. 

Simulo,  are,  avi,  atum.  To  coun- 
terfeit, feign. 

Sine,  prep,  with  abl.     Without. 

Singuldris,  e.     Single,  singular. 

Singulus,  a,  um.  Single,  one  by 
one. 

Sinister,  tra,  trum.  Left,  on  the 
left. 

Sino,  ere,  sivi,  situm.  To  permit; 
situs,  put,  placed. 

Sinus,  us,  m.     Bosom,  bay. 

Siquidem.    If  indeed,  inasmuch  as. 

Socer,  eri,  m.     Father-in-law. 

Socidlis  (socius),  e.  Social,  friendly. 

SociStas  (socius),  atis,  f.  League, 
alliance. 

Socius,  i,  m.     Ally,  confederate. 

Sol,  soils,  m.     Sun. 

Solemniter,  adv.  Solemnly,  in  due 
form. 

Soleo,  ere,  itus  sum.  To  be  ac,cus- 
tomed. 

JSolertia,  ae,  f.  Sagacity,  shrewd- 
ness. 

Sohdus,  a,  um.     Solid. 

Solitudo  (solus),  mis,  f.     Solitude 

Solitus  (soleo),  a,  um.     Usual. 

Solum,  adv.     Only,  alone. 

Sj>lus,  a,  um.  (See  F.  B.  113,  R.) 
Alone. 

Solutus(so\vo),  a,  um.  Unrestrain- 
ed, dissolute. 

Solvo,  ere,  vi,  utum.  To  loose,  un- 
bind. 

Somnus,  -i,  m.     Sleep. 

Sonus,  i,  m.     Sound. 

Sordidus,  a,  um.     Sordid,  filthy. 


LATIN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY. 


321 


Soror,  oris,  f.     Sister. 

Sors,  sortis,  f.     Lotk 

Spargo,  ere,  si,  sum.  To  scatter, 
let  fall  loose* 

Spatium,  i,  n.     Space. 

Species,  ei,  f.     Appearance,  guise. 

Spfictaculum,  i>  n.    Spectacle,  show. 

Spccto,  are,  dvi,  dtum.  To  view, 
witness. 

Spes,  ei,  f.     Hope. 

Spolio  (spolium),  are,  dvi,  dtum. 
To  rob  ;  spoil ;  despoil. 

Spolium,  i,  n.  Plunder,  spoil,  booty. 

JStatim,  adv.  At  once,  immedi- 
ately. 

Statua,  ae,  f.     Statue. 

Statuo,  ere,  ui,  utum.  To  deter- 
mine ;  appoint,  place. 

Status,  us,  m.     State,  condition. 

Sterno,  ere,  stravi,  stratum.  To 
prostrate. 

Sto,  sare,  steti,  statum.     To  stand. 

Strages,  is,  f.     Slaughter,  defeat. 

Strangulo,  are,  dvi,  dtum.  To  stran- 
gle. 

Strenue  (strenuus),  adv.  Vigor- 
t  ously,  carefully. 

Strenuus,  a,  um.     Active,  valiant. 

Studeo,  ere,  ui.     To  study,  favor. 

Studiose,  adv.  Diligently,  ear- 
nestly. 

Studium,  i,  n.     Zeal,  study. 

Suadeo,  ere,  si,  sum.     To  advise. 

Sub,  prep,  with  ace.  or  abl.  Un- 
der, at  the  foot  of. 

Subdolus,  a,  um.    Crafty,  deceitful. 

Subduco  (sub,  duco),  8re,  dusci,  due- 
turn.  To  take  away,  withdraw. 

Subigo  (sub,  ago),  &ret  egi,  actum. 
To  subdue. 

Subito,  adv.     Suddenly. 

Subllmis,  e.     High,  on  high. 

Suborno,  are,  dvi,  dtum.  To  bribe, 
suborn. 

Subsidium,  i,  n.  Aid,  reinforce- 
ment. 

Sijbsum  (sub,  sum),  esse,  fui.  To 
be  at  hand  or  near ;  be  under. 

Subtrdho  (sub,  traho),  ere,  axi,  ac- 
tum. To  take  away,  remove. 


Subvenio  .(sub,    venio),    Ire,   veni, 

ventum.    To   come  to;    to  aid, 

relieve. 
Suburbdnus,    a,   um.      Suburban; 

suburbdnum   (subs.),    an   estate 

near  a  city. 
Succedo  (sub,  cedo),  &re,  essi,  essum. 

To  succeed,  come  after. 
Successio,  onis,  f.    Succession. 
Successor  (succedo),  oris,  m.     Suc- 
cessor. 

Successus,  us,  m.     Success. 
Succumbo,  ere>  cubui,  cubitum.     To 

yield,  submit  to. 
Sufficio(sub,  facio),  ere,feci,fectum» 

To  substitute ;  be  sunicient,  suf- 
fice. 
Sui,   sibi,   &Q.    Himself,    herself, 

itself,  &c, 

Sum,  esse,  fui,  futurus.     To  be. 
Summa  (summus),  ae,  f.    Supreme 

power. 
Summoveo  (sub,  moveo),  ere,  movi, 

motum.     To  remove,  displace. 
Summus.     (See  Superus.) 
Sumo,  ere,  mpsit  mptum.     To  take, 

inflict. 

Sumptus,  us,  m.     Expense,  cost. 
Super,  prep,  with  ace.  or  abl.  Over, 

above,  upon;  of,  concerning. 
Superbia,   ae>  £     Pride,  haughti 

ness. 

Superbus,  a,  um.    Proud. 
Supero  (superus),  are,  am,  dtum. 

To  surpass ;  conquer ;  pass  by. 
Supersum  (super,  sum),  esse,  fui. 

To  remain,  be  left,  survive. 
Supervenio  (super,  venio),  ire,  veni, 

ventum.    To  come  to,  surprise. 
Superus,  a,  um;  comp.  superior; 

superL    supremus    or    summus. 

High,  above;  past,  former. 
Supplementum,    i,    n.       Supplies, 

reinforcement. 

Supplicium,  i,  n.     Punishment. 
Supra,   prep,  with  ace.     Above, 

upon. 
Suscipio,    ere,   cepi,    ceptum.      T<r 

bear,  endure;  receive;  under 

take. 


14* 


822 


LATIN-ENGLISH   VOCABULARY. 


jSuspectus,  a,  urn.    Suspected. 

Suspendo,  8re,  di,  sum.  To  sus- 
pend, hang  up. 

Suspensus  (suspendo),  a,  um.  Un- 
certain, undecided;  anxious. 

Suspicio,  onis,  f.     Suspicion. 

Suspicio,  %re,  exi,  ectum.  To  sus- 
pect. 

Suspicor,  ari,  atus  sum.  To  suspect. 

Sustineo,  $re,  ui,  tentum.  To  sus- 
tain, -withstand ;  endure,  endure 
the  thought  of. 

Suus,  at  um.  His,  her,  its,  their, 
&Q.  ;  pi.  often,  one's  party, 
friends. 


T.    An  abbreviation  of  Titus. 

Tabernaculum,  i,  n.     Tent. 

Tabula,  ae,  f.    Tablet,  table. 

Tactus,  us,  m.     Touch. 

Taedet,  impers.  It  disgusts,  wea- 
ries. 

Talentum,  i,  n.  Talent,  sum  of 
money. 

Tails,  e.     Suck 

Tarn.     So. 

Tamdiu.     So  long. 

Tamen,  conj.     Yet,  nevertheless. 

Tandem,  adv.     At  length. 

Tanquam,  adv.     As,  just  as 

Tantum.     Only. 

Tantus,  a,  um.  Such,  so  great; 
tanti  esse,  to  be  worth  the  while. 

Tectum  (tego),  i,  n.     House. 

Tego,  8re,  texi,  tectum.    To  cover. 

Telum,  i,  n.     "Weapon. 

Temere,  adv.     Rashly. 

Tempestas  (tempus),  atis,  f.  Time ; 
tempest,  storm. 

Tempestlve,  adv.  Seasonably,  just 
at  the  time,  opportunely. 

Templum,  i,  n.     Temple. 

Tempus,  oris,  n.     Time. 

Teneo,  ere,  ui,  tentun.  To  hold, 
keep,  occupy. 

Tento,  a?et  amt  atum.  To  try ;  at- 
tack. 


Tergeminus,   a,    um.      Threefold 

tergemmi,  three  brothers  bom 

at  a  birth. 

Tergum,  i,  n.     Back. 
Termino  (terminus),  are,  avi,  atum. 

To  limit,  bound. 
Terminus,  i,  m.    Limit,  boundary 

end. 

Terra,  ae,  f.    Earth,  land. 
Terreo,  ere,  ui,  itum.     To  terrify. 
Terrester  (terra),  iris,  tre.     Terres- 
trial, on  land,  land  (as  adj.). 
Territorium,  i,  n.     Territory. 
Terror  (terreo),  oris,  m.    Terror, 

alarm ;  fear  of. 
Tertius,  a,  um.     Third. 
Testamentum,    i,   n.      Testament, 

will 

Testis,  is,  m.  andf.     "Witness. 
Testor  (testis),  ari,  atus  sum.     To 

affirm ;  call  to  witness. 
Theatrum,  i,  n.     Theatre. 
Thorax,  dels,  m.     Breastplate. 
Tiblcen,  inis,  m.     Fluter,  piper. 
Timeo,  ere,  ui.     To  fear. 
Timor',  oris,  m.     Fear. 
Tollo,  ere,  sustuli,  subldtum.     To 

raise,  elate ;  take  away;  destroy; 

discard, 

Tonitru,  us,  n.     Thunder. 
Tono,  are,  ui.     To  thunder;   im- 

pers.  it  thunders. 
Torquis,  is,  m.  and  f.     Collar. 
Tot,  indecl.     So  many. 
Totidem,   indecL     Just  as  many, 

the  same  number. 
Totus,  a,  um.     (See  F.  B.  113,  R.). 

All,  the  whole,  sometimes  best 

rendered  by  adv.  wholly,  entirely. 
Tracto,   are,    ctvi,  atum.     To  use, 

treat,  manage. 
Trado,  ere,  didi,  ditum.    To  deliver, 

give,  consign  to  ;  also  to  relate, 

say;  tradltur  (when  impers.),  it 

is  said. 
Traho,  ere,  xi,  ctum.    To  draw; 

protract;  derive. 
Trajicio  (trans,  jacio),  ere,  jeci,  jec- 

turn.    To  throw  over ;  to  cross 

conduct  over. 


LATIN-ENGLISH  VOCABULAEY. 


323 


Tranoy  are,  dm,  dtum.  To  swim 
over. 

Trans,  prep,  with  ace.  Across, 
beyond. 

Transeo  (trans,  eo),  Ire,  Ivi  or  ii, 
itum.  To  go  over. 

Trans/fro  (trans,  fero),  ferre,  tuli, 
Idtum.  To  transport,  transfer. 

Transflgo,  ere,  fixi,  fixum.  To 
transfix. 

Transfuga,  ae,  m.  Deserter,  fugi- 
tive. 

Transgredior,  i,  gressus  sum.  To 
go  or  pass  over. 

Transigo  (trans,  ago),  ere,  egi,  ac- 
tum.  To  accomplish,  finish. 

Transilio,  Ire,  Ivi,  ii,  or  ui.  To 
leap  or  pass  over. 

Transitus,  us,  m.     Passage. 

Transmarinus,  a,  um.  Transma- 
rine, over  the  sea. 

'Transno  =  trano. 

Trecentesimus,  a,  um.  The  three 
hundredth. 

Trecenti,  ae,  a.     Three  hundred. 

Tredecim,  indecl.     Thirteen? 

Trepidus,  a,  um.  Alarmed,  in  ter- 
ror. 

Tres,  tria.    Three. 

Tribunus,  i,  m.     Tribune. 

Tribuo,  ere,  ui,  utum  To  bestow, 
impute. 

Tributarius,  a,  um.     Tributary. 

Tributum  (tribuo),  i,  n.  Tax,  tri- 
bute. 

Tricesimus,  a,  um.  The  thirti- 
eth. 

Tricies,  adv.     Thirty  times, 

Trigeminus  =  tergeminus. 

Trigesimus  =  tricesimus. 

Triginta,  indecl.     Thirty. 

Triplex,  ids-.     Triple,  threefold. 

Tripudio,  are.     To  leap,  dance. 

Tripus,  odis,  m.     Tripod. 

Triremis,  is,  f.  Galley  with  three 
banks  of  oars. 

Tristis,  e.     Sad. 

Triumpho  (triumphus),  are,  dvi, 
dtum.  To  triumph,  have  a  tri- 
umphal procession. 


Triumphus,  i,  m.     Triumph. 
Tropaeum,  i,  n.     Trophy,  victory 
Trucldo  (trux,    caedo),    are,    dvi^ 

dtum.     To  slay,  massacre. 
Trux,  trucis.    Fierce,  stern. 
Tu,  tui,  <fec.     Thou,  you. 
Tueor,  eri,  tuitus  or  tutus  sum.     To 

look  upon ;  preserve,  defend. 
Tnm.    Then ;  turn — turn,  not  only 

— but  also ;  both — and. 
Tumultuo,  are,  dvi,  dtum.  To  make 

a  noise  or  tumult. 
Tumultus,  us,  m.  Tumult,  sedition. 
Tumulus,  i,  m.     Tomb,  grave. 
Tune,  adv.     Then  ;  tune  temporis, 

then. 
Turba,  ae,  f.     Crowd,  throng,  mul  • 

titude. 
Turbo  (turba),  are,  dvi,  &tum.     To 

disturb,  throw  into  confusion. 
Turpiter,  adv.     Basely,  disgrace- 
fully, in  disgrace. 
Turris,  is,  f.     Tower. 
Tutor,  oris,  m.     Tutor,  guardian. 
Tutus,  a,  um.    Safe. 
Tyrannis,  idis,  f.     Tyranny. 
Tyrannus,  i,  m.    Tyrant,  monarch. 


U. 

Uber,  eris,  n.     Udder,  dug. 
Ubertas,  dtis,  f.  Richness,  fertility. 
Ubi,   adv.     Where,    when,    some 

times  interrog. 
Ubique.     Every  where. 
Ulciscor,  ci,  ultus  sum,  dep.     To 

avenge,  revenge. 
Ullus,  a,  um.    (See  F.  B.  113,  R.) 

Any,  any  one. 

Ulterior,  us;  super!  ultimus.  Fur- 
ther, more  remote;  superl.  last. 
Ultio,  onis,  f.     Revenge. 
Ultra,  adv.  and  prep,  with  ace. 

Beyond,  more  than. 
Ultro,  adv.    .Voluntarily,  of  one's 

own  accord. 

Ululo,  are,  dvi,  dtum.     To  howl. 
Unde,  adv.    Whence,  also  interrog 

wnence  ? 


324 


LATIN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY. 


Undecim,  indecl.     Eleven. 

Unde7ionagesimus,  a,  um.  The 
eighty- ninth. 

Undequinquaginta,  indecl.  Forty- 
nine. 

Undevicesimus,  a,  um.    Nineteenth. 

Undlque,  adv.  From  all  quarters 
or  sides. 

Unguentum,  i,  n'.  Ointment,  per- 
fume. 

Unguis,  is,  m.     Nail,  claw,  talon. 

Universus,  a,  um.  Whole,  entire; 
all  together. 

Unquam,  adv.     At  any  time,  ever. 

Unas,  a,  um.  (See  F.  B.  113,  R.) 
One,  alone. 

Unusquisque,  unaquaque,  <fcc. 
(uqus,  quisque,  both  parts  de- 
clined.) Each,  each  one. 

Urbs,  urbis,  f.     City. 

Urgeo,  ere,  ursi.  To  urge,  drive; 
press  upon. 

Usque,  adv.  So  far  as ;  usque  ad, 
even  to  ;  usque  eo,  to  such  an 
extent. 

Usurpo,  are,  dvi,  atum.  To  usurp, 
assume. 

Usus,  us,  m.     Use,  service ;  need. 

Ut  or  uti,  conj.  That,  as ;  after 
verbs  of  fearing,  that  not. 

Utcumque  or  utcunque,  adv.  How- 
ever, somewhat. 

Utercve,  utrdque,  utrumque,  like 
uter.  (See  F.  B.  113,  R.)  Both, 
each. 

Utilis,  e.     Useful 

Utilltas,  dtis,  f.     Utility,  service. 

Utor,  i,  usus  sum.     To  use. 

Utrimque  or  utrinque,  adv.  On 
both  sides. 

Utrum,  in  double  questions. 
Whether. 

Uxor,  oris,  f.     Wife. 


V. 

j  a,  um.     Vacant,  empty. 
Vadum,  i,  n.   Ford,  shallow  water. 
Vagltus,  us,  m.     Crying. 


Vagor,  dri,  dtus  sum.     To  wan  del 

about. 

Vagus,  a,um.     Wandering.  • 

Valeo,    ere,    ui,    itum.      To   have 

strength,  avail. 

Validus,  a,  um.  Strong,  powerful. 
Vanus,  a,  um.  Empty,  yain,  false. 
Varietas  (varius),  dtis,  f.  Variety,  . 

change. 

Varius,  a,  um.     Various. 
Vasto  (vastus),  are,  dvi,  atum.     To 

lay  waste,  devastate. 
Vastus,  a,  um.    Waste,  desert,  vast. 
Vates,  is,  m.  and  f     Prophet,  pro 

phetess. 

Vaticinimn,  i,  n.     Prediction. 
Vaticmor  (vates),   ari,   dtus  sum. 

To  prophesy,  predict. 
Vecors,  dis.     Mad,  insane. 
Vehiculum  (veho),  *,  n.     Carriage. 
Veho,    ere,    xi,    ctum.     To   carry, 

bear. 
Vel,    conj.      Or,    even ;    vel—rvel, 

either — or. 
Velut  op  vcluti,  adv.     As,  like  as, 

as  irT 
Vendo,  &re,  didi,  ditum.     To  sell ; 

sub   corona  vender  e,    to  sell  as 

slaves. 

Venenum,  i,  n.     Poison. 
VcnSror,  dri,  dtus  sum.     To  vene- 
rate, worship. 

Venio,  ire,  veni,  ventum.     To  come. 
Venter,  tris,  m.     Belly,  stomach. 
Verbero,  are,  dvi,  atum.     To  whip, 

scourge,  beat. 
Verbum,  i,  n.     Word. 
Vere  (verus),  adv.     Truly. 
Vereor,  eri,  itus  sum.     To  fear. 
Vero  (verus),  adv.  and  conj.  Truly 

indeed;  but. 
Verso,   are,   dvi,  dtum,    or  versor, 

dep.     To  turn ;  busy  one's  self, 

be  occupied  with. 
Versus,  us,  in.     A  verse. 
Vertex  (verto),  \ci$,  m.     Summit^ 

top. 

Verto,  8re,  ti,  sum.     To  turn. 
Verum,  conj.     But. 
Verus,  a,  um.    True,  real 


LATIN-ENGLISH   VOCAB 


825 


Vesdnus,  a,  um.     Mad,  frantic. 

Vescor,  ci.     To  enjoy,  feed  upon. 

Vespera,  ae,  f.     Evening. 

Vesperasco  (vespera),  ere,  rdvi.  To 
become  evening. 

Vespillo,  dnis,  m.    A  corpse-bearer. 

Vester,  tra,  trum.     Your. 

Vestibulum,  it  n.  Vestibule,  en- 
trance. 

Vestio  (vestis),  ire,  Ivi,  Itum.  To 
clothe. 

Vestis,  is,  f.     Garment. 

Veterdnus  (vetus),  a,  um.  Veteran. 

Veto,  are,  ui,  itum.     To  forbid. 

Vetus,  eris.  Old,  of  long  standing, 
ancient. 

Vetustas  (vetus),  dtis,  f.  Antiqui- 
ty, age. 

Vetustus,  a'  um.     Old,  ancient. 

Via,  ae,  f.     Way. 

Viceslmus,  a,  um.     Twentieth. 

Viclnus,  a,  um.     Neighboring. 

Victor,  oris,  m.     Conqueror. 

Victoria,  ae,  f.     Victory. 

Victus  (vivo),  us,  m.  Food,  provi- 
sions. 

Vicus,  i,  m.     Village. 

Video,  ere,  di,  sum.  To  see ;  pass, 
videor,  <fcc.,  to  be  seen ;  to  seem. 

Vigeo,  ere,  ui.     To  flourish,  thrive. 

Viginti,  indecl.     Twenty. 

Villa,  ae,  f.     Country-seat,  villa. 

Vincio,  Ire,  vinxi,  vinctum.  To  bind. 

Vinco.  ere.  vici.  vi*f,um.     To  con- 

^ 
quer. 

Vinculum  or  vinclum> »,  t*.    Fetter, 

chain. 
Vindex,  fcis,  m.  and  f.     Defender. 


Vindico,  are,  am,  dtum.    To  claim ; 

rescue,  defend;  punish,  avenge. 
Vinolentus  (vinum),  a,  um.     Full 

of  wine,  intoxicated  with  wine. 
Vinum,  i,  n.     Wine. 
Violo,  are,  dvi,  dtum.     To  violate, 

do  violence  to ;  profane,  harm. 
Vir,  viri,  m.     Man,  hero,  husband. 
Virgo,,  ae,  f.     Rod,  twig. 
Virgo,  inis,  f.     Virgin,  maiden. 
Virtus  (vir),  utis,  f.     Manliness, 

bravery,  virtue. 
Vis,  vis,  pi.  vires.  Power,  strength, 

force ;  forces  ;  abundance. 
Viscus,  eris,  n.     Vitals,  bowels. 
Viso,  ere,. si,  s,um.     To  view,  see, 

visit. 

Vita,  ae,  f.     Life. 
Vitis,  is,  f.     Vine. 
Vitium,  i,  n.     Fault,  vice. 
Vito,    are,    dvi,    dtum.     To   shun, 

avoid. 

Vivo,  ere,  xi,  ctum.  To  live. 
Vivus,  a,  um.  Living,  alive. 
Voco  (vox),  are,  dvi,  dtum.  To 

call,  name. 
Volo,  velle,  volui,  irreg.     (See  F.  B. 

410.)    To  will,  be  willing. 
Voluntarius,  a,  um.     Voluntary. 
Voluntas  (volo),  dtis,  f.     Wish,  in 

clination ;  good  will. 
Vox,  vocis,  f.     Yoice,  word. 
Vulgus,  i,  n.     Populace,   common 

people. 
Vulnero  (vulnus),  are,  dvi,   dium* 

To  wound. 

Vulnus,  eris,  n.     Wound. 
Vultus,  us,  m.     Countenance. 


ENGLISH-LATIN  VOCABULARY. 


kcca.     Acca,  ae,  f. 

A.ccept.    Accipio,  ere,  cepi,  ceptum. 

Accompany.      Comitor,    dri,    dtus 

sum. 

Accuse.     Accuso,  are,  dvi,  atum. 
Achaean.     Achaeus,  a,  um;  subs. 

Achaeus,  i,  m. 
Act,  do.  Ago,  &re,  egi,  actum;  to  act, 

behave,  se  gero,  ere,  gessi,  gestum. 
Add.  Adjungo,  ere,junxi,junctum; 

addo,  ere,  didi,  ditum. 
Adopt    measures,    to    deliberate. 

ConsUlo,  ere,  ui,  turn ;  to  adopt 

cruel  measures,   crudeliter  con- 

sulere,  <fcc. 

Advice.     Consilium,  i,  n. 
Advise.   Suadeo,  ere,  suasi,  sitasum. 
Aeneas.     Aeneas,  ae,  m. 
Aetolian.     Aetolus,  <?.,  um;   subs, 

Aetolus,  i,  m. 
Africa.     Africa,  ae,  f. 
After  (prep.).     Post,  with  ace. 
After    (adv.).      Post;    postquam  ; 

postea;  a  few  years  after,  paucis 

post  annis. 
Afterwards.     Postea. 
Against.     Contra,  with  ace. ;  also 

indicated  by  the  indirect  object. 
Agriculture.     Agricultura,  ae,  f. 
Agrippina.     Agripplna,  ae,  f. 
Aid.     Auxilium,  it  n. 
Aid,  to  bear  aid.     Auxilium  fero, 

ferre,  tuli,  latum. 
Aim  at,  seek.     Quaero,  &re,  slvi  or 

M,  Itum. 
Alba.     Alba,  ae,  f. 


Alb  an.     Albdnus,   a,   um ;    subs 

Albdnus,  i,  m. 
Albanus.    Albdnuz,  i,  m. 
Alcibiades.     Alcibiades,  is,  m. 
Alexander.     Alexander,  dri,  m. 
All,  every.     Omnis,  e. 
All,    the   whole.      Totust    a,   um. 

(SeeF.B.  113,  R.) 
Already.     Jam. 
Although.      Quamquam,   etsi,  eti~ 

amsi. 

Always.     Semper. 
Ambassador.     Legdtus,  i,  m. 
American.     Americdnus,  a,   um; 

subs.  Americdnus,  i,  m. 
Ammon  or  Hammon.     Ammon  or 

Hammon,  onis,  m. 
Amphictyon.  Amphictyon,  onis,  m. 
Amphipolis.     Amphipolis,  is,  f. 
Amulius.     Amulius,  i,  m. 
Anchises.     Anchlses,  ae,  m. 
Ancient.     Antlquus,  a,  um. 
Ancus.     Ancus,  i,  m. 
And.     Et,  atque,  ac,  que  (enclitic). 
Anger.     Ira,  ae,  f. 
Announce.    Nuntio,  are,  dvi,  atum. 
Antigonus.     Antigonus,  i,  m. 
Antiochus.     Antiochus,  i,  m. 
Antipater.     Antipater,  tri,  m. 
Any.     Ullus,  «,  um  (F.  B.  1 1 3,  R. ) ; 

any  one,  aliquis,  qua,  quid. 
Apollo.     Apollo,  Vnis,  m. 
Appear,  seem.     Videor,  erit  visus 

sum. 
Appoint.     Oreo,   are,   dvi,   atum; 

instituo,  ere,  ui,  utum. 
Appoint  over,  commission.     Prae 

pono,  ere,  posuit  positum. 


328 


ENGLISH-LATIN  VOCABULARY. 


Approach,  arrival.  Adventus,  us,  m. 
Apulia.     Apulia,  ae,  f. 
Arbela.     Arbela,  drum,  n. 
Ardea.     Ardea,  ae,  f. 
Aridaeus.     Aridaeus,  i,  m. 
Arise.     Orior,  Iri,  ortus  sum. 
Arm,  furnish  with  arms.     Armo, 

are,  avi,  atum. 
Armed.     Armdtus,  a,  um. 
Armenia.     Armenia,  ae,  f. 
Arms.     Arma,  drum,  n.  pi. 
Army.     Exercilus,  us,  m. 
Around.     Circa,  circum  with  ace. 
Arrival,  approach.  Adventus,  us,  m. 
Arrive,  arrive  at  or  in.     Advenio, 

ire,  veni,  ventum. 
Artaxerxes.     Artaxerxes,  is,  m. 
Artemisium.     Artemisium,  i,  n. 
As.     Ul  ;   as  is  often  omitted  in 

rendering  into  Latin. 
As  slaves.     Sub  corona ;  to  sell  as 

slaves,  sub  corona  vendere,  dldi, 

dltum. 

Ascanius.     Ascanius,  i,  m. 
Asia,     Asia,  ae,  f. 
Asiaticus.     Asiaticus,  i,  m.     Sur- 
name of  one  of  the  Scipios. 
Ask.     Rogo,  are,  dvi,  atum;  ask, 

ask  for,  seek,  peto,  ere,  Ivi  or  ii, 

Itum. 
Assassinator,  assassin.     Percussor, 

oris,  m. 

Assistance.     Auxilium,  i,  n. 
At.     In  with  abl. ;  ad,  apud  with 

ace. ;  before  names  of  towns  in- 
dicated by  gen.  or  abl.     280. 
At  a  high  price.      Magni ;    at  a 

very  high  price,  maxlmi ;  at  a 

low  price,  parvi. 
At  home.     Domi. 
At  one   time,  at  a  certain   time. 

Quondam. 
At  that  time,  then,     fllo  tempore, 

tune. 
Athenian.      Atheniensis,  e  ;  subs. 

Atheniensis,  is. 

Athens.     Athenae,  arum,  f.  pi. 
At  this.     Atthis,  Idis,  f. 
Attica.     Attica,  ae,  f. 
Auxiliaries.     Auxilia,  orumt  n.  pi. 


Await,  wait  for.      Opperior,  In 
peritus  or  oppertus  sum. 


B. 

Babylon.    Babylon^  onis}  f. ;  Baby> 

Ionia,  ae,  f. 
Bad,    depraved.     Malus,    a,   um; 

pravus,  a,  um. 
Balbus.     Balbus,  i,  m. 
Battle.  Pugna,  ae,  f. ;  proelium,  i,  n. 
Battle-array.     Acies,  ei,  f. 
Be.     Sum,  esse,  fui  futurus. 
Be  able,  can.    Possum,,  posse,  potuL 
Be  envious.     Invideo,  ere,  vldi,  vl- 

sum. 

Be  made.     Fio,  fieri,  factus  sum. 
Be  occupied.    Distringor,  gi,  ictus 

sum. 

Be  willing.      Volo,  velle,  volui. 
Be  wise.     Sapio,  ere,  wi  or  ii  ;  sa- 
piens esse. 
Beautiful.     Pulcher,  chra,  chrum; 

formosus,  a,  um. 
Because.     Quod;  guia. 
Become.     Fio,  eri,  factus  sum. 
Become  unmanageable,     Efferor, 

ari,  atus  sum. 
Before   (adv.).     AntSquam,  prius- 

quam. 

Believe.     Credo,  ere,  dldi,  ditum. 
Belong,  be  to.     Sum,  esse,  fuitfu- 

turus. 

Benefit.     Beneficium,  i,  n. 
Bequeathe.     Lego,  are,  avi,  atum. 
Beseech.     Precor,  ari,  atus  sum. 
Besiege.    Oppugno,  are,  avi,  atum  • 

obsideo,  ere,  sedi,  sessum. 
Best.     Optimus,  a,  um,  superl.  of 

bonus. 

Between.     Inter  with  accus. 
Beyond.     Extra,  with  ace. 
Bind.      Vincio,  Ire,  nxi,  nctum. 
Bird.     Avis,  is,  f. 
Bite.     Mordeo,  ere,  momordi,  mor 

sum. 

Book,  Liber,  bri,  m. 
Booty.  Praeda,  ae,  f. 
Boston.  Bo'stonia,  ae,  £ 


ENGLISH-LATIN  VOCABULARY. 


329 


Both — and.    Et — et ;  quum — turn. 

Boy.     Puer,  eri,  m. 

Brave.     Fortis,  e. 

Bravely.     Fortiter. 

Bravery,  boldness.    Virtue,  utis,  f. ; 

fortitudo,  mis,  f. 
Break,  break  down.     Rumpo,  ere, 

rupi,  ruptum. 
Brennus.     Brennus,  i,  m. 
Bridge.     Pans,  tis,  m. 
Brother.     Prater,  tris,  m. 
Brutus.     Brutus,  i,  m. 
Build.      Aedifico,  are,  avi,  alum. 
Burning,   a  fire,   a   conflagration. 

Incendium,  i,  n. 
But.     Sed,  at,  autem. 
By.     A,  ab,  abs  with  abl.  (before 

voluntary  agent) ;  in  other  cases, 

indicated  by  abl.  alone. 


C. 

Cadmea.     Cadmea,  ae,  f. 
Caecilius.     Oaecilius,  i,  m. 
Caesar.    'Caesar,  aris,  m. 
Caius.     Caius,  i,  m. 
Caligula.     Caligula,  ae,  m. 
Call,    name.      Appello,    are,    avi, 

dtum  ;  voco,  are,  avi,  dtum. 
Camillas.     Camillus,  i,  m. 
Capital.     Caput,  Itis,  n. 
Capitol.     Capitolium,  i,  n. 
Captive.     Captlvus,  a,  um;  subs. 

captlvus,  i,  m. 
Capua.     Capua,  ae,  f. 
Carthage.     Carthago,  inis,  f. 
Carthaginian.    Carthaginiensis,  e 

subs.  Carthaginiensis,  is. 
Cassander.     Cassander,  dri,  m. 
Castle.     Castellum,  i,  n. 
Cat.     Feles  orfelis,  is,  f. 
Catiline.     Catillna,  ae,  m. 
Cause,  to  effect,  make.    Efficio,  ere, 

fed,  effectum. 
Cavalry.      Equites,    um,    m.    pi.  ; 

equitatus,  us,  m. 
Cecrops.     Cecrops,  opis,  m. 
Censure  (verb).     Vitupero,  are,  avi, 

atum. 


Census.  Census,  us,  m, 
Certain.  Certus,  a,  um. 
Certain  one,  some  one.  Quidan\ 

quaedam,  quoddam. 
Chaeronea.     Chaeronea,  ae,  f. 
Chain,    fetter.     Compes,    edis,    f. ; 

vinculum,  i,  n. 
Challenge     (subs.).       Provocatio,  • 

onis,  f. 
Challenge    (verb).     Provoco,    are, 

avi,  atum. 

Change.     Muto,  are,  am,  atum,. 
Character,  nature.     Jnqenium,  i,  n. 
Chariot.     Currus,  us,  m. 
Charles.     Carolus,  i,  m. 
Check,  put  down.  Compesco,  ere,  ui. 
Choose.      Lego,  ere,  legi,  lectum  ; 

deligo,  ere,  legi,  lectum. 
Christian.     Christidnus,  i,  m. 
Cineas.     Cineas,  ae,  m. 
Citadel.     Arx,  arcis,  f. 
Citizen.     Civis,  is,  m.  and  f. 
City.      Urbs,  urbis,  f. 
Civil.     Civllis,  e. 
Claim.      Vindico,  are,  avi,  atum. 
Cloud.     Nubes,  is,  f. 
Cnaeus  or  Cneus.   Cnaeus  or  Cneus, 

i,  m. 

Codes.  Codes,  itis,  m. 
Cold,  frost.  Frigus,  oris,  n. ;  gelu, 

us,  n. 

Collatinus.     Collatlnus,  i,  m. 
Come.      Venio,  Ire,  veni,  ventum. 
Command   (verb).       Impero,    are, 

avi,  atum. 
Commander,    leader.      Imperdtor, 

oris,  m. ;  dux,  duds,  m. 
Commence,  enter  upon.     Indpio, 

ere,  cepi,   ceptum ;    incyioo,   are, 

dm,  dtum. 
Compel.     Compello,  ere,  puli,  put- 

sum. 

Conceal.      Occulto,  are,  avi,  dtum. 
Conclude,    finish,    make.      Fado, 

ere,  fed,    factum;    to  conclude 

peace,  pace?n  facere. 
Condemn.    Damno,  are,  avi,  dtum  ; 

to    condemn   to   death,    capiti* 

damndre. 
Condition,  terms.    Conditio,  dni*,  f, 


330 


ENGLISH-LATIN  VOCABULARY. 


Confer  upon,  commit  to.     Tribuo, 

ere,  ui,  utum. 
Conon.     Conon,  onis,  m. 
Conquer.     Vinco,  ere,  vici,  victum. 
Consul.     Consul,  ulis,  m. 
Consult.     Consulo,  ere,  ui,  turn. 
Content,  contented.     Contentus,  a, 

um. 
Continual,  incessant.    Assiduus,  a, 

um. 
Contrary    to,    on    the    contrary. 

Contra,  adv.  and  prep,  with  ace. 
Corinth.     Corinthus,  i,  f. 
Corinthian.       Corinthius,  a,  um; 

subs.  Corinthius,  i,  m. 
Coriolanus.     Coriolanus,  i,  m. 
Cornelius.     Cornelius,  i,  m. 
Country,  region,  territory.    Regio, 

onis,  f. ;  fines,  ium,  m. ;  native 

country,  one's  country,  patria, 

ae,  f.  ;    country  (as  opposed  to 

city),  rus,  ruris,  n. 
Cranaus.     Cranaus,  i,  m. 
Crassus.     Crassus,  i,  m. 
Cremona.     Cremona,  ae,  f. 
Crime.     Crimen,  mis,  n. 
Cursor.     Cursor,  dris,  m. 
Cut  off,  hinder.     Intercludo,  $re,  si, 

sum. 
Cyrus.     Cyrus,  i,  m. 


D. 

Dagger.     Pugio,  onis,  m. 
Danger.     Periculum,  i,  n. 
Danube.      Dahubius   (the    upper 

part),  *',  m. ;    Ister  (the  lower 

part),  tri,  m. 
Darius.     Darius,  i,  m. 
Datis.     Datis,  is,  m. 
Daughter.     Filia,  ae,  f.     (Dat  pi. 

filiabus.) 

Day.     Dies,  ei,  m.  and  f. 
Death.     Mors,  mortis,  f. 
Deceive.    Decipio,  ere,  cepi,  ceptum. 
Decemvir.     Decemvir,  iri,  m. 
Declare.     Indlco,  ere,  dixi,  dictum; 

to  declare  war,  bellum  indicere. 
Defeat.     Vinco,  8re,  vici,  victum. 


Defend.     Defendo,  ere,  di,  sum. 
Defraud.     Fraudo,  are,  avi,  atum,. 
Delight  in,  rejoice.     Gaudeo,  cret 

gavlsus  sum. 

Deliver.     Trado,  ere,  didi,  ditum. 
Delphi.     Delphi,  drum,  m. 
Demetrius.     Demetrius,  i,  m. 
Depart.     Proficiscor,  ci,  profectus 

sum  ;  abeo,  ire,  ivi  or  ii,  itum. 
Depraved.     Pravus,  a,  um. 
Deprive.     Privo,  are,  avi,  atum. 
Descendants,  posterity.     PostSri, 

drum,  m.  pi. 

Design,  s.     Consilium,  i,  n. 
Design,  designate.     Designo,  are, 

avi,  atum. 
Desirous;    desirous  of.     Cupidus, 

a,  um. 

Desist.     Discedo,  ere,  cessi,  cessum. 
Despair.     Desperatio,  onis,  f. 
Destroy.      JSverto,    ere,    ti,   sum ; 

diruo,  ere,  ui,  utum;  deleo,  ere, 

evi,  etum. 

Destruction.     Pernicies,  ei,  f. 
Determine.     Statuo,  Sre,  ui,  utum. 
Dictator.     Dictator,  dris,  m. 
Die.      Morior,    iri  or  i,  mortuus 

sum. 

Difficult.     Difficilis,  e. 
Direct,    order.     Jubeo,    ere,  jussi, 

jussum. 
Discharge.      Fungor,   gi,  functus 

sum. 

Discourse.     Sermo,  onis,  m. 
Disregard,  despise.    Contemno,  ere, 

psi,  ptum. 

Distinguished.     Praestans,  tis. 
Divine.     Divlnus,  a,  um. 
Do,  make.    Facio,  ere,  fed,  factum. 
Do  wrong.     Pecco,  are,  avi,  atum. 
Dog.     Canis,  is,  c. 
Dove.     Columba,  ae,  f. 
Drive.     Pello,  &re,  pepuli,  pulsum 
During.     Inter  with  ace. 
Dutiful.     Pius,  a,  um. 
Duty.     Gfficium,  i,  n. 
Dwell.     HaVtto,  ar«,  avi,  atum. 


ENGLISH-LATIN  VOCABULARY. 


331 


& 

Early,  ancient.     Antlquus,  a,  um. 

Earth.     Terra,  ae,  f. 

Educate,  bring  up.      Educo,  are, 

avi,  atum. 

Egypt.     Aegyptus,  i,  f. 
Egyptian.       Aegyptius,    a,    um ; 

subs.  Aegyptius,  i,  m. 
Eight.     QctOf  indecl. 
Either.     Aut  ;   either — or,   aut — 

aut ;  vel — vel.     41 5. 
Elder.     Major,  us,  comp.  of  mag- 

nus  ;  major  natu. 
Elect,  choose.   Oreo,  are,  avi,  atum  ; 

lego,  8re,  legi,  lectum;  eligo,  ere, 

legi,  lectum. 
Elephant.     Elephantus,  i,  m. ;  ele- 

phas,  antis,  m. 
Embassy.     Legatio,  onis,  f. 
Eminent.  Insignis,  e ; praestans,tis. 
Empire.     Imperium,  i,  n. 
End.     Finis,  is,  m.  and  f. 
Enemy.  .  Hostis,  is,  m.  and  f. ;  per- 
sonal enemy  or  foe,  inimicus,  i,  m. 
Engage  battle,  engage.     Confllgo, 

ere,  flixi,  flictwn. 
Engagement.       Proelium,   i,   n.  ; 

pugna,  ae,  f. 

Enjoy.  Fruor,  frui,  fructus  sum. 
Enlarge.  Amplio,  are,  avi,  atum. 
Enter.  Introeo,  Ire,  ivi  or  ii,  itum. 
Envy,  be  envious.  Invideo,  ere, 

vldi,  msum. 

Epaminondas.  Fpaminondas,  ae,m. 
Equity.     Aequitas,  atis,  f. 
Escape.     Effugio,  ere,fugi. 
Even,  equal.     Par,  paris. 
Ever,    at    any  time.       Unquam; 

ever,  always,  semper. 
Exchange     (subs.).       Permutatio, 


oms,  i. 
Excite,    arouse,    sharpen.      Acuo, 

ere,  ui,  utum. 
Exile,   person  banished.      JExsul, 

ulis,  m. 

Exile,  banishment.     Exsilium,  i,  n. 
Expense.     Sumptus,  us,  m. 
Eye.     Oculus,  i,  m. 


I  F. 

Fabius.     Fabius,  i,  m. ;  pi.  Fabii. 
Fabricius.     Fabricius,  i,  m. 
Falerii.     Falerii,  drum,  m. 
Fall  in  battle,   fall.      Cado,    fre, 

cecidi,  casum. 

Falsehood.     Mendacium,  i,  n. 
Family,  descent.     Genus,  eris,  n. ; 

family,   members   of  a  family, 

familia,  ae,  f. 
Famous.      Clarus,    a,   um  ;  nobi- 

Us,  e. 

Father.     Pater,  tris,  m. 
Father-in-law.     Socer,  soceri,  m. 
Faustulus.     Faustulus,  i,  m. 
Favor  (verb).      Faveo,    ere,   favi, 

fautum. 
Fear  (trans,  v.).     Metuo,   ere,  uit 

utum. 
Feast.     Convivium,   i,  n.  ;    coena, 

ae,f. 

Festival.     Festum,  i,  n. 
Few.     Pauci,  ae,  a. 
Field.     Ager,  agri,  m. 
Fifteen.     Quindecim,  indecl. 
Fifth.     Quintus,  a,  um. 
Fifty.     Quinquaginta,  indecl. 
Fight.      Pugno,    are,    avi,    atum; 

committo,  ere,  mlsi,  missum. 
Fill.  Compleo,  ere,  evi,  etum. 
Finally.  Postremo ;  ad  postre~ 

mum;  dentque. 
Finish.     Finio,  ire,  Ivi,  Hum. 
First.     Primus,  a,  um. 
Fish.     Piscis,  is,  m. 
Five.     Quinque,  indecl. 
Flatterer.     Adulator,  oris,  m. 
Flee.     Fugio,  ere,  fugi,  fugitum  ; 

to  flee  for  refuge,  confugio,  erct 

fugi,  fugitum. 
Fleet.     Clasfis,  is,  f. ;  naves,  iumt 

f.  pi. 

For  tconj.),     Fnim,  nam,  namque. 
For  (prep.).     Pro  with  abl. ;  also 

indicated  by  the  dative. 
For  a  year,  lasting  a  year.     An- 

nuus,  a,  um. 
For  ever.     Perpetuo. 


332 


ENGLISH-LATIN   VOCABULARY. 


Force,  force  of  arms.      Vis,  vis,  f. ; 

pi.  vires  ;  arma,  drum,  n.  pi.  * 
Forces.    Copiae,  drum,  f.  pi. ;  vires, 

ium,  f.  pi. 

Forget.     Obliviscor,  ci,  lltus  sum. 
Former — latter.     Ille — hie. 
Fortieth.      Quadragesimus,  a,  um. 
Fortification.     Munitio,  onis,  f. 
Fortified.     Munltus,  a,  um;  very 

strongly  fortified,  munitissimus, 

a,  um. 

Fortune.     Fortuna,  ae,  f. 
Forty.      Quadraginta,  indecl. 
Fought.     Commissus,  a,  um  ;  *in  a 

battle  fought  at  Chaeronea,  in 

proelio  ad  Chaeroneam  commis- 

so. 
Found,  to  build.     Condo,  ere,  didi, 

ditum. 

Four.     Quatuor,  indecl. 
Four  hundred.    Quadrinycnti,  ae,  a. 
Fourth.     Quartus,  a,  um. 
Fraud.     Fraus,  dis,  f. 
Friend.     Amlcus,  ?',  m. 
Friendly.     Amlcus,  a,  um. 
Friendship,  intimacy.     Familiari- 

tas,  dtis,  f. 
From.     A,  ab,  de,  e,  ex  with  abl. ; 

also  indicated by.  abl.  alone-,  from, 

on  account  of,  propter  with  ace. 
Frost,  cold.     Gelu,  us,  n. ;  frig  us, 

Sris,  n. 


G. 

Galba.     Galba,  ae,  m. 

Game.     Ludus,  i,  m.  ;    certamen, 

Inis,  n. 

Gaul.     Gallia,  ae,  f. 
Gaul,  a  Gaul.     Gallus,  i,  m. 
General,  leader.     Dux,  duds,  m. 

and  f. 
German.     Germdnus,  a,  um  ;  subs. 

Germdnus,  i,  m. 
Get  or  take  possession  of.     Occupo, 

are,  dvi,  dtum. 
Girl.     Puella,  ae,  f. 
Give.     Do,  dare,  dedi,  datum;  to 

give  as  a  present,  dono  dare. 


Gladiator.     Gladiator,  ons,  m. 
Gladiatorial.     Gladiatorius,  a,  um, 
Gladly.     Expressed  by  adj.  laetus, 

a,  um,  in  agreement  with  the 

subject. 

Glory.     Gloria,  ae,  f. 
Go.     Eo,  Ire,  ivi,  itum ;  contendo, 

ere,  di,  sum;  go,  set  out,  profi 

ciscor,  ci,  profectus  sum. 
God,   a  god.      Deus,  i,  m.     (See 

A.  &  S.  53.) 
Golden,  of  gold,  gold.     Aureus,  a, 

um. 

Good.     Bonus,  a,  um. 
Government,  royal  authority.  Reg 

num,  i,  n. 
Grand-daughter.      Neptis,    is,  f. ; 

nepos,  otis,  f 

Grand-father.     Avus,  i,  m. 
Grand-mother.     Avia,  ae,  f. 
Grand-son.     Nepos,  otis,  m. 
Grant,  assign  to.     Tribuo,  8re,  uit 

utum. 
Great.     Magnus,   a,  um  ;   ingens, 

tis. 

Greatness.     Magnitudo,  inis,  f. 
Grecian,  Greek.     Graecus,  a,  um; 

subs.  Graecus,  i,  m. 
Greece.     Grecia,  aet  f. 


a 

Hamilcar.  Hamilcar,  aris,  m. 
Hannibal.  Hannibal,  alis,  m. 
Happen,  come  to  pass.  Fio,  fieri, 

factus  sum. 
Happily.     Bedte. 
Happy.     Bedtus,  a,  um. 
Hasdrubal.     Hasdrubal,  alis,  m. 
Hasten,  make  haste.     Festlno,  are, 

dvi~  dtum. 

Have.     Habeo,  ere,  ui,  itum. 
He,  she,  it.     Ille,  a,  ud;  is,  ea,  id. 
He  himself,  himself.     Ipse,  a,  urn* 
Here.     Hie. 
Hero.     Her os,  dis,  m. 
High,  lofty.     Altus,  a,  um. 
High-minded,  magnanimous  Map 

nanlmus,  a,  um. 


ENGLISH-LATIN   VOCABULARY. 


333 


Him,  himself,  herself,  itself  (oblique 
case  referring  to  subject).  Sui, 
sibi,  &c. 

His,  het-,  its,  &Q.  Suus,  a,  um,  re- 
ferring to  the  subject ;  ejus  (gen. 
of  is)  not  referring  to  subject. 

Historian.     Historicus,  i,  m. 

Hither.     Hue. 

Hold.  Teneo,  ere,  ui,  turn ;  obti- 
neo,  ere,  ui,  turn. 

Home.  Domus,  us  or  i,  f. ;  at 
home,  domi. 

Honor.     Honor,  oris,  m. 

Horatius.     Horatius,  i,  m. 

Horse.     Equus,  i,  m. 

Hostage.     Obses,  idis,  m.  and  f. 

House.  Domus,  us  or  i,  f. ;  tec- 
turn,  i,  n. 

How.  Quam ;  how  many,  quam 
multi  ;  quot. 

How,  by  what  means?  quomodo, 
qui  ?  How  does  it  happen  ?  qui 
fit? 

How,  of  what  sort  or  nature.  Qua- 
Us,  e. 

How  long  ?     Quamdiu  ? 

How  old.  Quot  annos  with  natus  ; 
How  old  is  he  ?  Quot  annos  na- 
tus est? 

Hundred.     Centum,  indecl. 

Hunger.     Fames,  is,  f. 


I.     Ego,  mei. 

If.     Si. 

Impute,  give.  Do,  dare,  dedi,  da- 
tum ;  to  impute  as  a  crime,  cri- 
mini  dare. 

In.     In  with  abl. 

In  the  mean  tim3.  Interim;  in- 
terea. 

In  order  that,  in  order.     U~t,  quo. 

In  vain.     Frustra. 

Increase.     Augeo,  ere,  xi,  ctum. 

Individual,  separate,  one  by  one. 
Singuli,  ae,  a. 

Infantry.     Pedites,  um,  m. 

Inhabitant.     Incola,  ae,  m.  and  f. 


Miabitant   or  citizen   of  Catma. 

Catinensis    or    Gatiniensis,    ist 

m.  and  f. 

Inquire.     Interrogo,  are,  avi,  alum. 
Insolent.     Insolens,  tis. 
Institute.     Instituo,  ere,  ui,  utum. 
Instructed,  accomplished  in.    Eru- 

dltus,  a,  um. 
Into.     In  with  ace. 
Invade.     Invado,  ere,  si,  sum. 
Invite.     Invlto,  are,  avi,  dtum. 
Island.     Insula,  ae,  f. 
Issus.     Issus,  i,  f. 
It  is  better.     Praestat. 
It  is  characteristic  of,  duty  of,  part 

of,  <fcc.    Est  with  genitive.    (See 

434;  alsoR  B.  187.) 
It  is  ordered,  the  order  is  given. 

Praescribitur. 
It  is  usual.     Solet. 
It  is  well  known,  is  an  admitted 

fact.     Oonstat. 
Italian.     Italus,  a,  um  ;  subs.  Ita 

lus,  i,  m. 
Italy.     Italia,  ae,  f. 

J. 

Jerusalem.     Hierosolyma,  ae,  f.,  or 

drum,  n.  pi. 

John.     Johannes,  is,  m. 
Journey.     Iter,  itineris,  n. 
Judea.     Judaea,  ae,  f. 
Jugurtha.     Jugurtha,  ae,  m. 
Junius.     Junius,  i,  m. 
Jupiter.     Jupiter,  Jovis,  m. 
Just.     Justus,  a,  um. 

K 

Keep,  hold.     Habeo,  tre,  ui,  \turn. 

Kid.     Haedus,  i,  m. 

Kill.     Interficio,  ere,  fed,  fectum ; 

occldo,  ere,  cldi,  clsum. 
Kind.     Benignus,  a,  um. 
King.     Rex,  regis,  m. 
Kingdom.     Regnum,  i,  n. 
Know.     Scio,  scire,  scivi,  scitum ; 

not  to  know,  nescio,  Ire,  ivi  or 

ii,  itum. 


334 


ENGLISH-LATIN  VOCABULARY. 


L.    L.,  abbreviation  of  Lucius;  If. 

Orassus  for  Licinius  Crassus. 
Lacedaemonian.      Lacedaemonius, 

a,  um;  subs.  Lacedaemonius,  i,  m. 
Lamb.     Agnus,  i,  m. 
Land.     Terra,  ae,  f. ;  ager,  agri,  m. 
Large,  great.     Magnus,  a,  um. 
Larissa.     Larissa,  ae,  f. 
Lasting      Sempiternus,  a,  um. 
Latinus.     Latlnus,  i,  m. 
Latter,  this.     Hie,  haec,  7ioc;*for- 

mer — latter,  ille — hie. 
Laugh,  laugh  at.     Rideo,  ere,  risi, 

risum. 

Laurentia.     Laurentia,  ae,  f. 
Law.      Lex,  legis,  f. ;  law,  right, 

jus,  juris,  n. ;    law  of  nations, 

jus  gentium. 
Lay  siege   to,    besiege.     Obsideo, 

ere,  sedi,  sessum. 

Lay  waste.    Popular,  dri,  dtus  sum. 
Lead.     Duco,    ere,  duxi,  ductwn ; 

to  lead  back,  reduco,  ere,  duxi, 

ductum ;    to  lead   forth,    editco, 

ere,  duxi,  ductum. 
Leader.     Dux,  duds,  m.  and  f. 
Learn.     Disco,  ere,  didici. 
Leonidas.     Leonidas,  ae,  m. 
Letter.    Literae,  drum,  f.  pi. ;  epis- 

tola,    ae,    f.  ;    letters,    learning, 

literae,  arum,  f.  pi. 
Liberate,    set   free.      Libero,    are, 

dvi,  dtum. 

Liberty.     Libertas,  dtis,  f. 
Life.      Vita,  ae,  f. 
Limit.     Terminus,  i,  m. ;  Jinis,  is, 

m.  and  f. 

Literary.     Literarius,  a,  um. 
Live.      Vivo,  ere,  vixi,  victum ;  to 

live,    dwell,    habito,    are,    avi, 

dtum. 

Livia.     Livia,  ae,  f. 
Longa  (in  Alba  Longa).     Longa, 

ae,  f. 
Lose.     Amitto,  ere,  misi,  missum; 

to  lose,  waste,  destroy,  perdo, 

$re,  didi,  ditum. 


Love  (subs.).     Amor,  oris,  m. 
Love  (verb).     Amo,  are,  avi,  dtum. 
Lucius.     Lucius,  i,  m. 
Lucretia.     Lucretia,  ae,  f. 
Lucullus.     Lucullus,  i,  m. 
Lycurgus.     Lycurgus,  i,  m. 
Lysander.     Lysander,  dri,  m. 


M. 

M.     M.,  abbreviation  of  Marcus. 
Macedonia.     Macedonia,  ae,  f. 
Macedonian.    Macedonicus,  a,  um  • 

subs.  Macedo,  onis,  m. 
Magi,  wise  men.  Magi,  drum,  m.  pi. 
Majesty,  dignity,  rank.     Majestas, 

dtis,  f. 
Make,  form.     Facio,  ere,  fed,  fac- 

tum;    to  make,    appoint,    creo, 

are,  avi,  dtumr 
Make  an  irruption.     Irrwnpo,  &re, 

rupi,  r upturn. 
Man.     Homo,  inis,  m. ;  man,  hero, 

husband,  vir,  viri,  in. 
Manlius.     Manlius,  i,  m. 
Many,  much.  Multus,  a, um;  many, 

several,  very  many,  plures,  a. 
March,  advance.    Incedo,  ere,  cessi, 

cessum  ;  proficiscor  d,  profectus 

sum. 

Marcius.     Marcius,  i,  m. 
Marius.     Marius,  i,  m. 
Marriage.     Matrimonium,  i,  n. 
Master.    Magister,  tri,  m. ;  mastei 

as  owner  or  proprietor,   domi- 

nus,  i,  m. 

Matron.  Matrona,  ae,  f. 
Metellus.  Metellus,  i,  m. 
Minor  (in  proper  names).  Minor, 

oris,  m.  and  f. 
Misenum.     Misenum,  i,  n. 
Mithridates.     Mithriddtes,  is,  m. 
Mithridatic.    Mithridaticus,  a,  um. 
Mother.     Mater,  tris,  f. 
Mountain,  mount.     Mons,  tis,  m. 
Mourn,  mourn  for.     Lugeo,  ere,  xi 

ctum. 
Move  (trans.).     Moveo,  ere,  movit 

motum. 


ENGLISH-LATIN  VOCABULARY. 


385 


Much.  Multus,  a,  urn  ;  much  good, 
multum  boni ;  much  time,  mul- 
tum  temporis. 

Mummius.     Mummius,  i,  m. 

Murderer.     Interfector,  OTIS,  m. 

Must.  Expressed  by  periphrastic 
conj.  (F.  B.  425 ;  A.  & S.  162, 15.) 

My.    Meus,  a,  urn,  voc.  m.  sing.  mi. 

N. 

Name.     Nomen,  inis,  n. 

Narrow  pass  or  passage.     Angus- 

tiae,  arum,  f.  pi. 
Nation,  race.     Gens,  gentis,  f. 
Naval.     Navdlis,  e. 
Near.     Apud,  ad  with  ace. 
Nearly.     Fere. 

Need,  there  is  need.     Opus  est. 
Neighboring.     Finitimus,  a,  um. 
Neither.     Neque,  nee  ;    neither — 

nor,  neque — neque,  nee — nee. 
Neptune.     Neptunus,  i,  m. 
Nero.     Nero,  onis,  m. 
Nest.     Nidus,  i,  m. 
Never.     Nunquam. 
New.     Novus,  a,  urn. 
Night.     Nox,  noctis,  f. 
No,  adj.     Nullus,    a,  um.     (F.  B. 

113,  R.)    No  one,  nobody,  nemo, 

Inis,  gen.  and  abl.  not  in  good 

use. 

Noble.     Nobilis,  e. 
Not.    Non  ;  with  imper.  and  subj. 

ne  ;  not  only — but  also,  non  so- 

lum — sed  etiam. 
Not  to  know,  fce  ignorant  of.     Nes- 

cio,  Ire,  Ivi  or  ii,  Itum. 
Now.     Nunc. 
Numa.     Numa,  ae,  m. 
Number.     Numerus,  i,  m. 
Numitor.     Numitor,  oris,  m. 

O. 

Obey.     Obedio,  Ire,  Ivi  or  ii,  Itum. 
Observe,  keep  as  a  law.     Observo, 

ave,  avi,  atum;   servo,  are,  avi, 

atum. 


Obtain.     Obtineo,  ere,  ui,  tentum. 

Occupied  with,  busy  with.  Dis- 
trictus;  to  be  occupied  with, 
distringor,  gi,  districtus  sum. 

Occupy.      Occupo,  are,  avi,  atum. 

Offer  sacrifices  (in  honor  of  the 
dead).  Parento,  are,  avi,  atum, 

Often.     Saepe. 

Olympic.  Olympius,  a,  um  ;  Olym . 
pic  games,  Olympia,  drum,  n.  pi 

Old  (in  expressions  of  age).  Nalus, 
a,  um;  two  years  old,  duo  an- 
nos  natus. 

On.     In  with  abl. 

Qn  account  of.  Propter  with ' 
accus. 

Once.     Semel. 

One.  Unus  a,  um.  (F.  B.  113,  R.) 
Certain  one,  quida'm.  auaedam, 
quoddam,  subs,  quiddam. 

Opening,  beginning.    Initium,  i,  n. 

Opinion.     Sententia,  ae,  f. 

Opportunity,  power.  Potestas, 
atis,  f. 

Or.     Aut,  vel. 

Oracle.     Oraculum,  i,  n. 

Oration.     Oratio,  onis,  f. 

Orator.      Orator,  oris,  m. 

Order,  to  direct.  Jubeo,  ere,  jussi, 
jussum;  to  order,  arrange,  in- 
stitute, ordino,  are,  avi,  atum. 

Order,  by  order.  Jussu,  used  only 
in  abl.  sing. 

Other.  Alius,  a,  ud.  (F.  B.  113, 
R.)  Some — others,  alii — alii* 

Otherwise.     Aliter. 

Otho.     Otho,  onis,  m. 

Ostia.     Ostia,  ae,  f. 

Our.     Noster,  tra,  trum. 

Over.  Super,  supra,  sometimes 
indicated  by  gen.,  as,  the  bridge 
over  the  Ister,  pons  Istri. 

Overwhelm.     Obruo,  ere,  ui,  utum. 


P. 

P.     P.,  abbreviation  of  Publius. 
Pain,  grief.     Dolor,  orist  m. 
Palace.     Palatium,  i,  n. 


336 


ENGLISH-LATIN   VOCABULARY. 


Palestine.     Palaestlna,  ae,  f. 
Pannonia.     Pannonia,  ae,  f. 
Papirius.     Papirius,  i,  m. 
Pardon.     Ignosco,  ere,  novi,  notum. 
Parent.     Parens,  tis,  m,  and  f. 
Part.     Pars,  tis,  f. 
Past.       Praeteritus,    a,    wn ;    the 

past,  praeterita,  drum,  n.  pi. 
Pausanias.     Pausanias,  ae,  m. 
Peace.     Pax,  pads,  f. 
Peacock.     Pavo,  onis,  m. 
Pelopidas.     Pelopidas,  ae,  m. 
Peloponnesian.      Peloponnesiacus, 

a,  urn. 

Penetrate.    Penetro,  are,  dvi,  dtum. 
People.     Populus,  i,  m. ;  common 

people,  plebeians,  plebs,  plebis,  f. 
Perdiccas.     Perdiccas  or  Perdicca, 

ae,  m. 

Pericles.     Pericles,  is,  m. 
Perish.     Pereo,  Ire,  ivi  or  ii,  itum. 
Perseus.     Perseus,  i,  m. 
Persian.     Persicus,  a,  um  ;   subs. 

Persa  or  Perses,  ae,  m. 
Persuade.     Persuadeo,  ere,  si,  sum. 
Pharsalia.     Pharsalia,  ae,  f. 
Pharsalus.     Pharsalus,  i,  f. 
Philip.     Philippus,  i,  m. 
Phyle.     Phyle,  es,  f. 
Pierce.     Confodio,   &re,  fodi,  fos- 

sum. 
Pity  (verb).     Misereor,  eri,  miseri- 

tus  or  misertus  sum. 
Place.     Locus,  i,  m.  (pL  «,  m.  and 

a,  n.) 

Plan.     Consilium,  i,  n. 
Play,  sport.     Ludus,  it  m. 
Play  (verb).     Ludo,  ere,  si,  sum. 
Please,    be   pleasing  to.     Placeo, 

ere,  ui,  itum;  to  displease,  not 

to  be  pleasing  to,  displiceo,  ere, 

displicui,  displicitum. 
Plunder,    rob.      Spolio,    are,    avi, 

atum. 

Pompey.     Pompeius,  i,  m. 
Pompilius.     Pompilius,  i,  m. 
Poniard.     Pugio,  onis,  m. 
Pontius.     Pontius,  i,  m. 
Pontus.     Pontus,  i,  m. 
Poor,  poor  man.     Pauper,  Zris. 


Porsena.     Porsena,  ae,  m. 

Portion,  part.     Part,  tis,  f. 

Possession.     Possessio,  onis,  f. 

Power,  reign.  Imperium,  i,  n. ;  un- 
restricted power,  tyranny,  domi 
natio,  onis,  f. 

Powerful.  Potens,  tis  ;  very  pow- 
erful, most  powerful,  potentissi- 
inus,  a,  um. 

Praise  (subs.).     Laus,  dis,  f. 

Praise  (v.).     Laudo,  are,  dvi,  dtum. 

Prayers.     Preces,  um,  f.  pi. 

Prepare.  Paro,  are,  dvi,  atum; 
praeparo,  are,  dvi,  dtum. 

Prediction.     Praedictum,  i,  n. 

Present.     Donum,  i,  n. 

Priest,  priestess.  Sacerdos,  otis, 
m.  and  f. 

Priscus.     Priscus,  i,  m. 

Prison.     Career,  8ris,  m. 

Prize.  Aestimo,  are,  dvi,  dtum; 
prize  highly,  magni  aestimdre. 

Proconsul.     Proconsul,  ulis,  m. 

Promise.  Promitto,  ere,  mlsi,  mis- 
sum  ;  to  promise,  offer,  polliceor, 
eri,  itus  sum. 

Provided,  provided  that.  Dum 
modo. 

Providence.     Providentia,  ae,  f. 

Prudence.     Prudentia,  ae,  f. 

Prudent.     Prudens,  tis. 

Ptolemy.     Ptolemaeus,  i,  m. 

Publicola.     Publicola,  ae,  m. 

Pupil.     Discipulus,  i,  m. 

Put,  place.  Pono,  8re,  posui,  post- 
turn. 

Put  an  end  to.  Famo,  ire, "  ivit 
Itum. 

Put  to  or  upon.  Impono,  $re,  po- 
sui, posltum. 

Put  to  death,  kill.  Occido,  eret 
cldi,  cisum. 

Pyrrhus.     Pyrrhus,  i,  m. 


Q. 

Q.     Q.,  abbreviation  of  Quintus. 
Queen.     Reglna,  ae,  f. 
Question.     Quaestio,  onis,  f. 


ENGLISH-LATIN   VOCABULARY. 


337 


Quickly.     Celeriter. 
Quintus.      Quintus,  i,  m. 


R. 

Ransom.  Redimo,  ere,  emi,  emptum. 
Reach,  arrive  at.      Pervenio,  ire, 

veni,  ventum. 

Read.     Lego,  ere,  legi,  lectum. 
Rebellious,   rebelling.     Rebellans, 


Receive.     A.ccipio,   ere,  cepi,  cep- 

tum ;  recipio,  ere,  cepi,  ceptum, 
Recover.     Recipio,   Sre,   cepi,  cep- 
tum. 

Regal,  royal.     Regius,  a,  um. 
Regulus.     Regulus,  i,  m. 
Reign  (subs.).     Regnum,  i,  n. ;  im- 

perium,  i,  n. 

Reign  (v.).     Regno,  are,  dvi,  atum. 
Reject.     Improbo,  are,  dvi,  atum; 

reject,  divorce,  repudio,  are,  dvi, 

atum. 
Relying  upon,  trusting  to.    Fretus, 

a,  um  ;  to  rely  upon,  fretus  esse. 
Remain.     Maneo,  ere,  si,  sum  ;  re- 

maneo,  ere,  <fec. 
Remember.     R^miniscor,  ci. 
Remnant,    part    left.      Reliquiae, 

drum,  f.  pi. 

Remus.     Remus,  i,  m. 
Render.     Reddo,  ere,  didi,  ditum. 
Render  thanks,  to  thank.     Gratias 

agere,  egi,  actum. 
Report,  rumor.     Fama,  ae,  f. ;  ru- 
mor, oris,  m. 
Report,  communicate.  Nuntio,  are, 

dvi,  atum. 
Represent.     Repraesento,  are,  dvi, 

atum. 
Republic.    Respublica,  reipublicae. 

(See  A.  &  S.  91.) 
Reside,   dwell.     Habito,    are,   dvi, 

atum. 

Response,  answer.  Responsum,  i,  n. 
Restore.     Restituo,  ere,  ui,  utum  ; 

reddo,  ere,  didi,  ditum. 
floturn,  come  back.     Reverto,  ere, 

ti,  sum  ;  redeo,  ire,  Ivi  or  ii,  \turn. 


Reward.     Praemium,  i,  n. 

Right    (subs.).       Jus,    juris,    n. 
rights,  jura. 

Right,  rightly.     Recte. 

Ring.     Annulus,  i,  m. 

Rise,  rise  in  importance,  come  intc 
notice.     JEmergo,  ere,  si,  sum. 

River.  Flumen,  mis,  n.  ;Jluvius,  i,m 

Rock,  piece  of  rock,  stone.     Sax- 
urn,  i,  n. 

Roman.     Romdnus,  a,  um ;  subs. 
Romdnus,  i,  m. 

Rome.     Roma,  ae,  f. 

Romulus.     Romulus,  i,  m. 

Rout.     Fundo,  Sre,  fudi,  fuswn. 

Royal.     Regius,  a,  um. 

Ruler.     Rector,  oris,  m. 

Rullianus.     Rullidnus,  i,  m. 

Rush,    rush   together  to  or   into. 
Concurro,  ere,  curri,  cursum. 


S. 

Sacrifice,  offer  sacrifices  (in  honor 
of  the  dead).  Parento,  dre,  dvi, 
dtum. 

Salamis.  Salamis,  is  or  mis,  f.  ; 
Salamlna,  ae,  f. 

Samnites.     Samnltes,  ium,  m.  pi. 

Sardinia.     Sardinia,  ae,  f. 

Saturn.     Saturnus,  i,  m. 

Saturnia.     Saturnia,  ae,  f. 

Say.     Dico,  ere,  dixi,  dictum. 

Scaevola.     Scaevola,  ae,  m. 

Scipio.     Scipio,  onis,  m. 

School.     Ludus,  i,  m. 

Scythian.     Scythes  (or  a),  ae,  m. 

Sea.  Mare,  is,  abl.  e  or  i,  n.  ;  by 
sea  and  land,  terra  marlque. 

Secretary.     Scriba,  ae,  m. 

Second.  Secundus,  a,  um;  some- 
times alter,  a,  um.  (F.  B.  113,  R.) 

Secure,  obtain.  Consequor,  qui, 
cutus  sum. 

See.  Video,  ere,  mdi,  visum ;  to 
see,  witness,  specto,  dre,  dvi. 
atum. 

Seek.     Peto,  ere,  Ivi  or  ii,  Hum. 

Self-control.     Moderatio,  oni*,  f. 


15 


338 


ENGLISH-LATIN  VOCABULARY. 


Sell.     Vendo,  $re,  didi,  ditum ;  to 

sell  as  slaves,  sub  corona  ven- 

dere. 

Senate.     Sendtus,  us,  m. 
Senator.     Senator,  oris,  m. 
Send.     Mitto,   ere,  misi,  missum; 

to  send  to  take  one's  place,  in 

locum  mitt  ere. 
Serve  as  soldier,  serve  in  the  field 

or  in  war,  serve.     Milito,  are, 

dvt,  atum. 

Service,  use.     Vsus,  us,  m. 
Servitude.     Servitus,  utis,  f. 
Servius.     Servius,  i,  m. 
Set  fire  to,  set  on  fire.     Incendo, 

&re,  di,  sum. 

Seven.     Septem,  indecl. 
Seven  hundred.    Septingenti,  ae,  a. 
Seventh.     Septimus,  a,  um. 
Seventy.     Septuaginta,  indecl. 
Severe.     Acer,  acris,  acre. 
Sewer,  drain.     Cloaca,  ae,  f. 
Shepherd.     Pastor,  oris,  m. 
Shield.     Olypeus  or  clipeus,  i,  m. 
Ship.     Navis^  is,  f. 
Short.     JBrevis,  e  ;  shortly,  a  short 

time,  brevi ;  a  short  time  after, 

brevi  postea. 
Show,    exhibit.     Ostendo,  $re,   di, 

sum;  praesto,  are,  stiti,  Stitum 

or   stdtum ;    monstro,   are,    avi, 

atum. 

Shun.     Vito,  are,  avi,  atum. 
Sicily.     Sicilia,  ae,  f. 
Silver.     Argentum,  i,  n. 
Silvius.     Silvius,  i,  n. 
Since.     Quum  with  subj. 
Six.     Sex,  indecl. 
Sixth.     Sextus,  a,  um. 
Slave.     Servus,  i,  m. 
Slay.     Occldo,  ere,  cidi,  clsum. 
Sleep.     Somnus,  i,  m. 
Slightly,  lightly.     Leviter. 
Snow.     Nix,  nivis,  f. 
So.     Tarn,  sic,  adeo;^o — as,  just 

— as;  ut — ita,  tarn — quam. 
So  great,  such.     Tantus,  a,  um. 
Soldier.     Miles,  itis,  m.  and  f. 
Son.     Filius,  i  (abl.  sing.  fili\  m. 
Son-in-law.     Gener,  eri,  m. 


Sparta.     Sparta,  ae,  f. 

Spartan.    Kpartanus,  a,  um;  suba 

Spartanus,  i,  m. 
Spear.     Hasta,  ae,  f. 
Spirit,  courage.     Animus,  i,  m. 
Sport.     Ludus,  i,  m. 
Spring.      Ver,  veris,  m. 
State.     Civitas,  atis,  f. 
Star.     Stella,  ae,  f. 
Statue.     Statua,  ae,  f. 
Stay,  remain.     Maneo,  ere,  si,  stem. 
Storm.     Imber,  bris,  m. 
Strength.      Vis,  vis  (pi.  vires),  f. 

robur,  oris,  n. ;  opes,  um,  f.  pL 
Strike,  strike  through.     Percutio, 

ere,  cussi,  cussum. 
Study.     Studeo,  ere,  ui. 
Subdue.     Subigo,  ere,  egi,  actum. 
Subjugate.  Subigo,  ere,  egi,  actum  ; 

to  subjugate,  impose  the  yoke 

of   servitude,    servitutis  jugum 

impono,  ere,  imposui,  impositum. 
Succeed.     Succedo,    ere,  cessi,  ces- 

sum;  sequor,  qui,  cutus  sum. 
Sue  for,  seek.     Peto,  ere,  ivi  or  ii, 

itum. 

Sufiiciently.     Satis. 
Summon.     Arcesso,  ere,  ivi  or  ii, 

Itum. 
Superbus  (surname  of  one  of  the 

Tar  quins.}    Superbus,  i,  m. 
Superior.     Superior,  us  ;  superior, 

greater,  major,  us. 
Supper.     Coena,  ae,  f. 
Supplies,  provisions.     Commedtus, 

us,  m. 

Surpass.     Supero,  are,  avi,  atum. 
Surrender,    give   up.     Dedo,   ere, 

didi,  ditum. 
Surround.      Circumdo,   are,   dedi, 

datum*;    cingo,  &re,  cinxi,  cine- 

turn. 
Syracusan.     Syracusdnus,  a,  um; 

subs.  Syracusdnus,  i,  m. 
Syracuse.     Syracusae,  drum,  f.  pi 
Sword.     Grladius,  i,  m. 


ENGLISH-LATIN  VOCABULARY. 


339 


T. 

T  T.,  abbreviation  for  Titus; 
T.  Nero  for  Tiberius  Nero. 

Take.     Capio,  ere,  cepi,  captum. 

Take,  take  possession  of.  Occupo, 
fire,  dvi,  dtum. 

Tarquinius.     Tarquinius,  i,  m. 

Teach.     Doceo,  ere,  ui,  turn. 

Tell.     Dico,  ere,  ditfi,  dictum. 

Temple.     Templum,  i,  n. 

Ten.     Decem,  indecl. 

Tenth.     Decimus,  a,  um. 

Terms,  condition.    Gonditio,  onis,  f. 

Terrify.  Terreo,  ere,  ui,  itum  ;  to 
terrify  greatly,  perterreo,  ere,  ui, 
Itum. 

Terror.     Terror,  oris,  m. 

Than.     Quam. 

Thanks.  Gratiae,  arum,  f.  pi. ;  to 
give  or  render  thanks,  gratias 
ag&re,  egi,  actum. 

Thanksgiving.    Supplicatio,  onis,  f. 

That,  Ule,  a,  ud ;  (followed  by  a 
relative  clause  explaining  it)  is, 
ea,  id. 

That  (conj.)'.  Ut ;  with  compara- 
tives quo. 

That  not.     Ne,  quominus,  quin. 

Theban.  Thebdnus,  a,  um;  subs. 
Thebdnus,  i,  m. 

Thebes.     Thebae,  drum,  f.  pi. 

Theft.     Furtum,  i,  n. 

Their  (referring  to  the  subject). 
Suus,  a,  um  ;  their  (not  referring 
to  the  subject),  expressed  by  geni- 
tive of  the  demonstratives,  as  illo- 
rum,  eorum,  <fcc. 

Themistocles.     Themistocles,  is,  m. 

Then.     Tune,  illo  tempore. 

There.     Ibi,  illic. 

Therefore.     Ergo,  igitur. 

Thermopylae.  TJiermopylae,  drum, 
f.  pi. 

Thessalian.  Thessalus,  a,  um  ; 
subs.  Thessalus,  i,  m. 

Thessalus.     Thessalus,  i,  m. 

Thessaly.     Thessalia,  ae,  f. 

Thing.     Res,  rei,  f. 


Think.  Puto,  are,  dvi,  dtum;  to 
think  earnestly  about,  weigh  in 
mind,  agito,  are,  dvi,  dtum. 

Third.     Tertius,  a,  um. 

Thirst.     Sitis,  is,  f. 

Thirtieth.     Tricesimus,  a,  um. 

Thirty.     Triginta,  indecL 

This.     Hie,  haec,  hoc. 

Thither.     Eo,  illo,  illuc. 

Thou,  you.     Tu,  tui,  <fec. 

Though,  although.  Etiamsi,  etsi, 
quamquam. 

Thousand.  Mille  ;  a  thousand 
men,  mille,  oftener  millia. 

Thrasybulus.     Thrasybulus,  it  m. 

Three.     Tres,  tria. 

Through.     Per  with  accus. 

Thus.     Sic,  ita. 

Tigrenes.     Tigrdnes,  is,  m. 

Tigranocerta.     Tigranocerta,  orum. 

Time.     Tempus,  oris,  n. 

Titus.     Titus,  i,  m. 

To.  Ad,  in  with  ace. ;  before 
names  of  towns  indicated  bj 
the  accusative  without  a  preposi- 
tion. 

To-day.     Hodie,  hodierno  die. 

To  death.  Capitis;  to  condemr 
to  death,  capitis  damndre. 

To-morrow.     Cras,  crastlno  die. 

Tomb.     Tumulus,  i,  m. 

Torquatus.     Torqudtus,  i,  m. 

Treachery,  treason.  Proditio^ 
onis,  f. 

Trojan.  Trojdnus,  a,  um ;  subs. 
Trojanus,  i,  m. 

Troy.     Troja,  ae,  f. 

Try,  attempt.  Tento,  are,  dvi^ 
dtum. 

Tullius.     Tullius,  i,  m. 

Turn,  turn  to  or  upon  (trans.). 
Gonverto,  ere,  ti,  sum. 

Twelve.     Duodecim,  indecl. 

Twenty.     Viginti,  indecl. 

Two.     Duo,  ae,  o. 

Two  hundred.     Ducenti,  ae,  a. 

Two  years,  space  of  two  yeara 
Biennium,  i,  n. 

Tyrant.     Tyrannus,  i,  m. 

Tyre.     Tyrus,  i,  f. 


340 


ENGLISH-LATIN  VOCABULARY. 


Tyrian.     Tyrius,  a,  um;  subs.  Ty- 
rius,  i,  m. 


U. 

Uncertain.     Incertus,  a,  um. 
Understand.     Intelligo,   ere,  lexi, 

lectum. 
Undertake.      Suscipio,   ere,    cepi, 

ceptum. 
Unfavorable.     Non  aequus,  a,  um; 

inlquus,  a,  um. 

Union,  concord.  Conspiratio,  dnis,f. 
United.     Foederatus,  a,  um. 
Unlearned.     Indoctus,  a,  um. 
Unless.     Nisi. 
Untouched,  unharmed.     Intactus, 

a,  um. 

Unwilling.     Invitus,  a,  um. 
Unworthy.     Indignus,  a,  um. 
Upon,  on,  in.     In  with  abL 
Use,  make  use  of.     Utor,  uti,  usus 

sum. 

Useful.     Utilis,  e. 
Useless.     Inufilis,  e. 


V. 

Valerius.     Valerius,  i,  m. 

Very.       Often  indicated  by  the 

superlative  of.  the  adjective;  very 

powerful,  potentissimus. 
Vespasian.      Vespasianm,  i;  m. 
Victim.      Victlma^  ae,  f. 
Victorious,  a  victor.      Expressed 

by  victor,  or  is,  m.,  in  apposition 

with  the  noun. 
Victory.      Victoria,  ae,  f. 
Village.      Vicus,  i,  m. 
Violate.  "  Violo,  are,  dvi,  dtum. 
Virgin.      Virgo,  inis,  f. 
Virginia.      Virginia,  ae,  f. 
Virginius.      Virginius,  i,  m. 
Viriathus.      Viriathus,  i,  m. 
Virtue.      Virtus,  utis,  f. 
Visit,  go  to.     Adeo,  Ire,  ivi  or  ii, 

Hum. 
Vitellius.      Vitellius,  i,  m. 


Voice.     Vox,  vocis,  f. 

Volscian.     Volscus,  a,  um;  subs, 

Volscus,  i,  m. 

Voluntary.      Voluntarius,  a,  um. 
Voluptuousness,  pleasures.     Deli* 

ciae,  arum,  f.  pi. 


W. 

Wage,  carry  on  as  war.  Gero,  ere, 
gessi,  gestum;  infgro,  inferre,  in- 
tuli,  illatum. 

Wait  for,  await.  Opperior,  Iri, 
perltus  or  pertus  sum. 

Walk.     Ambulo,  are,  am,  atum. 

War.     Bellum,  i,  n. 

Watching,  keeping  awake.  I  er- 
vigilia,  ae,  f. 

Wealthy.  Dives,  Mis;  locuple,^ 
etis. 

Wear  out,  weaken.  Conficio,  ere, 
fed,  fectum. 

Weariness.     Lassitude,  Inis,  f. 

What,  which  (interrog.  adj.}.  Qui, 
quae,  quod? 

When.     Quum;  interrog.  quando. 

Where.  Ubi,  when  not  interrog. 
generally  with  the  correlative 
ibi  in  the  principal  clause. 

Whether.  Utrum  ;  whether — or 
(in  double  questions),  utrum — 
an;  (in  other  cases)  seu — seu; 
sive — sive;  whether  in  depend- 
ent questions,  num,  ne,  nonne  ; 
num  is  more  common  than  in 
direct  questions  and  here  does 
not  necessarily  expect  the  an- 
swer no.  (177,  R.  2.) 

While.     Dum. 

Whither.     Quo,  quonam. 

Who,  which,  what.  Quis,  quae, 
quod  or  quid? 

Whole.  Totus,a,um.  (F.B.  113,R.) 

Whose.  Cujus,  a,  um  ;  cujus,  quo- 
rum. 

Why.     Cur. 

Wife.  .  Uxor,  oris,  f.  ;  ccnjux, 
ugis,  f. 

Winter.     Ba.ems,  Zmis,  f. 


ENGLISH-LATIN  VOCABULARY. 


341 


Wisdom.  Consilium,  i,  n. ;  sapi- 
entia,  ae,  f. 

"Wise.     Sapiens,  entis. 

Wish.  Volo,  velle,  volui.  (F.  B. 
410;  A.  <feS.  178.) 

With.  Gum  with  abl. ;  also  indi- 
cated by  the  abl.  alone. 

Withdraw,  come  off  (from  battle). 
Discedo,  ere,  cessi,  cessum. 

Without.    Sine  with  abl. 

Withstand.  Sustineo,  ere,  ui,  ten- 
turn. 

Witness,  see.   Specto,  &re,  avi ,  dtum. 

World.  Orbis,  is,  m.  ;  orbis  ter- 
rarum. 

Worthy.     Dignus,  a,  um. 

Wound  (subs.).    Vulnus,  eris,  n. 

Wound  (v.).  Vulneroy  are,  avi, 
atum. 

Write.     Scribo,  ere,  psi,  ptum. 


X. 

Xanthippus.     Xanthippus  it  m 
Xerxes.    Xerxes,  is,  m. 

Y. 

Year.     Annus,  i,  m. 

Yesterday.     Heri  ;  hesterno  die. 

Yet.     Tamen. 

You.     Tu,  tui,  &Q. 

Your.     Tuus,  a,  um  (in  reference 

to  one  person) ;  vester,  tra,  trum 

(in  reference  to  more  than  one). 
Yourself.    Tu  ipsey  tui  ipsius,  <fcc. ; 

sometimes  particularly  as  object^ 

tuy  tui. 
Youth,  a  young  person.     Adole* 

cens,  entis,  m.  and  £ 


HISTORICAL  AND  GEOGRAPHICAL  INDEX. 


'  The  numerals  accompanying  the  proper  names  in  the  following  Im  ex  refer  to 
one  or  more  paragraphs  in  the  Latin  where  those  names  occur. 


4.     An  abbreviation  for  Aulus,  a. man's  name;  46,  85. 

Acca,  ae,  f. ;  Acca  Laurentia,  ae,  f.  The  wife  of  Faustulus,  and  nurse 
of  Romulus  and  Remus ;  7. 

Achaia,  ae,  f.  Achaia,  an  important  province  in  the  northern  part 
of  the  Peloponnesus.  After  the  destruction  of  Corinth  all  south- 
ern Greece  was  reduced  to  a  Roman  province  with  the  name  of 
Achaia;  90. 

Achaeus,   a,  um ;    Achaicus,  a,  um,  adj.     Achaean,  156  ;    subs. 
Achaeus,  i,  m.,  an  Achaean;  97,  155. 

Actium,  i,  n.  A  promontory  and  town  at  the  entrance  of  the  Ambra- 
cian  Gulf  on  the  western  coast  of  Greece ;  celebrated  for  the 
victory  of  Augustus  over  Antony  and  Cleopatra ;  82. 

Adherbal,  alls,  m.  Son  of  Micipsa  and  cousin  of  Jugurtha.  Micipsa 
left  the  kingdom  of  ISTumidia  to  his  two  sons,  Adherbal  and 
Hiempsal,  and  his  nephew  Jugurtha  whom  he  had  adopted  as  a 
son.  Jugurtha,  however,  not  satisfied  with  a  share  merely 
of  the  government,  slew  his  cousins  and  became  sole  king  of 
Numidia;  65. 

Adrastla,  ae,  f.     A  district  and  city  of  Mysia;  130. 

Aeacides,  ae,  m.  A  patronymic  denoting  a  descendant  of  Aeacus  who 
was  the  grandfather  of  Achilles.  The  name  is  often  applied  to 
Achilles;  Alexander  the  Great  also  claimed  it  for  himself;  140. 

A  egeus,  i,  m.  One  of  the  early  kings  of  Athens,  and  the  father  of 
Theseus;  95. 

Aegosflumen.  Aegospotamos,  a  river  and  town  in  the  Thracian  Cher- 
sonesus,  noted  for  the  defeat  of  the  Athenians  by  Lysander;  115. 

Aegyptus,  i,  f.     Egypt;  78. 

Aegyptius,  a,  um.    Egyptian;    subs.  Aegyptius,  i,  m.,    an  Egyp- 
tian; 95,  133. 


344       HISTORICAL   AND   GEOGRAPHICAL   INDEX. 

Aemilius,  i,  m.  The  family  name  of  several  distinguished  Romans 
L.  Aemihus,  surnamed  Paullus,  fell  in  the  battle  of  Cannae  ;  49 
Another  of  the  same  name  conquered  Perseus  and  reduced  Mace- 
donia to  a  Roman  province ;  59,  154. 

Aeneas,  ae,  m.  A  Trojan  prince  who  after  the  destruction  of  Troy  ia 
said  to  have  fled  into  Italy  and  formed  a  settlement ;  2. 

Aequi,  drum,  m.  pi.     A  warlike  people  of  Latium  in  Italy  ;  31. 

Aetolus,  a,  um.  Aetolian ;  subs.  Aetolus,  i,  m.,  an  Aetolian;  145, 
154,  155. 

Africa,  ae,  f.     Africa ;  44,  46. 

Africdnus,  a,  um.  African.  Also  the  surname  given  to  the  twt 
most  distinguished  Scipios  for  their  achievements  in  Africa 
during  the  Punic  wars ;  56,  61. 

Africus,  i,  m.  (sc.  ventus).  Southwest  wind,  as  blowing  from 
Africa;  132. 

Aais,  idis,  m.  A  king  of  the  Lacedaemonians  in  the  time  of  Alexan- 
der the  Great;  _1 36. 

Aarigentum,  i,  n.     A  large  and  wealthy  town  in  Sicily ;  52. 

Agrippa,  ae,  m.  A  family  name  among  tho  Romans.  Menenius 
Agrippa  induced  the  people  who  had  revolted  at  Rome  and  taken 
up  their  quarters  upon  Mons  Sacer,  to  return  into  the  city ;  27. 
Herodes  Agrippa,  son  of  Aristobulus  prince  of  Judea,  was  edu- 
cated at  Rome  with  Drusus,  the  son  of  Tiberius.  He  gave  offence 
to  Tiberius,  and  was  thrown  into  prison,  but  on  the  accession  of 
Caligula  was  set  at  liberty ;  83. 

Agripplna,  ae,  f.  (1)  The  wife  of  Germanicus  and  mother  of  the 
emperor  Caligula  ;  84.  (2)  The  daughter  of  Germanicus  and 
Agrippina  (No.  1) ;  she  was  the  mother  of  the  emperor  Nero,  and 
as  her  third  husband  was  married  to  the  emperor  Claudius ;  85,  86. 

Alba,  ae,  f. ;  Alba  Longa,  ae,  f.     A  city  of  Latium  founded  by  Asca- 

nius;  3,  14. 

Albanus,  a,  um.     Alban.     Mom  Albanus,  a  rocky  mountain  sixteen 
miles  southeast  of  Rome ;  3.     Lacus  Albdnus,  the  Alban  Lake 
west  of  Mount  Albanus ;  4. 
Albanus,  i,  m.     An  Alban,  a  citizen  of  Alba;  5,  14. 

Alcibiddes,  is,  m.  An  Athenian  general  in  the  Peloponnesian  war ; 
109,  110,  112,  113,  <fcc. 

Alcmaeon,  onis,  m.  The  last  of  the  Athenian  archons  appointed  for 
life;  99. 

Alexander,  dri,  m.  The  most  distinguished  of  this  name  was  the  son 
and  successor  of  Philip,  king  of  Macedonia  ;  127 — 141.  A  second 
by  the  same  name  was  king  of  Epirus  and  son-in-law  of  Philip ; 
127.  A  third  was  the  son  of  Perseus,  the  last  king  of  Macedo- 
nia; 154. 

Alexandria,  ae,  f.  Alexandria,  a  celebrated  city  of  Egypt  built  by 
Alexander  the  Great;  78,  79. 

Allia,  ae,  f.     A  small  river  a  few  miles  north  of  Rome ;  33. 

Alpes,  ium,  f.  The  Alps,  a  high  range  of  mountains  north  of  Italy ;  48, 75. 

Ammon  or  Hammon,  onis,  m.  AJI  appellation  of  Jiipiter  as  worship' 
ped  in  Africa;  133. 


HISTORICAL  AND  GEOGRAPHICAL  INDEX.       345 

Amphictyon,  onis,  m.     One  of  the  early  kings  of  Athens;  95. 
Amphipolis,  is,  f.     A  city  of  Macedonia,  now  Emboli;  123. 
Amulius,  i,  m.     Son  of  Procas,  king  of  Alba ;  he  was  the  brother  of 

Numitor;  5,  6,  8. 

Anaxarchus,  i,  m.     A  philosopher  of  Abdera,  who  accompanied  Alex- 
ander into  Asia ;  139. 

Anchlses,  ae,  m.     Anchises,  the  father  of  Aeneas ;  2. 
Ancus,  i,  m. ;  Ancus  Marcius^  i,  m»     The  fourth  king  of  Rome ;  15, 17. 
Andriscus,  i,  m.     A  Macedonian  who  claimed  to  be  the  son  of  Per- 
seus,  and  was  accordingly  called  Pseudophilippus,  i.  e.,  False 

Philip;  62. 
Anio,  enis,  m,     A  small  river  of  Italy,  a  tributary  of  the  Tiber;  now 

Teverone  ;  27,  34. 

Antigonus,  i,  m.     One  of  Alexander's  generals ;  143, 
Antiochla,  ae,  f.     The  chief  city  of  Syria,  founded  by  Seleucus  and 

named  by  him  in  honor  of  his  father  Antiochus ;  73. 
Antiochus,  i,  m.     Antiochus  the  Great,  king  of  Syria,  long  engaged 

in  war  against  the  Romans,  and  finally  defeated  by  Corneliug 

Scipio  near  Magnesia;  58,  150. 
Antipdter,  tri,  m.     One  of  Alexander's  generals ;  after  the  death  of 

Alexander  he  received  the  government  of  Greece  and  Mace 

donia;  136,  142. 
Antonia,  ae,  f.     Paternal  aunt  of  Nero,  by  whom  she  was  put  to 

death;  86. 
Antonius,  i,  m.     Antony ;  M.  Antonius  formed  a  triumvirate  with 

Octavius  and  Lepidus ;  80,  81,  82.     C.  Antonius  was  the  colleague 

of  Cicero  in  the  consulship ;  74. 

Apollo,  Inis,  m.     The  god  of  divination ;  98,  107,  145. 
Appius,  i,  m. ;  Appius  Claudius,  i,  m.     One  of  the  Decemviri  ;  30. 
Apulia,  ae,  f.     A  province  in  southern  Italy ;  49,  -70.  » 

Arbela,  drum,  n.     A  town  in  Assyria,  famous  for  the  victory  of  Alex 

ander  over  Darius;  134. 

Ardea,  ae,  f.     A  city  of  Latium,  a  few  miles  south  of  Rome ;  21,  22. 
Argos,  n.  (only  in  nom.  and  ace.),  or  Argi,  drum,  m.  pi.     The  capital 

of  the  province  of  Argolis  in  the  Peloponnesus ;  the  name  was 

often    applied  to  the   province   itself,    and    poetically  to    all 

Greece;  42,  96. 

Arglvus,  i,  m.     An  inhabitant  or  citizen  of  Argos ;  also  a  Greek ;  96. 
Argyraspides,  um,  m.  pL     A  term  applied  to  a  company  of  Macedo- 
nian soldiers  who  wore  silver  shields ;  137. 

Aridaeus,  i,  m     Brother  and  successor  of  Alexander  the  Great ;  142, 
Arimlnum,  i,  n     A  town  in  Umbria,  on  the  Adriatic ;  77. 
Aristobulus,  i,  m.     A  king  of  Judea,  who  was  taken  by  Pompey  and 

carried  as  prisoner  to  Rome ;  73. 
Aristoteles,  is,  m.     A  distinguished  philosopher,  and  the  teacher  of 

Alexander  the  Great ;  141. 
Armenia,  ae,  f.     A  country  of  Asia,  divided  by  the  river  Euphrates 

into  two  unequal  parts,  viz. :  the  eastern,  called  Armenia  Major, 

and  the  western,  called  Armenia  Minor  ;  71. 
Armenius,  a,  um.     Armenian;  71. 

15* 


346       HISTOKICAL  AND  GEOGRAPHICAL  INDEX. 

Artaphernes,  is,  m.     Nephew  of  Darius ;  101. 

Artaxerxes,  is,  m.     Son  and  successor  of  Darius,  king  of  Persia 

119,  120. 

Artemisium,  i,  n.    A  promontory  of  the  island  Euboea ;  104. 
Aruns,  untis,  m.    Son  of  Tarquin  the  Proud ;  24. 
A  scanius,  i,  m.     Son  of  Aeneas;  3. 
Asia,  ae,  f.    Asia;  101. 

Asiaticus,  a,  um.    Asiatic ;  also  a  surname  given  to  L.  Cornelius 

Scipio  for  his  achievements  in  Asia,  especially  his  victory  over 

king  Antiochus ;  68. 
A  sina,  ae,  m.     A  surname  of  Cneus  Cornelius,  who  was  the  colleague 

of  Duillius  in  the  consulship  in  the  early  part  of  the  first  Punic 

war;  43. 

Athenae,  arum,  f.  pi.     The  capital  of  Attica;  95,  97, 112,  116. 
Atheniensis,  e,  adj.     Athenian;  subs.  Atheniensis,  is,  m.,  an  Athe- 
nian; 95,  100,  116. 
Atilius,  i,  m.     A  family  name  among  the  Romans,  as  M.  Atilius  sur- 

named  Regulus  ;  44. 
Atreus,  i,  m.     Son  of  Pelops;  99. 
Attains,  i,  m.     One  of  Philip's  generals  and  the  uncle  of  his  wife 

Cleopatra;  127. 
Atthis,  idis,  f.     The  daughter  of  Cranaus,  who  was  one  of  the  early 

kings  of  Attica ;  95. 

Attica,  ae,  f.     An  important  province  in  Greece;  102,  108,  118. 
Atticus,  a,  um.     Attic,  Athenian;  subs.  Atticus,  i,  m.,  an  inhabit- 
ant of  Attica ;  95. 
Augustus,  i,  m.     Surname  of  Octavius  Caesar,  the  first  of  the  Roman 

emperors;  81,  86.     This  surname  was  also  often  applied  to  the 

emperors  generally. 
Aurelius,  i,  m.     Name  of  a  Roman  gens  or  family,  as  L.  Aurelius 

Gotta;  69. 
Aventinus,  i,.  m.    The  Aventine,  one  of  the  seven  hills  of  Rome ;  8 


B. 

Babylonia,  ae,  f.    Babylonia,  a  province  of  Syria ;  also  Babylon,  tne 

capital  of  Babylonia ;  139. 
Balbus,  i,  m.     Balbus,  a  man's  name  ;  247,  248. 
Bacchantes,  ium,  pi.    The  votaries  of  Bacchus,  the  god  of  wine;  137. 
Bestia,  ae,  m.     A  surname  in  the  Calpurnian  family  at  Rome ;  L.  Cal 

purnius  Bestia  was  consul  when  war  was  declared  against  Ju 

gurtha;  65. 
Bibitius,  i,  m.     A  proper  name ;  L.  Bibulus  was  Caesar's  colleague  ic 

the  consulship;  75. 

Bithynia,  ae,  f.     A  fruitful  province  of  Asia  Minor ;  69. 
Boeotia,  ae,  f.     A  district  of  Greece  north  of  Attica ;  96. 

Boeotius,  i,  m.     A  Boeotian ;  121. 
Brennus,  i,  m.     A  distinguished  Gallic  leader ;  147,  148. 


HISTOEICAL  AND  GEOGRAPHICAL  INDEX.        347 

Britannia,  ae,  f.     Great  Britain ;  85,  86. 
Britannicus,  a,  urn.    British ;  also  a  surname  given  to  Germanicus, 

the  son  of  the  emperor  Claudius  ;  75,  85. 

Britannus,  i,  m.     An  inhabitant  of  Great  Britain,  a  Briton ;  7  5. 
Bruttii,  orum,  m.  A  people  in  the  south  of  Italy ;  also  their  country ;  54. 
Brutus,  i,  m.     A  Roman  surname  ;  L.  Junius  Brutus,  one  of  the  first 

consuls  of  Rome ;  22,  23,  24 ;  M.  Junius  Brutus  and  D.  Junius 

Brutus  acted  prominent  parts  in  the  assassination  of  Caesar ;  79,  81. 
Byzantium,  i,  n.     A  city  on  the  Bosporus,  now  Constantinople,  69, 

90,  113. 


C. 

G.  Abbreviation  for  Caius ;  On.  for  Cneus,  Cneius  or  Cnaeus,  names 
common  among  the  Romans;  43,  46,  64,  72. 

Cablra,  in^decl.     A  town  in  Pontus;  71. 

Gadmea,  ae,  f.  The  citadel  of  Thebes  in  Boeotia,  named  after  Cad- 
mus, its  founder;  120. 

Cadmus,  i,  m.  A  Phoenician  who  is  said  to  have  been  the  inventor 
of  alphabetic  writing ;  96. 

Caecilius,  i,  m.     A  Roman  name,  as  Q.  Caecilius  Metellus  ;  62. 

Caepio,  onis,  m.     A  Roman  consul ;  63. 

Caesar,  aris,  m.  A  surname  of  the  Julian  family ;  C.  Julius  Caesar, 
a  distinguished  general  and  statesman;  75,  77,  83.  The  title  or 
surname  Caesar  was  applied  generally  to  denote  the  Roman 
emperors;  88. 

Caius,  i,  m.  A  Roman  name. — Caius  Caligula,  ae,  m.  A  Roman 
emperor,  successor  of  Tiberius;  84,  86,  94.  Caius  Augustus,  son 
of  Germanicus ;  83.  ^ 

Calpurnius,  i,  m.     (See  Bestia.) 

CamiU.us,  i,  m.     A  distinguished  Roman  general ;  31,  32,  33. 

Campania,  ae,  f.     A  province  in  Central  Italy ;  40,  51. 

Cannae,  arum,  f.  pi.     A  village  in  Apulia,  famous  for  the  great  vic- 
tory of  Hannibal  over  the  Romans ;  49. 
Cannensis,  e,  adj.     Of  or  belonging  to  Cannae ;  53. 

Capitolium,  i,  n.  Capitol.  This  was  the  citadel  of  Rome^  and  was 
erected  on  the  Capitoline  Hill ;  21,  33,  85. 

Cappadocia,  ae,  f.     A  country  of  Asia  Minor ;  83. 

Caprea,  ae,  f.,  or  Capreae,  arum.  An  island  in  the  Tuscan  Sea ;  now 
Capri;  83. 

Capua,  ae,  f.     The  chief  city  of  Campania ;  70. 

Carrae,  arum,  f.  pi.  A  city  near  the  Euphrates,  famous  for  the  defeat 
of  Crassus  by  the  Parthians ;  76. 

Carthago,  mis,  f.  An  ancient  city  in  Northern  Africa;  47,  50. — Car- 
thago Noya.  New  Carthage,  a  town  in  Spain ;  now  Cartha- 
gena  ;  53. 

Carthaginiensis,  e,  adj.     Carthaginian;  subs.  Carthaginiensis^  is,  a 
Carthaginian ;  43,  44,  45,  46,  &c. 


348       HISTORICAL  v*$TD   GEOGRAPHICAL  INDEX, 

Casca,  ae,  m.     Surname  of  Servilius,  one  of  the  conspirators  against 

Caesar;  79. 
Cassander,  dri,  m.     Son  of  Antipater  and  king  of  Macedonia  after  the 

death  of  Alexander;  143,  144. 
Cassius,  i,  m.     A  Roman  name.     C.  Cassius,  one  of  the  conspirators 

against  Caesar;  76,  79,  81. 
Catillna,  ae,  m.  (L.  Sergius).     The  notorious  conspirator  against  the 

Roman  government ;  74. 
Catinensis  or  Catiniensis,   is.     A  Catinean,  a  citizen  of  Catina  a  city 

in  Sicily;  109. 

Catti,  drum,  m.  pi.     A  people  in  Germany ;  94. 
Catulus,  i,  m.     Surname  of  C.  Lutatius,  a  Roman  consul  at  the  close 

of  the  first  Punic  war ;  46. 
Oaudlnus,  a,  um.     Caudine ;  'Furculae  Caudlnae,  the  Caudine  Forks, 

a  narrow  defile  near  Caudium,  in  Italy ;  37. 
Cccrops,  opis,  m.     The  most  ancient  king  of  Attica;  95. 
Censorlnus,  i,  m.     Surname  of  L.  Marcius,  a  Roman  consul  in  the 

third  Punic  war;  60. 

Chaeronea,  ae,  f.     A  town  in  Boeotia  ;  125. 
Chalcedon,  onis,  f.     A  town  on  the  Thracian  Bosporus,  opposite  to 

Byzantium;  69. 

Charops,  opis,  m.     The  first  decennial  archon  at  Athens ;  99. 
Cicero,  onis,m.    The  celebrated  Roman  orator;  74,  80. 
Cilicia,  ae,  f.     A  province  in  the  southern  part  of  Asia  Minor ;  90. 
Cineas,  ae,  m.     A  friend  and  favorite  minister  of  Pyrrhus  ;  41. 
Cinna,  ae,  m.     A  surname  among  the  Romans.     L.  Cornelius  Cinna, 

confederate  of  Marius  in  the  civil  war ;  68. 
Cirrhaeus,  a,  um.     Cirrhaean,  of  or  pertaining  to  Cirrha,  a  town  near 

Delphi;  145. 
Claudius,  i,  m.     The  fourth  Roman  emperor ;  85,  90.     Appius  Clau 

dius,  on  ?  )f  the  decemviri ;  30.     M.  Claudius  Marcellus,  a  Roman 

consul ;  51. 

Clcomene*  is,  m.     A  king  of  Sparta;  150. 
Cleopatra,  ae,  f.     Queen  of  Egypt,  79,   82.     Another  of  the  same 

name  was  the  daughter  of  Philip  of  Macedon ;  127. 
Cluentius,  i,  m.     A  leader  in  the  Social  war ;  66. 
Cnaeus  or  Cneus  (abbrev.   Cn.),   i,  m.     A  Roman  name,   as   Cnaeus 

Octamu^  154;   Cn.  Pompeius,  72. 
Codes,  itis,  m.  (Horatius).     A  Roman  distinguished  in  the  war  with 

Porsena;  25. 
CoVatlnus,  i,  m.     Surname  of  Tarquinius,  the  husband  of  Lucre 

tia;  21,  22,  23. 

Commagene,  es,  f.     The  northern  province  of  Syria;  90. 
Conon,  onis,  m.     A  celebrated  Athenian  general;  114,  115. 
Corinthus,  i,  f.     Corinth,  a  city  of  Achaia;  16,  62,  155,  156. 

Corinthiu*,  a,  um.     Corinthian ;   subs.   Corinthius,  i,  m.,  a  Corin- 
thian ;  62. 
Corioldnus,  i,  m.     A  surname  given  to  Qu.  Marcius,  derived  from 

Corioli,  the  name  of  a  town  which  he  had  taken  in  war ;  28. 
Corioli,  drum,  m.  pi.     A  town  in  Latium ;  28. 


HISTORICAL  AND 

Cornelius,  i,  m.     The  name  of  a  distinguished  Roman  gens  or  clan, 

including  the  Scipios,  Sulla,  <fec. ;  43,  48,  53,  66.  (See  also  Asina.) 
Corvlnus,  i,  m.  Surname  of  M.  Valerius,  tribune  of  the  soldiers  ;  35. 
Gotta,  ae,  m.  Surname  of  M.  Aurelius,  a  Roman  consul  in  the  time 

of  the  Mithridatic  war ;  69. 

Cranaus,  i,  m.     King  of  Attica  and  successor  of  Cecrops ;  95. 
Crassus,  i,  m.     Surname  in  the  Licinian  gens.     M.  Licinius  Crxssus, 

a  Roman  general  defeated  and  slain  by  the  Parthians;  76. 
Craterus,  i,  m.     A  general  in  the  army  of  Alexander  the  Great;  142. 
Cremera,  ae,  f.     A  river  of  Etruria,  in  Italy;  29. 
Cremona,  ae,  f.     A  town  of  Cisalpine  Gaul,  on  the  Po;  88. 
Creon,  ontis,  m.     An  archon  at  Athens ;  99. 
Greta,  ae,  f.     The  island  of  Crete ;  now  Candid  ;  96,  98. 
Critias,  ae,  m.     One  of  the  thirty  tyrants  at  Athens;  118. 
Crixus,  i,  m.     A  leader  in  the  war  of  the  gladiators  ;  70. 
Cures,  ium,  f.  pi.     The  ancient  capital  of  the  Sabines  ;  13. 
Curiatii,  drum,  m.  pi.     Three  brothers  who  were  selected  from  the 

Alban  army  to  engage  in  combat  with  the  three  Horatii,  also 

brothers,  from  the  Romans;    14.     (See  note  on  Horatidrum  et 

Guriatiorum,  14.) 
Cursor,  dris,  m.     Surname  of  L.  Papirius,  dictator  in  the  Samnite 

war;  36. 
Cynoscephalae,  arum,  f.  pi.    "Dogs'  Heads,"  two  hills  in  Thessaly; 

57,  151. 

Cyprus,  i,  f.     An  island  in  the  Mediterranean  sea,  near  Asia  Minor;  143. 
Cyrus,  i,  m.     Brother  of  Artaxerxes  ;  114,  119. 

,  if  f.,  or  Cyzlcum,  i,  n.     An  ancient  city  in  Asia  Minor ;  69. 


D. 

Dacus,  a,  um.     Dacian,  relating  to  Dacia,  a  province  north  of  tho 

Danube;  subs.  Dacus,  i,  m.,  a  Dacian ;  94. 

Danaus,  i,  m.     Brother  of  Aegyptus  and  founder  of  Argos ;  96. 
Darius,  i,  m.     A  celebrated  king  of  Persia;  101,  103,  114,  131. 
Datis,  is,  m.     One  of  the  generals  of  Darius ;  101,  102. 
Deiotarus,  i,  m.     A  king  of  Galatia  ;  73. 
Delphi,  drum,    m.  pi.     A  town  of  Phocis,  celebrated  for  the  temple 

and  oracle  of  Apollo ;  103,  107,  147. 
Delphicus,  a,  um.     Delphic ;  98. 

Demaratus,  i,  m.     The  father  of  Tarquinius  Priscus;  16. 
Demetrius,  i,  m.     The  name  of  several  Greeks,  one  of  whom  was  the 

son  of  Philip  V.  and  the  brother  of  Perseus,  the  last  king  of 

Macedonia;  51,  57,  143,  152. 
Demosthenes,  is,  m.     An  Athenian  general;  111. 
Dcuca/ion,  onis,  m.     An  ancient  king  of  Phthia,  in  Thessaly ;  95. 
Domitiantis,  i,  m.     A  Roman  emperor;  94. 
Draco,  onis,  m.     A  lawgiver  of  Athens  ;  100. 
Drusus,  i,  m.      Son  of  Germanicus;    83.     Drums   Caesar,  aris,  m» 

Son  of  Tiberius  ;  83.  * 


350       HISTORICAL   AND  GEOGRAPHICAL   INDEX. 


Duillins,  i,  m.  (Caius).      A  Roman  commander  and  consul  in  the 
first  Punic  war ;  43. 


E. 

Egeria,  ae,  f.     A  prophetic  nymph  from  whom  Numa  professed  to 

receive  instructions ;  13. 
Eleusis  or  Eleusin,  Inis,  f.   (accus.  Eleusin).      An  ancient  town  of 

Attica;  95. 
Elius,  i,  m.     An  Elean,  native  of  Elis,  in  the  western  part  of  the 

Peloponnesus;  99. 

Epaminondas,  ae,  m.     A  celebrated  Theban  general ;  121. 
Eplrus,  i,  f.     A  province  in  the  north  of  Greece ;  38,  42,  82. 
Erectheus  or  Erechtheus,  i,  m.     An  ancient  king  of  Athens  ;  95. 
Eretria,  ae,  f.     Important  city  on  the  island  of  Euboea;  102. 
Eryxias,  ae,  m.     The  last  of  the  decennial  archons  at  Athens ;  99. 
Etruria,  ae,  f.     A  country  of  Central  Italy;  Tuscany;  16. 

Etruscus,  i,  m.     An  Etruscan ;  25. 
Euboea,  ae,  f.     An  island  in  the  Aegean  sea  ;  102,  104. 
Euphrates,  is,  m.     A  large  river  of  Asia;  134. 
Eurdpa,  ae,  f.     The  continent  of  Europe ;  58.     Also  the  name  of  the 

sister  of  Cadmus ;  96. 

Eurybiade.s,  is,  m.     A  king  of  Sparta ;  105. 
Eurymedon,  ontis,  m.      An  Athenian  general  in  the  Peloponnesian 

war;  111. 


F. 

Fabius,  i,  in.     The  name  of  a  distinguished  Roman  family ;  29,  36. 
Fabricius,  i,  m.     A  distinguished  leader  of  the  Romans  in  the  war 

against  Pyrrhus ;  40,  42. 
Falerii,  drum,  m.  pi.     A  town  of  Etruria ;  32. 

Faliscus,  a,  urn.     Of  or  belonging  to  Falerii ;  subs.  Faliscus,  i,  m., 

a  citizen  of  Falerii ;  33. 

Faustulus,  i,  m.    A  shepherd  who  brought  up  Romulus  and  Remus ;  7. 
Flaminius,  i,  m.  (C.)    A  Roman  consul  defeated  by  Hannibal  at  the 

Lake  of  Trasime^us ;  48.     T.  Quinctius  Flaminius  or  Flaminl- 

nus,  i,  m.,  the  conqueror  of  king  Philip  of  Macedonia ;  151. 
Furculae,  arum,  f.  pi.     (See  Oaudlnus;  37.) 
Furius,  i,  m.     A  Roman  family  name;  as  M.  Furius  Camillus;  sea 

Oamillus;  32. 


G. 

Qalatia,  ue,  f.     A  country  of  Asia  Minor;  73. 
Galba,  ae,  m.  (Sergius).     A  Roman  emperor ;  87. 


HISTORICAL  AND  GEOGRAPHICAL  INDEX.       351 

Gallia,  ae,  f.     The  ancient  country  of  Gaul ;  75,  81 
Gallwus,  a,  urn.     Gallic ;  146. 

Gallus,  i,  m.     A  Gaul,  a  native  of  Gaul ;  33,  34,  35,  48. 
Gamala,  ae,  f.     A  town  in  Palestine ;  143. 
Germania,  ae,  f.     Germany;  90. 

Germanwus,  a,  urn,  adj.     German ;  88. 

Germanicus,   i,   m.       Surname   of  several  Roman  generals   who 
achieved  victories  over  the  Germans;   Germanicus  Caesar  was 
the  father  of  the   emperor   Caligula  and   the   grandfather   of 
Nero  ;  83,  84,  86. 
Germanus,  i,  m.     A  German ;  75. 

\rracchus,  i,  m.  (Sempronius).     A  Roman  general  defeated  by  Han- 
nibal at  the  river  Trebia ;  48. 
Graecia,  ae,  f.     The  country  of  Greece;  42,  57,  96,  116,  &c. 

Graecus  or  Grains,  a,  um.    Grecian,  98 ;  subs.  Graecus  or  Grains,  i,  m., 

a  Greek;  107,  119,  120. 

Gylippus,   i,   m.      A  Spartan   commander  in   the   Sicilian   expedi- 
tion; 110,  111. 


Halys,  yos,  m.     A  river  in  Asia  Minor;  134. 

Hamilcar,  aris,  m.     The  father  of  Hannibal ;  44,  47. 

Hammon,  onis,  m.     (See  Ammon.) 

Hannibal,  alis,  m.     A  celebrated  Carthaginian  general  in  the  second 

Punic  war;  29,  47,  51. 

Hanno,  onis,  m.     A  Carthaginian  general  in  the  second  Punic  war;  55. 
Hasdrubal,  alis,  m.     Son  of  Hamilcar  and  brother  of  Hannibal ;  48, 

50,  54.     Another  of  the  same  name  was  the  brother-in-law  of 

Hannibal,  and  the  founder  of  New  Carthage,  in  Spain. 
Hellesvontus,  i,  m.     The  straits  of  the  Dardanelles;  106,  113,  134. 
Hercules,  is,  m.     A  hero  of  antiquity,  celebrated  for  his  great  strength 

and  his  wonderful  achievements ;  99. 
Herennius,  i,  m.     The  father  of  Pontius  Thelesinus,  who  conquered 

the  Romans  at  the  Caudine  Forks ;  37. 
Her  odes,  is,  m.     (See  Agrippa.) 
Hiempsal,  alis,  m.     Son  of  Micipsa  and  cousin  of  Jugurtha ;  65.     (See 

Adherbal.) 
Hiero,  onis,  m.     A  king  of  Syracuse  at  the  time  of  the  first  Punic 

war;  43. 
Hierosolyma,  ae,  f.,  or  drum,  n.  pi.     Jerusalem,  the  capital  of  Ju- 

dea;  73,  90,  91. 
Hispania,  ae,  f.     Spain ;  48,  53,  81,  &c. 

Hispanus,  a,  um.     Spanish ;  subs.  Hispdnus,  i,  m.,  a  Spaniard ;  53. 
Horatii,  drum,  m.  pi.     (See   Curiatii;   also  note  on  Horatiorum  et 

Cnriatiorum,  14.) 

Horatius,  i,  m.     (See  Codes  and  Pulvillus.) 
Hostilius,  i,  m.     A  Roman  name ;  Tullus  Hostilins,  the  third  king 

of  Rome ;  14.     G.  Hostilius  Manclnus,  a  Roman  consul ;  64. 
Hyphasis,  is,  m.     A  river  of  India,  a  tributary  of  the  Indus ;  138. 


352       HISTORICAL  AND   GEOGRAPHICAL   INDEX. 


Iberus,  i,  m.     A  rh  er  of  Spain ;  now  the  Ebro  ;  46. 

Ilium,  i,  n.     Ilium  or  Troy;  129. 

Illyrlcus,  a,  urn,  or  Illyrius,  a,  wn.     Illyrian,  of  or  pertaining  to  Illy 

ria,  a  country  on  the  northeastern  coast  of  the  Adriatic ;  141, 146 

Subs,  Illyrlcus  or  Illyrius,  i,  m.,  an  Illyrian;  123. 
Indchus,  i,  m.     The  first  king  of  Argos ;  96. 
India,  ae,  f.     India,  an  extensive  country  of  Asia,  deriving  its  name 

from  the  river  Indus  ;  137. 
Ionia,  ae,  f.     A  country  in  the  western  part  of  Asia  Minor  ;  113,  114. 

Jones,  um,  m.  pi.     The  lonians  ;  101. 
Iphltus,  i,  m.     A  king  of  Elis,  who  revived  the  Olympic  games,  and 

may  almost  be  regarded  as  their  founder ;  99. 
Ister,  tri,  m.     The  river  Danube.     This  name  is  applied  to  the  lower 

part  of  the  river,  the  upper  part  usually  taking  the  name  Da- 

nubius;  101. 
Italia,  ae,  f.     The  country  of  Italy;  38,  46,  81. 

Italicus  or  Italus,  a,  um,  adj.    Italian  •  subs.  Italus,  i,  m.,  an  Italian ;  1. 

J. 

Janiculum,  i,  n.  A  hill  on  the  west  side  of  the  Tiber,  not  one  of  the 
seven  hills  of  Rome,  though  included  within  the  wall  built  by 
Aurelian  in  the  third  century ;  1. 

Judaea ,  ae,  f.     The  country  of  Judea;  73. 

Judaeus,  a,  um.     Jewish;  subs.  Judaeus,  i,  m.,  a  Jew;  73. 

Jugurtha,  ae,  m.  A  king  of  Numidia,  conquered  by  the  Romans  ;  65 
(See  Adherbal) 

Julius,  i,  m.     (See  Caesar.) 

Junius,  i,  m.     (See  Brutus.) 

Jupiter,  Jovis,  m.     The  king  of  the  gods  ;  4,  21,  133, 

Juvencius,  i,  m.     A  Roman  general ;  62. 


L.     An  abbreviation  for  Lucius,  a  Roman  name  ;  22,  36,  49,  58,  60,  &c. 
Lacedaemon,  onis,  f.    The  city  of  Lacedaemon  or  Sparta,  the  capital 

ofLaconia;  111. 
Lacedaemonius,  a,  um.     Lacedaemonian  or  Spartan ;  subs.  Lacedae- 

monius,  i,  m.,  a  Lacedaemonian  or  Spartan ;  44,  57,  98,  102,  &c. 
Laconia,  or  Laconlca,  ae,  f.     A  country  of  the  Peloponnesus;  97,  108. 

Laco  or  Lacon,  onis,  m.     A  Laconian;  120. 
Laevlnus,  i,  m.     A  Roman  family  name  ;   P.  Valerius  Laevlnus,  a 

Roman  consul  ;    38,  39.     M.  Valerius  Laevlnus,  also  a  Roman 

consul  and  a  distinguished  commander;  51,  52. 
Lamachus,  i,  m.     An  Athenian  general  in  the  Sicilian  expedition; 

109,  110. 


HISTORICAL   AND   GEOGRAPHICAL   INDEX.        353 

Larissa,  ae,  f.     A  town  in  Thessaly ;  123. 

Latlnus,  i,  m.     An  ancient  king  of  the  Laurentians  in  Italy ;  2. 

Latium,  i,  n.     Latium,  a  country  of  Italy  containing  Rome  ;  21. 
Latlnus,  a,  um,  adj.     Latin ;  subs.  Latlnus,  i,  m.,"  an  inhabitant  of 
Latium,  a  Latin;  pi.  the  Latins;  15. 

Laurentia,  or  Larentia,  ae,  f.     (See  Acca.) 

Lavinia,  ae,  f.     Daughter  of  Latinus  and  wife  of  Aeneas  ;  2. 

Lavinium,  i,  n.  A  town  in  Latium,  a  few  miles  south  of  Rome, 
founded  by  Aeneas  and  named  by  him  after  his  wife  Lavinia ;  2 

Leonidas,  ae,  m.     A  Spartan  king  who  fell  at  Thermopylae ;  104. 

Lepidus,  i,  m.     One  of  the  triumvirs  with  Octavius  and  Antony ;  80. 

Leuctra,  drum,  n.  pi.     A  small  town  in  Boeotia;  121. 

Leuctricus,  a,  um.     Leuctrian  ;  of  or  belonging  to  Leuctra  ;  122. 

Libanus,  i,  m.     Mount  Lebanon  in  Syria  ;  132. 

Liber,  eri,  m.  A  name  sometimes  applied  to  Bacchus,  the  god  of 
wine;  137. 

Licinius,  i,  m.  A  Roman  name.  P.  Licinius,  a  Roman  consul  and 
commander  in  the  war  with  Perseus;  59.  L.  Licinius Lucullus, 
a  Roman  consul  in  the  time  of  the  Mithridatic  war;  69,  71. 

Liffures,  um,  m.  pi.  The  Ligurians,  inhabitants  of  Liguria,  in  the 
western  part  of  Italy ;  46. 

Jjitybaeum,  i,  n.  A  promontory  on  the  southwestern  coast  of  Si- 
cily; 46. 

Lima,  ae,  f.     The  mother  of  Tiberius ;  83. 

Lucanus,  i,  m.  A  poet  put  to  death  by  Nero ;  he  was  the  nephew  of 
Seneca  the  philosopher ;  86. 

Lucius.,  i,  m.     A  name  common  among  the  Romans ;  as  Lucius  Tar- 

r'nius  Priscus,  16 ;   usually  represented  by  the  abbreviation 
,  as  L.  Brutus  ;  22. 

Lucretia,  ae,  f.     The  wife  of  Collatinus  ;  21,  23,  24.      9 
Lucretius,  i,  m.     The  father  of  Lucretia ;  24. 
Lucullus,  i,  m.     (See  Licinius.) 
Lusitania,  ae,  f.     Lusitania ;  now  Portugal ;  63. 
Lutatius,  i,  m.     (See  Catulus.) 

Lycia,  ae,  f.     The  country  of  Lycia  in  Asia  Minor ;  90,  96. 
Lycurgus,  i,  m.     The  great  lawgiver  of  Sparta ;  98.     Another  was 

king  of  Sparta,  successor  of  Cleomenes;  150. 
Lydia,  ae,  f     A  country  in  Asia  Minor;  114,  119. 
Ly sander,  ari,  m.     A  celebrated  Spartan  general;  114,  115,  116. 
Lysimachus,   i,  m.      One  of  the  generals  of  Alexander  the  Great  • 

143,  144. 


M. 

M.  An  abbreviation  for  Marcus,  a  Roman  name ;  35,  44,  60,  74,  &Q. 
Macedonia,  ae,  f.  Macedonia,  Macedon,  a  country  north  of  Thes 
saly;  51,  62. 

Macedo,  onis,  m.     A  Macedonian;  122,  125. 

Macedonicus,  a,  um,  adj.     Macedonian;  67,  154. 


354       HISTORICAL  AND  GEOGRAPHICAL  INDEX. 

Magi,  drum,  m.  pi.  The  Magi,  the  learned  men  among  the  Par 
sians;  139. 

Magnesia,  ae,  f.     A  city  in  Lydia,  in  Asia  Minor ;  68. 

Magnus,  i,  m.     Surname  of  Alexander,  meaning  the  Great ;  143. 

Manclnus,  i,  m.  A  Roman  consul  in  the  war  with  the  Numan- 
tians;  64. 

Manlius,  i,  m.  (M.)  A  Roman  consul  in  the  third  Punic  war;  60. 
T.  Manlius,  a  Roman  youth,  surnamed  Torquatus  for  his  achieve- 
ments in  the  Gallic  war ;  34. 

Mantinea,  ae,  f.     A  city  of  Arcadia,  in  the  Peloponnesus;  121. 

Marathon,  onis,  m.     A  town  and  plain  in  Attica,  celebrated  for  the 

victory  of  Miltiades  over  the  Persians ;  102. 

Marathonius,  a,  um.     Maratjhonian ;    of  or  belonging   to   Mara- 
thon; 103,  106. 

Marcellus,  i,  m.     (See  Claudius.) 

Marcius,  i,  m.     (See  Ancus,  Censorlnus,  and  Corioldnus.) 

Mardonius,  i,  m.  A  Persian  general,  defeated  by  Pausanias  in  the 
battle  of  Plataea;  107. 

Marius,  i,  m.  A  distinguished  Roman  general,  the  conqueror  of 
Jugurtha,  and  leader  in  the  civil  war  against  Sulla.  He  was 
consul  seven  times ;  65,  67. 

Mars,  Martis,  m.  The  god  of  war;  sometimes  put  for  war  itself; 
6,  115. 

Marsi,  drum,  m.  pi.     A  people  of  Latium ;  66. 

Maximus,  i,  m.  A  Roman  surname ;  as  of  Q.  Fabius,  the  famous  dic- 
tator in  the  second  Punic  war,  who  weakened  the  force  of  Han- 
nibal by  delay;  29. 

Medius,  i,  m.     A  Thessalian,  friend  of  Alexander  the  Great;  139. 

Megarensis,  is,  m.  and  f.  A  Megarian,  a  native  of  Megara,  in  Si- 
cily; 100.J 

Meleager,  gri,  m.  A  commander  in  the  service  of  Alexander  the 
Great;  142. 

Memphis,  is,  f.     A  city  in  Egypt;  133. 

Menenius,  i,  m.     (See  Agrippa.) 

Metellus,  i,  m.  (Q.  Caecilius).  A  Roman  consul  and  leader  in  the 
war  against  Jugurtha ;  62. 

Metius,  i,  m.     (See  Suffetius.) 

Micipsa,  ae,  m.  A  king  of  Numidia,  the  father  of  Adherbal  and 
Hiempsal,  and  the  uncle  of  Jugurtha ;  65. 

Miltiades,  is,  m.  A  celebrated  Athenian  general,  conqueror  at  Mara- 
thon; 102. 

Minerva,  ae,  £     Goddess  of  wisdom  and  patron  divinity  of  Athens ;  95. 

Minor,  oris.     (See  Armenia.) 

Minos,  618,  m.     A  king  and  lawgiver  of  Crete ;  96. 

Misenum,  i,  n.     A  promontory  and  town  in  Campania,  in  Italy ;  83. 

Mithridates,  is,  m.     A  celebrated  king  of  Pontus;  67,  68,  69,  71. 
Mithridaticus,   a,  um.     Mithridatic ;    of  or  belonging  to  Mithri- 
dates; 67. 

Mucius,  i,  m.  A  Rom^A  name.  Mucius  Scaevola,  a  Roman  youth 
who  attempted  to  assassinate  Porsena  ;  26. 


HISTORICAL   AND   GEOGRAPHICAL   INDEX.        355 

Mummius,  i,  m.     A  Roman  general  who  destroyed  Corinth;  62,  156. 
Munychia,  aet  f.     A  hill  in  the  peninsula  of  iHraeus,  at  the  foot  of 

which  lies  the  harbor  of  the  same  name;  118. 
Mycale,  es,  f.     A  high  promontory  or  mountain  of  Ionia,  in  Asia 

Minor;  107. 


N. 

Nabis,  is  or  idis,  m.     A  king  of  Sparta ;  57. 

Naslca,  ae,  m.  A  surname  in  the  Scipio  family.  P.  Scipio  Naslca,  a 
Roman  consul  in  the  war  against  Jugurtha ;  65. 

Neptunus,  i,  m.     The  god  of  the  sea ;  9. 

Nero,  dnis,  m.  The  fifth  Roman  emperor;  86,  94.  Another  of  the 
same  name  was  the  son  of  Germanicus ;  83.  Also  a  surname  of 
Tiberius  and  Claudius  ;  83,  85. 

Nicias,  ae,  m.     An  Athenian  statesman  and  general ;  109,  110. 

Nicomedes,  is,  m.     A  king  of  Bithynia ;  69. 

Nilus,  i,  m.     The  river  Mle,  in  Egypt ;  79,  133. 

Nola,  ae,  f.     An  ancient  city  in  Campania ;  51. 

Nova,  ae,  f.     (See  Carthago.) 

Numa,  ae,  m.  (Pompilius).     The  second  king  of  Rome;  13,  16. 

Numantia,  ae,  f.     A  city  in  Spain ;  64. 

Numantini,  drum,  m.  pi.     The  inhabitants  of  Numantia,  the  Nu- 
mantines;  64. 

Numidia,  ae,  f.     The  country  of  Numidia,  in  Africa ;  65. 
Numida,  ae,  m.     A  Numidian ;  55,  65. 

Numitor,  dris,  m.  A  king  of  Alba,  grandfather  of  Romulus  and  Re- 
mus ;  5,  8. 

Nysa,  ae,  f.     A  city  in  India;  137. 


0. 

Oceanus,  i,  m.    The  Ocean ;  often  used  also  to  denote  the  Atlantic, 

sometimes  the  Pacific;  75,  137. 
Octavia,  ae,  f.     The  wife  of  the  Emperor  Nero ;  86. 
Octavianus,  i,  m.  (Caesar).     The  first  Roman  emperor,  usually  called 

Augustus  after  his  victory  at  Actium ;  80. 
Octavius,  i,  m.  (Cnaeus).     A  Roman  commander  in  the  war  against 

Perseus ;  154. 

Oenomaus,  i,  m.     A  celebrated  gladiator ;  70. 
Olympia,  drum,  n.  pi.     The  Olympic  games ;  99. 
Olympiacus,  or  Olympius,  a,  um.     Olympic;  141. 
Olynthus,  i,  f.     A  city  of  Thrace ;  120. 

Olynthii,  drum,  m.  pi.     The  Olynthians ;  124. 
Orcades,  um,  f.  pi.     The  Orkney  islands,  near  Scotland ;  85. 
Oriens,  entis,  m.     The  East,  the  countries  of  the  East;  81,  129. 
Orddes,  is,  m.     The  kjng  of  Parthia,  by  whom  Crassus  was  taken  and 

slain;  76. 


356        HISTORICAL   AND   GEOGRAPHICAL   INDEX. 

Ostia,  ae,  f.     A  town  in  Latium,  at  the  mouth  of  the  Tiber ;  15. 
Otho,  dnis,  m.     A  Roman  emperor  who  reigned  but  a  few  months 
87,  88. 


P. 

P.     An  abbreviation  for  Publius,  a  Roman  name ;  38,  48,  49,  59,  &o> 

Palaestlna,  ae,  f.     Palestine;  90. 

Palatium,  i,  n.  The  Palatine,  one  of  the  seven  hills  of  Rome.  The 
residence  of  Augustus  was  upon  this ;  hence  the  term  came  to 
signify  a  palace  ;  86. 

Pannonia,  ae,  f.     A  Roman  province  north  of  Illyria ;  146. 

Papirius,  i,  m.     (See  Cursor.) 

Parmenio,  dnis,  m.  A  general  in  the  service  of  Alexander  the 
Great;  134,  135. 

Parnassus,  i,  m.  A  high  mountain  in  Phocis,  whose  two  summits 
were  sacred  to  Apollo  and  the  Muses ;  at  its  base  stood  the  city 
of  Delphi;  147. 

Parthi,  drum,  m.  pi.  A  Scythian  people  in  the  vicinity  of  the  Cas- 
pian, principally  known  as  roving  warriors;  76. 

Paullus,  or  Paulus,  i,  m.  A  surname  in  the  Aemilian  gens  or  tribe. 
L.  Aemilius  Paulus,  the  name  of  two  Roman  consuls,  one  of 
whom  fell  in  the  battle  of  Cannae,  49;  the  other  conquered 
Perseus  at  Pydna;  59,  154. 

Pausanias,  ae,  m.  The  leader  of  the  Spartans  in  the  battle  of  Plataea ; 
107.  Another  of  the  same  name  murdered  Philip  of  Macedon;  127. 

Pelasgi,  drum,  m.  pi.  The  Pelasgians,  the  earliest  inhabitants  of 
Greece;  97. 

Peligni,  drum,  m.  pi.     A  people  of  Central  Italy ;  66. 

Pelopidas,  ae,  m.     A  celebrated  Theban  general;  120,  122. 

Peloponnesus,  i,  f.     The  Peloponnesus,  a  peninsula  forming  the  south- 
ern part  of  Greece  ;  now  the  Morea  ;  42,  96. 
Peloponnesidcus,  a,  um.     Peloponnesian ;  109. 

Pelops,  opis,  m.  Probably  a  Phrygian,  the  son  of  Tantalus.  He 
settled  in  the  southern  peninsula  of  Greece,  which  from  him  was 
called  Peloponnesus,  i.  e.  the  island  of  Pelops ;  96,  99. 

Perdiccas,  or  Perdicca,  ae,  m.  One  of  the  most  distinguished  of  the 
generals  of  Alexander  the  Great ;  140,  142,  143. 

Pericles,  is,  m.     A  celebrated  Athenian  orator  and  statesman ;  108. 

Persa,  ae,  m.     A  Persian;  102,  107,  114,  119,  <fec. 

Perseus,  i,  m.     The  last  king  of  Macedonia  ;  152,  153,  154. 

Persicus,  a,  um,  adj.     Persian;  129. 

Phalerum,  i,  n.  The  oldest  harbor "e£>  Athens ;  often  called  PhaUri- 
cusportus;  107. 

Pharnaces,  is,  m.     Son  of  Mithridates ;  72. 

Pharsalus,  i,  f.  A  city  in  Thessaly,  where  Pompey  was  defeated  bf 
Caesar;  78. 

Philippi,  drum,  m.  pi.     A  city  in  Macedonia ;  81. 


HISTORICAL   AND   GEOGRAPHICAL   INDEX.        357 

Philippus,  i,  m.  The  name  of  several  Macedonian  kings,  the  most 
celebrated  of  whom  was  the  father  of  Alexander  the  Great;  51, 
57,  59,  122,  125,  <fcc. 

Philopdtor,  oris,  m.     A  surname,  meaning  a  lover  of  a  father,  given 
in  derision  to  Ptolemy,  king  of  Egypt,  who  slew  his  father  and 
.   mother;  150. 

Phoebidas,  ae,  m.  A  Lacedaemonian  commander,  who  treacherously 
got  possession  of  the  Cadmea ;  120. 

Phoenlce,  es,  or  Phoenicia,  ae,  f.  The  country  of  Phoenicia,  in  Syria 
96,  132,  143. 

Phoroneus,  i,  m.     Son  of  Inachus,  king  of  Argos  ;  96. 

Phyle,  es,  f.     A  castle  in  Attica ;  118. 

Picenum,  i,  n.     A  district  in  the  eastern  part  of  Italy  ;  54. 
Picentes,  um,  pi.     The  Picenes,  the  inhabitants  of  Picenum ;  -66. 

Piraeeus,  or  Piraeus,  i,  m.  The  Piraeus,  the  celebrated  port  of 
Athens;  107,  118. 

Pisa,  ae,  f.     A  city  of  Elis,  in  Greece  ;  96. 

Plataeae,  arum,  f.  pi.     Plataea,  a  city  in  Boeotia;  107. 

Plataeenses,  ium,  m.  pi.     The  Plataeans,  the  inhabitants  of  Pla- 
taea; 102. 

Plautius,  i,  m.  (A.)  A  Roman  commander  who  subdued  the  southern 
part  of  the  island  of  Britain  in  the  reign  of  Claudius ;  85. 

Poenus,  i,  m.     A  Carthaginian  ;  43,  44,  45. 

Pompeius,  i,  m.  The  name  of  a  Roman  gens.  On.  Pompeius,  a 
Roman  consul  and  a  distinguished  commander,  defeated  by 
Caesar  at  Pharsalia;  72,  73,  77,  78.  Q.  Pompeius,  also  consul 
and  commander,  defeated  in  several  engagements  by  the  Numan- 
tines;  64. 
Pompeianus,  a,  um,  adj.  Pompeian,  of  or  belonging  toPompey;  79. 

Pompilius,  i,  m.     (See  Numa.) 

Pontius,  i,  m.  (Thelesinus).  A  general  of  the  Samnites,  who  con- 
quered the  Romans  at  the  Caudine  Forks ;  37. 

Pontus,  i,  m.     A  province  in  Asia  Minor,  south  of  the  Bla«k  sea ;  67. 

Porsena,  ae,  m.     A  king  of  Etruria,  in  Italy ;  25,  26. 

Postumius,  i,  m.  The  name  of  a  Roman  gens  or  clan.  A.  Postumiua, 
a  Roman  in  whose  consulship  the  first  Punic  war  was  brought 
to  a  close ;  46.  Spurius  Postumius,  a  Roman  consul,  defeated 
by  the  Samnites  at  the  Caudine  Forks ;  37. 

Praeneste,  is,  n.     A  town  in  Latium ;  40. 

Priscus,  i,  m.  The  surname  of  Lucius  Tarquinius,  the  fifth  king  of 
Rome;  16,  18,  19. 

Procas,  ae,  m.  (Silvius).     A  king  of  Alba  ;  5. 

Pseudophilippus,  i,  m.     (See  Andriscus.) 

Ptolemaeus,  i,  m.  Name  of  the  kings  of  Egypt  after  Alexander  the 
Great;  79,  143,  150.  Another  of  the  same  name  was  the  son  of 
Pyrrhus,  king  of  Epirus  ;  149. 

Publicola,  ae,  m.  Surname  of  Valerius,  one  of  the  first  consuls  at 
Rome ;  23,  24. 

Pulvillus,  i,  m.  (fforatius).  A  Roman  consul  the  first  year  after  the 
banishment  of  Tarquin ;  24. 


358       HISTORICAL  AND   GEOGRAPHICAL   INDEX. 

Punicus,  a,  um.     Punic,  belonging  to  Carthage  or  the  Carthaginian* 

(Poeni);  46,  56,  57. 
Pydna* ae,  f.     A  town  of  Macedonia,  celebrated  for  the  victory  of 

Paulus  over  Perseus ;  59. 
Pyrenaeus,  i,  m.     The  Pyrenees,   a  range  of  mountains  between 

France  and  Spain ;  48. 
Pyrrhus,  i,  m.     A  king  of  Epirus ;  38 — 42. 
Pythia,  ae,  £     The  priestess  of  Apollo,  at  Delphi ;  103. 


Q. 

Q.  or  Qu.     An  abbreviation  for  Quintus;  26,  29,  62,  <fec. 
Quinctius,  i,  m.  (T.)    A  Roman  general  at  the  time  when  the  city 
was  taken  by  the  Gauls ;  84.     (See  also  Flaminius.) 


R. 

Regulus,  i,  m.  (M.  Atilius).     A  distinguished  Roman  consul,   taken 

prisoner  by  the  Carthaginians  in  the  first  Punic  war ;  44,  45. 
Remus,  i,  m.     The  brother  of  Romulus ;  6,  8. 
Rhadamanthus,  i,  m.     Brother  of  Minos;  96. 
Rhea,  ae,  f.  (Silvia).     Daughter  of  Numitor  and  mother  of  Romulus 

and  Remus ;  6. 

Rhenus,  i,  m.     The  river  Rhine  ;  75. 
Rhodanus,  i,  m.     The  river  Rhone,  in  Gaul;  75. 
Rhodus,  i,  f.     The  island  of  Rhodes,  on  the  coast  of  Asia  Minor ;  90. 
Roma,  ae,  f.     Rome;  16,  17,  19,  23,  <fcc. 
Romanus,  a,  um,  adj.     Roman ;  subs.   Romanus,  i,  m.,  a  Roman ; 

9,  19,  24,  <fec. 
Romulus,  i,  m.     The  founder  of  Rome;  8,  11,  13,  &c.     Romulus  Sil- 

vius,  an  Alb  an  king ;  47 
Rullianus,  i,   m.    (Q.  Fabius).     Master  of  the   knights  or  cavalry 

(magister  equitum)  under  tbe  dictator  Papirius  Cursor;  36. 
Rutilius,  i,  m.     A  Roman  consul,  slain  in  the  Social  war ;  66. 


a 

8.     An  abbreviation  for  Sextius  or  Spurius ;  Sp.  for  Spurius  ;  2*. 
Satilni,  orum,  m.  pi.     The  Sabines,  a  people  of  Italy,  bordering  upon 

Latium;  13,  14,  91. 
Saguntum,  i,  n.     A  town  in  Spain,  en  the  Mediterranean ;  47. 

Saguntlni,  orum,  m.  pi.     The  Saguntines,  citizens  of  Saguntum ;  47. 
Saldmis,  is  or  Inis,  f.  (ace.  Salamina),  or  Salamina,  ae,  f.     The  island 

of  Salamis,  off  the  coast  of  Attica ;  100,  103,  106. 
Samnltes,  ium.,  m.  pi.     The  Samnites,  the  inhabitant*  o*  Samiuum,  IB 

Italy;  36—38. 
^amothracia,  ae,  f.     An  island  near  the  coast  of  Thrac«  .  154 


HISTORICAL  AJSTD   GEOGRAPHICAL  INDEX.       359 

Samus,  or  Samos,  i,  f.     An  island  on  the  coast  of  Asia  Minor;  90,  112. 

Sardes,  ium,  f.     Sardis,  the  ancient  capital  of  Lydia ;  101. 

Sardinia,  ae,  f.     The  island  of  Sardinia,  west  of  Italy;  46,  139*. 

Sarmatae,  drum,  m.  pi.  The  Sarmatians,  a  people  dwelling  between 
the  Vistula  and  the  Don,  i.  e.  in  parts  of  Poland  and  Russia ;  94. 

Saturnia,  ae,  f.     The  town  and  citadel  built  by  Saturn ;  1. 

Saiurnus,  i,  m.     Saturn,  the  most  ancient  king  of  Latium ;  1. 

Scaevola,  ae,  m.     (See  Mucius.) 

Scipio,  onis,  m.  The  name  of  a  distinguished  Roman  family;  48, 
50,  58. 

Scythia,  ae,  f.     Scythia,  an  extensive  country  in  the  north  of  Europe 

and  Asia  ;  101,  125. 
Scythae,  arum,  m.  pi.     The  Scythians ;  101,  125. 

Sejanus,  i,  m.     The  prefect  of  the  praetorian  bands  under  Tiberius ;  88. 

Seleucia,  ae,  f.     A  city  of  Syria,  on  the  Orontes;  73. 

Seleucus,  i,  m.     A  general  of  Alexander  the  Great;  143,  150. 

Sempronius,  i,  m.     (See  Gracchus.) 

Sena,  ae,  f.  A  town  on  the  coast  of  Umbria  (not  Picenum),  in  Ita- 
ly; 54. 

Seneca,  ae,  m.  A  philosopher  and  rhetorician,  put  to  death  by  the 
order  of  Nero ;  86. 

Senones,  um,  m.  pi.     A  powerful  people  in  Gaul ;  33. 

Sergius,  i,  m.     (See  Catillna  and  Galba.) 

Servilius,  i,  m.     (See  Casca.) 

Servius,  i,  m.  A  Roman  name.  Servius  Tullius,  i,  m.,  the  sixth  king 
of  Rome;  18,  19,  20. 

Sicilia,  ae,  f.     The  island  of  Sicily;  43,  52,  108,  109,  <fcc 

Silvia,  ae,  f.     (See  Rhea.) 

Silvius,  i,  m.  The  name  of  several  kings  of  Alba,  the  first  of  whom 
was  the  son  of  Aeneas ;  3,  4,  5.  Also  a  surname  of  Otho ;  88. 

Solon,  onis,  m.     The  celebrated  lawgiver  of  Athens ;  100. 

Sparta,  ae,  f.     The  capital  of  Laconia,  in  the  Peloponnesus  ;  also  called 

Lacedaemon;  98,  121. 

Spartanus,  a,  um,  adj.     Spartan;   subs.  Spartanus,  i,  m.,  a  Spar- 
tan; 98,  108,  116. 

Spartacus,  i,  m.  A  celebrated  gladiator  who  waged  war  against  the 
Romans;  70. 

Spurius,  i,  m.     (See  Postumius.) 

Suffetius,  i,  m.  (Metius).  Dictator  of  the  Albans.  Having  been  sum- 
moned to  aid  the  Romans  against  the  Veientines,  he  drew  off  hi  3 
forces  at  the  very  moment  of  battle  and  awaited  the  issue  of  the 
engagement.  For  this  perfidy  he  was  put  to  death  by  order  of 
Tullius  Hostilius ;  14. 

Sulla,  ae,  m.     A  distinguished  Roman  dictator  and  general;  66 — 68. 

Sulpicius,  i,  m.     A  Roman  consul;  154. 

Superbus,  i,  m.    The  surname  of  Tarquin,  the  last  king  of  Rome ;  20, 21. 

Surenas,  ae,  m.     A  general  of  the  Parthians  who  defeated  Crassus ;  76. 

Sutrlni,  drum,  m.  pi.     The  inhabitants  of  Sutrium,  in  Etruria ;  81. 

Syphax,  acis,  m.  King  of  Numidia  at  the  time  of  the  second  Punic 
war;  55. 


360        HISTORICAL   AND   GEOGRAPHICAL  INDEX. 

Syracusae,  arum,  f.  pi.     A  city  in  Sicily;  43,  52,  110. 

Syracusani,  drum,  m.  pi.     The  Syracusans,  the  citizens  of  Syr» 

^crfse;  109,  110. 
Syria,  ae,  f.     A  country  in  Asia,  on  the  Mediterranean ;  132. 

Syridcus,  a,  uin,  adj.     Syrian ;  58. 


T. 

T.     An  abbreviation  for  Titus  ;  34,  37,  57. 

Tanaquil,  llis,  f.     The  wife  of  Tarquinius  Priscus;  16,  18,  19. 

Tantalus,  i,  m.     The  father  of  Pelops  ;  96. 

Tarentum,  i,  n.     A  town  of  Lower  Italy ;  42. 

Tarentlni,  drum,  m.  pi.     The  Tarentines,  the  inhabitants  of  Taren- 
tum;  38. 

Tarpeia,  ae,  f.  A  Roman  maiden  who  betrayed  the  citadel  of  Rome 
to  the  Sabines  ;  10. 

Tarpeius,  i,  m.  One  of  the  seven  hills  of  Rome,  also  called  Capitoll 
nus.  The  Capitol  was  erected  upon  it;  11. 

Tarquinii,  drum,  m.  pL     An  ancient  town  of  Etruria ;  16. 

Tarquinius,  i,  m.  Tarquin,  the  name  of  the  fifth  king  of  Rome  and 
of  his  descendants,  as  Tarquinius  Superbus,  the  last  king  of 
Rome;  and  Tarquinius  Collatlnus,  the  husband  of  Lucretia ;  16, 
18,  19,  21,  23,  <fec. 

Taurus,  i,  m.  A  range  of  mountains  forming  the  southern  limit  of 
the  high  table-lands  of  Central  Asia ;  in  a  more  restricted  sense 
the  term  usually  denotes  only  the  mountain-chain  in  the  south 
of  Asia  Minor ;  58. 

Terentius,  i,  m.     (See  Varro.) 

Thaebae,  arum,  f.  pi.     The  capital  of  Boeotia,  in  Greece ;  96,  120. 
Thebanus,  a,  um,  adj.     Theban,  121;  subs.  Thebanus,  i,  m.,  a  The- 
ban;  120,  121,  125. 

Theleslnus,  i,  m.     (See  Pontius.) 

Themistocles,  is,  m.     A  celebrated  Athenian  commander;  103 — 107. 

Theramenes,  is,  m.     One  of  the  Thirty  Tyrants  of  Athens ;  117. 

Thermopylae,  arum,  f.  pi.  The  famous  defile  or  pass  between  Locria 
and  Thessaly  where  Leonidas  fell ;  104,  105. 

Theseus,  i,  m.     An  ancient  king  of  Athens,  son  of  Aegeus ;  95. 

Thesprotius,  i,  m.  A  Thesprotian ;  a  native  of  Thesprotia,  in  Epirus ;  97. 

Thessalia,  ae,  f.  The  country  of  Thessaly,  in  Greece,  south  of  Mace- 
donia; 78,  95,  97,  124. 

Thessalus,  a,  um,   adj.     Thessalian,   123 ;  subs.  Thessalus,  i,  m.,  a 
Thessalian;  139. 

Thessalus,  i,  m.  A  native  of  Thesprotia,  in  Epirus,  who  is  said  to 
have  formed  a  settlement  in  Thessaly,  and  to  have  given  his 
name  to  the  country ;  97. 

Thessalonica,  ae,  f.     A  city  of  Macedonia ;  149. 

Thracia,  ae,  f.     The  country  of  Thrace,  east  of  Macedonia;  90,  124. 

Thrasybulus,  i,  m.  An  Athenian  who  liberated  the  city  from  the 
Thirty  Tyrants ;  118. 


HISTORICAL  AND   GEOGRAPHICAL  INDEX.       361 

Tiberis,  is,  m.     The  river  Tiber>  in  Italy;  6,  7,  15. 

Tiberius,  i,  m.     The  second  Roman  emperor ;  83,  84,  94. 

Ticlnus,  i,  m.     A  river  in  Cisalpine  Gaul,  famous  for  the  victory  of 
Hannibal  over  the  Romans ;  48,  53. 

Tigranes,  is,  m.     Son-in-law  of  Mithridates  and  king  of  Armenia ;  71. 

Tigranocerta,  drum,  n.     A  city  of  Armenia,  built  by  Tigranes;  71. 

Tissaphernes,  is,  m.     A  distinguished  Persian  satrap  of  Lower  Asia, 
under  Darius ;  afterwards  general  in  the  service  of  Artaxerxes ;  1 14. 

Titus,  i,  m.     A  Roman  emperor;  91,  92. 

Torquatus,  i,  m.     Surname  of  T.  Manlius  and  his  descendants  ;  34. 

Trasimenus,  i,  m.     A  lake  in  Etruria ;  48. 

Trebia,  ae,  f.     A  river  in  Cisalpine  Gaul ;  48. 

Triptolemus,  i,  m.    A  king  of  Eleusis  who  was  regarded  as  the  in- 
ventor of  agriculture ;  95. 

Troezen,  enis,  f.  (ace.  Troezena).     An  ancient  city  of  Argolis ;  103. 

Troja,  ae,  f.     The  city  of  Troy  ;  2,  86. 
Trojani,  drum,  m.  pi.     The  Trojans;  2. 

Tullia,  ae,  f.     The  daughter  of  Servius  Tullius  and  wife  of  Tarqumma 
Superbus ;  20. 

Tullius,  i,  m.     (See  Servius  and  Cicero.) 

Tullus,  i,  m.     (See  ffostilius.) 

Tuscia,  ae,  f.     Tuscany,  in  Italy,  the  same  as  Etruria ;  48. 

Tusculum,  i,  n.     An  ancient  town  of  Latium ;  26. 

Tyrus,  i,  f.     The  city  of  Tyre,  in  Phoenicia;  132. 
Tyriit  drum,  m.  pi.    Tyrians,  the  inhabitants  of  Tyre;  132. 


Valerius,  i,  m.  A  Roman  name.  (See  Publicola,  Corvlnus,  Laevlnus.) 
Varro,  dnis,  m.  (O.  Terentius).  A  Roman  consul  defeated  at  Cannae ;  49. 
Vecta,  ae,  f.  An  island  off  the  southern  coast  of  Britain;  now  the 

Isle  of  Wight;  90. 

Veientes,  um,  or  Veientani,  drum,  m.  pi.     The  Yeientians,  the  inhab- 
itants of  Veii,  in  Etruria;  29,  32. 

Vespasianus,  i,  m.     The  emperor  Vespasian ;  89,  90,  92. 
Vesta,  ae,  f.     Vesta,  the  goddess  of  the  hearth,  to  whom,  a  perpetual 

fire  was  kept  burning ;  6. 
Vestalis,  e,  adj.     Yestal ;  6. 
Veturia,  ae,  f.     The  mother  of  Coriolanus ;  28. 
Veturius,  i,  m.  (T.)    A  Roman  consul  defeated  by  the  Samnites  at 

the  Caudine  Forks ;  37. 
Virginia,  ae,  f.     The  daughter  of  Yirginius,  slain  by  her  father  to 

save  her  from  the  designs  of  Appius  Claudius ;  30. 
Virffinius,  i,  m.  (L.)    A  distinguished  Roman  centurion,  father  oi 

Yirginia ;  30. 
Viiiathus,  i,  m.     The  leader  of  the  Lusitanians  in  their  war  with  the 

Romans;  63. 

16 


362       HISTORICAL  AND   GEOGRAPHICAL  INDEX. 


Vitellius,  i,  m.     A  Roman  emperor ;  88,  89. 

Volsci,  orum,  m,  pi.     The  Volsci  or  Volscians,  a  people  of  Latium; 

28,  31. 
Volumnia,  ae,  f.     The  wife  of  Coriolanus ;  28. 


X. 

Xanthippus,  i,  m.     A  Spartan  commander  who  took  Regulus  prisoner 

in  the  first  Pui^ic  war ;  44. 
Xerxes,  is,  m.     A  celebrated  Persian  king ;  103 — 107. 


Zama,  ae,  f.     A  town  of  Numidia,  in  Africa,  famous  for  the  victory 
of  Scipio  over  Hannibal ;  66. 


UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA  LIBRAR 

BERKELEY 

Return  to  desk  from  which  borrowed 
This  book  is  DUE  on  the  last  date  stamped  belo 


23ta*SOIW 


Sep7'30Cr 


SEP  13 


J99/ 


LD  21-100m-ll,'49(B7146sl6)476 


OCT  6  m 


N(W  20  IS? 


U«    31  1921 


/    ' 


T938- 


THE  UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA  LIBRARY 


U.  C.  BERKELEY  LIBRARIES 


